Merge pull request 'Replace … with & in OrigQuote in Mrk, Luk, Jhn' (#3036) from ellipsis_ampersand_1 into master

Reviewed-on: https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_tn/pulls/3036

en_tn_42-MRK.tsv

@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ MRK	1	2	e3by	writing-quotations	καθὼς γέγραπται ἐν τῷ Ἠσ
 MRK	1	2	z8b7	figs-ellipsis	ἐν τῷ Ἠσαΐᾳ τῷ προφήτῃ	1		Mark is leaving out some of the words that this sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words. Alternate translation: “in the scroll of Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 MRK	1	2	gu7i	figs-idiom	πρὸ προσώπου σου	1	before your face	Here, **before your face** is an idiom which means that the **messenger** was sent first, and then the second person came after him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify. Alternate translation: “first” or “before you”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MRK	1	2	fsqn	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1		The term **Behold** focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Though it literally means “look” or “see,” in this case “seeing” means giving attention to what follows. Alternate translation, as a new sentence: “Pay attention!” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
-MRK	1	2	s28q	figs-yousingular	προσώπου σου…τὴν ὁδόν σου	1	your face … your way	Here, both uses of the pronoun **your** refer to Jesus and are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
+MRK	1	2	s28q	figs-yousingular	προσώπου σου&τὴν ὁδόν σου	1	your face … your way	Here, both uses of the pronoun **your** refer to Jesus and are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 MRK	1	2	kl12	figs-metaphor	ὃς κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου	1	will prepare your way	That the messenger **will prepare your way** represents preparing the people for the Lord’s arrival. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who will prepare the people for your arrival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	1	3	lkm3	writing-quotations	φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ,	1	The voice of one crying out in the wilderness	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “a voice crying out in the wilderness, he is saying,” or “a voice crying out in the wilderness, hear him saying,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 MRK	1	3	dqi9	figs-quotesinquotes	φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου, εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ	1		Here there is a direct quotation nested inside a direct quotation as Mark quotes Isaiah, who quotes the messenger. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “a voice crying out in the wilderness, telling people to make ready the way of the Lord and to make his paths straight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ MRK	1	3	v3n3	figs-parallelism	ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρί
 MRK	1	3	peh5	figs-metaphor	ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου	1	Make ready the way of the Lord	Here Isaiah uses the metaphor of preparing **paths** or **the way** on which someone will travel to make them walkable. If a person in high authority were coming, the people would clear the roads of any hazards. So this metaphor means that the people should prepare themselves to receive the Lord’s message when he comes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or use plain speech. Alternate translation: “Prepare to hear and obey the Lord’s message when he comes” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
 MRK	1	3	yyk3	figs-extrainfo	Κυρίου	1		In this quotation from Isaiah, **the Lord** refers to God, but Mark is showing how it also refers to Jesus the Messiah. However, do not translate this as “Jesus” here, because this double reference must be maintained. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo)
 MRK	1	3	h8rt	figs-idiom	ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν	1		The imagery of a path, or **the way**, is used here to indicate that John will prepare the people to listen to the Lord’s message. If someone prepares a path for someone else, the preparer makes the path walkable. If someone in high authority was coming, others would make sure the roads were cleared of any hazards. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an alternate translation: “Prepare the people for the arrival of the Lord” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom)
-MRK	1	3	wltl	figs-yousingular	ἑτοιμάσατε…ποιεῖτε	1		In the original language in which Mark wrote this Gospel, both occurrences of the word **Make** are plural and are commands addressing a group of people. Use the natural forms in your language to express this meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
+MRK	1	3	wltl	figs-yousingular	ἑτοιμάσατε&ποιεῖτε	1		In the original language in which Mark wrote this Gospel, both occurrences of the word **Make** are plural and are commands addressing a group of people. Use the natural forms in your language to express this meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 MRK	1	4	s05n	figs-explicit	καὶ κηρύσσων βάπτισμα μετανοίας εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν	1		The **baptism of repentance** proclaimed by John the Baptizer likely had its origin in baptisms done by Gentiles who were converting to Judaism. This baptism was done one time and showed that these people were converting from their former way of life to the new way of life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and preaching that he must baptize them to show that they have turned from their former evil ways, accepted God’s forgiveness for their sins, and were now following God” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
 MRK	1	4	dtqv	figs-abstractnouns	καὶ κηρύσσων βάπτισμα μετανοίας εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **repentance**, **forgiveness**, and **sins**, you can express those ideas with verbs. Alternate translation: “and preaching that he must baptize them to show that they have repented of their former evil way of living and that God has forgiven them for sinning against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MRK	1	5	u9yg	figs-synecdoche	πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία χώρα	1	the whole region of Judea and all the people of Jerusalem	The phrase **region of Judea** is used here to refer to the people living within Judea, a large area in which the city of Jerusalem was located. Alternate translation: “the people from Judea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -30,13 +30,13 @@ MRK	1	6	h518	translate-unknown	καμήλου	1		If your readers would not know
 MRK	1	6	jpzh	translate-unknown	ἀκρίδας	1		If your readers would not know what **locusts** are, you could include a description in a footnote or use a more general term. Alternate translation: “grasshoppers” or “insects” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 MRK	1	7	p7tl	writing-quotations	ἐκήρυσσεν λέγων	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “he announced loudly to the people” or “he proclaimed these things, saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 MRK	1	7	l7jd	writing-pronouns	ἐκήρυσσεν	1	he was proclaiming	The pronoun **he** is referring to John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “John was proclaiming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-MRK	1	7	bk1j	figs-explicit	ἔρχεται…ὀπίσω μου	1		Here, **coming after me** means that this mightier person would come at a later time than John came. It does not mean that he is behind John, chasing John, or following John as a disciple of his. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	1	7	bk1j	figs-explicit	ἔρχεται&ὀπίσω μου	1		Here, **coming after me** means that this mightier person would come at a later time than John came. It does not mean that he is behind John, chasing John, or following John as a disciple of his. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	1	7	g8fw	figs-explicit	οὗ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς, κύψας λῦσαι τὸν ἱμάντα τῶν ὑποδημάτων αὐτοῦ	1	of whom the strap of his sandals I am not worthy to stoop down to untie	Untying the straps of sandals was a duty of a slave. John is saying implicitly that the one who is coming will be so great that John is not even worthy to be his slave. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and I am not even worthy to be his slave” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
 MRK	1	8	e4qi	figs-metaphor	αὐτὸς δὲ βαπτίσει ὑμᾶς ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ	1	but he will baptize you with the Holy Spirit	John is using literal baptism, which puts a person under water, to speak of spiritual baptism, which will put people under the influence of the Holy Spirit. If possible, use the same word for **baptize** here as you used for John’s baptism. That should aid the comparison between the two. If this is not possible, you could use a simile or plain language. Alternate translation: “but he will join you to the Holy Spirit” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
 MRK	1	8	r1j9	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1		Here, baptism by water and baptism by the Holy Spirit are being contrasted. Use a natural way in your language to introduce a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 MRK	1	9	u65k	writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις	1	it happened that in those days	This phrase, **And it happened that in those days**, marks the beginning of a new event in the storyline. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 MRK	1	9	y8ea	writing-pronouns	ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις	1		The phrase **those days** refers to the time period when John was preaching and baptizing people at the Jordan River. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state it more clearly. Alternate translation: “John was preaching and baptizing people when” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-MRK	1	9	gi39	figs-activepassive	ἐβαπτίσθη…ὑπὸ Ἰωάννου	1	he was baptized by John	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express this idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “John baptized him” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive)
+MRK	1	9	gi39	figs-activepassive	ἐβαπτίσθη&ὑπὸ Ἰωάννου	1	he was baptized by John	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express this idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “John baptized him” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive)
 MRK	1	9	zv8t	figs-go	ἦλθεν Ἰησοῦς ἀπὸ Ναζαρὲτ τῆς Γαλιλαίας	1		Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “Jesus went from Nazareth in Galilee” or “Jesus went out from Nazareth in Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 MRK	1	10	stwh	grammar-connect-time-sequential	εὐθὺς	1		The word **immediately** occurs often throughout the book of Mark. As used here, it means that the event it introduces occurs directly after the previous event. Use a natural form in your language for communicating this. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential)
 MRK	1	10	n8sg	figs-activepassive	εἶδεν σχιζομένους τοὺς οὐρανοὺς	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express this idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he saw the heavens bursting open” or “he saw God tearing the heavens open” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive)
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ MRK	1	24	m8gz	figs-rquestion	ἦλθες ἀπολέσαι ἡμᾶς?	1	Have yo
 MRK	1	24	qsig	figs-explicit	ἦλθες ἀπολέσαι ἡμᾶς	1		Here, **us** refers to many spirits. Often times in the biblical passages about evil spirits, there are multiple spirits controlling one person (Mark 5:1–20). If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Have you come to destroy all of us evil spirits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	1	28	hrbh	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἡ ἀκοὴ αὐτοῦ εὐθὺς, πανταχοῦ εἰς ὅλην τὴν περίχωρον τῆς Γαλιλαίας	1		The phrase **went out everywhere** means that the story of what just happened in the synagogue spread from person to person until many heard about it throughout the region of Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “The story about Jesus quickly spread from person to person throughout all of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	1	29	ybs7	figs-go	ἦλθον	1	Connecting Statement:	Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “they went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
-MRK	1	30	bvvl	writing-background	ἡ…πενθερὰ Σίμωνος κατέκειτο πυρέσσουσα	1	the mother-in-law of Simon was lying down, being sick with a fever	This phrase gives background information about Peter’s **mother-in-law**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+MRK	1	30	bvvl	writing-background	ἡ&πενθερὰ Σίμωνος κατέκειτο πυρέσσουσα	1	the mother-in-law of Simon was lying down, being sick with a fever	This phrase gives background information about Peter’s **mother-in-law**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 MRK	1	30	vnp5	translate-unknown	πυρέσσουσα	1		A **fever** is a symptom of an illness in which the temperature of the body temporarily increases. This usually results in the need to lie down in bed and rest, as Peter’s mother-in-law was doing. If your reader would not be familiar with this, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “being feverish from illness” or “being ill with an elevated temperature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 MRK	1	31	bzd2	figs-events	ἤγειρεν αὐτὴν, κρατήσας τῆς χειρός	1		Here, the author mentions Jesus helping her up before mentioning that Jesus took her by the hand, even though it happened in the opposite order. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the order of events clear. Alternate translation: “Jesus took her hand and helped her up out of bed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
 MRK	1	31	sff6	figs-metaphor	ἀφῆκεν αὐτὴν ὁ πυρετός	1	the fever left her	This is a metaphor meaning that Jesus healed her of **the fever**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “he healed her of the fever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ MRK	1	37	vgc7	figs-hyperbole	πάντες ζητοῦσίν σε	1	Everyone is s
 MRK	1	38	plm9	figs-exclusive	ἄγωμεν ἀλλαχοῦ	1	We may go elsewhere	Here, Jesus uses the word **us** to refer to himself, along with Simon, Andrew, James, and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 MRK	1	38	z53z	figs-extrainfo	εἰς τὰς ἐχομένας κωμοπόλεις	1		The passages which follow clarify what is meant by the **surrounding towns**. Since the expression is explained in the next verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 MRK	1	39	lb9t	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	κηρύσσων, εἰς τὰς συναγωγὰς αὐτῶν εἰς ὅλην τὴν Γαλιλαίαν, καὶ τὰ δαιμόνια ἐκβάλλων	1		Jesus’ was both **preaching** and **casting out the demons**. Jesus was not necessarily doing these in any order. Use the appropriate connecting word or phrase to show that Jesus was doing both of these things together. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous)
-MRK	1	39	zs4i	figs-hyperbole	ἦλθεν…εἰς ὅλην τὴν Γαλιλαίαν	1	He went in all of Galilee	The words **in all** express an exaggeration used to emphasize that Jesus went to many locations in **Galilee**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he went to many places in Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+MRK	1	39	zs4i	figs-hyperbole	ἦλθεν&εἰς ὅλην τὴν Γαλιλαίαν	1	He went in all of Galilee	The words **in all** express an exaggeration used to emphasize that Jesus went to many locations in **Galilee**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he went to many places in Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 MRK	1	41	l9jg	figs-idiom	σπλαγχνισθεὶς	1	having been moved with compassion	Here, the word **moved** is an idiom meaning to feel emotion about another person’s need. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having felt compassion for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MRK	1	41	flc0	figs-abstractnouns	σπλαγχνισθεὶς	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **compassion** in another way. Alternate translation: “feeling compassionate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MRK	1	41	qjz4	figs-ellipsis	θέλω	1	I am willing	If **I am willing** would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply what Jesus is willing to do from the context. Alternate translation: “I am willing to make you clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ MRK	2	1	afvi	figs-explicit	ἐν οἴκῳ ἐστίν	1		There is some debate
 MRK	2	3	s21g	translate-unknown	παραλυτικὸν	1		Here, **a paralytic** is someone who, because of injury or disease, is not able to use their arms, legs, torso, or some combination of those parts of their body. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 MRK	2	4	v6ma	translate-unknown	ἀπεστέγασαν τὴν στέγην ὅπου ἦν, καὶ ἐξορύξαντες, χαλῶσι	1	they removed the roof where he was, and having made an opening, they lowered	In the region where Jesus lived, houses had flat roofs made of clay covered with tiles. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they removed the tiles from the part of the roof above where Jesus was. And when they had dug through the clay roof, they lowered” or “they made a hole in the roof above where Jesus was, and then they lowered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 MRK	2	4	ouxr	translate-unknown	κράβαττον	1		A **mat** was a portable bed that could also be used to transport a person. Think of something in your culture on which you might carry an injured person to take them for medical attention. Alternate translation: “a stretcher” or “a cot” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown)
-MRK	2	5	trg9	figs-explicit	ἰδὼν…τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν	1	having seen their faith	The implication is that Jesus recognized that the friends of this paralyzed man strongly believed that he could heal him. Their actions proved that. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “When Jesus recognized that the man’s friends were convinced that he could heal him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	2	5	trg9	figs-explicit	ἰδὼν&τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν	1	having seen their faith	The implication is that Jesus recognized that the friends of this paralyzed man strongly believed that he could heal him. Their actions proved that. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “When Jesus recognized that the man’s friends were convinced that he could heal him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	2	5	hzg6	translate-kinship	τέκνον	1	Child	The word **Child** here shows Jesus cared for the man as a father cares for a son. This man was not actually Jesus’ son. If your language has a term like this that would be appropriate in this context, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “Beloved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
 MRK	2	6	le6v	figs-metonymy	διαλογιζόμενοι ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν	1	reasoning in their hearts	Here, **hearts** is a metonym for the people’s thoughts. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “thinking to themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	2	7	yr5a	figs-rquestion	τί οὗτος οὕτως λαλεῖ?	1	Why does this man speak this way?	These religious leaders do not expect someone to tell them who Jesus is. Instead, they are using the question form to emphasize how inappropriate they think it is for Jesus to tell someone that he forgives their sins. As the next sentence explains, they think this means that Jesus was claiming to be God, and so in their view he would be speaking blasphemies. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate their words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “This man should not be speaking this way!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ MRK	2	7	sj6j	figs-rquestion	τίς δύναται ἀφιέναι ἁμαρτί
 MRK	2	8	niy6	figs-metonymy	τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ	1	in his spirit	Here, **spirit** means Jesus’ inner thoughts. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in his inner being” or “within himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	2	8	h3zp	figs-explicit	ἐπιγνοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ	1		This phrase implies that Jesus had supernatural knowledge. It indicates that Jesus knew what the scribes were saying even though he did not hear what they said. If it would be helpful in your language, your could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, having become aware though no one told him” or “Jesus, without hearing them, knows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	2	8	wga7	figs-rquestion	τί ταῦτα διαλογίζεσθε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν?	1	Why are you thinking these things in your hearts?	Jesus uses this question to tell the scribes that what they are thinking is wrong. It also shows that He knows what they are thinking without them saying it out loud. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “What you are thinking is wrong.” or “Do not think that I am blaspheming.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-MRK	2	8	s3m6	figs-metonymy	ταῦτα…ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	these things in your hearts	The word **hearts** means their inner thoughts and desires. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “this inside yourselves” or “these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MRK	2	8	s3m6	figs-metonymy	ταῦτα&ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	these things in your hearts	The word **hearts** means their inner thoughts and desires. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “this inside yourselves” or “these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	2	9	wv5d	figs-rquestion	τί ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, εἰπεῖν τῷ παραλυτικῷ, ἀφίενταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ ἆρον τὸν κράβαττόν σου καὶ περιπάτει?	1	Which is easier to say to the paralyzed man, ‘Your sins have been forgiven’ or to say ‘Get up and take up your bed, and walk’?	Jesus is not asking for information but is using the question form here to prepare the scribes and Pharisees for the miracle he is about to perform. It is easier to say, “Your sins are forgiven you,” because there is no visible proof when someone’s sins are forgiven. However, if someone says to a paralyzed person, “Get up and take up your mat, and walk,” but the person does not do so, then it is obvious that the person speaking lacks God’s authority. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “It is surely easier to say, ‘Your sins are forgiven you,’ than to say, ‘Get up and walk!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MRK	2	9	q905	figs-quotesinquotes	τί ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, εἰπεῖν τῷ παραλυτικῷ, ἀφίενταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ ἆρον τὸν κράβαττόν σου καὶ περιπάτει	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Is it easier to tell someone that his sins are forgiven, or to tell him to get up, take his mat, and walk?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 MRK	2	10	g4jn	figs-explicit	εἰδῆτε	1	But in order that you may know	The word **you** refers to the scribes and the crowd. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly in a way that would be natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -156,8 +156,8 @@ MRK	2	25	cjzx	figs-doublet	ὅτε χρείαν ἔσχεν καὶ ἐπείν
 MRK	2	26	y57j	figs-explicit	τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως	1	the bread of the presence	The phrase **the bread of the presence** refers to the 12 loaves of **bread** that were placed on a golden table in the tabernacle or temple building as a sacrifice to God during Old Testament times. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	2	26	wz3g	figs-metaphor	εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Jesus is describing the tabernacle as **the house of God**. He is speaking of it as the place where God lived, since God’s presence was there. Alternate translation: “David went into the tabernacle” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
 MRK	2	27	i374	figs-activepassive	τὸ Σάββατον διὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐγένετο	1	The Sabbath was made for man	With the passive phrase **The Sabbath was made for man**, Jesus explains why God established the Sabbath. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God made the Sabbath for mankind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MRK	2	27	u83s	figs-gendernotations	τὸν ἄνθρωπον…ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1	man	Although the term **man** is masculine, Jesus is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people … people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-MRK	2	27	v3mb	figs-genericnoun	τὸν ἄνθρωπον…ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1		The word **man** is a generic noun. It does not refer to any specific person but to mankind as a whole. Alternate translation: “people … people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
+MRK	2	27	u83s	figs-gendernotations	τὸν ἄνθρωπον&ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1	man	Although the term **man** is masculine, Jesus is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people … people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
+MRK	2	27	v3mb	figs-genericnoun	τὸν ἄνθρωπον&ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1		The word **man** is a generic noun. It does not refer to any specific person but to mankind as a whole. Alternate translation: “people … people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 MRK	2	27	s2yd	figs-ellipsis	οὐχ ὁ ἄνθρωπος διὰ τὸ Σάββατον	1	not man for the Sabbath	The words **was made** are understood from the previous phrase. They can be repeated here if that would be helpful in your language. Alternate translation: “man was not made for the Sabbath” or “God did not make man for the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 MRK	2	28	wgwu		ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [2:10](../02/10.md).
 MRK	2	28	kq1c	figs-123person	ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		By calling himself **the Son of Man**, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ MRK	3	8	mm5v	figs-explicit	ὅσα ἐποίει	1	how much he was doing	This ph
 MRK	3	9	zu5e	figs-explicit	εἶπεν τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ, ἵνα πλοιάριον προσκαρτερῇ αὐτῷ διὰ τὸν ὄχλον, ἵνα μὴ θλίβωσιν αὐτόν	1	he said to his disciples that a small boat should be waiting for him because of the crowd, so that they would not press against him	As the large **crowd** was pushing forward toward Jesus, he was in danger of being crushed by them. They would not crush him intentionally; the danger was because there were so many people who wanted to touch him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	3	10	e86s	grammar-connect-logic-result	πολλοὺς γὰρ ἐθεράπευσεν, ὥστε ἐπιπίπτειν αὐτῷ, ἵνα αὐτοῦ ἅψωνται ὅσοι εἶχον μάστιγας	1	For he healed many, so that as many as had diseases pressed against him so that they might touch him	This verse tells why so many people were crowding around Jesus that they might crush him. Alternate translation: “For, because Jesus had healed many people, everyone pressed against him so that they might touch him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 MRK	3	10	ge71	figs-explicit	ἐπιπίπτειν αὐτῷ, ἵνα αὐτοῦ ἅψωνται ὅσοι εἶχον μάστιγας	1	as many as had diseases pressed against him so that they might touch him	They **pressed against him** because they believed that touching Jesus would make them well. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “all the sick people pushed forward, eagerly trying to touch him so that they might be healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	3	10	qyyv	figs-metaphor	ὥστε ἐπιπίπτειν αὐτῷ…ὅσοι εἶχον μάστιγας	1		Here, **pressed against him** means they came very close to Jesus to make physical contact with him. Usually this has to do with crowds surrounding someone. If this might be misunderstood, think of a way to express this more clearly in your language. Alternate translation: “so all the people who had diseases surrounded him closely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MRK	3	10	qyyv	figs-metaphor	ὥστε ἐπιπίπτειν αὐτῷ&ὅσοι εἶχον μάστιγας	1		Here, **pressed against him** means they came very close to Jesus to make physical contact with him. Usually this has to do with crowds surrounding someone. If this might be misunderstood, think of a way to express this more clearly in your language. Alternate translation: “so all the people who had diseases surrounded him closely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	3	11	ca5i	figs-explicit	προσέπιπτον αὐτῷ καὶ ἔκραζον λέγοντα	1	they were falling down before him and crying out, saying	Here, **they** refers to the unclean spirits. It is they who cause the people they possess to do such things. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “they caused the people they were possessing to fall down before him and to cry out to him, saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	3	11	xf41	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the Son of God	The title **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. See how you translated this title in [1:1](../01/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 MRK	3	13	fatx	figs-idiom	ἀναβαίνει εἰς τὸ ὄρος	1		Here, **he goes up on the mountain** does not refer to a specific mountain. This phrase is an idiom which means that Jesus was in a mountainous area. If it would be helpful in your language, you may state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus went up into the mountainous regions” or “Jesus went up into area with many hills” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ MRK	3	30	sfa2	figs-idiom	πνεῦμα ἀκάθαρτον ἔχει	1	He has an
 MRK	3	31	gef8		καὶ ἔρχονται ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ	1	Then his mother and his brothers come	Alternate translation: “Then Jesus’ mother and brothers arrived”
 MRK	3	33	qe8c	figs-rquestion	τίς ἐστιν ἡ μήτηρ μου, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί μου?	1	Who are my mother and my brothers?	Jesus uses this question to teach the people that he considers those who follow God to be his beloved ones. He has not forgotten who his physical family members are, but these are people who belong to his spiritual family. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I will tell you whom I consider to be my mother and brothers.” or “I will tell you whom I love as a mother or brother.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MRK	3	33	iu9r	translate-kinship	ἡ μήτηρ μου, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί μου	1		Jesus uses the words **mother** and **brothers** here not to refer to biological relatives but to those whom he loves and who obey God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
-MRK	3	35	dr45	figs-genericnoun	ὃς…ἂν ποιήσῃ τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	whoever may do … this is	Here, **whoever** does not refer to any specific person but to any person who does **the will of God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “whichever person may do the will of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
+MRK	3	35	dr45	figs-genericnoun	ὃς&ἂν ποιήσῃ τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	whoever may do … this is	Here, **whoever** does not refer to any specific person but to any person who does **the will of God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “whichever person may do the will of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 MRK	3	35	yr9i	figs-metaphor	οὗτος ἀδελφός μου καὶ ἀδελφὴ καὶ μήτηρ ἐστίν	1	this is my brother, and sister, and mother	This is a metaphor that means Jesus’ disciples belong to Jesus’ spiritual family. This is more important than belonging to his physical family. Alternate translation: “that person is like a brother, sister, or mother to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	4	intro	f5ua			0		# Mark 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>Mark 4:3–10 forms one parable. The parable is explained in 4:14–23.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:12, words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Parables<br><br>The parables were short stories that Jesus told so that people would easily understand the lesson he was trying to teach them. He also told the stories so that those who did not want to believe in him would not understand the truth.<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### The historic present<br><br>To call attention to a development in the story, Mark uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 1, 13, 35, 36, 37 and 38. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 MRK	4	1	i95e	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὥστε αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον ἐμβάντα, καθῆσθαι ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ	1	the sea	Jesus **stepped into a boat** because the crowd was so big that, if he had stayed among them, it would have been very difficult for them all to hear him. If this would not be clear in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because the crowd was so large, Jesus went out onto a boat on the water so the crowd could hear his teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@@ -230,13 +230,13 @@ MRK	4	6	z2el	figs-idiom	ἀνέτειλεν ὁ ἥλιος	1		Here, **the sun r
 MRK	4	6	ee49	figs-activepassive	ἐκαυματίσθη	1	it was scorched	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can restate **it was scorched** in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the sun scorched the plant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	4	7	bw62		ἄλλο ἔπεσεν	1	choked it … it did not produce	See the note on [4:5](../04/05.md)
 MRK	4	8	v3sr	figs-ellipsis	αὐξανόμενα, καὶ ἔφερεν εἰς τριάκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑξήκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑκατόν	1	increasing and yielding one, 30, and one, 60, and one, 100	The amount of grain produced by each plant is being compared to the single seed from which it grew. Ellipses are used here to shorten the phrases, but they can be written out. Alternate translation: “producing a plant that bore 30 times as much grain or 60 times as much grain or even 100 times as much grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-MRK	4	8	u327	translate-numbers	τριάκοντα…ἑξήκοντα…ἑκατόν	1	30 … 60 … 100	These may be written as numerals. Alternate translation: “thirty … sixty … a hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+MRK	4	8	u327	translate-numbers	τριάκοντα&ἑξήκοντα&ἑκατόν	1	30 … 60 … 100	These may be written as numerals. Alternate translation: “thirty … sixty … a hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 MRK	4	9	p2us	figs-metonymy	ὃς ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω	1	Whoever has ears to hear, let him hear	The phrase **has ears** here refers to the willingness to understand and obey. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Whoever is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	4	9	qxy4	figs-123person	ὃς ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω	1	Whoever has ears to hear, let him hear	Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 MRK	4	10	u2nj	figs-explicit	ὅτε ἐγένετο κατὰ μόνας	1	when he was alone	The phrase **he was alone** does not mean that Jesus was completely **alone**. Rather, it means that the crowds were gone and Jesus was only with the 12 disciples and some of his other close followers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	4	10	kqcz	figs-nominaladj	τοῖς δώδεκα	1		See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [11:7](../11/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 MRK	4	11	t9ee	figs-activepassive	ὑμῖν τὸ μυστήριον δέδοται τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	To you has been given	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I have given you the mystery of the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MRK	4	11	q2az	figs-explicit	ἐκείνοις…τοῖς ἔξω	1	to those who are outside	The phrase **to those, the ones outside** refers to the people who are not a part of Jesus’ group of disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to those who are outside of this group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	4	11	q2az	figs-explicit	ἐκείνοις&τοῖς ἔξω	1	to those who are outside	The phrase **to those, the ones outside** refers to the people who are not a part of Jesus’ group of disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to those who are outside of this group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	4	12	p4fv	figs-metaphor	ἵνα βλέποντες, βλέπωσι καὶ μὴ ἴδωσιν	1	they may look, but may not see	Here, **but may not see** means being spiritually blind and not understanding the significance of what Jesus is doing. If your readers would not understand what it means to “not see” in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “so that looking, they may not understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	4	12	e33y	figs-quotesinquotes	ἵνα βλέποντες, βλέπωσι καὶ μὴ ἴδωσιν; καὶ ἀκούοντες, ἀκούωσι καὶ μὴ συνιῶσιν	1		Mark is quoting Jesus, who is quoting the prophet Isaiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. For clarity, you could also indicate the source of the words that Jesus is quoting. Alternate translation: “so that as the prophet Isaiah said, though they see, they will not perceive, and though they hear, they will not understand” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes)
 MRK	4	12	p9yr	figs-metaphor	μήποτε ἐπιστρέψωσιν	1	so that they would not turn	Here, **turn** means to “repent.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or state it in plain language. Alternate translation: “so that they would not repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ MRK	4	16	ty3q	figs-metaphor	καὶ οὗτοί εἰσιν ὁμοίως οἱ
 MRK	4	16	d7ep	figs-genericnoun	οὗτοί	1		See the note on **these** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 MRK	4	16	gdq7	figs-activepassive	οἱ ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη σπειρόμενοι	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the ones which the sower sowed on the rocky soil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	4	17	p5fr	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἔχουσιν ῥίζαν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς	1	They have no root in themselves	This is a comparison to young plants that have very shallow roots. This metaphor means that the people were first excited when they received the word, but they were not strongly devoted to it. If your readers would not understand what **they have no root in themselves** means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Mark’s meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they did not allow the word to transform their lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MRK	4	17	s5mh	figs-hyperbole	οὐκ…ῥίζαν	1	no root	They have **no root** in themselves is an exaggeration to emphasize how small the roots were. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+MRK	4	17	s5mh	figs-hyperbole	οὐκ&ῥίζαν	1	no root	They have **no root** in themselves is an exaggeration to emphasize how small the roots were. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 MRK	4	17	t21w	figs-idiom	σκανδαλίζονται	1	they are caused to stumble	The phrase **they fall away** is an idiom which means to stop believing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they no longer believe in God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MRK	4	18	uu9b	figs-metaphor	ἄλλοι εἰσὶν οἱ εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας σπειρόμενοι	1	others are the ones sown among the thorns	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “some people represent the seeds which the farmer sowed among the thorny plants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	4	18	wlab	figs-genericnoun	ἄλλοι	1		See note about **others** on [4:15](../04/15.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
@@ -259,17 +259,17 @@ MRK	4	19	s7s7	figs-metaphor	εἰσπορευόμεναι, συνπνίγουσ
 MRK	4	19	f4ip	figs-metaphor	ἄκαρπος γίνεται	1	it becomes unfruitful	Here, **unfruitful** means that God’s word in this person will not produce the desired results. In the Bible, a person who produces good works is spoken of as “fruitful” and a person who does not produce good works is spoken of as “unfruitful.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the person does not do good works, showing that they follow Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	4	20	axh1	figs-metaphor	ἐκεῖνοί εἰσιν οἱ ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν τὴν καλὴν σπαρέντες	1	these are the ones sown in the good soil	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning of this metaphor plainly. Alternative translation: “those people represent the seeds which the farmer sowed upon the good soil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	4	20	d3r7	figs-ellipsis	ἓν τριάκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑξήκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑκατόν	1	one, 30, and one, 60, and one, 100	This refers to the grain that the plants produce. Alternate translation: “some produce 30 grains, some produce 60 grains, and some produce 100 grains” or “some produce 30 times the grain that was sown, some produce 60 times the grain that was sown, and some produce 100 times the grain that was sown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-MRK	4	20	tdwj	translate-numbers	τριάκοντα…ἑξήκοντα…ἑκατόν	1	30 … 60 … 100	If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the numbers as text. Alternate translation: “thirty … sixty … a hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+MRK	4	20	tdwj	translate-numbers	τριάκοντα&ἑξήκοντα&ἑκατόν	1	30 … 60 … 100	If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the numbers as text. Alternate translation: “thirty … sixty … a hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 MRK	4	21	zzw7		αὐτοῖς	1	And he was saying to them	Here, **to them** refers back to the Twelve and others around Jesus in verse [10](../mrk/04/10.md). Alternate translation: “to the Twelve and others with him”
 MRK	4	21	nn7e	figs-rquestion	μήτι ἔρχεται ὁ λύχνος ἵνα ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον τεθῇ, ἢ ὑπὸ τὴν κλίνην?	1	The lamp does not come in order to be put under a basket, or under the bed, does it?	Jesus is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You certainly do not bring a light inside the house to put it under a basket or under a bed!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MRK	4	21	dkq7	figs-doublet	ἵνα ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον τεθῇ, ἢ ὑπὸ τὴν κλίνην	1		Mark mentions two household items here for the sake of emphasis. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can combine these phrases, as modeled by the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 MRK	4	22	y5kn	figs-litotes	οὐ γάρ ἐστιν κρυπτὸν, ἐὰν μὴ ἵνα φανερωθῇ; οὐδὲ ἐγένετο ἀπόκρυφον, ἀλλ’ ἵνα ἔλθῃ εἰς φανερόν	1	For nothing is hidden except so that it might be revealed, and nothing secret has happened except so that it might come to exposure	If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “For everything that is hidden will be made known, and everything that is secret will come out into the open” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
-MRK	4	22	kc6k	figs-parallelism	οὐ…ἐστιν κρυπτὸν, ἐὰν μὴ ἵνα φανερωθῇ; οὐδὲ ἐγένετο ἀπόκρυφον, ἀλλ’ ἵνα ἔλθῃ εἰς φανερόν	1	nothing is hidden … and nothing secret has happened	These two phrases, **nothing is hidden** and **nothing secret has happened**, both have the same meaning. Jesus is emphasizing that everything that is secret will be made known. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Absolutely everything that is hidden will be revealed!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+MRK	4	22	kc6k	figs-parallelism	οὐ&ἐστιν κρυπτὸν, ἐὰν μὴ ἵνα φανερωθῇ; οὐδὲ ἐγένετο ἀπόκρυφον, ἀλλ’ ἵνα ἔλθῃ εἰς φανερόν	1	nothing is hidden … and nothing secret has happened	These two phrases, **nothing is hidden** and **nothing secret has happened**, both have the same meaning. Jesus is emphasizing that everything that is secret will be made known. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Absolutely everything that is hidden will be revealed!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 MRK	4	23	k1a8		εἴ τις ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω	1	If anyone has ears to hear, let him hear	See how you translated this in [4:9](../04/09.md)
 MRK	4	24	r2r1		ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς	1	he was saying to them	See how you translated this phrase in [4:21](../04/21.md)
 MRK	4	24	zis1	figs-metaphor	ἐν ᾧ μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε μετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	In that measure you use	This is a metaphor in which Jesus speaks of “understanding” as if it were “measuring.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternately, you could express Mark’s meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The one who thinks carefully about the things I have said, God will allow him to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	4	24	c4xp	figs-activepassive	μετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν, καὶ προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	it will be measured to you, and it will be added to you	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will measure that amount for you, and he will add even more to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MRK	4	25	i24l	figs-activepassive	δοθήσεται αὐτῷ…ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτο	1	to him will be given … even what he has will be taken away from him	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to him God will give more … from him God will take away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MRK	4	25	i24l	figs-activepassive	δοθήσεται αὐτῷ&ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτο	1	to him will be given … even what he has will be taken away from him	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to him God will give more … from him God will take away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	4	26	n1mq	figs-parables	οὕτως ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Connecting Statement:	Here, Jesus tells his listeners a parable to explain **the kingdom of God**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
 MRK	4	26	r5n7	figs-simile	ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ: ὡς ἄνθρωπος βάλῃ τὸν σπόρον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς	1	As a man who may throw his seed	Jesus begins a parable that continues through verse 29. In this parable, he compares the **kingdom of God** to a man who **throws the seed** on the ground. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express the meaning of **throws the seed** plainly. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of God: just as a farmer plants seed by scattering it over his field” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 MRK	4	26	htar	figs-genericnoun	ὡς ἄνθρωπος βάλῃ τὸν σπόρον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς	1		The word **man** is not speaking of any specific person but any people who scatter seed. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “As a farmer scatters seed upon the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
@@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ MRK	5	1	gt8a	figs-go	ἦλθον	1	They came	Your language may say “went” ra
 MRK	5	1	vsc7	translate-names	τῶν Γερασηνῶν	1	the Gerasenes	The name **Gerasenes** refers to the people who live in Gerasa. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 MRK	5	2	pf16	figs-idiom	ἐν πνεύματι ἀκαθάρτῳ	1	with an unclean spirit	This is an idiom meaning that the man is controlled by the unclean spirit. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “whom an unclean spirit controlled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MRK	5	4	nsol	writing-background	διὰ τὸ αὐτὸν πολλάκις πέδαις καὶ ἁλύσεσι δεδέσθαι, καὶ διεσπάσθαι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ τὰς ἁλύσεις καὶ τὰς πέδας συντετρῖφθαι, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἴσχυεν αὐτὸν δαμάσαι	1		This verse and the next verse function as background information to tell the reader about this man who was controlled by an evil spirit. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-MRK	5	4	da4x	figs-activepassive	αὐτὸν πολλάκις…δεδέσθαι	1	He had been bound many times	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people had bound him many times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MRK	5	4	da4x	figs-activepassive	αὐτὸν πολλάκις&δεδέσθαι	1	He had been bound many times	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people had bound him many times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	5	4	nep6	figs-activepassive	τὰς πέδας συντετρῖφθαι	1	his shackles were shattered	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he shattered his shackles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	5	4	fk7t	translate-unknown	πέδαις	1	shackles	Here, **shackles** are pieces of metal that people wrap around the arms and legs of prisoners. The shackles are then attached with chains to objects that do not move so the prisoners cannot move far. Think of an object in your culture that is used to constrain people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 MRK	5	6	y6c2	grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ ἰδὼν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀπὸ μακρόθεν, ἔδραμεν καὶ προσεκύνησεν αὐτῷ	1	And seeing Jesus from a distance	After **having seen Jesus**, the man then ran to him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After the man saw Jesus from a distance, he then ran to him and bowed down before him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
@@ -334,7 +334,7 @@ MRK	5	39	a3ih	figs-rquestion	τί θορυβεῖσθε καὶ κλαίετε?
 MRK	5	39	dzrk	figs-ellipsis	τὸ παιδίον οὐκ ἀπέθανεν, ἀλλὰ καθεύδει	1		The words **The child** are assumed in the second phrase. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “The child is not dead, but the child is sleeping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 MRK	5	39	g83c	figs-explicit	τὸ παιδίον οὐκ ἀπέθανεν, ἀλλὰ καθεύδει	1	The child has not died, but is sleeping	Jesus is using **is sleeping** to indicate that the death of child is only temporary. That is, although the child had died, Jesus intends to make her alive again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “The child will not remain dead, but she has died for a short time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	5	41	hx3c	translate-transliterate	ταλιθὰ, κοῦμ!	1	Talitha, koum!	This is an Aramaic phrase which Jesus spoke to the little girl in her language. In your translation, you can spell it the way it sounds in your language and then explain its meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
-MRK	5	42	pt5t	translate-numbers	ἦν…ἐτῶν δώδεκα	1	she was 12 years of age	Alternate translation: “she was twelve years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+MRK	5	42	pt5t	translate-numbers	ἦν&ἐτῶν δώδεκα	1	she was 12 years of age	Alternate translation: “she was twelve years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 MRK	5	42	m49c	figs-explicit	καὶ εὐθὺς ἀνέστη τὸ κοράσιον καὶ περιεπάτει, ἦν γὰρ ἐτῶν δώδεκα	1		Mark includes the information about her age to help his readers understand how **the little girl** immediately **rose up** and began **walking**. She was able to get up and walk because she was old enough to do so. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “And immediately the little girl rose up and was walking. She was able to do this because she was 12 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	5	43	n29k	figs-quotations	καὶ εἶπεν δοθῆναι αὐτῇ φαγεῖν	1	and he told them to give her something to eat	If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “and he told them, ‘Give her something to eat’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
 MRK	6	intro	kl7n			0		# Mark 6 General Notes<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### “Anointed with oil”<br><br>In the ancient Near East, people would try to heal sick people by putting olive oil on them.<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### The historic present<br><br>To call attention to a development in the story, Mark uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 1, 7, 30, 31, 37, 38, 45, 48, 49 and 55. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
@@ -342,7 +342,7 @@ MRK	6	1	mi7z	writing-newevent	καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἐκεῖθεν, καὶ
 MRK	6	1	lpci	figs-go	ἐξῆλθεν ἐκεῖθεν, καὶ ἔρχεται εἰς	1		Your language may say “came” rather than **went** or “went” rather than **comes** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “he came out from there and went to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 MRK	6	2	y4xj	figs-activepassive	τίς ἡ σοφία ἡ δοθεῖσα τούτῳ	1	what is this wisdom that has been given to him?	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what is this wisdom that God gave to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	6	3	s3wl	figs-rquestion	οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τέκτων, ὁ υἱὸς τῆς Μαρίας, καὶ ἀδελφὸς Ἰακώβου, καὶ Ἰωσῆτος, καὶ Ἰούδα, καὶ Σίμωνος? καὶ οὐκ εἰσὶν αἱ ἀδελφαὶ αὐτοῦ ὧδε πρὸς ἡμᾶς?	1	Is this not the carpenter, the son of Mary and the brother of James and Joses and Judas and Simon? And are his sisters not here with us?	Those who were in the synagogue with Jesus are asking all of these questions to emphasize that they know who Jesus is. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-MRK	6	3	tlub	translate-names	Ἰακώβου…Ἰωσῆτος…Ἰούδα…Σίμωνος	1	James … Joses … Judas … Simon	These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+MRK	6	3	tlub	translate-names	Ἰακώβου&Ἰωσῆτος&Ἰούδα&Σίμωνος	1	James … Joses … Judas … Simon	These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 MRK	6	3	d2g7	figs-synecdoche	ἐν αὐτῷ	1		The people in the synagogue were not **offended** by who Jesus was. They were offended by what he was teaching them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. Alternate translation: “by what he said to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 MRK	6	4	l436	figs-doublenegatives	οὐκ ἔστιν προφήτης ἄτιμος	1	A prophet is not without honor, except	If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the negative preposition **without**. Alternate translation: “A prophet is always honored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 MRK	6	4	b42w	grammar-connect-exceptions	οὐκ ἔστιν προφήτης ἄτιμος, εἰ μὴ	1		If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “The only place that a prophet is not honored is” or “A prophet is honored everywhere except” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
@@ -359,7 +359,7 @@ MRK	6	15	fgy3	figs-explicit	ἄλλοι δὲ ἔλεγον, ὅτι Ἠλεία
 MRK	6	15	n8sq	figs-quotations	ἄλλοι δὲ ἔλεγον, ὅτι Ἠλείας ἐστίν; ἄλλοι δὲ ἔλεγον, ὅτι προφήτης, ὡς εἷς τῶν προφητῶν	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “But some were saying that he is Elijah, while others were saying that he is like one of the prophets who lived long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
 MRK	6	16	ym2w	figs-metonymy	ὃν ἐγὼ ἀπεκεφάλισα	1	whom I beheaded	Here, Herod uses the word **I** to refer to himself. Although he says here that he beheaded John, his soldiers beheaded John at his command. The word **I** is a metonym for Herod’s soldiers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “whom I commanded my soldiers to behead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	6	16	n6nq	figs-activepassive	ἠγέρθη	1	has been raised	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MRK	6	17	vpr7	figs-explicit	αὐτὸς…ὁ Ἡρῴδης, ἀποστείλας ἐκράτησεν τὸν Ἰωάννην, καὶ ἔδησεν αὐτὸν ἐν φυλακῇ	1	Herod himself, having sent, seized John and he bound him in prison	If it would be helpful in your language, you could state clearly that **Herod** sent his soldiers to put **John** in **prison**. Alternate translation: “Herod sent his soldiers to arrest John and had them bind him in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	6	17	vpr7	figs-explicit	αὐτὸς&ὁ Ἡρῴδης, ἀποστείλας ἐκράτησεν τὸν Ἰωάννην, καὶ ἔδησεν αὐτὸν ἐν φυλακῇ	1	Herod himself, having sent, seized John and he bound him in prison	If it would be helpful in your language, you could state clearly that **Herod** sent his soldiers to put **John** in **prison**. Alternate translation: “Herod sent his soldiers to arrest John and had them bind him in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	6	17	ojtd	grammar-connect-time-background	γὰρ	1		Mark is providing this background information to help readers understand why Herod was saying that John rose from the dead. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “He was saying this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
 MRK	6	17	sf6r	translate-names	τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου, τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ	1	the wife of his brother Philip	The word **Philip** is the name of a man. This is not the same Philip who was an evangelist in the book of Acts or the Philip who was one of Jesus’ twelve disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 MRK	6	18	e2ex	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἔλεγεν γὰρ ὁ Ἰωάννης τῷ Ἡρῴδῃ, ὅτι οὐκ ἔξεστίν σοι ἔχειν τὴν γυναῖκα τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου	1		Herod put John into prison because he was saying **It is not lawful for you to have the wife of your brother**. Make sure this is clear in your language. Alternate translation: “Herod told his soldiers to arrest John because he was saying, ‘God’s law does not allow you to marry the wife of your brother’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ MRK	6	19	x35v	figs-metonymy	ἤθελεν αὐτὸν ἀποκτεῖναι	1
 MRK	6	20	k13z	figs-doublet	εἰδὼς αὐτὸν ἄνδρα δίκαιον καὶ ἅγιον	1		The word **righteous** and the word **holy** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that John was a very righteous man. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “because he knew that he was a very righteous man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 MRK	6	21	m54q	figs-metonymy	Ἡρῴδης τοῖς γενεσίοις αὐτοῦ δεῖπνον ἐποίησεν, τοῖς μεγιστᾶσιν αὐτοῦ	1	Herod prepared his birthday dinner for his officials	Here, the name **Herod** actually means his servants, whom Herod would have commanded to prepare the meal. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “Herod had his servants prepare a dinner for his officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	6	22	a1d7		εἰσελθούσης τῆς θυγατρὸς αὐτοῦ Ἡρῳδιάδος	1	the daughter of Herodias herself	We know from verse 17 that Herod married **Herodias** after she divorced his brother. Herodias’ daughter, who danced for Herod, was Herod’s niece and step-daughter. There are a few possible reasons why Mark refers to her as **his daughter Herodias**. Mark could: (1) be referring to Herod’s daughter-in-law as if she were Herod’s daughter’s to emphasize how close they were. Alternate translation: “And his daughter by Herodias” (2) be speaking about the daughter by using the name of her better-known mother, Herodias.
-MRK	6	25	caz0		εὐθὺς…μετὰ σπουδῆς…ἐξαυτῆς	1		The words **immediately**, **with haste**, and **at once** all communicate a sense of urgency. Make sure to communicate this urgency in your language.
+MRK	6	25	caz0		εὐθὺς&μετὰ σπουδῆς&ἐξαυτῆς	1		The words **immediately**, **with haste**, and **at once** all communicate a sense of urgency. Make sure to communicate this urgency in your language.
 MRK	6	25	ap2w	figs-explicit	δῷς μοι	1	a platter	The implication is that the daughter of Herodias wants King Herod to have someone cut off John the Baptizer’s head and then give it to her. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “you cut off John’s head and bring it to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	6	26	c1gn	figs-explicit	διὰ τοὺς ὅρκους καὶ τοὺς συνανακειμένους	1	because of his oath and those reclining at table with him	If it would be helpful in your language, you could state clearly the content of the **oaths**, and the relationship between the **oaths** and the dinner guests. Alternate translation: “because his dinner guests had heard him make the oaths that he would give her anything she asked for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	6	34	j1td	figs-simile	ἦσαν ὡς πρόβατα μὴ ἔχοντα ποιμένα	1	they were like sheep not having a shepherd	Jesus compares the people to **sheep**, which are confused and vulnerable when they do not have their **shepherd** to lead them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they were confused when they did not have someone to lead them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
@@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ MRK	6	52	m53m	figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τοῖς ἄρτοις	1	about the loaves
 MRK	6	52	t1qb	figs-metaphor	ἦν αὐτῶν ἡ καρδία πεπωρωμένη	1	their heart had been hardened	Their stubborn attitude is spoken of as if **their heart had been hardened**. If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. Alternately, you could use plain language to express this idea. Alternate translation: “they had become stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	6	52	m7yv	grammar-collectivenouns	αὐτῶν ἡ καρδία	1		In this verse, the word **heart** is singular in form, but it refers to all of their hearts as a group. If this would confuse your readers, you could use the plural form. Alternate translation: “their hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 MRK	6	53	p316	translate-names	Γεννησαρὲτ	1	Gennesaret	The word **Gennesaret** is the name of the region to the northwest of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-MRK	6	55	d9k9		περιέδραμον…ἤκουον	1	they ran throughout … they were hearing	Both occurrences of the word **they** in this verse refer to the people who recognized Jesus, not to the disciples.
+MRK	6	55	d9k9		περιέδραμον&ἤκουον	1	they ran throughout … they were hearing	Both occurrences of the word **they** in this verse refer to the people who recognized Jesus, not to the disciples.
 MRK	6	56	gi6y		ἐτίθεσαν	1	they were putting	Here, **they** refers to the people. It does not refer to Jesus’ disciples.
 MRK	6	56	y6hs	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας	1	the sick	The phrase **the sick** refers to sick people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “the sick people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 MRK	6	56	bqzf	figs-parallelism	εἰς κώμας, ἢ εἰς πόλεις, ἢ εἰς ἀγροὺς	1		These three phrases mean basically the same thing. The second and third emphasize the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If the repetition might be confusing, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “any village and city, or even in the rural area” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
@@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ MRK	7	5	ugom	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ	1	Why do your disciples n
 MRK	7	5	j7ht	figs-synecdoche	ἄρτον	1	bread	Here, **bread** represents food in general. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 MRK	7	6	oavh	figs-quotesinquotes	ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, ὅτι καλῶς ἐπροφήτευσεν Ἠσαΐας περὶ ὑμῶν τῶν ὑποκριτῶν, ὡς γέγραπται, ὅτι οὗτος ὁ λαὸς τοῖς χείλεσίν με τιμᾷ, ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ	1		If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to them, ‘Isaiah prophesied well about you hypocrites when God wrote through him that people honor him with their lips, but their desires are for other things’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 MRK	7	6	ep7u	figs-metonymy	τοῖς χείλεσίν	1	with their lips	Here, **lips** is used to signify speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “by what they say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MRK	7	6	zgt9	figs-metonymy	ἡ…καρδία αὐτῶν	1	but their heart is far from me	The word **heart** means inner thoughts and desires. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “their desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MRK	7	6	zgt9	figs-metonymy	ἡ&καρδία αὐτῶν	1	but their heart is far from me	The word **heart** means inner thoughts and desires. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “their desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	7	6	xtab	figs-idiom	ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ	1	but their heart is far from me	The expression **their heart is far from me** is a way that God is saying that the people are not truly devoted to him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “but they do not really love me” or “but they are not truly devoted to me” or “but they are not really committed to honoring me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MRK	7	8	hnw4	figs-metaphor	κρατεῖτε	1	you hold fast to	Here, to **hold fast to** something means to adhere to something consistently. If your readers would not understand what **hold fast** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “you cling to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	7	9	e3qv	figs-irony	καλῶς ἀθετεῖτε τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἵνα τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν τηρήσητε	1	How well you reject the commandment of God so that you may keep your tradition!	Jesus says **You do well at rejecting the commandment of God so that you may keep your tradition** to rebuke his listeners for forsaking God’s **commandment**. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You think you have done well by rejecting the commandment of God so that you may keep your own traditions, but what you have done is not good at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
@@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ MRK	7	10	d4sd	figs-quotesinquotes	Μωϋσῆς γὰρ εἶπεν, τίμα τ
 MRK	7	11	cd57	translate-transliterate	κορβᾶν	1	is Corban	**Corban** is a Hebrew word that refers to things that people promise to give to God. Translators normally transliterate it, using the target language alphabet. Some translators translate its meaning and then leave out Mark’s explanation of the meaning that follows. In your translation you can spell it the way it sounds in your language and then explain its meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
 MRK	7	11	ev2r	grammar-connect-time-background	ὅ ἐστιν δῶρον	1	that is, a gift	The author says **that is, a gift** to provide background information to his audience, who may not have understood this word. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “meaning ‘a gift’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
 MRK	7	14	u3nk	figs-doublet	ἀκούσατέ μου πάντες καὶ σύνετε	1	Listen to me, all of you, and understand	The words **Listen** and **understand** are related. Jesus uses them together to emphasize that his hearers should pay close attention to what he is saying. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “All of you, take heed to what I am about to say to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-MRK	7	15	gk5i	figs-explicit	οὐδέν…ἔξωθεν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου	1	nothing from outside the man	Jesus is speaking about what a person eats. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “nothing which a person can eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	7	15	gk5i	figs-explicit	οὐδέν&ἔξωθεν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου	1	nothing from outside the man	Jesus is speaking about what a person eats. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “nothing which a person can eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	7	15	ms5c	figs-metonymy	τὰ ἐκ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκπορευόμενά	1	the things that come out from the man	By using the phrase **the things that come out from the man**, Jesus is speaking about the thoughts and desires of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the things which a person thinks and does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	7	17	l7d7	writing-endofstory	καὶ ὅτε	1	And	Here, the phrase **And when** is being used as a comment about what happened after the story as a result of the events within the story itself. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
 MRK	7	18	z8w1	figs-rquestion	οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀσύνετοί ἐστε?	1	Are you also thus without understanding?	Jesus uses this question to express his disappointment that they do not understand. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “After all I have said and done, I am amazed that you still do not understand!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -438,8 +438,8 @@ MRK	7	34	lbw4	translate-transliterate	ἐφφαθά	1	Ephphatha	**Ephphatha** is
 MRK	7	35	yg15	figs-idiom	ἠνοίγησαν αὐτοῦ αἱ ἀκοαί	1	his ears were opened	The phrase **his ears were opened** means that the man was enabled to hear. Alternate translation: “Jesus opened his ears, and he was able to hear” or “he was able to hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MRK	7	35	yj4j	figs-activepassive	ἐλύθη ὁ δεσμὸς τῆς γλώσσης αὐτοῦ	1	the band of his tongue was released	The phrase **his tongue was released** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus took away what prevented his tongue from speaking” or “Jesus loosened his tongue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	7	35	gssm	figs-idiom	ἐλύθη ὁ δεσμὸς τῆς γλώσσης αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **the band of his tongue was released** means he became able to speak. Alternate translation: “his tongue was freed and he was able to speak” or “he was able to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-MRK	7	36	eb2y	figs-ellipsis	ὅσον…αὐτοῖς διεστέλλετο, αὐτοὶ	1	as much as he ordered them	This refers to Jesus ordering them not to tell anyone about what he had done. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the more he ordered them not to tell anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-MRK	7	37	dh17	figs-metonymy	τοὺς κωφοὺς…ἀλάλους	1	the deaf … the mute	The phrase **the deaf** and the phrase **the mute** both refer to groups of people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “deaf people … mute people” or “people who cannot hear … people who cannot speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MRK	7	36	eb2y	figs-ellipsis	ὅσον&αὐτοῖς διεστέλλετο, αὐτοὶ	1	as much as he ordered them	This refers to Jesus ordering them not to tell anyone about what he had done. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the more he ordered them not to tell anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+MRK	7	37	dh17	figs-metonymy	τοὺς κωφοὺς&ἀλάλους	1	the deaf … the mute	The phrase **the deaf** and the phrase **the mute** both refer to groups of people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “deaf people … mute people” or “people who cannot hear … people who cannot speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	8	intro	ry56			0		# Mark 8 General Notes<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Bread<br><br>When Jesus worked a miracle and provided bread for a large crowd of people, they probably thought about when God miraculously provided food for the people of Israel when they were in the wilderness.<br><br>Yeast is the ingredient that causes bread to expand before it is baked. In this chapter, Jesus uses yeast as a metaphor for things that change the way people think, speak, and act. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### “Adulterous generation”<br><br>When Jesus called the people an “adulterous generation,” he was telling them that they were not faithful to God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### The historic present<br><br>To call attention to a development in the story, Mark uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 1, 2, 6, 12, 17, 19, 20, 22, 29 and 33. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>Jesus used many rhetorical questions as a way of both teaching the disciples [Mark 8:17–21](./17.md) and rebuking the people [Mark 8:12](../mrk/08/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “Whoever wants to save his life will lose it, and whoever loses his life for my sake will find it” [Mark 8:35–37](../08/35.md)
 MRK	8	1	rmd8	writing-newevent	ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις	1	In those days	The phrase **In those days** introduces a new event that happened some time after the events in the story that Mark has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 MRK	8	1	sgv6	figs-extrainfo	μὴ ἐχόντων τι φάγωσιν	1	Connecting Statement:	Following this, Jesus explains why the crowd did not have **anything to eat**. Since the expression is explained in the next verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
@@ -457,7 +457,7 @@ MRK	8	12	sn5a		ἀναστενάξας τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ	1	hav
 MRK	8	12	s8xl	figs-metonymy	τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ	1	in his spirit	The phrase **in his spirit** means “within himself” or “to himself.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	8	12	g4lz	figs-rquestion	τί ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη ζητεῖ σημεῖον?	1	Why does this generation seek for a sign?	Jesus asks **Why does this generation seek for a sign** to show that they have not understood the miracles that he has done up until this point. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This generation should not seek a sign!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MRK	8	12	l335	figs-synecdoche	τί ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη ζητεῖ σημεῖον	1	Why does this generation seek for	When Jesus speaks of **this generation**, he is referring to some of the people who lived at that time and who were not following God. He was not speaking of every single person alive. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “Why do you Pharisees ask for a sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-MRK	8	12	a2x2	figs-activepassive	εἰ δοθήσεται…σημεῖον	1	if a sign will be given	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will not give you a sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MRK	8	12	a2x2	figs-activepassive	εἰ δοθήσεται&σημεῖον	1	if a sign will be given	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will not give you a sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	8	12	q4wh	figs-idiom	εἰ δοθήσεται τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ σημεῖον	1		The phrase **if a sign will be given to this generation …** is an idiom which means that a sign certainly will not be given. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I will certainly not give you a sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MRK	8	13	i2se	writing-pronouns	ἀφεὶς αὐτοὺς, πάλιν ἐμβὰς	1	having left them, having boarded a boat again	Jesus’ was not the only one who left; his disciples were with him also. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples left them and got into the boat again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 MRK	8	13	u1qk	figs-explicit	εἰς τὸ πέραν	1	to the other side	The phrase **to the other side** is referring to **the other side** of the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the other side of the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -527,12 +527,12 @@ MRK	9	5	w6vs	writing-participants	ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Πέτρος λέγ
 MRK	9	5	iqc9	figs-exclusive	καλόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς ὧδε εἶναι	1	it is good for us to be here	Here, the pronoun **us** could: (1) refer only to Peter, James, and John, in which case **us** would be exclusive. (2) include Jesus, in which case **us** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 MRK	9	5	k3y1	translate-unknown	σκηνάς	1	shelters	These **shelters** were simple, temporary places with roofs under which to sit or sleep. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 MRK	9	6	r3bn	writing-background	οὐ γὰρ ᾔδει τί ἀποκριθῇ; ἔκφοβοι γὰρ ἐγένοντο	1	For he did not know what to say, for they were terrified	This entire verse is a parenthetical statement which gives background information about Peter, James, and John. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-MRK	9	6	f8hn		ἔκφοβοι…ἐγένοντο	1	they were terrified	Alternate translation: “they were very frightened” or “they were very afraid”
-MRK	9	7	e3id		ἐγένετο…ἐπισκιάζουσα αὐτοῖς	1	came, overshadowing them	Alternate translation: “appeared and covered them”
+MRK	9	6	f8hn		ἔκφοβοι&ἐγένοντο	1	they were terrified	Alternate translation: “they were very frightened” or “they were very afraid”
+MRK	9	7	e3id		ἐγένετο&ἐπισκιάζουσα αὐτοῖς	1	came, overshadowing them	Alternate translation: “appeared and covered them”
 MRK	9	7	x4mv	figs-personification	ἐγένετο φωνὴ ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης	1	a voice came from the cloud	Mark speaks of this **voice** as if it were a living thing that could come from the cloud to earth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God spoke from the cloud and said” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification)
 MRK	9	7	ybu6	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱός μου	1	my Son	The word **Son** is an important title for Jesus. Here, the word **Son** describes Jesus’ relationship with God the Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 MRK	9	7	lg0e	figs-yousingular	ἀκούετε	1		**Listen** is a command or instruction God gave to Peter, James, and John. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
-MRK	9	8	hq73	writing-pronouns	οὐκέτι…εἶδον	1	they no longer saw	Here, the pronoun **they** refers to Peter, James, and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+MRK	9	8	hq73	writing-pronouns	οὐκέτι&εἶδον	1	they no longer saw	Here, the pronoun **they** refers to Peter, James, and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 MRK	9	9	q2qv	writing-pronouns	αὐτῶν	1		The first occurrence of the word **they** in this verse refers to Jesus and Peter and James and John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, Peter, James and John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 MRK	9	9	pdmm	writing-pronouns	διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς	1		Here, the pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus ordered them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 MRK	9	9	w1nf	writing-pronouns	διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδενὶ ἃ εἶδον διηγήσωνται	1		Here, the pronoun **them** and the second and third occurrence of the pronoun **they** all refer to Peter, James and John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus ordered Peter and James and John not to tell anyone about what they had just seen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -552,8 +552,8 @@ MRK	9	12	toik	figs-activepassive	καὶ πῶς γέγραπται ἐπὶ τ
 MRK	9	12	i3j7	figs-activepassive	ἐξουδενηθῇ	1	would be despised	If it would be more natural in your language, you could state the phrase **would be despised** in active form. Alternate translation: “that people would hate him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	9	13	k3kj	figs-explicit	ἐποίησαν αὐτῷ ὅσα ἤθελον	1	they did whatever they wanted to him	If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating explicitly what the Jewish people did to Elijah. Alternate translation: “our leaders treated him very badly, just as they wanted to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	9	14	n8fd		ἐλθόντες πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς	1	having come to the disciples	Alternate translation: “when Jesus, Peter, James, and John returned to the other disciples who had not gone with them up the mountain”
-MRK	9	14	qsp3	writing-pronouns	αὐτοὺς…αὐτούς	1		Here, both occurrences of the pronoun **them** refer to the other disciples of Jesus who had not went up on the mountain with Jesus, Peter, James, and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-MRK	9	15	qhc3	writing-pronouns	αὐτὸν…προστρέχοντες…αὐτόν	1		All three occurrences of the pronoun **him** in this verse refer to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify this in your translation in a way that would be natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+MRK	9	14	qsp3	writing-pronouns	αὐτοὺς&αὐτούς	1		Here, both occurrences of the pronoun **them** refer to the other disciples of Jesus who had not went up on the mountain with Jesus, Peter, James, and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+MRK	9	15	qhc3	writing-pronouns	αὐτὸν&προστρέχοντες&αὐτόν	1		All three occurrences of the pronoun **him** in this verse refer to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify this in your translation in a way that would be natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 MRK	9	16	w679	writing-pronouns	καὶ ἐπηρώτησεν αὐτούς	1		Here, the first occurrence of the pronoun **them** could refer to: (1) the disciples of Jesus who had not gone up on the mountain. Alternate translation: “And Jesus asked his disciples” (2) the people in the crowd. Alternate translation: “And Jesus asked the people in the crowd” (3) the scribes. Alternate translation: “And Jesus asked the scribes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 MRK	9	17	a2j6		Διδάσκαλε	1		See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../04/38.md).
 MRK	9	17	eluu		πνεῦμα	1		See how you translated the word **spirit** in [Mark 1:23](../mrk/01/23.md).
@@ -590,7 +590,7 @@ MRK	9	28	zwjp		εἰσελθόντος αὐτοῦ εἰς οἶκον	1		Alter
 MRK	9	28	sd45		κατ’ ἰδίαν	1	by himself	Alternate translation: “privately”
 MRK	9	29	pdk2	figs-doublenegatives	τοῦτο τὸ γένος ἐν οὐδενὶ δύναται ἐξελθεῖν, εἰ μὴ ἐν προσευχῇ καὶ νηστείᾳ	1	This kind comes out by nothing except by prayer and fasting	The words **nothing** and **except** are both negative words. If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “This kind can be cast out only by prayer and fasting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 MRK	9	29	v2s7	figs-explicit	τοῦτο τὸ γένος	1	This kind	Here, the phrase **This kind** refers to a kind of unclean spirit. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “This kind of unclean spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	9	29	kh4w	figs-go	τοῦτο τὸ γένος…δύναται ἐξελθεῖν	1		Your language may say “go out” rather than **come out** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “This kind is able to go out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
+MRK	9	29	kh4w	figs-go	τοῦτο τὸ γένος&δύναται ἐξελθεῖν	1		Your language may say “go out” rather than **come out** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “This kind is able to go out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 MRK	9	29	yrzf	figs-abstractnouns	προσευχῇ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **prayer**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **prayer** by using a verb form, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MRK	9	29	l6ok	figs-abstractnouns	νηστείᾳ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **fasting**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **fasting** in another way, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MRK	9	31	f4gm		ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [2:10](../02/10.md).
@@ -608,8 +608,8 @@ MRK	9	35	jzl5	figs-metaphor	εἴ τις θέλει πρῶτος εἶναι,
 MRK	9	35	ioiu	figs-nominaladj	εἴ τις θέλει πρῶτος εἶναι, ἔσται πάντων ἔσχατος	1		Jesus is using the adjective **first** as a noun in order to describe a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “If anyone wants to be most important in God’s sight, he should act as if he is the least important in God’s sight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 MRK	9	35	um58	translate-ordinal	πρῶτος	1		If your language does not use ordinal numbers such as **first**, you can express the meaning behind the word **first** in a way that would be natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 MRK	9	35	jqo3	figs-ellipsis	ἔσται πάντων ἔσχατος καὶ πάντων διάκονος	1		Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “he will be last of all people and a servant of all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-MRK	9	35	z9x2	figs-declarative	ἔσται…ἔσχατος	1		Jesus is using the future statement **he will be last** to give an instruction. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use a more natural form for instruction. Alternate translation: “he must be last” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
-MRK	9	35	t526		πάντων…πάντων	1	of all … of all	Alternate translation: “of all people … of all people”
+MRK	9	35	z9x2	figs-declarative	ἔσται&ἔσχατος	1		Jesus is using the future statement **he will be last** to give an instruction. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use a more natural form for instruction. Alternate translation: “he must be last” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
+MRK	9	35	t526		πάντων&πάντων	1	of all … of all	Alternate translation: “of all people … of all people”
 MRK	9	36	qqcu	writing-pronouns	ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν	1		The pronoun **their** refers to the 12 disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “in the midst of his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 MRK	9	37	h242		ἓν τῶν τοιούτων παιδίων	1	one of these little children	Alternate translation: “a child such as this one”
 MRK	9	37	ul12	figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	in my name	Here, **name** is a way of referring to a person by reference to something associated with that person. Alternate translation: “on my behalf” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -647,7 +647,7 @@ MRK	9	47	okc3	figs-metonymy	ἐὰν ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου σκανδαλ
 MRK	9	47	h4dv	figs-explicit	μονόφθαλμον εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Here, the phrase **enter into the kingdom of God** is referring to living eternally with God after one’s life on earth has ended. This phrase has a similar meaning to the phrase “to enter into life” which was used in [Mark 9:43](../mrk/09/43.md) and [Mark 9:45](../mrk/09/45.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning of this phrase explicitly. Alternate translation: “to enter into God’s kingdom and live with him forever with only one eye” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
 MRK	9	47	t7uv	figs-hyperbole	μονόφθαλμον εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		When Jesus speaks of entering **into the kingdom of God with one eye** he is not being literal, but rather is using exaggeration in order to emphasize the importance of striving against sin and things that could prevent one from receiving eternal life. The Bible teaches that when people enter into eternal life with God, he will restore their bodies of any physical defects. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify this in a footnote if you are using footnotes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 MRK	9	47	r2gn	figs-activepassive	βληθῆναι εἰς τὴν Γέενναν	1	to be thrown into hell	See how you translated the phrase **to be thrown into Gehenna** in [Mark 9:45](../mrk/09/45.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MRK	9	49	mr5y	figs-activepassive	πᾶς…πυρὶ ἁλισθήσεται	1	everyone will be salted with fire	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the phrase **will be salted** in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “God” is the one who will do it. Alternate translation: “God will salt everyone with fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MRK	9	49	mr5y	figs-activepassive	πᾶς&πυρὶ ἁλισθήσεται	1	everyone will be salted with fire	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the phrase **will be salted** in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “God” is the one who will do it. Alternate translation: “God will salt everyone with fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	9	49	ma3s	figs-metaphor	πυρὶ ἁλισθήσεται	1	will be salted with fire	Here, **fire** is a metaphor for suffering, and putting salt on people is a metaphor for purifying them, so **will be salted with fire** is a metaphor for being purified through suffering. Alternate translation: “will be made pure in the fire of suffering” or “will suffer in order to be purified, as a sacrifice is purified with salt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	9	50	rb7r		ἄναλον γένηται	1	may become unsalty	Alternate translation: “loses its salty taste”
 MRK	9	50	fqb8	figs-rquestion	ἐν τίνι αὐτὸ ἀρτύσετε?	1	with what will you season it?	By using the question **with what will you season it?**, Jesus is not asking for information, but rather, he is using the question form to emphasize a truth that he wants his listeners to understand. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you cannot make it salty again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -659,7 +659,7 @@ MRK	10	intro	bq25			0		# Mark 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formattin
 MRK	10	1	qq93	figs-explicit	ἐκεῖθεν ἀναστὰς, ἔρχεται	1	having gotten up, he goes from that place	Jesus’ disciples were traveling with him, and they were leaving Capernaum. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “getting up, Jesus and his disciples left Capernaum and went from that place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	10	1	goki	figs-go	ἔρχεται	1		Your language may say “comes” rather than **goes** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “he comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 MRK	10	1	j5wa		καὶ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου	1	and the other side of the Jordan River	Alternate translation: “and to the land on the other side of the Jordan River” or “and to the area east of the Jordan River”
-MRK	10	1	s6fy	figs-go	συνπορεύονται…ὄχλοι πρὸς αὐτόν	1		Your language may say “went” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “the crowds went together to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
+MRK	10	1	s6fy	figs-go	συνπορεύονται&ὄχλοι πρὸς αὐτόν	1		Your language may say “went” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “the crowds went together to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 MRK	10	1	vzb4		εἰώθει	1	he had been accustomed to do	Alternate translation: “was his custom” or “he usually did”
 MRK	10	5	m73x	figs-metonymy	τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν	1	your hardness of heart	Here, **heart** refers to a person’s inner being or mind. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	10	5	xqzb	figs-idiom	τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν	1	your hardness of heart	The phrase **hardness of heart** is an idiom which describes stubbornly choosing to resist God’s will and desires and instead choosing one’s own will and desires. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. See how you translated the phrase “the hardness of their heart” in [Mark 3:5](../mrk/03/05.md). Alternate translation: “your stubbornness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -705,9 +705,9 @@ MRK	10	28	hcv3	figs-exclamations	ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	**Behold** is an exclamatio
 MRK	10	29	m1w3		ἢ ἀγροὺς	1	or lands	Alternate translation: “or the land that he owns”
 MRK	10	30	sjhg	figs-doublenegatives	ἐὰν μὴ λάβῃ	1	who may not receive	The phrase **not receive** in this verse, when combined with the phrase “no one” in the previous verse, creates a double negative. If it would be helpful in your language, you can state the entire sentence positively. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 MRK	10	30	heb4		ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τούτῳ	1	in this time	Alternate translation: “in this present age”
-MRK	10	31	y2lu	figs-nominaladj	πολλοὶ…ἔσονται πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι, καὶ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι	1		Jesus is using the adjectives **first** and **last** as nouns in order to indicate groups of people. See how you translated the words **first** and **last** in [Mark 9:35](../mrk/09/35.md). Alternate translation: “many people who are now important will not be, and the people who are not now important, will be” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj)
+MRK	10	31	y2lu	figs-nominaladj	πολλοὶ&ἔσονται πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι, καὶ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι	1		Jesus is using the adjectives **first** and **last** as nouns in order to indicate groups of people. See how you translated the words **first** and **last** in [Mark 9:35](../mrk/09/35.md). Alternate translation: “many people who are now important will not be, and the people who are not now important, will be” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj)
 MRK	10	31	ym7t	figs-metaphor	ἔσονται πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι, καὶ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι	1	who are first will be last, and the last first	Here, Jesus is using the words **first** and **last** metaphorically. See how you translated these words in [Mark 9:35](../mrk/09/35.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MRK	10	32	hq7y	figs-explicit	οἱ…ἀκολουθοῦντες	1	those who are following behind	Some people were walking **behind** Jesus and his 12 disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “those people who were following behind them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	10	32	hq7y	figs-explicit	οἱ&ἀκολουθοῦντες	1	those who are following behind	Some people were walking **behind** Jesus and his 12 disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “those people who were following behind them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	10	32	k1nn	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς δώδεκα	1		See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [3:16](../03/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 MRK	10	33	pv4w	figs-exclamations	ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	**Behold** is an exclamation word which Jesus is using to draw attention to the words that he says next. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
 MRK	10	33	qkq9	figs-exclusive	ἀναβαίνομεν	1		When Jesus says **we**, he is speaking of himself and the 12 disciples, so **we** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
@@ -715,21 +715,21 @@ MRK	10	33	s1hp	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παρα
 MRK	10	33	ha2g	figs-activepassive	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδοθήσεται	1	the Son of Man will be delivered	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the meaning behind the phrase **will be handed over** by using an active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they will deliver the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	10	33	ohsf	figs-abstractnouns	καὶ κατακρινοῦσιν αὐτὸν θανάτῳ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **death** by using a verbal form of this word, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MRK	10	33	ils2		παραδώσουσιν αὐτὸν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν	1	deliver him to the Gentiles	Alternate translation: “put him under the control of the Gentiles”
-MRK	10	34	ccd3	figs-123person	αὐτῷ…αὐτῷ…αὐτὸν…ἀναστήσεται	1	they will mock	In this verse Jesus continues referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as modeled by the UST. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person)
+MRK	10	34	ccd3	figs-123person	αὐτῷ&αὐτῷ&αὐτὸν&ἀναστήσεται	1	they will mock	In this verse Jesus continues referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as modeled by the UST. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person)
 MRK	10	34	t0lt	writing-pronouns	ἐμπαίξουσιν	1		The pronoun **they** refers to “the Gentiles” mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles will mock him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 MRK	10	34	xv2g	figs-explicit	ἀναστήσεται	1	he will rise	The phrase **he will rise** refers to rising from the dead. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will rise from being dead” or “he will rise from his grave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	10	35	li9k	figs-exclusive	θέλομεν…αἰτήσωμέν…ἡμῖν	1	we desire … for us … we may ask	Here, the pronouns **we** and **us** refer only to James and John, and so they would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+MRK	10	35	li9k	figs-exclusive	θέλομεν&αἰτήσωμέν&ἡμῖν	1	we desire … for us … we may ask	Here, the pronouns **we** and **us** refer only to James and John, and so they would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 MRK	10	35	ch2r		Διδάσκαλε	1		See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../04/38.md).
 MRK	10	36	he8f	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1		The pronoun **them** refers to James and John. Alternate translation: “to James and John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 MRK	10	37	xwf8	writing-pronouns	οἱ δὲ εἶπαν αὐτῷ	1		The pronoun **they** refers to James and John. Alternate translation: “And James and John said to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-MRK	10	37	n1fv	figs-exclusive	δὸς ἡμῖν…καθίσωμεν	1		Here, the pronouns **us** and **we** refer only to James and John, so they would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+MRK	10	37	n1fv	figs-exclusive	δὸς ἡμῖν&καθίσωμεν	1		Here, the pronouns **us** and **we** refer only to James and John, so they would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 MRK	10	37	bb98	figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ δόξῃ σου	1	in your glory	The phrase **in your glory** refers to when Jesus is glorified and gloriously rules over his kingdom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “beside you when you rule in your kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	10	37	kyg6	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ δόξῃ σου	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **glory** in another way such as using a verbal form of the word. Alternate translation: “next to you when you are glorified” or “sit by you when you are glorified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MRK	10	38	v1bf		οὐκ οἴδατε	1	You do not know	Alternate translation: “You do not understand”
 MRK	10	38	yvu8	figs-idiom	πιεῖν τὸ ποτήριον ὃ ἐγὼ πίνω	1	to drink the cup which I am drinking	The phrase **to drink the cup** is an idiom which refers to suffering some experience which is difficult to undergo or experience. In the Bible, suffering is often referred to as “drinking from a cup.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “suffer as I will suffer” or “drink the cup of suffering that I will drink” or “drink from the cup of suffering from which I will drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MRK	10	38	pax6	figs-metaphor	τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι βαπτισθῆναι	1		The phrase **to be baptized with the baptism** is a metaphor which refers to being overwhelmed by difficult circumstances. Just as water covers a person during baptism, suffering and trials overwhelm a person. Here this metaphor for suffering refers specifically to Jesus’ future suffering in Jerusalem and his death by crucifixion. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or use plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	10	38	hlue	figs-activepassive	ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι	1		The phrase **I am being baptized** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MRK	10	39	r3pm	writing-pronouns	οἱ…αὐτοῖς	1	We are able	Here, the pronouns **they** and **them** refer to James and John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “James and John … to James and John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+MRK	10	39	r3pm	writing-pronouns	οἱ&αὐτοῖς	1	We are able	Here, the pronouns **they** and **them** refer to James and John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “James and John … to James and John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 MRK	10	39	hc1g	figs-idiom	τὸ ποτήριον ὃ ἐγὼ πίνω, πίεσθε	1	you will drink	**The cup that I drink** is an idiom. See how you translated this idiom in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MRK	10	39	c15v	figs-metaphor	τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι, βαπτισθήσεσθε	1		In this verse Jesus continues to use **baptism** to mean something more. See how you translated Jesus’ symbolic use of baptism in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	10	39	humc	figs-activepassive	ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι, βαπτισθήσεσθε	1		The phrase **I am being baptized** and the phrase **you will be baptized** are both passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state these two phrases in active form as modeled by the UST or you can express the meaning in another way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -739,12 +739,12 @@ MRK	10	41	ad19	figs-explicit	ἀκούσαντες	1	When heard about this	The w
 MRK	10	41	i48d	figs-explicit	οἱ δέκα	1		Here, **the ten** refers to the other ten disciples of Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	10	42	sbk8		προσκαλεσάμενος αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	having summoned them, Jesus	Alternate translation: “after Jesus called his disciples to him, he”
 MRK	10	42	zfr3	figs-abstractnouns	κατεξουσιάζουσιν	1	exercise authority over	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you can express the idea behind this abstract noun in another way, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-MRK	10	43	zfz6	figs-explicit	οὐχ οὕτως…ἐστιν ἐν ὑμῖν	1	But it is not this way among you	The phrase **it is not this way among you** means “this is not the reality you live by as my followers” or “it should not be this way among you.” The phrase refers back to the way that Jesus said the Gentile rulers governed in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “But you live by a different set of principles than do the Gentile rulers” or “But you are to act differently than the Gentile rulers act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	10	43	zfz6	figs-explicit	οὐχ οὕτως&ἐστιν ἐν ὑμῖν	1	But it is not this way among you	The phrase **it is not this way among you** means “this is not the reality you live by as my followers” or “it should not be this way among you.” The phrase refers back to the way that Jesus said the Gentile rulers governed in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “But you live by a different set of principles than do the Gentile rulers” or “But you are to act differently than the Gentile rulers act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	10	43	fc3m		μέγας γενέσθαι	1	to become great	Alternate translation: “to be highly respected” or “to be greatly respected”
 MRK	10	43	gfun	figs-declarative	ἔσται ὑμῶν διάκονος	1		Jesus is using the future statement **will be your servant** to give an instruction. See how you translated the phrase “will be” in [Mark 9:35](../mrk/09/35.md) where it occurs with the same meaning and in a similar context. Alternate translation: “must be your servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
 MRK	10	44	e7sn	figs-metaphor	εἶναι πρῶτος	1	to be first	Here, **to be first** means being the most important. See how you translated **first** in [Mark 9:35](../mrk/09/35.md). Alternate translation: “to be the most important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	10	44	qzo8	figs-declarative	ἔσται πάντων δοῦλος	1		Jesus is using the future statement **will be a slave of all** to give an instruction. See how you translated the phrase “will be” in [10:43](../10/43.md), where it occurs with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “must be a slave of all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
-MRK	10	44	u5yb	figs-hyperbole	ἔσται…δοῦλος	1		Jesus speaks of being **a slave** to emphasize the great effort Jesus’ followers should make to serve others. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows service, or you could clarify that Jesus is teaching that his followers must act in a way that is similar to slaves in their service to others. as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+MRK	10	44	u5yb	figs-hyperbole	ἔσται&δοῦλος	1		Jesus speaks of being **a slave** to emphasize the great effort Jesus’ followers should make to serve others. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows service, or you could clarify that Jesus is teaching that his followers must act in a way that is similar to slaves in their service to others. as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 MRK	10	45	ctta	figs-123person	καὶ γὰρ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person as modeled by the UST. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person)
 MRK	10	45	pmk3	figs-go	οὐκ ἦλθεν	1		Your language may say “go” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “did not leave heaven and go to earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 MRK	10	45	a3fr	figs-activepassive	διακονηθῆναι	1	For even the Son of Man did not come to be served	The phrase **to be served** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to have people serve him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -771,7 +771,7 @@ MRK	11	intro	xg3t			0		# Mark 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formattin
 MRK	11	1	ch4j	figs-go	ἐγγίζουσιν	1	And when they come to Jerusalem, to Bethphage and Bethany, to the Mount of Olives	Your language may say “went” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “they went near” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 MRK	11	1	g1fy	translate-names	Βηθφαγὴ	1	Bethphage	The word **Bethphage** is the name of a village. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 MRK	11	2	bi22	figs-go	ὑπάγετε εἰς τὴν κώμην	1	opposite us	Your language may say “Come” rather than **Go** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “Come into the village” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
-MRK	11	2	si41	figs-youdual	ὑμῶν…εὑρήσετε	1		Since the word **you** applies to the two disciples in both of these instances, it would be dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual)
+MRK	11	2	si41	figs-youdual	ὑμῶν&εὑρήσετε	1		Since the word **you** applies to the two disciples in both of these instances, it would be dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual)
 MRK	11	2	r41g	translate-unknown	πῶλον	1	a colt	The term **colt** refers to a young donkey. If your readers would not be familiar with what a donkey is, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a young donkey” or “a young riding animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 MRK	11	2	yw78	figs-gendernotations	οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων οὔπω ἐκάθισεν	1	on which no man has yet sat	Although the term **man** is masculine, Mark is using the word here in a generic sense, that includes both men and women. He means that “no one” had yet sat on the donkey. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “no person has yet sat” or “no one has yet sat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 MRK	11	2	zloo	figs-metonymy	οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων οὔπω ἐκάθισεν	1		Jesus is using the term **sat** to refer to riding on an animal by association with the way people sit on an animal they are riding. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “no person has ever ridden” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy)
@@ -804,10 +804,10 @@ MRK	11	12	zr8n	figs-go	ἐξελθόντων αὐτῶν ἀπὸ Βηθανί
 MRK	11	13	y447	figs-go	ἦλθεν	1	Connecting Statement:	Your language may say “came” rather than **went** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “he came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 MRK	11	13	yg5n	figs-go	ἐλθὼν ἐπ’ αὐτὴν	1	if perhaps he could find anything on it	Your language may say “went” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “having gone to it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 MRK	11	13	j6cq	grammar-connect-exceptions	οὐδὲν εὗρεν εἰ μὴ φύλλα	1	he found nothing except leaves	If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “he found only leaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
-MRK	11	13	g76z		ὁ…καιρὸς οὐκ ἦν σύκων	1	the season	Alternate translation: “it was not the time of year for figs”
+MRK	11	13	g76z		ὁ&καιρὸς οὐκ ἦν σύκων	1	the season	Alternate translation: “it was not the time of year for figs”
 MRK	11	14	u3bk	figs-apostrophe	εἶπεν αὐτῇ, μηκέτι εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, ἐκ σοῦ μηδεὶς καρπὸν φάγοι	1	he said to it, “No one will ever eat fruit from you again.”	Jesus is addressing an object that he knows cannot hear him, the fig tree, in order to teach his listeners something. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing this fact by talking about the fig tree. Alternate translation: “Jesus said regarding the fig tree that no one would ever eat fruit from it again” or “Jesus said regarding the fig tree that no one would ever eat fruit from it again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
 MRK	11	14	b362	figs-explicit	εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1	he said to it	The phrase **to eternity** is a Jewish expression which means “forever.” In this context it specifically means “ever again.” Mark assumed his readers would be familiar with this expression. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning of the expression **to eternity** explicitly. Alternate translation: “ever again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	11	14	ij5h	figs-doublenegatives	μηκέτι…ἐκ σοῦ μηδεὶς καρπὸν φάγοι	1	his disciples heard it	The phrase **no one will any longer** is a double negative. Jesus uses a double negative here for emphasis. If is would be helpful in your language, you could translate the idea using only one negative statement and show the emphasis some other way. Alternate translation: “Surely, no one will eat from you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
+MRK	11	14	ij5h	figs-doublenegatives	μηκέτι&ἐκ σοῦ μηδεὶς καρπὸν φάγοι	1	his disciples heard it	The phrase **no one will any longer** is a double negative. Jesus uses a double negative here for emphasis. If is would be helpful in your language, you could translate the idea using only one negative statement and show the emphasis some other way. Alternate translation: “Surely, no one will eat from you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 MRK	11	15	hj7z	figs-go	ἔρχονται εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	coming	Your language may say “going” rather than **coming** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “going to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 MRK	11	15	c2wl	figs-synecdoche	ἱερὸν	1		See how you translated the word **temple** in [11:11](../11/11.md), where it is used with the same meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 MRK	11	15	hoym		ἐκβάλλειν	1		Alternate translation: “to throw out” or “to force out” or “to drive out”
@@ -820,7 +820,7 @@ MRK	11	17	t9x9	figs-activepassive	οὐ γέγραπται	1		If your readers mi
 MRK	11	17	qeix	figs-metaphor	οἶκός μου	1		God, speaking through the prophet Isaiah, refers to his temple as his **house** because his presence is there. Alternate translation: “My temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	11	17	t1ho	figs-metaphor	οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν	1		God, speaking through the prophet Isaiah, refers to a place where people would pray as a **house of prayer**. Alternate translation: “will be called a place where people from all nations can pray to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	11	17	npdf	figs-activepassive	οἶκός μου, οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται	1		The phrase **will be called** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, it is probably best to say that people will call God’s temple a house of prayer, although it is also possible to say that God will call it that as well. Alternate translation: “People will call my house a house of prayer” or “Everyone will call my temple a house of prayer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MRK	11	17	qvxz	figs-abstractnouns	προσευχῆς…πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **prayer**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “pray,” as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+MRK	11	17	qvxz	figs-abstractnouns	προσευχῆς&πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **prayer**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “pray,” as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MRK	11	17	dpt1	figs-metaphor	σπήλαιον λῃστῶν	1	But you have made it a den of robbers	God, speaking through the prophet Jeremiah, refers to a place where thieves would gather to hide and plot their crimes as if it were a wild animal’s den or lair. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “a place where thieves gather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	11	18	k6dv		ἐζήτουν πῶς	1	they were seeking a way	Alternate translation: “they were looking for a way that”
 MRK	11	19	h4hg		ὅταν ὀψὲ ἐγένετο	1	when evening came	Alternate translation: “in the evening”
@@ -840,10 +840,10 @@ MRK	11	23	y76p	figs-metonymy	μὴ διακριθῇ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ
 MRK	11	23	doeg	figs-doublenegatives	μὴ διακριθῇ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ πιστεύῃ	1		The phrase **not doubt** is a double negative. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “if he truly believes in his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 MRK	11	23	fzp5		ἔσται αὐτῷ	1	it will be for him	Alternate translation: “God will make it happen”
 MRK	11	24	pn9x		διὰ τοῦτο λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Because of this, I say to you	Alternate translation: “For this reason, I say to you”
-MRK	11	24	c61c	figs-yousingular	ὑμῖν…προσεύχεσθε…ἐλάβετε…ὑμῖν	1		In this verse, all four occurrences of the word **you** are plural and apply to Jesus’ disciples. Your language may require you to mark these as plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
+MRK	11	24	c61c	figs-yousingular	ὑμῖν&προσεύχεσθε&ἐλάβετε&ὑμῖν	1		In this verse, all four occurrences of the word **you** are plural and apply to Jesus’ disciples. Your language may require you to mark these as plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 MRK	11	24	abke	figs-yousingular	πιστεύετε	1		In the original language in which Mark wrote this Gospel, the word **believe** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “each of you must believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 MRK	11	24	tu5z	figs-explicit	ἔσται ὑμῖν	1	it will be yours	In the phrase **it will be to you**, the implication is that God will provide what is asked for. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly, as modeled by UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	11	25	m2aw	figs-yousingular	στήκετε…ἔχετε…ὑμῶν…ὑμῖν…ὑμῶν	1		In this verse all occurrences of the word **you** and **your** are plural and apply to Jesus’ disciples. Your language may require you to mark these forms as plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
+MRK	11	25	m2aw	figs-yousingular	στήκετε&ἔχετε&ὑμῶν&ὑμῖν&ὑμῶν	1		In this verse all occurrences of the word **you** and **your** are plural and apply to Jesus’ disciples. Your language may require you to mark these forms as plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 MRK	11	25	m7xi	figs-explicitinfo	ὅταν στήκετε προσευχόμενοι	1	when you stand praying	It is common in Hebrew culture to **stand** when **praying** to God. Jesus assumes that his readers would be familiar with this practice. If it would be helpful in your culture, you could abbreviate it. Alternate translation: “when you are praying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
 MRK	11	25	f6ex	figs-explicit	εἴ τι ἔχετε κατά τινος	1	if you have something against anyone	Here, **have something against anyone** refers to any anger, unforgiveness, or grudge a person holds **against** another person for offending or sinning against them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	11	25	ttxg	figs-yousingular	ἀφίετε	1		In this verse, the first occurrence of the word **forgive** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “each of you must forgive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
@@ -852,7 +852,7 @@ MRK	11	25	jjs9	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1		The phrase **so that** intr
 MRK	11	25	omze	figs-abstractnouns	τὰ παραπτώματα ὑμῶν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **trespasses**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “sinned” or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for the times you have sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MRK	11	27	alh5	figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ περιπατοῦντος αὐτοῦ	1	as he is walking around in the temple	The phrase, **he is walking around in the temple** means that Jesus was walking around in the temple courtyard. Jesus was not walking in the temple, since only priests were allowed inside the temple building. See how you translated the word **temple** in [11:15](../11/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 MRK	11	28	se9b	figs-parallelism	ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιεῖς? ἢ, τίς σοι ἔδωκεν τὴν ἐξουσίαν ταύτην, ἵνα ταῦτα ποιῇς	1	By what authority do you do these things, and who gave you this authority, so that you might do them?	The question **By what authority do you do these things**, and the question **who gave you this authority** could: (1) both have the same meaning and be asked together to strongly question Jesus’ authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these two questions into one question. Alternate translation: “Who gave you authority to do these things?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) (2) be two separate questions, the first asking about the nature of the authority and the second about who gave it to Jesus. Alternate translation: “By what kind of authority do you do these things, and who gave you this authority, so that you might do these things?”
-MRK	11	28	ooxp	figs-abstractnouns	ἐξουσίᾳ…ἐξουσίαν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “authorized,” as modeled by the UST, or you can express the meaning some other way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+MRK	11	28	ooxp	figs-abstractnouns	ἐξουσίᾳ&ἐξουσίαν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “authorized,” as modeled by the UST, or you can express the meaning some other way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MRK	11	29	erqp	figs-abstractnouns	ἐξουσίᾳ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “authorized,” as modeled by the UST, or you can express the meaning some other way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MRK	11	29	aak2		ἕνα λόγον	1		Here, Jesus is using the term **word** in a specific sense. Alternate translation: “a question”
 MRK	11	30	vpgv		τὸ βάπτισμα τὸ Ἰωάννου, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἦν ἢ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων	1		Jesus knows that John’s authority came from God, so he is not asking the Jewish leaders for information. This is an actual question that Jesus wants the Jewish leaders to try to answer because he knows that either way they answer, they will have a problem. So his words should be translated as a question. Alternate translation: “Was it God who told John to baptize people, or did people tell him to do it?”
@@ -867,8 +867,8 @@ MRK	11	31	nu1m	figs-metonymy	ἐξ οὐρανοῦ	1	From heaven	See how you tr
 MRK	11	32	tczm	grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων	1		Here, the Jewish leaders are describing another hypothetical situation. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “But suppose we say, ‘From men’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
 MRK	11	32	aus1	figs-explicit	ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων	1	But we might say, ‘From men,’	The phrase **From men** refers to the source of the baptism of John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “But if we say, ‘John’s baptism was from men,’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	11	32	v2gs	figs-gendernotations	ἐξ ἀνθρώπων	1	From men	See how you translated the phrase **From men** in [11:30](../11/30.md). Alternate translation: “From people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-MRK	11	32	b5qb	figs-quotesinquotes	ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων	1	But we might say, ‘From men,’…	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But if we say that John’s authority came from people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-MRK	11	32	z93u	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων?	1	But we might say, ‘From men,’…	The religious leaders do not finish their statement, since they all understand what would happen if they said John’s baptism was not from God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “But if we say, ‘From men,’ that would not be good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+MRK	11	32	b5qb	figs-quotesinquotes	ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων	1	But we might say, ‘From men,’&	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But if we say that John’s authority came from people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
+MRK	11	32	z93u	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων?	1	But we might say, ‘From men,’&	The religious leaders do not finish their statement, since they all understand what would happen if they said John’s baptism was not from God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “But if we say, ‘From men,’ that would not be good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 MRK	11	32	z998	grammar-connect-time-background	ἐφοβοῦντο τὸν ὄχλον, ἅπαντες γὰρ εἶχον τὸν Ἰωάννην, ὄντως ὅτι προφήτης ἦν	1	They were afraid of the crowd	The author of the Gospel of Mark is providing this background information to help readers understand what happens next. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “They said this to each other because they were afraid of the crowd, for all the people in the crowd believed that John really was a prophet” or “They did not want to say that John’s baptism was from men because they were afraid of the crowd, since all the people in the crowd believed that John truly was a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
 MRK	11	32	dqlt	grammar-collectivenouns	ἐφοβοῦντο τὸν ὄχλον	1		The word **crowd** is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “They were afraid of the group of people gathered there” or “They were afraid of the many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 MRK	11	32	x4bo	figs-explicit	ἅπαντες γὰρ εἶχον	1		Here, the word **all** refers to the people in the crowd. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “for everyone in the crowd held” or “for all those who were in the crowd believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -882,7 +882,7 @@ MRK	12	1	qa93	writing-participants	ἀμπελῶνα ἄνθρωπος ἐφύ
 MRK	12	1	l2i2	translate-unknown	ἐξέδετο αὐτὸν γεωργοῖς	1	leased the vineyard to vine growers	As the rest of the story shows, the man rented the vineyard not for regular cash payments, but under an arrangement that entitled him to a share of the crop in exchange for the use of the land. If an arrangement like that would not be familiar to your readers, you could translate this in a way that explains it. Alternate translation: “allowed some grape farmers to use his vineyard in exchange for a share of the crop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 MRK	12	1	fd71		γεωργοῖς	1		While **farmers** is a general term for anyone who farms the ground, in this context it refers to people who tend grape vines and grow grapes. Alternate translation: “vine dressers” or “grape farmers”
 MRK	12	2	s83v	figs-explicit	τῷ καιρῷ	1	at the season	This refers to the time of harvest. If it would be helpful in your language, this could be made clear, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	12	2	su2e		γεωργοὺς…γεωργῶν	1		See how you translated **farmers** in [12:1](../12/01.md).
+MRK	12	2	su2e		γεωργοὺς&γεωργῶν	1		See how you translated **farmers** in [12:1](../12/01.md).
 MRK	12	2	oxoo	figs-metaphor	καρπῶν	1		The word **fruit** could be: (1) literal. Alternate translation: “some of the grapes they had grown” (2) figurative. Alternate translation: “some of what they had produced from the grapes they had grown” or “some of the money they had earned by selling their produce” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	12	3	c321	figs-metaphor	ἀπέστειλαν κενόν	1	with nothing	Jesus speaks of this servant as if he were a container with nothing in it. Here, the word **empty** means that they did not give him any of the fruit from the vineyard. If it would be helpful in your language to understand what it means to be **empty** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or use plain language. Alternate translation: “sent him away without giving him anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	12	4	jhi3		καὶ ἠτίμασαν	1		Alternate translation: “and humiliated” or “badly mistreated”
@@ -930,7 +930,7 @@ MRK	12	17	fl4l	figs-metonymy	τὰ Καίσαρος ἀπόδοτε Καίσαρ
 MRK	12	17	la16	figs-ellipsis	καὶ τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τῷ Θεῷ	1	and the things of God, to God	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and give to God the things that belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 MRK	12	18	edcn	writing-background	οἵτινες λέγουσιν ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι	1		Mark provides this background information about the Sadducees to help readers understand what happens in this episode. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “who belong to a sect which denies the resurrection of the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 MRK	12	18	y8yo	writing-participants	καὶ ἔρχονται Σαδδουκαῖοι πρὸς αὐτόν, οἵτινες λέγουσιν ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι	1		Mark uses the words **Sadducees, who say there is no resurrection, come to him** to introduce these new characters into the story. It may be helpful to introduce them more fully in your translation. Alternate translation: “Some members of the group of Jews called the Sadducees, who say there is no resurrection, then came to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
-MRK	12	18	ss09	figs-distinguish	Σαδδουκαῖοι…οἵτινες λέγουσιν ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι	1		This phrase is identifying the Sadducees as a group of Jews that said no one would rise from the dead. It is not identifying the Sadducees who came to question Jesus as members of that group who held that belief, as if other members did not. If it would be helpful in your language, you could begin a new sentence here to clarify this. Alternate translation: “Sadducees, men who believe that no one will rise from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
+MRK	12	18	ss09	figs-distinguish	Σαδδουκαῖοι&οἵτινες λέγουσιν ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι	1		This phrase is identifying the Sadducees as a group of Jews that said no one would rise from the dead. It is not identifying the Sadducees who came to question Jesus as members of that group who held that belief, as if other members did not. If it would be helpful in your language, you could begin a new sentence here to clarify this. Alternate translation: “Sadducees, men who believe that no one will rise from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
 MRK	12	18	rdl7	figs-explicit	οἵτινες λέγουσιν ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι	1	who say there is no resurrection	The word **resurrection** refers to becoming alive again after being dead. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	12	18	ax25	figs-synecdoche	λέγοντες	1		Mark may be using the singular **saying** to mean that one Sadducee spoke on behalf of the whole group. You could indicate that as UST does. If you decide to do that, it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “One of them said to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 MRK	12	19	w3ev		Διδάσκαλε	1		See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../04/38.md).
@@ -954,7 +954,7 @@ MRK	12	21	hx1q	translate-ordinal	ὁ τρίτος	1		If your language does not u
 MRK	12	22	wjq8	figs-ellipsis	οἱ ἑπτὰ	1	the seven	The Sadducees are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the seven brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 MRK	12	22	l3dg	figs-metaphor	σπέρμα	1	the seven did not leave offspring	See how you translated this sense of the word **seed** in [12:19](../12/19.md).. Alternate translation: “descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	12	23	w4wu		ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει	1	In the resurrection, when they may rise again, of which of them will she be a wife?	The Sadducees did not actually believe that there would be a **resurrection**. Your language may have a way of showing this. Alternate translation: “in the supposed resurrection” or “when people supposedly rise from the dead”
-MRK	12	23	c4p5	figs-ellipsis	οἱ…ἑπτὰ	1		The Sadducees are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the seven brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+MRK	12	23	c4p5	figs-ellipsis	οἱ&ἑπτὰ	1		The Sadducees are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the seven brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 MRK	12	24	zp2p	figs-rquestion	οὐ διὰ τοῦτο πλανᾶσθε, μὴ εἰδότες τὰς Γραφὰς, μηδὲ τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ?	1	Are you not being led astray because of this, not knowing the scriptures nor the power of God?	Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the fact that the Sadducees do not correctly understand the Scriptures or God’s power. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are greatly misunderstanding this matter because you do not know the Scriptures or the power of God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MRK	12	24	sie3	figs-activepassive	οὐ διὰ τοῦτο πλανᾶσθε, μὴ εἰδότες τὰς Γραφὰς, μηδὲ τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You are greatly mistaken because you do not know the Scriptures or God’s power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	12	24	i8il		τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the power of God	Alternate translation: “how powerful God is”
@@ -974,7 +974,7 @@ MRK	12	26	re82	figs-explicit	ὁ Θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς
 MRK	12	27	dgc9	figs-nominaladj	νεκρῶν	1	the God of the dead, but of the living	Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression or by using plain language. Alternate translation: “people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 MRK	12	27	xxzs	figs-nominaladj	ζώντων	1		Jesus is using the adjective **living** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression or by using plain language. Alternate translation: “people who are alive” or “people whom he has brought back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 MRK	12	27	v7ui	figs-activepassive	πολὺ πλανᾶσθε	1	the God of the dead, but of the living	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You misunderstand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MRK	12	28	zqy4	writing-participants	καὶ…εἷς τῶν γραμματέων	1		Mark uses the statement **And one of the scribes** to introduce this new character into the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. The expression “one of the scribes” identifies him as a teacher who had carefully studied the law of Moses. Since he is a new participant, if it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to him as something like “A man who taught the Jewish laws,” as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
+MRK	12	28	zqy4	writing-participants	καὶ&εἷς τῶν γραμματέων	1		Mark uses the statement **And one of the scribes** to introduce this new character into the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. The expression “one of the scribes” identifies him as a teacher who had carefully studied the law of Moses. Since he is a new participant, if it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to him as something like “A man who taught the Jewish laws,” as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 MRK	12	28	b3yh	figs-metonymy	ἰδὼν	1		Here, Mark is using the word **seen** to mean “observed” or “knew.” He is describing something a person would perceive with their mind by association with their eyes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “having understood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	12	28	q1u5	figs-metaphor	ποία ἐστὶν ἐντολὴ πρώτη πάντων	1	he asked him	Here, the scribe is using the word **first** to mean “most important.” If your readers would not understand the use of **first** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or state the meaning using plain language, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	12	28	kftz	translate-ordinal	ποία ἐστὶν ἐντολὴ πρώτη πάντων	1		If your language does not use ordinal numbers such as **first**, you can express the meaning behind the word **first** in a way that would be natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
@@ -986,7 +986,7 @@ MRK	12	29	mmtb		Κύριος εἷς ἐστιν	1		The phrase **the Lord our Go
 MRK	12	30	thj7	figs-declarative	ἀγαπήσεις	1		Here, Jesus is quoting a scripture in which a future statement is used to give an instruction. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use a more natural form for instruction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
 MRK	12	30	xjng	figs-merism	ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς διανοίας σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ἰσχύος σου	1	from your whole heart … from your whole soul … from your whole mind … from your whole strength	Jesus is citing a scripture from Deuteronomy in which God is referring to the entirety of a person by listing different parts. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “with the entirety of your being” or “completely, with your entire person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
 MRK	12	30	q49v	figs-metaphor	ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας σου	1	from your whole heart, and from your whole soul	Here, the **heart** represents the desires and motives. Alternate translation: “with all your desires” or “zealously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MRK	12	30	m8hi		ἐξ…ἐξ…ἐξ…ἐξ	1		Alternate translation: “with”
+MRK	12	30	m8hi		ἐξ&ἐξ&ἐξ&ἐξ	1		Alternate translation: “with”
 MRK	12	30	x3n5	figs-abstractnouns	ψυχῆς	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **soul**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “essence” or “being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MRK	12	30	ln0t	figs-abstractnouns	διανοίας	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **mind**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MRK	12	30	mii2	figs-abstractnouns	ἰσχύος	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **strength**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “power” or “ability” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -1032,7 +1032,7 @@ MRK	12	38	rwxq	figs-yousingular	βλέπετε	1		In the original language in wh
 MRK	12	38	yhfv	figs-metonymy	βλέπετε ἀπὸ τῶν γραμματέων	1		Jesus says **Watch out** to warn about the influence of certain people. He is not saying that the scribes themselves are physically dangerous, but that it would be dangerous spiritually to follow their example. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Be careful not to follow the example of the scribes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	12	38	nxy9	translate-symaction	τῶν θελόντων ἐν στολαῖς περιπατεῖν	1		In this culture, **long robes** were a symbol of wealth and status. To walk around in public in **long robes** was to assert one’s right to high status. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who like to walk around looking important in their long robes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 MRK	12	38	mu5a	figs-explicit	ἀσπασμοὺς	1		The implication is that these would be respectful **greetings** in which the scribes would be addressed by important titles. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “respectful greetings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	12	39	mwmf	figs-metaphor	πρωτοκαθεδρίας…πρωτοκλισίας	1		Both uses of the word **first** here mean “best.” Alternate translation: “the best seats … the best places” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MRK	12	39	mwmf	figs-metaphor	πρωτοκαθεδρίας&πρωτοκλισίας	1		Both uses of the word **first** here mean “best.” Alternate translation: “the best seats … the best places” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	12	40	jtw4	figs-metonymy	οἱ κατεσθίοντες τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν	1	They devour the houses of the widows	Jesus speaks of the **houses** of widows to mean their wealth and possessions, which they would have in their houses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “They defraud widows of everything they own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	12	40	j27b	figs-metaphor	οἱ κατεσθίοντες τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν	1	the houses of the widows	Jesus says that the scribes are **devouring** or eating up the possessions of widows. He means that they continually ask the widows for money until the widows have none left. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language to express the meaning. Alternate translation: “They defraud widows of everything they own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 MRK	12	40	r3ht		καὶ προφάσει μακρὰ προσευχόμενοι	1		Here, **pretext** refers to something that someone would do in order to appear a certain way. Alternate translation: “in order to seem godly, they are offering long prayers”
@@ -1040,7 +1040,7 @@ MRK	12	40	qm52	figs-metonymy	οὗτοι λήμψονται περισσότερ
 MRK	12	40	h36x	figs-explicit	οὗτοι λήμψονται περισσότερον κρίμα	1	will receive greater condemnation	The implication seems to be that these proud and greedy scribes will receive **greater** punishment than they would have if they had not pretended to be so godly. It is also implicit that God will be the one who punishes them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use plain language to express the meaning. Alternate translation: “God will punish these scribes more severely because they do all these wrong things while pretending to be godly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	12	41	r69x	writing-background	καὶ	1	Connecting Statement:	Mark uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help his readers understand what happens next in the story. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 MRK	12	41	nohd	writing-newevent	καθίσας κατέναντι τοῦ γαζοφυλακίου, ἐθεώρει πῶς ὁ ὄχλος βάλλει χαλκὸν εἰς τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον; καὶ πολλοὶ πλούσιοι ἔβαλλον πολλά	1		This background information introduces a new event in the story. Alternate translation: “after Jesus sat down he was watching the crowd put money into the offering box and noticing that there were many rich people who were placing gifts of money in the offering boxes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
-MRK	12	41	p2kp	figs-metonymy	τοῦ γαζοφυλακίου…τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον	1	the temple offering box	Mark is speaking of the boxes in the temple courtyard where people put money that they were giving to God. He associates the boxes with **the treasury**, the name of the place where this money would be kept until it was needed. Alternate translation: “the offering boxes … the offering boxes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MRK	12	41	p2kp	figs-metonymy	τοῦ γαζοφυλακίου&τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον	1	the temple offering box	Mark is speaking of the boxes in the temple courtyard where people put money that they were giving to God. He associates the boxes with **the treasury**, the name of the place where this money would be kept until it was needed. Alternate translation: “the offering boxes … the offering boxes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	12	41	w4xc	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ ὄχλος	1		The word **crowd** is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression such as “many people,” as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 MRK	12	41	jgkw	figs-nominaladj	πλούσιοι	1		Mark is using the adjective **rich** as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression such as “rich people,” as the UST does. Alternate translation: “wealthy people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 MRK	12	41	rl1l	figs-ellipsis	πολλά	1		Mark is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “much money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -1049,7 +1049,7 @@ MRK	12	42	n29e	translate-bmoney	ὅ ἐστιν κοδράντης	1	are a quadr
 MRK	12	43	ipl1	translate-versebridge		0	General Information:	In verse 43 Jesus says that the widow put more money in the offering than the rich people put in, and in verse 44 he gives his reason for saying that. If your language would put the reason before the result, you could create a verse bridge by moving this verse to the end of the following verse. You would then present the combined verses as 43–44, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
 MRK	12	43	q124		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	See how you translated the statement **Truly I say to you** in [3:28](../03/28.md).
 MRK	12	43	ih0m	figs-metaphor	ἡ χήρα αὕτη ἡ πτωχὴ	1		Even though it is not literally true that the widow has put more money into the offering box than all the rich people, this is still not figurative language. As Jesus explains in the next verse, he means that she has put in proportionately more than all the others, relative to her means, and that is literally true. But Jesus makes the seemingly untrue statement first, using it to get his disciples to reflect on how it can be true. So it would be appropriate to translate Jesus’ words directly and not interpret them as if they were figurative. For example, it would be a figurative interpretation to say, “God considers what this poor widow has given to be more valuable than the gifts of all the others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MRK	12	43	n8z5	figs-explicit	πάντων…τῶν βαλλόντων	1	all of those putting into	In context, **all** means specifically all of the rich people who were putting large monetary gifts in the collection boxes. Alternate translation: “all of those rich people putting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	12	43	n8z5	figs-explicit	πάντων&τῶν βαλλόντων	1	all of those putting into	In context, **all** means specifically all of the rich people who were putting large monetary gifts in the collection boxes. Alternate translation: “all of those rich people putting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	12	43	n7su		γαζοφυλάκιον	1	having called	See how you translated the term **offering box** in [12:41](../12/41.md).
 MRK	12	44	c7jj	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		Here, the word **For** introduces the reason for what Jesus said in [12:43](../12/43.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 MRK	12	44	ihuq		ἐκ τοῦ περισσεύοντος αὐτοῖς ἔβαλον	1		Alternate translation: “had a lot of money but only gave a small portion of it”
@@ -1069,27 +1069,27 @@ MRK	13	5	fe42	writing-pronouns	λέγειν αὐτοῖς	1	to say to them	The
 MRK	13	5	qekc	figs-yousingular	βλέπετε	1		In the original language in which Mark wrote this Gospel, the phrase **Be careful** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “All of you be careful that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 MRK	13	6	z63u	figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	in my name	Here Jesus uses the word **name** to mean identity and the authority that comes with the identity. The people he is talking about will likely not say that their name is Jesus, but they will claim to be the Messiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “claiming to be me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	13	6	cee7	figs-quotesinquotes	πολλοὶ ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου λέγοντες, ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι	1		If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Many will come in my name claiming to be me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-MRK	13	6	pbz4	figs-explicit	πολλοὶ…πολλοὺς	1		Here both uses of the word **Many** refer to “many people.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	13	6	pbz4	figs-explicit	πολλοὶ&πολλοὺς	1		Here both uses of the word **Many** refer to “many people.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	13	6	wv12	figs-explicit	ἐγώ εἰμι	1	they will lead many astray	The implication is that **he** means the Messiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	13	7	fl5h		πολέμους καὶ ἀκοὰς πολέμων	1	you may hear of wars and rumors of wars	The phrase **wars and rumors of wars** could mean: (1) reports of wars that are currently happening and reports of wars that might happen in the future. (2) reports of wars that are already taking place near by and reports of wars that are happening in distant places. Alternate translation: “reports of wars that are close by and of wars that are far away”
 MRK	13	7	d1k9	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλ’ οὔπω τὸ τέλος	1	but the end is not yet	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but the end will not happen immediately” or “but the end will not happen until later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 MRK	13	7	mi4d	figs-explicit	τὸ τέλος	1	the end	Here, **the end** implicitly means “the end of the world.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly, as the UST models. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	13	8	ydrb	figs-parallelism	ἐγερθήσεται…ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν	1		These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these two phrases into one phrase. Alternate translation: “Different groups of people will attack each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-MRK	13	8	rlxf	figs-genericnoun	ἐγερθήσεται…ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος	1		The word **nation** represents nations in general, not one particular nation. Alternate translation: “The people of some nations will attack the people of other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
-MRK	13	8	oyrd	figs-metonymy	ἐγερθήσεται…ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος	1		The term **nation** refers to the people of one nationality or ethnic group. Alternate translation: “The people of some nations will attack the people of other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MRK	13	8	xln4	figs-idiom	ἐγερθήσεται…ἐπ’	1	will rise against	The phrase **rise against** is an idiom that means to attack. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “The people of some nations will attack the people of other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+MRK	13	8	ydrb	figs-parallelism	ἐγερθήσεται&ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν	1		These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these two phrases into one phrase. Alternate translation: “Different groups of people will attack each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+MRK	13	8	rlxf	figs-genericnoun	ἐγερθήσεται&ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος	1		The word **nation** represents nations in general, not one particular nation. Alternate translation: “The people of some nations will attack the people of other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
+MRK	13	8	oyrd	figs-metonymy	ἐγερθήσεται&ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος	1		The term **nation** refers to the people of one nationality or ethnic group. Alternate translation: “The people of some nations will attack the people of other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MRK	13	8	xln4	figs-idiom	ἐγερθήσεται&ἐπ’	1	will rise against	The phrase **rise against** is an idiom that means to attack. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “The people of some nations will attack the people of other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MRK	13	8	e2ln	figs-ellipsis	βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν	1	kingdom against kingdom	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and the people of some kingdoms will attack the people of other kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 MRK	13	8	hz6g	figs-genericnoun	βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν	1		The word **kingdom** represents kingdoms in general, not one particular kingdom. Alternate translation: “the people of some kingdoms will attack the people of other kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 MRK	13	8	wpd3	figs-metonymy	βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν	1		The term **kingdom** represents the people of a kingdom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the people of some kingdoms will attack the people of other kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	13	8	pcyi	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1		Here, **These things** refers to the things that Jesus has said will happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “These things that I have just described” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	13	8	dz8g	figs-metaphor	ἀρχὴ ὠδίνων ταῦτα	1	These are the beginnings of birth pains	Jesus uses the metaphor of **birth pains** because, in the same way that the pain of childbirth is eventually replaced by joy when the child is born, so the suffering that is experienced by true believers will eventually be replaced by joy when Christ returns. Because childbirth occurs in all cultures, you should retain this metaphor in your translation. Alternate translation: “These events will be like the first pains a woman suffers when she is about to bear a child” or “These events will be like the first pains a woman suffers when she is about to give birth to a child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MRK	13	9	nuti	figs-metaphor	βλέπετε…ἑαυτούς	1		Jesus uses a word for seeing to indicate the need for paying attention or being ready. If your readers would not understand what it means to **watch yourselves** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “pay attention to yourselves” or “beware”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-MRK	13	9	c2cl	figs-yousingular	βλέπετε…ἑαυτούς	1	But you, watch yourselves	In the original language in which Mark wrote this Gospel, the phrase **watch yourselves** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “all of you, watch yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
+MRK	13	9	nuti	figs-metaphor	βλέπετε&ἑαυτούς	1		Jesus uses a word for seeing to indicate the need for paying attention or being ready. If your readers would not understand what it means to **watch yourselves** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “pay attention to yourselves” or “beware”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+MRK	13	9	c2cl	figs-yousingular	βλέπετε&ἑαυτούς	1	But you, watch yourselves	In the original language in which Mark wrote this Gospel, the phrase **watch yourselves** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “all of you, watch yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 MRK	13	9	ulws	figs-rpronouns	βλέπετε δὲ ὑμεῖς ἑαυτούς	1		Jesus uses the word **yourselves** to draw the disciples’ attention to themselves, because he now transitions away from telling them about general signs and begins telling them about specific trials that they will personally encounter. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this. Alternate translation: “But give heed to yourselves personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 MRK	13	9	mbr5	writing-pronouns	παραδώσουσιν ὑμᾶς	1		The pronoun **They** refers to people in general who will persecute Jesus’ followers. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “People will deliver you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 MRK	13	9	voih	figs-activepassive	δαρήσεσθε	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they will beat you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	13	9	zdp8	figs-activepassive	σταθήσεσθε	1	you will be beaten	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they will make you stand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MRK	13	9	gbb4	figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ…σταθήσεσθε	1	you will be made to stand before	Here, **made to stand before** means to be put on trial and judged. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “you will be put on trial before” or “you will be brought to trial and judged by” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MRK	13	9	gbb4	figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ&σταθήσεσθε	1	you will be made to stand before	Here, **made to stand before** means to be put on trial and judged. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “you will be put on trial before” or “you will be brought to trial and judged by” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	13	9	v23p	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς μαρτύριον	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **testimony**, you can express the same idea in another way as the UST does or use a verb form such as “testify.” Alternate translation: “to testify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MRK	13	9	qq6r		εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς	1		Alternate translation: “to testify about me to them”
 MRK	13	9	y6p6	writing-pronouns	εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς	1	for a testimony to them	The pronoun **them** refers to the **governors** and **kings** mentioned in this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -1104,7 +1104,7 @@ MRK	13	11	a9b6	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον	1
 MRK	13	12	toqp	figs-explicit	παραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον, καὶ πατὴρ τέκνον; καὶ ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς καὶ θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς	1		Here, the implication is that these people will do these bad things to their family members, because these people hate Jesus, but their family members believe in him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because people hate me, they will deliver their own family members who believe in me to the authorities in order to have them killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	13	12	py9u	figs-explicit	παραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον, καὶ πατὴρ τέκνον; καὶ ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς	1	brother will deliver brother to death	Here, Jesus is explaining to his disciples what “some” brothers and “some” fathers and “some” children will do to their family members. He is speaking in general terms and is not saying that “all” brothers or fathers or children will do this. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	13	12	m6iq	figs-gendernotations	παραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν	1		Although the term **brother** is masculine, Jesus is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters will deliver their siblings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-MRK	13	12	utyk	figs-abstractnouns	θάνατον…θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you can express the same idea with a verb form. Alternate translation: “be killed … have them killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+MRK	13	12	utyk	figs-abstractnouns	θάνατον&θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you can express the same idea with a verb form. Alternate translation: “be killed … have them killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MRK	13	12	b9ux	figs-ellipsis	πατὴρ τέκνον	1	a father, his child	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “a father will deliver up his child to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 MRK	13	12	hrhw	figs-gendernotations	πατὴρ τέκνον	1		Although the term **father** is masculine, Jesus is probably using the word here in a generic sense that includes both fathers and mothers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “parents, their children” or “fathers and mothers will deliver their children to the authorities to be killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 MRK	13	12	vjcw	figs-explicit	ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς καὶ θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς	1		Here, **children will rise up against parents and put them to death** probably does not mean that children will directly murder their parents. Rather, this probably means that children will deliver their parents to people in positions of authority and then these people will have their parents killed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1112,13 +1112,13 @@ MRK	13	12	r66s	translate-symaction	ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐ
 MRK	13	13	pk3g	figs-activepassive	ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων	1	you will be hated by everyone	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “everyone will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	13	13	w8pz	figs-hyperbole	ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων	1		Here, **everyone** is an exaggeration which Jesus uses to emphasize to his disciples the fact that many people will hate them because they believe in him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or use plain language, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 MRK	13	13	jhp6	figs-metonymy	διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου	1	because of my name	Here, **name** is a way of referring to a person by reference to something associated with that person, their name. Jesus is using the phrase **my name** to refer to himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MRK	13	13	w28q	figs-activepassive	ὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται	1	the one who endures to the end, that one will be saved	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whoever endures to the end, God will save that person” or “God will save whoever endures to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MRK	13	13	c33n	figs-explicit	ὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος	1	the one who endures to the end	Here, **endured** represents having continued to be faithful to God even while suffering. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “whoever suffers and stays faithful to God to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	13	13	w28q	figs-activepassive	ὁ&ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται	1	the one who endures to the end, that one will be saved	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whoever endures to the end, God will save that person” or “God will save whoever endures to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MRK	13	13	c33n	figs-explicit	ὁ&ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος	1	the one who endures to the end	Here, **endured** represents having continued to be faithful to God even while suffering. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “whoever suffers and stays faithful to God to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	13	13	vcz4		ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος	1	to the end	The phrase **to the end** could mean: (1) to the end of one’s life. Alternate translation: “who endures to the point of death” or “who endures till death” (2) until the end of time. This meaning means that believers must endure and keep on enduring until the time when Christ returns. Alternate translation: “who keeps on enduring to the very end” (3) to the end of that time of hardship and persecution. Alternate translation: “who endures until the time of testing is over”
 MRK	13	14	d4nw	figs-explicit	τὸ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως	1	the abomination of desolation	The phrase **the abomination of desolation** is from the book of Daniel. Jesus’ audience would have been familiar with this passage and the prophecy about **the abomination** entering the temple and defiling it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate the meaning explicitly, as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “the shameful thing that defiles the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	13	14	vx3c	figs-explicit	ἑστηκότα ὅπου οὐ δεῖ	1	standing where it should not be	Jesus’ audience would have known that this refers to the temple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “standing in the temple, where it should not be standing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	13	14	ck7a		ὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω	1	let the reader understand	The phrase **Let the one reading understand** is not Jesus speaking. Mark added this to get the readers’ attention so that they would pay attention to this warning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could show that this is not part of Jesus’ direct speech by putting brackets around this phrase, as the UST and ULT do, or you could show your readers in some other way that is natural in your language.
-MRK	13	15	m1hq	figs-explicit	ὁ…ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος, μὴ καταβάτω, μηδὲ εἰσελθάτω ἆραί τι ἐκ τῆς οἰκίας αὐτοῦ	1	on the housetop	Where Jesus lived, the tops of houses were flat. People would eat and do other activities on top of their houses. Jesus assumes that his hearers know this and that they know that the roofs were accessed by an exterior staircase at the back of the house, distant from the entry at the front. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the person who is on top of their roof should escape immediately and not enter their house to get anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	13	15	m1hq	figs-explicit	ὁ&ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος, μὴ καταβάτω, μηδὲ εἰσελθάτω ἆραί τι ἐκ τῆς οἰκίας αὐτοῦ	1	on the housetop	Where Jesus lived, the tops of houses were flat. People would eat and do other activities on top of their houses. Jesus assumes that his hearers know this and that they know that the roofs were accessed by an exterior staircase at the back of the house, distant from the entry at the front. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the person who is on top of their roof should escape immediately and not enter their house to get anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	13	16	y1e9	translate-unknown	ὁ εἰς τὸν ἀγρὸν, μὴ ἐπιστρεψάτω εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω	1	let the one in the field not turn back to the things behind	The word **cloak** refers to an outer garment. You could translate this with the name of an outer garment that your readers would recognize, or with a general expression. Alternate translation: “coat” or “outer garment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 MRK	13	17	bi8n	figs-idiom	ταῖς ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσαις	1	to those having in the womb	The phrase **having in the womb** is an idiom meaning the woman is with child. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to women who are pregnant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MRK	13	17	bv9z	figs-explicit	ταῖς θηλαζούσαις	1		This does not mean babies who are nursing but rather refers to women who provide their milk for their babies. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “mothers who are nursing their babies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1130,8 +1130,8 @@ MRK	13	19	l5u9	figs-abstractnouns	θλῖψις	1		If your language does not use
 MRK	13	19	e98e		οἵα οὐ γέγονεν τοιαύτη	1	such as these have not happened	Alternate translation: “of a kind that has not yet happened” or “which will be worse than any type of suffering that has happened”
 MRK	13	19	r1ly	figs-abstractnouns	ἀρχῆς κτίσεως ἣν ἔκτισεν ὁ Θεὸς	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **creation**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MRK	13	19	c5sz	figs-ellipsis	οὐ μὴ γένηται	1	may certainly not happen	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “there will never be days like these again” or “after this tribulation, there will never again be a tribulation like it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-MRK	13	20	y7g6	figs-idiom	μὴ ἐκολόβωσεν…ἐκολόβωσεν	1	did not cut short the days	The words **cut short** form an idiom which means “to shorten.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “did not shorten … he shortened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-MRK	13	20	el7g	figs-idiom	τὰς ἡμέρας…τὰς ἡμέρας	1		See how you translated the word **days** in [13:17](../13/17.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “that time … that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+MRK	13	20	y7g6	figs-idiom	μὴ ἐκολόβωσεν&ἐκολόβωσεν	1	did not cut short the days	The words **cut short** form an idiom which means “to shorten.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “did not shorten … he shortened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+MRK	13	20	el7g	figs-idiom	τὰς ἡμέρας&τὰς ἡμέρας	1		See how you translated the word **days** in [13:17](../13/17.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “that time … that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MRK	13	20	kda6	figs-metonymy	οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ	1	no flesh would be saved	Jesus is describing people by reference to something associated with them, the **flesh** they are made of. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “no one would be saved” or “no people would be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	13	20	dosx	figs-activepassive	εἰ μὴ ἐκολόβωσεν Κύριος τὰς ἡμέρας, οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Mark makes clear that “the Lord” is the one who will do it. Alternate translation: “because the Lord will shorten the day, not everyone will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	13	20	q8hm	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ	1	for the sake of the elect	Here, the phrase **be saved** refers to being saved from physical death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “everyone would die” or “no one would survive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1209,7 +1209,7 @@ MRK	14	3	bf84	translate-names	Σίμωνος τοῦ λεπροῦ	1	of Simon th
 MRK	14	3	hh81		λεπροῦ	1		See how you translated the term “leper” in [1:40](../01/40.md).
 MRK	14	3	sh4s	translate-unknown	κατακειμένου αὐτοῦ	1	as he is reclining at table	In this culture, the manner of eating at a feast or dinner party was to lie on a couch and prop oneself up with the left arm on some pillows. Alternate translation: “while he is lying on a banqueting couch to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 MRK	14	3	nl8f	translate-unknown	ἀλάβαστρον	1		The word **alabaster** is the name of a soft, white stone. People stored precious and valuable items in jars made from alabaster. Alternate translation: “a jar made of soft, white stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-MRK	14	3	hk2p	translate-unknown	μύρου…πολυτελοῦς	1	an alabaster jar	This **oil** had fragrant additives. To make a themselves have a nice smell, people would rub the oil on themselves or sprinkle their clothing with it. Alternate translation: “of expensive oil with perfume in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+MRK	14	3	hk2p	translate-unknown	μύρου&πολυτελοῦς	1	an alabaster jar	This **oil** had fragrant additives. To make a themselves have a nice smell, people would rub the oil on themselves or sprinkle their clothing with it. Alternate translation: “of expensive oil with perfume in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 MRK	14	3	fqa9	translate-unknown	μύρου, νάρδου πιστικῆς πολυτελοῦς	1	of very costly anointing-oil of pure nard	The **perfumed oil** was made from the roots of a **nard** plant, which is sometimes called “spikenard.” If your readers would not be familiar with **nard** plants, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “of highly valued scented oil made from spikenard roots” or “containing costly perfumed oil distilled from the nard roots” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 MRK	14	3	rw4f	figs-possession	μύρου, νάρδου πιστικῆς πολυτελοῦς	1		In this phrase, the second occurrence of the word **of** is used to describe **perfumed oil** that is “made from” **very precious pure nard**. If this use of the possessive **of** would be confusing in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “containing very precious perfumed oil of pure nard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 MRK	14	3	yb3w		πολυτελοῦς	1		Alternate translation: “very precious”
@@ -1217,7 +1217,7 @@ MRK	14	4	v57p	figs-rquestion	εἰς τί ἡ ἀπώλεια αὕτη τοῦ
 MRK	14	4	g9qw	figs-ellipsis	εἰς τί	1		Mark’s quotation is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “For what reason” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 MRK	14	4	gjmg	translate-unknown	μύρου	1		See how you translated the phrase **perfumed oil** in [14:3](../14/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 MRK	14	5	xfzs	translate-unknown	τὸ μύρον	1		See how you translated the phrase **perfumed oil** in [14:3](../14/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-MRK	14	5	y113	figs-activepassive	ἠδύνατο…τοῦτο τὸ μύρον πραθῆναι	1	this perfume was able to be sold	Mark wants to show his readers that those present were mainly concerned about money. If your readers would not understand this use of the passive form here, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “we could have sold this perfume” or “she could have sold this perfume” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MRK	14	5	y113	figs-activepassive	ἠδύνατο&τοῦτο τὸ μύρον πραθῆναι	1	this perfume was able to be sold	Mark wants to show his readers that those present were mainly concerned about money. If your readers would not understand this use of the passive form here, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “we could have sold this perfume” or “she could have sold this perfume” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	14	5	t4p8	translate-bmoney	δηναρίων τριακοσίων	1	300 denarii	See how you translated the word **denarii** in [6:37](../06/37.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
 MRK	14	5	h62k	figs-nominaladj	δοθῆναι τοῖς πτωχοῖς	1	given to the poor	Here, the adjective **poor** is being used as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the money given to people who are poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 MRK	14	5	k83q	figs-explicit	δοθῆναι τοῖς πτωχοῖς	1	given to the poor	Here, the word **given** refers to giving the money which could be made from the sale of the perfumed oil. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1225,7 +1225,7 @@ MRK	14	5	kmpd		καὶ ἐνεβριμῶντο αὐτῇ	1		Alternate translat
 MRK	14	6	r9wt	figs-rquestion	τί αὐτῇ κόπους παρέχετε?	1	Why are you troubling her?	With the question **Why are you causing trouble for her?**, Jesus is not asking for information, but rather, he is using the question form here to rebuke the guests who are troubling this woman regarding what she has done for Jesus. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not trouble her!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MRK	14	6	f4yj	figs-abstractnouns	καλὸν ἔργον	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **work**, you can express the same idea in another way, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MRK	14	7	tc3j	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς πτωχοὺς	1	the poor	See how you translated the phrase **the poor** in [14:5](../14/05.md). Alternate translation: “people who are poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-MRK	14	9	vr3w		ἀμὴν…λέγω ὑμῖν	1	truly I say to you	See how you translated the statement **truly I say to you** in [3:28](../03/28.md).
+MRK	14	9	vr3w		ἀμὴν&λέγω ὑμῖν	1	truly I say to you	See how you translated the statement **truly I say to you** in [3:28](../03/28.md).
 MRK	14	9	ysc5	figs-activepassive	ὅπου ἐὰν κηρυχθῇ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον	1	wherever the gospel may be preached	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “his followers” will be the ones doing it. Alternate translation: “wherever my followers preach the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	14	9	ljh1	figs-activepassive	καὶ ὃ ἐποίησεν αὕτη, λαληθήσεται	1	what she has done will also be spoken of	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “his followers” will be the ones doing it. Alternate translation: “my followers will also speak of what she has done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	14	9	u2ar	figs-abstractnouns	μνημόσυνον	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **remembrance**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form, as modeled by the UST, or you can express the same idea in another way that is natural in your language.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -1241,7 +1241,7 @@ MRK	14	11	f7ek	writing-pronouns	ἐζήτει	1		The pronoun **he** refers to Ju
 MRK	14	11	jrym	writing-pronouns	αὐτὸν	1		The second occurrence of the pronoun **him** in this verse refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 MRK	14	12	vxax	figs-explicit	τῇ πρώτῃ ἡμέρᾳ τῶν Ἀζύμων	1		This was the **first day** of the seven-day festival described in [14:1](../14/01.md). You could translate this as either a description or as a name, depending on what you did there. Alternate translation: “on the first day of the Festival of Unleavened Bread” or “on the day when the Jews removed all bread made with yeast from their homes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	14	12	bel5	figs-metonymy	φάγῃς τὸ Πάσχα	1	you may eat the Passover	Jesus’ disciples are using the name of this part of the festival, **Passover** to refer to the meal that people shared on that occasion. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MRK	14	13	suny	figs-youdual	αὐτοῖς…ὑμῖν	1		Since Jesus is speaking to two men, the pronouns **them** and **you** would both be in the dual form, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, they would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
+MRK	14	13	suny	figs-youdual	αὐτοῖς&ὑμῖν	1		Since Jesus is speaking to two men, the pronouns **them** and **you** would both be in the dual form, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, they would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
 MRK	14	13	cijy		καὶ ἀπαντήσει ὑμῖν ἄνθρωπος κεράμιον ὕδατος βαστάζων	1		Alternate translation: “and you will see a man carrying a jug of water”
 MRK	14	13	a7xg	translate-unknown	κεράμιον ὕδατος	1	bearing a pitcher of water	Here, **pitcher of water** means not a small serving **pitcher**, but a large earthen jug, which the man would likely be carrying on his shoulder. If your language has its own term for a large container that people use to transport water, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 MRK	14	14	i344	figs-quotesinquotes	εἴπατε τῷ οἰκοδεσπότῃ, ὅτι ὁ διδάσκαλος λέγει, ποῦ ἐστιν τὸ κατάλυμά μου, ὅπου τὸ Πάσχα μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου φάγω	1	The Teacher says, “Where is my guest room where I may eat the Passover with my disciples?”	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “tell the owner of the house that the Teacher wants to know where the guest room is where he can eat the Passover meal with his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
@@ -1265,7 +1265,7 @@ MRK	14	19	f13p	figs-doublenegatives	μήτι	1	Surely not I?	The phrase **Surely
 MRK	14	20	n1tv	figs-nominaladj	εἷς τῶν δώδεκα	1		See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “He is one of the twelve of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 MRK	14	20	htn4	figs-explicit	ἐμβαπτόμενος μετ’ ἐμοῦ εἰς τὸ τρύβλιον	1	who is dipping with me into the bowl	Part of the Passover meal involved **dipping** bread into a flavored sauce called haroseth sauce. Mark assumes that his readers will know this. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “dipping his bread into the bowl with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	14	21	cif4	figs-123person	ὅτι ὁ μὲν Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ὑπάγει, καθὼς γέγραπται περὶ αὐτοῦ; οὐαὶ δὲ τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ἐκείνῳ δι’ οὗ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται	1		Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “For I, the Son of Man, am going away just as Scripture says about me, but woe to that man by whom I will be betrayed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-MRK	14	21	h35q		Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [2:10](../02/10.md).
+MRK	14	21	h35q		Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου&Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [2:10](../02/10.md).
 MRK	14	21	q5l3	figs-euphemism	ὅτι ὁ μὲν Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ὑπάγει, καθὼς γέγραπται περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	For the Son of Man is going away just as it has been written about him	Jesus uses the phrase **going away** to refer to his death. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. If it would be helpful in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “For the Son of Man will die just as the Scriptures say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 MRK	14	21	hl6z	figs-explicit	καθὼς γέγραπται	1		Here, Mark uses **it is written** to mean that it is prophesied in the Old Testament Scriptures. Mark assumes that his readers will understand this. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Mark is referring to an important text. Alternate translation: “just as it has been written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	14	21	b13q	figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “people” did it. Alternate translation: “men inspired by God have written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -1304,14 +1304,14 @@ MRK	14	29	j961	figs-idiom	σκανδαλισθήσονται	1		See how you tran
 MRK	14	29	div5	figs-ellipsis	οὐκ ἐγώ	1	Even if all will fall away, yet not I	In the phrase **not I**, Peter is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “I will not fall away” or “I will not forsake you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 MRK	14	30	z2q9		ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι	1	Truly I say to you	See how you translated the statement **Truly I say to you** in [3:28](../03/28.md).
 MRK	14	30	i4g3	translate-unknown	ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι	1	the rooster crows	See how you translated the similar phrase “rooster crowing” in [13:35](../13/35.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-MRK	14	31	z9le	figs-explicit	ὡσαύτως…καὶ πάντες ἔλεγον	1	they all also were speaking in the same manner	The phrase **they all also were speaking in the same manner** means that all of the disciples were saying the same thing that Peter said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+MRK	14	31	z9le	figs-explicit	ὡσαύτως&καὶ πάντες ἔλεγον	1	they all also were speaking in the same manner	The phrase **they all also were speaking in the same manner** means that all of the disciples were saying the same thing that Peter said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	14	32	deg7	writing-pronouns	ἔρχονται	1	they come to a place	The pronoun **they** refers to Jesus and his disciples. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 MRK	14	32	ni66	figs-go	ἔρχονται	1	Connecting Statement:	Your language may say “went” rather than **come** or “came” in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “they went” or “they go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 MRK	14	34	eyw3	figs-synecdoche	ἐστιν ἡ ψυχή μου	1	My soul is	By using the phrase **My soul**, Jesus is speaking of his entire self by referring to one part of himself, his **soul**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 MRK	14	34	krj1	figs-abstractnouns	ψυχή μου	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **soul**, you can express the same idea in another way, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MRK	14	34	ic1g	figs-hyperbole	ἕως θανάτου	1	even to the point of death	Jesus is using the phrase **even to death** to describe the extent of his grief. Jesus is exaggerating in order to show the depth of the distress and sorrow that he feels. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses great sorrow, or you could turn the phrase **even to death** into a simile, as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “and I have so much grief that it makes me feel like I am near death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 MRK	14	35	nk8l	figs-explicit	εἰ δυνατόν ἐστιν	1	if it is possible	Alternate translation: “if possible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	14	35	wc6d	figs-idiom	παρέλθῃ…ἡ ὥρα	1	the hour might pass	Jesus is using the term **hour** to refer to a specific time at which an event or events would take place. Here, the phrase **the hour** refers specifically to the time of Jesus’ suffering. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning in plain language, as the UST models. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+MRK	14	35	wc6d	figs-idiom	παρέλθῃ&ἡ ὥρα	1	the hour might pass	Jesus is using the term **hour** to refer to a specific time at which an event or events would take place. Here, the phrase **the hour** refers specifically to the time of Jesus’ suffering. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning in plain language, as the UST models. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MRK	14	35	gj74	figs-metonymy	παρέλθῃ ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ ἡ ὥρα	1		Here, Jesus is referring to the events that would take place during the upcoming hours as if they were the **hour** itself. Because Jesus is associating the upcoming events with the time of the events themselves, by asking that **the hour might pass**, Jesus is actually asking that the events themselves would not happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Alternate translation: “the upcoming events would pass from him” or “he would not have to experience the upcoming things which he knew he was going to have to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	14	36	c11w	translate-transliterate	Ἀββά	1	Abba	The word **Abba** is an Aramaic word meaning **Father** and which the Jews used to address their fathers. Mark writes it as it sounds in Aramaic (he transliterates it) and then translates its meaning into Greek for his readers, who did not know Aramaic. Since the Aramaic word **Abba** is followed by the Greek word **Father**, it is best to transliterate **Abba** and then give its meaning in your language as Mark does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
 MRK	14	36	t9r2	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ	1	Father	The word **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@@ -1321,16 +1321,16 @@ MRK	14	37	ja6d	writing-pronouns	εὑρίσκει αὐτοὺς καθεύδο
 MRK	14	37	kp33	figs-rquestion	Σίμων, καθεύδεις? οὐκ ἴσχυσας μίαν ὥραν γρηγορῆσαι?	1	Simon, are you asleep? Were you not able to stay alert for one hour?	Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to rebuke **Peter** for falling asleep. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate Jesus’ words as a statement, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 MRK	14	38	hi36	figs-abstractnouns	προσεύχεσθε, ἵνα μὴ ἔλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **temptation**, you can express the idea behind it with a verb such as “tempt.” Alternate translation: “pray, so that nothing will tempt you to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MRK	14	38	zrp4	figs-explicit	προσεύχεσθε, ἵνα μὴ ἔλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν	1	so that you may not enter into temptation	The implications are that the disciples will soon experience the **temptation** to abandon Jesus in order to save themselves. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “pray that when the Jewish leaders come to arrest me and you are tempted to try to save yourselves by running away or denying that you know me, you will not sin by doing that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	14	38	c1je	figs-metonymy	τὸ…πνεῦμα	1	The spirit … the flesh	Jesus is describing the inner part of a person (which includes their desires and will) by association with their **spirit**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. See how you translated **spirit** in [2:8](../02/08.md), where **spirit** is used with a similar meaning. Alternate translation: “The inner self” or “The inner person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-MRK	14	38	djxc	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ…πνεῦμα	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **spirit**, you can express the same idea in another way, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+MRK	14	38	c1je	figs-metonymy	τὸ&πνεῦμα	1	The spirit … the flesh	Jesus is describing the inner part of a person (which includes their desires and will) by association with their **spirit**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. See how you translated **spirit** in [2:8](../02/08.md), where **spirit** is used with a similar meaning. Alternate translation: “The inner self” or “The inner person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+MRK	14	38	djxc	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ&πνεῦμα	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **spirit**, you can express the same idea in another way, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MRK	14	38	gt2n	figs-ellipsis	πρόθυμον	1		Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “is willing to do what is right” or “is willing to do what pleases God” or “is willing to obey me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-MRK	14	38	b909		ἡ…σὰρξ ἀσθενής	1		Here, the word **flesh** could: (1) include the meaning of both option 2 and option 3 and therefore **flesh** would refer to both the weakness of the human body and also to the deficiency of human desire and ability to do what is right. Alternate translation: “the body and your spiritual strength is weak” (2) refer to the human “body.” Alternate translation: “the body is weak” (3) refer to the sinful part of human nature that prefers to seek comfort and seek what it desires rather than obey God and do the things that please him. Alternate translation: “the sinful human nature is weak”
+MRK	14	38	b909		ἡ&σὰρξ ἀσθενής	1		Here, the word **flesh** could: (1) include the meaning of both option 2 and option 3 and therefore **flesh** would refer to both the weakness of the human body and also to the deficiency of human desire and ability to do what is right. Alternate translation: “the body and your spiritual strength is weak” (2) refer to the human “body.” Alternate translation: “the body is weak” (3) refer to the sinful part of human nature that prefers to seek comfort and seek what it desires rather than obey God and do the things that please him. Alternate translation: “the sinful human nature is weak”
 MRK	14	39	l9nj		τὸν αὐτὸν λόγον εἰπών	1	having said the same thing	Alternate translation: “and said the same thing he had prayed the first time”
 MRK	14	40	zkb2	grammar-connect-logic-result	εὗρεν αὐτοὺς καθεύδοντας, ἦσαν γὰρ αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ καταβαρυνόμενοι	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because the three disciples’ eyes were weighed down, he found them sleeping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 MRK	14	40	bgyj	writing-pronouns	αὐτοὺς	1		Here, the pronoun **them** refers to Peter, James, and John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning in a way that would make that clear in your language. Alternate translation: “the three disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 MRK	14	40	vwlx	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1		Here, the word **for** indicates that what follows is the reason that Jesus found the disciples sleeping. Use a natural way in your language to show this connection. Alternate translation: “because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
-MRK	14	40	ht2p	figs-idiom	ἦσαν…αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ καταβαρυνόμενοι	1	for their eyes were weighed down	The phrase **their eyes were weighed down** is an idiom meaning “they were very tired.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they were very sleepy” or “they were very tired” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-MRK	14	40	hayg	figs-activepassive	ἦσαν…αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ καταβαρυνόμενοι	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “tiredness had caused their eyes to be weighed down” or “their sleepiness had caused their eyes to be weighed down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+MRK	14	40	ht2p	figs-idiom	ἦσαν&αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ καταβαρυνόμενοι	1	for their eyes were weighed down	The phrase **their eyes were weighed down** is an idiom meaning “they were very tired.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they were very sleepy” or “they were very tired” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+MRK	14	40	hayg	figs-activepassive	ἦσαν&αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ καταβαρυνόμενοι	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “tiredness had caused their eyes to be weighed down” or “their sleepiness had caused their eyes to be weighed down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	14	41	x7qd	translate-ordinal	ἔρχεται τὸ τρίτον	1	he comes the third time	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can translate the phrase **the third time** in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he comes yet again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 MRK	14	41	jo0t	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1		Here, the pronoun **them** refers to Peter, James, and John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning in a way that would make that clear in your language. Alternate translation: “to his three disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 MRK	14	41	lw7w	figs-rquestion	καθεύδετε τὸ λοιπὸν καὶ ἀναπαύεσθε	1	Are you still sleeping and resting?	Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to rebuke his disciples for falling asleep and resting. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -1377,12 +1377,12 @@ MRK	14	56	quw1	figs-abstractnouns	καὶ ἴσαι αἱ μαρτυρίαι ο
 MRK	14	57	vulz		ἐψευδομαρτύρουν	1		See how you translated the word **testifying** in [14:56](../14/56.md).
 MRK	14	58	nbvu	figs-quotesinquotes	ὅτι ἡμεῖς ἠκούσαμεν αὐτοῦ λέγοντος, ὅτι ἐγὼ καταλύσω τὸν ναὸν τοῦτον, τὸν χειροποίητον, καὶ διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν ἄλλον ἀχειροποίητον οἰκοδομήσω	1		If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “We heard him saying that he will destroy this temple made with hands and in three days will build another made without hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 MRK	14	58	f82e	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς	1	We heard him saying	The pronoun **We** refers to the people who falsely testified against Jesus. It does not include the people to whom they are speaking. If your language requires you to mark such forms, **We** would be exclusive here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-MRK	14	58	e94y	figs-synecdoche	τὸν χειροποίητον…ἀχειροποίητον	1	made with hands … made without hands	Here, Jesus uses the word **hands** to mean “men”. Jesus uses one part of a person to refer to the entire person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “made by men … made without man’s help” or “built by men … which will be built without man’s help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+MRK	14	58	e94y	figs-synecdoche	τὸν χειροποίητον&ἀχειροποίητον	1	made with hands … made without hands	Here, Jesus uses the word **hands** to mean “men”. Jesus uses one part of a person to refer to the entire person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “made by men … made without man’s help” or “built by men … which will be built without man’s help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 MRK	14	58	hm5e	figs-ellipsis	ἄλλον	1	I will build another	By saying **another**, Jesus is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply the word “temple” from the context, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 MRK	14	58	v4ny	figs-extrainfo	ἄλλον ἀχειροποίητον οἰκοδομήσω	1		By saying **another made without hands**, Jesus is referring to his body which God would bring back to life after **three days**. Because this is a direct quote of something that Jesus said, you should keep this information implicit in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 MRK	14	59	atbz	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ μαρτυρία	1		See how you translated the word **testimony** in [14:55](../14/55.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MRK	14	60	d7i8		καταμαρτυροῦσιν	1	Connecting Statement:	See how you translated the word **testifying** in [14:56](../14/56.md).
-MRK	14	61	p8b5	figs-doublet	ὁ…ἐσιώπα, καὶ οὐκ ἀπεκρίνατο οὐδέν	1		The phrases **he was silent** and the phrase **did not answer** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Jesus did not respond to any of the false accusations that were being made against him. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “he did not reply to anything that was said against him at all!” or “Jesus did not reply to a single thing that was said against him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+MRK	14	61	p8b5	figs-doublet	ὁ&ἐσιώπα, καὶ οὐκ ἀπεκρίνατο οὐδέν	1		The phrases **he was silent** and the phrase **did not answer** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Jesus did not respond to any of the false accusations that were being made against him. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “he did not reply to anything that was said against him at all!” or “Jesus did not reply to a single thing that was said against him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 MRK	14	61	o27t	figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Εὐλογητοῦ	1	the Son of the Blessed One	Here, the title **the Blessed One** is a way of referring to God, so when the **high priest** asks Jesus if he is **the Son of the Blessed One**, he is asking Jesus if he is “the Son of God.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	14	62	c212		τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		See how you translated the title **the Son of Man** in [2:10](../02/10.md).
 MRK	14	62	yhhk	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		By calling himself **the Son of Man**, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use the first person, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
@@ -1401,7 +1401,7 @@ MRK	14	69	v5kr	writing-pronouns	αὐτῶν	1	This one is from among them	The p
 MRK	14	70	qjgs	writing-pronouns	ἐξ αὐτῶν	1		See how you translated the phrase **from among them** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 MRK	14	71	ce6r	figs-explicit	ἀναθεματίζειν	1	to curse	Here, the phrase **to curse** means “to invoke a curse from God upon oneself.” Here, Peter is invoking God’s curse upon himself if what he is saying is not true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to invoke God’s curse upon himself if what he was saying was not true” or “to ask God to curse him if what he was saying was false” or “to invoke God’s destruction upon himself if what he was saying was false” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	14	71	vihe	figs-explicit	ὀμνύειν, ὅτι οὐκ οἶδα τὸν ἄνθρωπον τοῦτον, ὃν λέγετε	1		Here, the phrase **to swear** means “to subject oneself to an oath” or “to put oneself under an oath.” Here, Peter is invoking God’s curse upon himself if what he is saying is not true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to swear by saying, ‘God is my witness that I do not know the man whom you are talking about’” or “to promise by making an oath and saying, ‘God is my witness that I do not know the man whom you are talking about’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-MRK	14	72	i7u2	translate-unknown	ἀλέκτωρ ἐφώνησεν…ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι	1	immediately a rooster crowed	See how you translated the similar phrase in [13:35](../13/35.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+MRK	14	72	i7u2	translate-unknown	ἀλέκτωρ ἐφώνησεν&ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι	1	immediately a rooster crowed	See how you translated the similar phrase in [13:35](../13/35.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 MRK	14	72	ja3e	translate-ordinal	ἐκ δευτέρου	1	a second time	The word **second** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can translate the phrase **a second time** in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “once more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 MRK	14	72	cfno	figs-metonymy	ῥῆμα	1		Mark is using the term **word** to describe what Jesus had said using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “statement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 MRK	14	72	trxc		τρίς με ἀπαρνήσῃ	1		Alternate translation: “you will say three times that you do not know me”
@@ -1412,7 +1412,7 @@ MRK	15	1	v2yf		παρέδωκαν Πειλάτῳ	1	handed him over to Pilate	Al
 MRK	15	2	kn7i	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς αὐτῷ λέγει	1		Together the two words **answering** and **says** mean that Jesus responded to what Pilate asked him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “responding to him, says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 MRK	15	2	dh6n	figs-idiom	σὺ λέγεις	1	You say so	**You say so** is an idiom. Jesus is using it to acknowledge that what Pilate has said is true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Yes, it is as you say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MRK	15	3	b9sj	grammar-connect-time-background	καὶ κατηγόρουν αὐτοῦ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς πολλά	1		Mark is providing this background information to help readers understand what happens next. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “Now the chief priests were accusing Jesus of many things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
-MRK	15	3	ue18		κατηγόρουν αὐτοῦ…πολλά	1	were accusing him of many things	Alternate translation: “were accusing Jesus of many things” or “were saying that Jesus had done many wrong things”
+MRK	15	3	ue18		κατηγόρουν αὐτοῦ&πολλά	1	were accusing him of many things	Alternate translation: “were accusing Jesus of many things” or “were saying that Jesus had done many wrong things”
 MRK	15	4	s2as		οὐκ ἀποκρίνῃ οὐδέν?	1	Do you not answer at all?	Alternate translation: “Are you not going to respond to anything they have said?”
 MRK	15	5	way9		ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς οὐκέτι οὐδὲν ἀπεκρίθη	1	so that Pilate was amazed	Alternate translation: “But Jesus made no further reply”
 MRK	15	6	ul19	writing-background	κατὰ δὲ ἑορτὴν, ἀπέλυεν αὐτοῖς ἕνα δέσμιον, ὃν παρῃτοῦντο	1	Now	The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line as Mark shifts to telling background information about Pilate’s tradition of releasing a prisoner at feasts. Mark is providing background information in this verse to help readers understand what happens next. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “It was Pilate’s custom to release to them a prisoner of their choice during the festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@@ -1452,14 +1452,14 @@ MRK	15	19	a8a9	figs-irony	τιθέντες τὰ γόνατα, προσεκύν
 MRK	15	20	styv		πορφύραν	1		See how you translated the word **purple** in [15:17](../15/17.md).
 MRK	15	20	dp33		ἐξάγουσιν αὐτὸν	1		Alternate translation: “then they led him out of the city” or “required Jesus to carry his cross and then led Jesus out of the city” or “made Jesus carry his cross and led Jesus out of the city”
 MRK	15	20	euk7	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1		The phrase **so that** introduces the purpose for which Jesus was **led out**, namely that **they might crucify him**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
-MRK	15	21	cj4l		ἀγγαρεύουσιν…ἵνα ἄρῃ τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ	1	they forced him to carry his cross	According to Roman law, a solider could force a man he came upon along the road to carry a load. In this case, they forced Simon to carry Jesus’ cross.
+MRK	15	21	cj4l		ἀγγαρεύουσιν&ἵνα ἄρῃ τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ	1	they forced him to carry his cross	According to Roman law, a solider could force a man he came upon along the road to carry a load. In this case, they forced Simon to carry Jesus’ cross.
 MRK	15	21	s4j3		ἀπ’ ἀγροῦ	1	from the country	Alternate translation: “from outside the city”
-MRK	15	21	rtz2	translate-names	Σίμωνα…Ἀλεξάνδρου…Ῥούφου	1	Simon … Alexander … Rufus	The words **Simon**, **Alexander**, and **Rufus** are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+MRK	15	21	rtz2	translate-names	Σίμωνα&Ἀλεξάνδρου&Ῥούφου	1	Simon … Alexander … Rufus	The words **Simon**, **Alexander**, and **Rufus** are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 MRK	15	21	n1oz	figs-go	ἐρχόμενον	1		Your language may say “going” rather than **coming** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “going” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 MRK	15	21	cyn6	writing-background	τὸν πατέρα Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Ῥούφου	1	they pressed into service a certain passerby, Simon of Cyrene (the father of Alexander and Rufus), coming from the country	The phrase **the father of Alexander and Rufus** is background information about the man whom the soldiers forced to carry Jesus’ cross. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 MRK	15	21	d3i2	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1		The phrase **so that** introduces the purpose for which **they pressed into service a certain passerby, Simon of Cyrene**, namely **so that** they could require him to **carry** Jesus’ **cross**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 MRK	15	22	w6c7	translate-transliterate	Γολγοθᾶν, τόπον ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, Κρανίου Τόπος	1	Connecting Statement:	The word **Golgotha** is an Aramaic word. Mark used Greek letters to express the sound of this Aramaic word so that his readers would know how it sounded, and then he told them that it meant **Place of a Skull**. In your translation you could spell it the way it sounds in your language and then explain its meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
-MRK	15	22	e49p	figs-extrainfo	Γολγοθᾶν…Κρανίου Τόπος	1	Place of a Skull	Matthew says in [Matt 27:33](../mat/27/33.md) that **Golgotha** was “a place called Golgotha,” so it is clear that this was the name of a location, but the reason why this place was called **Place of a Skull** is not known. It could have been called **Place of a Skull** because the appearance of this place resembled a skull or because it was the site of so many executions, in which case the name **Skull** is being used as metonymy to refer to death. Because the reason that this location was called **Place of a Skull** is unknown, you should translate this phrase in a way that allows for either meaning, as modeled by the ULT and UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
+MRK	15	22	e49p	figs-extrainfo	Γολγοθᾶν&Κρανίου Τόπος	1	Place of a Skull	Matthew says in [Matt 27:33](../mat/27/33.md) that **Golgotha** was “a place called Golgotha,” so it is clear that this was the name of a location, but the reason why this place was called **Place of a Skull** is not known. It could have been called **Place of a Skull** because the appearance of this place resembled a skull or because it was the site of so many executions, in which case the name **Skull** is being used as metonymy to refer to death. Because the reason that this location was called **Place of a Skull** is unknown, you should translate this phrase in a way that allows for either meaning, as modeled by the ULT and UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 MRK	15	22	m1dd	figs-activepassive	ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον	1	of a Skull	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	15	23	e9xd	figs-explicit	ἐσμυρνισμένον οἶνον	1	wine having been mixed with myrrh	If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain that **myrrh** was a pain-relieving medicine. Alternate translation: “wine mixed with a pain-relieving medicine called myrrh” or “wine mixed with a pain-relieving drug called myrrh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 MRK	15	23	ld7e	figs-activepassive	ἐσμυρνισμένον	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form, as modeled by the UST, or in another way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -1490,7 +1490,7 @@ MRK	15	33	q1gh	translate-ordinal	ὥρας ἕκτης	1	the sixth hour	The Jews
 MRK	15	33	m67d	translate-ordinal	ἕως ὥρας ἐνάτης	1		The phrase **the ninth hour** refers to “three o’clock in the afternoon”, approximately nine hours after sunrise. The term **ninth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can translate the phrase **the ninth hour** as “three o’clock in the afternoon,” as modeled by the UST, or in some other way that is natural in your language. See how you translated the phrase “the third hour” in [15:25](../15/25.md), and the phrase “the sixth hour” earlier in this verse. Alternate translation: “until three hours after noon” or “for three hours” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 MRK	15	33	jvf0	figs-go	ἐγένετο	1		Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 MRK	15	34	r6tj	translate-ordinal	τῇ ἐνάτῃ ὥρᾳ	1	at the ninth hour	See how you translated the phrase **the ninth hour** in [15:33](../15/33.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
-MRK	15	34	azt0	figs-idiom	ἐβόησεν…φωνῇ μεγάλῃ	1		The expression **cried out with a loud voice** is an idiom that means Jesus raised the volume of his **voice**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “cried out loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+MRK	15	34	azt0	figs-idiom	ἐβόησεν&φωνῇ μεγάλῃ	1		The expression **cried out with a loud voice** is an idiom that means Jesus raised the volume of his **voice**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “cried out loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 MRK	15	34	ls1n	translate-transliterate	Ἐλωῒ, Ἐλωῒ, λεμὰ σαβαχθάνει? ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, ὁ Θεός μου, ὁ Θεός μου, εἰς τί ἐγκατέλιπές με	1	Eloi, Eloi, lama sabachthani	Jesus statement **Eloi, Eloi, lama sabachthani** is an Aramaic phrase. Jesus is quoting from [Psalm 22:1](../psa/22/01.md). Mark uses Greek letters to express the sounds of this Aramaic phrase so that his readers would know how it sounded, and then he told them that it meant **My God, my God, why have you forsaken me**. In your translation you could spell this phrase the way it sounds in your language and then explain its meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
 MRK	15	34	qw71		ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον	1	is translated	See how you translated the phrase **which is translated** in [15:22](../15/22.md).
 MRK	15	35	apg3	figs-explicit	καί τινες τῶν παρεστηκότων, ἀκούσαντες ἔλεγον	1	And some of those who had been standing by, having heard him, were saying	If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate explicitly that some of the people standing by misunderstood what Jesus said, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1503,7 +1503,7 @@ MRK	15	39	hue4		ἐξέπνευσεν	1		See how you translated the phrase **bre
 MRK	15	39	ariw		ἀληθῶς	1		See how you translated the word **Truly** in [3:28](../03/28.md). Alternate translation: “Certainly”
 MRK	15	39	nqv8	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς Θεοῦ	1	the Son of God	The title **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 MRK	15	40	gkgi	translate-versebridge	ἐν αἷς καὶ Μαριὰμ ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ, καὶ Μαρία ἡ Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ καὶ Ἰωσῆ μήτηρ, καὶ Σαλώμη	1		If it would be more natural in your language to first give background information about these women before listing individual names, you could create a verse bridge by moving this sentence to the end of verse 41. You would then present the combined verses as 40–41, as modeled by the UST. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge)
-MRK	15	40	zc9b	writing-background	Μαριὰμ ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ…Μαρία ἡ Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ καὶ Ἰωσῆ μήτηρ	1	(the mother of James the younger and of Joses)	Because **Mary** was a very common name at this time and because Mark refers to two different women with the name **Mary** in this verse, he provides this background information to help readers know to which **Mary** he is referring in each case. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+MRK	15	40	zc9b	writing-background	Μαριὰμ ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ&Μαρία ἡ Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ καὶ Ἰωσῆ μήτηρ	1	(the mother of James the younger and of Joses)	Because **Mary** was a very common name at this time and because Mark refers to two different women with the name **Mary** in this verse, he provides this background information to help readers know to which **Mary** he is referring in each case. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 MRK	15	40	z5ra	translate-names	Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ	1		The word **James** is the name a man. This man is probably referred to as **the younger** here to distinguish him from other men named **James**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 MRK	15	40	wdrq	translate-names	Ἰωσῆ	1		The word **Joses** is the name a man. This **Joses** was not the same person as the younger brother of Jesus. See how you translated the same name in [6:3](../06/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 MRK	15	40	qa0q	translate-names	Σαλώμη	1		The word **Salome** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

en_tn_43-LUK.tsv

@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ LUK	front	intro	uk55			0		# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: Gen
 LUK	1	intro	f1b5			0		# Luke 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Dedication to Theophilus (1:1–4)<br>2. The angel Gabriel announces to Zechariah that his wife Elizabeth is going to bear a son, John the Baptist (1:5–25)<br>3. The angel Gabriel announces to Mary that she is going to become the mother of Jesus (1:26–38)<br>4. Mary goes to visit Elizabeth (1:39–56)<br>5. John the Baptist is born (1:57–80)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. ULT does this with the poetry in Mary’s song about becoming the mother of Jesus in 1:46–55 and Zechariah’s song about the birth of his son John the Baptist in 1:68–79.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “He will be called John”<br><br>Most people in the ancient Near East would give a child the same name as someone in their families. People were surprised that Elizabeth and Zechariah named their son John because there was no one else in their family with that name.
 LUK	1	1	qhd9	figs-activepassive	περὶ τῶν πεπληροφορημένων ἐν ἡμῖν πραγμάτων	1	concerning the things that have been fulfilled among us	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “about those things that have happened among us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	1	1	hyp6	figs-exclusive	ἐν ἡμῖν	1	among us	Luke dedicates this book to a man named Theophilus. It is no longer known exactly who he was. But since Luke says in [1:4](../01/04.md) that he wants Theophilus to know that the things he has been taught are reliable, it appears that he was a follower of Jesus. So here the word **us** would include him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-LUK	1	2	hud2	figs-metonymy	οἱ…αὐτόπται…γενόμενοι	1	who … were eyewitnesses	The term **eyewitnesses** describes people who saw something happen personally, “with their own eyes.” The term describes such people by reference to something associated with sight, the eye. Alternate translation: “who … saw these things personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-LUK	1	2	z9dq	figs-metonymy	ὑπηρέται…τοῦ λόγου	1	servants of the word	Here, **word** describes the things that the people who brought the message conveyed by using words. Alternate translation: “servants of the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-LUK	1	2	l000	figs-metaphor	ὑπηρέται…τοῦ λόγου	1	servants of the word	The people who brought this message were actually serving God by doing that. But Luke describes them as **servants of the word**, as if they were serving the message from God. Alternate translation: “served God by telling people his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+LUK	1	2	hud2	figs-metonymy	οἱ&αὐτόπται&γενόμενοι	1	who … were eyewitnesses	The term **eyewitnesses** describes people who saw something happen personally, “with their own eyes.” The term describes such people by reference to something associated with sight, the eye. Alternate translation: “who … saw these things personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+LUK	1	2	z9dq	figs-metonymy	ὑπηρέται&τοῦ λόγου	1	servants of the word	Here, **word** describes the things that the people who brought the message conveyed by using words. Alternate translation: “servants of the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+LUK	1	2	l000	figs-metaphor	ὑπηρέται&τοῦ λόγου	1	servants of the word	The people who brought this message were actually serving God by doing that. But Luke describes them as **servants of the word**, as if they were serving the message from God. Alternate translation: “served God by telling people his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	1	3	fud1	writing-background	παρηκολουθηκότι ἄνωθεν πᾶσιν ἀκριβῶς	1	having carefully investigated everything from the beginning	Luke provides this background information to explain that he was careful to find out exactly what happened. He probably talked to different people who saw what happened to make sure that what he wrote down about these events was correct. Alternate translation: “because I have conducted careful research and interviews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-LUK	1	3	l001	figs-youformal	σοι…κράτιστε Θεόφιλε	1	you … most excellent Theophilus	If your language has a formal form of **you** that it uses to address a superior respectfully, it would be appropriate to use that form here. There are many other places in the book of Luke where your language might use formal **you**, and these notes will not address all of them. Rather, as you translate, use formal and informal **you** in the way that would be most natural in your language. The notes will address a few cases where a careful decision should be made between the two forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal]])
+LUK	1	3	l001	figs-youformal	σοι&κράτιστε Θεόφιλε	1	you … most excellent Theophilus	If your language has a formal form of **you** that it uses to address a superior respectfully, it would be appropriate to use that form here. There are many other places in the book of Luke where your language might use formal **you**, and these notes will not address all of them. Rather, as you translate, use formal and informal **you** in the way that would be most natural in your language. The notes will address a few cases where a careful decision should be made between the two forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal]])
 LUK	1	3	nr63		κράτιστε Θεόφιλε	1	most excellent Theophilus	Luke is dedicating this work to **Theophilus**, and within his dedication, this is the conventional personal greeting. If it would be more customary in your language and culture, you could put this greeting in [1:1](../01/01.md) at the start of the dedication, at the very beginning of the book. Alternate translation: “To most excellent Theophilus”
 LUK	1	3	vhj8		κράτιστε	1	most excellent	Luke uses the term **most excellent** to address Theophilus in a way that shows honor and respect. This may mean that Theophilus was an important government official. In your translation, it would be appropriate to use the form of address that your culture uses for people of high status. Alternate translation: “Honorable”
 LUK	1	3	h7q1	translate-names	Θεόφιλε	1	Theophilus	The name **Theophilus** means “friend of God.” It may describe this man’s character, or it may have been his actual name. Most translations treat it as a name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ LUK	1	4	l002	figs-activepassive	ὧν κατηχήθης λόγων	1	the things
 LUK	1	4	l003	figs-explicit	ὧν κατηχήθης λόγων	1	the things that you have been taught	Luke assumes that Theophilus will know that he means what he has been **taught** about Jesus. Alternate translation: “what people have taught you about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	1	5	gb16	writing-newevent	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Ἡρῴδου βασιλέως τῆς Ἰουδαίας	1	In the days of Herod, king of Judea	This time reference introduces a new event. Alternate translation: “During the time when King Herod ruled over Judea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 LUK	1	5	l004	figs-idiom	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις	1	In the days of	Here, Luke uses the term **days** to refer to a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “During the time when” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	1	5	a4q9	writing-participants	ἐγένετο…ἱερεύς τις	1	there was a certain priest	This phrase introduces a new character in a story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
+LUK	1	5	a4q9	writing-participants	ἐγένετο&ἱερεύς τις	1	there was a certain priest	This phrase introduces a new character in a story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	1	5	l228	figs-explicit	ἐξ ἐφημερίας Ἀβιά	1	from the division of Abijah	Luke assumes that his readers will know that this expression refers one of the different groups of priests who each served in the temple for a certain number of days at a time, and that the name of the group means that Abijah was the ancestor of these priests. Alternate translation: “who belonged to the group of priests who were descended from Abijah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	1	5	gzw1	translate-names	Ἀβιά	1	Abijah	**Abijah** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	1	5	d3ua	figs-metaphor	γυνὴ αὐτῷ ἐκ τῶν θυγατέρων Ἀαρών	1	his wife was from the daughters of Aaron	Here, the word **daughters** means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “his wife was a descendant of Aaron” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -28,18 +28,18 @@ LUK	1	7	l010	figs-idiom	ἀμφότεροι προβεβηκότες ἐν τα
 LUK	1	7	l011	figs-idiom	ἀμφότεροι προβεβηκότες ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις αὐτῶν	1	they had both advanced in their days	Here, Luke uses the term **days** to refer to a particular time, the lifetimes of Zechariah and Elizabeth. Alternate translation: “they had both grown old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	1	8	jr7f	writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	And it happened that	This phrase marks a shift from the background information that Luke has been providing about the participants to the first event in their story. If your language has a similar expression that it uses to introduce an event, you could use it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 LUK	1	8	l012	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐν τῷ ἱερατεύειν αὐτὸν, ἐν τῇ τάξει τῆς ἐφημερίας αὐτοῦ	1	in his performing as priest in the order of his division	If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the results that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because it was his group’s turn, Zechariah was serving as a priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-LUK	1	8	vyl8	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῷ ἱερατεύειν αὐτὸν…ἔναντι τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	in his performing as priest before God	The expression **before God**, that is, “in front of God,” means that Zechariah was offering his service as a priest in the presence of God. Alternate translation: “while Zechariah was serving God as a priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+LUK	1	8	vyl8	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῷ ἱερατεύειν αὐτὸν&ἔναντι τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	in his performing as priest before God	The expression **before God**, that is, “in front of God,” means that Zechariah was offering his service as a priest in the presence of God. Alternate translation: “while Zechariah was serving God as a priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	1	8	abc1	writing-pronouns	ἐν τῷ ἱερατεύειν αὐτὸν	1	in his performing as priest	The pronoun **his** refers to Zechariah. Alternate translation: “while Zechariah was serving as a priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	1	8	wed9	writing-background	ἐν τῇ τάξει τῆς ἐφημερίας αὐτοῦ	1	in the order of his division	This is background information that explains why Zechariah was serving as a priest at this time. Alternate translation: “because it was his group’s turn to serve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 LUK	1	9	vq5g	writing-background	κατὰ τὸ ἔθος τῆς ἱερατείας, ἔλαχε	1	according to the custom of the priesthood, he came up by lot	Luke is providing background information about how the priests selected members of their group to perform specific duties. Alternate translation: “The priests chose him in their customary way, by casting a lot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 LUK	1	9	pa9c	translate-unknown	ἔλαχε	1	came up by lot	A **lot** was a marked stone that was thrown or rolled on the ground in order to help decide something. The priests believed that God would guide the lot and show them which priest he wanted them to choose for a particular duty. If your culture has a similar object, you could use the word for that in your language here. Alternate translation: “by casting a marked stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	1	9	l013	grammar-connect-logic-result	τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὸν ναὸν τοῦ Κυρίου	1	to enter into the temple of the Lord to burn incense	The ULT puts these phrases in the chronological order of what Zechariah needed to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could put them in logical order instead. Alternate translation: “to burn incense, and so he went into the temple to do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	1	9	ph9z	translate-unknown	τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι	1	to burn incense	The word **incense** describes a substance that gives off a sweet smell when it is burned. The priests were to burn it as an offering to God each morning and evening on a special altar inside the temple. If your language has a word for this substance, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “to burn a substance that would create a sweet smell as an offering to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-LUK	1	10	bjl6	figs-hyperbole	πᾶν τὸ πλῆθος…τοῦ λαοῦ	1	the whole crowd of the people	This expression, if taken literally, could mean every single one of the Jews, but it is actually a generalization that Luke is using to emphasize how big this crowd was. Alternate translation: “A large number of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+LUK	1	10	bjl6	figs-hyperbole	πᾶν τὸ πλῆθος&τοῦ λαοῦ	1	the whole crowd of the people	This expression, if taken literally, could mean every single one of the Jews, but it is actually a generalization that Luke is using to emphasize how big this crowd was. Alternate translation: “A large number of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 LUK	1	10	ntl8	figs-explicit	ἔξω	1	outside	The word **outside** refers implicitly to the enclosed area or courtyard that surrounded the temple. Alternate translation: “in the courtyard outside the temple building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	1	10	uwu7	figs-metaphor	τῇ ὥρᾳ τοῦ θυμιάματος	1	at the hour of the incense offering	The word **hour** means “time.” This could mean either the morning or evening time for the incense offering. Alternate translation: “when it was time to offer the incense” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	1	11	b8b7	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	δὲ	1	Then	The word **Then** indicates that the event it introduces took place at the same time as the event the story has just related. If it would be helpful in your language, you could show this relationship by using a phrase such as “right at that time.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
-LUK	1	11	c8ss	figs-idiom	ὤφθη…αὐτῷ	1	appeared to him	When Luke says that the angel **appeared**, this does not mean that Zechariah simply saw the angel in a vision. Rather, this expression indicates that the angel was actually present with Zechariah. Alternate translation: “suddenly was there with Zechariah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+LUK	1	11	c8ss	figs-idiom	ὤφθη&αὐτῷ	1	appeared to him	When Luke says that the angel **appeared**, this does not mean that Zechariah simply saw the angel in a vision. Rather, this expression indicates that the angel was actually present with Zechariah. Alternate translation: “suddenly was there with Zechariah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	1	12	r3aa	figs-parallelism	ἐταράχθη Ζαχαρίας ἰδών, καὶ φόβος ἐπέπεσεν ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	Zechariah was troubled … fear fell on him	The two phrases **Zechariah was troubled** and **fear fell on him** mean similar things. Luke is using them together to emphasize how afraid Zechariah was. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “When he saw him, Zechariah became very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 LUK	1	12	d1zm	figs-explicit	ἰδών	1	when he saw him	The implication is that Zechariah was afraid because the angel appeared glorious and powerful. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. (Luke has just said that Zechariah was righteous and blameless, so it would be good not to leave your readers with the impression that he had done something wrong and was afraid that the angel was going to punish him for it.) Alternate translation: “when he saw how glorious and powerful the angel was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	1	12	l014	figs-metaphor	φόβος ἐπέπεσεν ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	fear fell upon him	Luke is using the expression **fell upon** to speak of fear as if it attacked and overcame Zechariah. Alternate translation: “this made him very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ LUK	1	17	w32h	figs-personification	ἐπιστρέψαι καρδίας πατέ
 LUK	1	17	qe48	figs-synecdoche	ἐπιστρέψαι καρδίας πατέρων ἐπὶ τέκνα	1	to turn the hearts of fathers back to their children	The angel uses the relationship between **fathers** and **children** to represent all relationships. Luke relates in [3:10–14](../03/10.md) how John encouraged reconciliation in a variety of different relationships. Alternate translation: “to restore broken relationships” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 LUK	1	17	l024	figs-explicit	ἐπιστρέψαι καρδίας πατέρων ἐπὶ τέκνα	1	to turn the hearts of fathers back to their children	It is assumed that readers will know that this is what the prophet Malachi had said Elijah would do before the Lord came. The implication in context is that John will fulfill this prophecy by using the same empowerment that Elijah had. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to restore broken relationships, just as the prophet Malachi said Elijah would do before the Lord came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	1	17	l025	figs-explicit	ἀπειθεῖς ἐν φρονήσει δικαίων	1	to turn … the disobedient to the wisdom of the righteous	Gabriel is using the term **wisdom** in the Old Testament sense as a moral term that refers to choosing the way in life that God has shown to be best. The people who make this choice are **righteous**, meaning that God considers them to be living in the right way. Alternate translation: “to lead people who are disobeying God to choose his ways and become people who live right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	1	17	j49j	figs-nominaladj	ἀπειθεῖς…δικαίων	1	the disobedient … of the righteous	Gabriel is using the adjectives **disobedient** and **righteous** as nouns in order to indicate groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are disobeying God … people who live right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+LUK	1	17	j49j	figs-nominaladj	ἀπειθεῖς&δικαίων	1	the disobedient … of the righteous	Gabriel is using the adjectives **disobedient** and **righteous** as nouns in order to indicate groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are disobeying God … people who live right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	1	17	ujs1	figs-explicit	λαὸν κατεσκευασμένον	1	a people prepared	You could state explicitly in your translation what the people will be prepared to do. Alternate translation: “a people who will be prepared to believe his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	1	18	asn2	figs-explicit	κατὰ τί γνώσομαι τοῦτο	1	How will I know this	Zechariah is implicitly asking for a sign as proof. Alternate translation: “What sign can you show me to prove that this will happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	1	18	l026	grammar-connect-logic-result	γάρ	1	For	The word **For** introduces the reason why Zechariah wants a sign. He and his wife are both too old to have children, so he is finding it hard to believe what the angel has told him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ LUK	1	25	w8yq	figs-exclamations	οὕτως μοι πεποίηκεν Κύριο
 LUK	1	25	z1xr	figs-explicit	οὕτως μοι πεποίηκεν Κύριος	1	Thus the Lord has done for me	It is implicit that Elizabeth is referring to the fact that the **Lord** has allowed her to become pregnant. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “What a marvelous thing the Lord has done for me by allowing me to become pregnant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	1	25	pn2a	figs-idiom	ἐπεῖδεν	1	he looked upon me	Here, the expression **looked upon** is an idiom that means “shown regard for” or “treated well.” Alternate translation: “he treated me kindly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	1	25	lx3p	figs-explicit	ἀφελεῖν ὄνειδός μου ἐν ἀνθρώποις	1	to take away my disgrace among people	By **disgrace**, Elizabeth means the shame she felt because she was not able to have children. Alternate translation: “so that I no longer have to feel ashamed when I am around other people because I cannot have children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	1	26	v9w2	figs-explicit	ἐν…τῷ μηνὶ τῷ ἕκτῳ	1	in the sixth month	Luke assumes that readers will recognize that this does not mean the **sixth month** of the year, but the **sixth month** of Elizabeth’s pregnancy. If you think there could be some confusion about this, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “after Elizabeth had been pregnant for six months” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	1	26	v9w2	figs-explicit	ἐν&τῷ μηνὶ τῷ ἕκτῳ	1	in the sixth month	Luke assumes that readers will recognize that this does not mean the **sixth month** of the year, but the **sixth month** of Elizabeth’s pregnancy. If you think there could be some confusion about this, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “after Elizabeth had been pregnant for six months” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	1	26	l035	translate-ordinal	τῷ μηνὶ τῷ ἕκτῳ	1	the sixth month	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “month 6” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 LUK	1	26	rl4c	figs-activepassive	ἀπεστάλη ὁ ἄγγελος Γαβριὴλ ἀπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the angel Gabriel was sent from God	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God sent the angel Gabriel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	1	27	l038	writing-participants	ἀνδρὶ, ᾧ ὄνομα Ἰωσὴφ	1	a man whose name was Joseph	This introduces **Joseph** as a new character in the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ LUK	1	29	l042	figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τῷ λόγῳ	1	by his words	Luke is usin
 LUK	1	29	ytx7		διελογίζετο ποταπὸς εἴη ὁ ἀσπασμὸς οὗτος	1	she was considering what kind of greeting this might be	Alternate translation: “she wondered why an angel would greet her in this way”
 LUK	1	30	l043	grammar-connect-logic-result	μὴ φοβοῦ, Μαριάμ; εὗρες γὰρ χάριν παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ	1	Do not be afraid, Mary, for you have found favor with God	If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “God is showing you his kindness, Mary, so you do not need to be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	1	30	d3rx	figs-imperative	μὴ φοβοῦ	1	Do not be afraid	While the angel speaks these words in the form of a command, he is actually telling Mary something that he thinks will help and encourage her. Alternate translation: “You do not need to be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
-LUK	1	30	a3eb	figs-activepassive	εὗρες…χάριν παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ	1	you have found favor with God	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God is showing you his kindness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	1	30	a3eb	figs-activepassive	εὗρες&χάριν παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ	1	you have found favor with God	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God is showing you his kindness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	1	31	l044	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἰδοὺ	1	And behold	As in [1:20](../01/20.md), **behold** is a term that focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	1	31	fi5q	figs-explicitinfo	συνλήμψῃ ἐν γαστρὶ, καὶ τέξῃ υἱόν	1	you will conceive in your womb and bear a son	The phrase **conceive in your womb** might seem to express unnecessary extra information, and so if you represent all of it in your language, that might not seem natural. However, the details are important here. The expression emphasizes that Jesus was a human son born of a human mother. So be sure to translate this expression in a way that conveys that. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
 LUK	1	31	l045	figs-declarative	καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦν	1	you will call his name Jesus	As in [1:13](../01/13.md), Gabriel is using a statement as a command in order to tell Mary what to do. Alternate translation: “you are to name him Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
@@ -118,9 +118,9 @@ LUK	1	32	l048	figs-idiom	Υἱὸς Ὑψίστου κληθήσεται	1	He
 LUK	1	32	hl55	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς Ὑψίστου κληθήσεται	1	He … will be called the Son of the Most High	Gabriel is not saying only that **Son of the Most High** is a title by which Jesus will be known. Instead, just as the previous verse described how Jesus was a human son born of a human mother, his statement here indicates that Jesus was also the divine Son of a divine Father. You may want to show this by employing capitalization or whatever other convention your language uses to indicate divinity. Alternate translation: “He will be the Son of the Most High” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 LUK	1	32	ip26	figs-activepassive	Υἱὸς Ὑψίστου κληθήσεται	1	He … will be called the Son of the Most High	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “He will be the Son of the Most High” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	1	32	z74z	figs-idiom	Ὑψίστου	1	the Most High	This is an idiomatic way of referring to God, as the fuller expression “the Most High God” in [8:38](../08/38.md) shows. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the phrase that way in order to explain its meaning. Or, you could simply reproduce the phrase in the simpler form in which it occurs here in order to show your readers one of the ways in which the people of this time referred to God. Alternate translation: “the Most High God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	1	32	lwd9	figs-metonymy	δώσει αὐτῷ…τὸν θρόνον Δαυεὶδ, τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ	1	will give to him the throne of his father David	The **throne** represents a king’s authority to rule. Alternate translation: “will give him authority to rule as king as his ancestor David did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-LUK	1	32	l049	figs-metaphor	δώσει αὐτῷ…τὸν θρόνον Δαυεὶδ, τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ	1	will give to him the throne of his father David	Here, the term **father** means “ancestor,” but since a line of kings is in view, it also indicates that Jesus will be a successor to David. Alternate translation: “will give him authority to rule as a successor to his ancestor David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	1	33	l050	figs-parallelism	βασιλεύσει…εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας; καὶ τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ, οὐκ ἔσται τέλος	1	he will reign … to the ages, and there will be no end of his kingdom	These two phrases mean similar things. Gabriel uses them together to emphasize how certain it is that Jesus will always rule. Because Gabriel is making a proclamation, he is speaking in a form much like poetry. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if the repetition might be confusing, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and**, in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “he will rule … forever, yes, his kingship will always continue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+LUK	1	32	lwd9	figs-metonymy	δώσει αὐτῷ&τὸν θρόνον Δαυεὶδ, τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ	1	will give to him the throne of his father David	The **throne** represents a king’s authority to rule. Alternate translation: “will give him authority to rule as king as his ancestor David did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+LUK	1	32	l049	figs-metaphor	δώσει αὐτῷ&τὸν θρόνον Δαυεὶδ, τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ	1	will give to him the throne of his father David	Here, the term **father** means “ancestor,” but since a line of kings is in view, it also indicates that Jesus will be a successor to David. Alternate translation: “will give him authority to rule as a successor to his ancestor David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+LUK	1	33	l050	figs-parallelism	βασιλεύσει&εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας; καὶ τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ, οὐκ ἔσται τέλος	1	he will reign … to the ages, and there will be no end of his kingdom	These two phrases mean similar things. Gabriel uses them together to emphasize how certain it is that Jesus will always rule. Because Gabriel is making a proclamation, he is speaking in a form much like poetry. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if the repetition might be confusing, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and**, in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “he will rule … forever, yes, his kingship will always continue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 LUK	1	33	l051	figs-metaphor	τὸν οἶκον Ἰακὼβ	1	the house of Jacob	In this expression, the word **house** describes all the people descended from a particular person, in this case Jacob, who was also known as Israel. Alternate translation: “the people descended from Jacob” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	1	33	l053	figs-idiom	εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας	1	to the ages	This is an idiom. The term **ages** means long periods of time. Alternate translation: “forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	1	33	q516	figs-litotes	τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ, οὐκ ἔσται τέλος	1	there will be no end of his kingship	This is a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “his kingship will always continue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ LUK	1	43	tiu4	figs-123person	ἡ μήτηρ τοῦ Κυρίου μου	1	the mo
 LUK	1	44	uq3j	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ γὰρ	1	For behold	The term **behold** focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. This phrase alerts Mary to pay attention to Elizabeth’s surprising statement that follows. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	1	44	h54t	figs-metaphor	ὡς ἐγένετο ἡ φωνὴ τοῦ ἀσπασμοῦ σου εἰς τὰ ὦτά μου	1	as soon as the sound of your greeting was in my ears	Elizabeth is using the term **ears** to mean hearing, and hearing means recognition. Alternate translation: “as soon as I heard your voice and realized that it was you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	1	44	u9db	figs-metaphor	ἐσκίρτησεν ἐν ἀγαλλιάσει	1	leaped for joy	As in [1:41](../01/41.md), **leaped** is a figurative way of referring to sudden movement. Alternate translation: “moved suddenly because he was so happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	1	45	kf73	figs-123person	ἡ πιστεύσασα…τοῖς λελαλημένοις αὐτῇ παρὰ Κυρίου	1	she who believed … the things that were spoken to her from the Lord	Elizabeth is speaking to Mary, and these phrases describe Mary, but Elizabeth nevertheless speaks of her in the third person. She does this perhaps as a sign of respect, since she has just identified Mary as “the mother of my Lord.” Alternate translation: “you who believed … the message that the Lord sent you”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+LUK	1	45	kf73	figs-123person	ἡ πιστεύσασα&τοῖς λελαλημένοις αὐτῇ παρὰ Κυρίου	1	she who believed … the things that were spoken to her from the Lord	Elizabeth is speaking to Mary, and these phrases describe Mary, but Elizabeth nevertheless speaks of her in the third person. She does this perhaps as a sign of respect, since she has just identified Mary as “the mother of my Lord.” Alternate translation: “you who believed … the message that the Lord sent you”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 LUK	1	45	gc1e	figs-activepassive	ἔσται τελείωσις τοῖς λελαλημένοις αὐτῇ παρὰ Κυρίου	1	that there would be a fulfillment of the things that were spoken to her from the Lord	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “that the Lord would do everything he sent the angel to tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	1	45	g8rc	figs-explicit	ἔσται τελείωσις τοῖς λελαλημένοις αὐτῇ παρὰ Κυρίου	1	that there would be a fulfillment of the things that were spoken to her from the Lord	Here, instead of the word “by,” Elizabeth uses the word **from** because Mary actually heard the angel Gabriel speak (see [1:26](../01/26.md)), but the things he spoke ultimately came from the Lord. Alternate translation: “that the Lord would do everything he sent the angel to tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	1	46	vxj4	figs-synecdoche	μεγαλύνει ἡ ψυχή μου	1	My soul magnifies	The word **soul** refers to the inmost part of a person. Here, Mary uses it to refer to all of herself. Mary is saying that her worship comes from deep inside her. Alternate translation: “From the depths of my being, I praise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -198,12 +198,12 @@ LUK	1	55	qc9k	figs-metaphor	καθὼς ἐλάλησεν πρὸς τοὺς π
 LUK	1	55	by4a	figs-metaphor	τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ	1	to his seed	The term **seed** means “offspring.” It is a word picture. Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. Alternate translation: “to his descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	1	55	l072	figs-idiom	εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1	to the age	This is an idiom. See how you translated the similar expression in [1:33](../01/33.md). Alternate translation: “forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	1	56	l073	grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses the word **and** to indicate that the event of Mary returning home happened after the event of Mary staying with Elizabeth for three months. Alternate translation: “then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
-LUK	1	56	nt87	writing-pronouns	ἔμεινεν…Μαριὰμ σὺν αὐτῇ ὡς μῆνας τρεῖς, καὶ ὑπέστρεψεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτῆς	1	Mary stayed with her about three months, and returned to her house	The first instance of the word **her** in this verse refers to Elizabeth, and the second instance refers to Mary. Be sure that it is clear in your translation that Mary returned to her own home. She did not stay for three months, leave for a time, and then return to Elizabeth’s home. Alternate translation: “Mary stayed with Elizabeth for about three months, and then Mary went back to her own house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+LUK	1	56	nt87	writing-pronouns	ἔμεινεν&Μαριὰμ σὺν αὐτῇ ὡς μῆνας τρεῖς, καὶ ὑπέστρεψεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτῆς	1	Mary stayed with her about three months, and returned to her house	The first instance of the word **her** in this verse refers to Elizabeth, and the second instance refers to Mary. Be sure that it is clear in your translation that Mary returned to her own home. She did not stay for three months, leave for a time, and then return to Elizabeth’s home. Alternate translation: “Mary stayed with Elizabeth for about three months, and then Mary went back to her own house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	1	57	hfk3	grammar-connect-time-sequential	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to indicate that this event took place after the events he has just described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 LUK	1	57	l074	figs-activepassive	ἐπλήσθη ὁ χρόνος	1	the time was fulfilled	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the time came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	1	57	dd2i		τοῦ τεκεῖν αὐτήν	1	for her to deliver	Your language may require you to state the object of **deliver**. Alternate translation: “for her to deliver her baby” or “for her to have her baby”
-LUK	1	58	j2xc	figs-metaphor	ἐμεγάλυνεν…τὸ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ μετ’ αὐτῆς	1	had magnified his mercy to her	Luke speaks as if God had made his mercy bigger towards Elizabeth. Alternate translation: “had shown great kindness to her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	1	58	l075	figs-explicit	ἐμεγάλυνεν…τὸ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ μετ’ αὐτῆς	1	had magnified his mercy to her	The implication is that God’s great kindness to Elizabeth was to enable her to have a baby. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “had shown great kindness to her by enabling her to have a baby” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	1	58	j2xc	figs-metaphor	ἐμεγάλυνεν&τὸ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ μετ’ αὐτῆς	1	had magnified his mercy to her	Luke speaks as if God had made his mercy bigger towards Elizabeth. Alternate translation: “had shown great kindness to her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+LUK	1	58	l075	figs-explicit	ἐμεγάλυνεν&τὸ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ μετ’ αὐτῆς	1	had magnified his mercy to her	The implication is that God’s great kindness to Elizabeth was to enable her to have a baby. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “had shown great kindness to her by enabling her to have a baby” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	1	59	f4ul	writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	And it happened	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 LUK	1	59	l076	translate-unknown	ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ὀγδόῃ	1	on the eighth day	This expression refers to **the eighth day** of the baby’s life, reckoning the day he was born as the first day. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could translate this expression according to the way your own culture reckons time. Alternate translation: “when the baby was one week old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	1	59	gm1k	translate-ordinal	ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ὀγδόῃ	1	on the eighth day	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “on day 8” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
@@ -213,35 +213,35 @@ LUK	1	60	l077	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεῖσα ἡ μήτηρ αὐτο
 LUK	1	60	l078	figs-activepassive	κληθήσεται	1	he will be called	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “we are going to name him John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	1	61	t4e7	figs-explicit	οὐδείς ἐστιν ἐκ τῆς συγγενείας σου, ὃς καλεῖται τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ	1	There is no one among your relatives who is called by this name	The expression **this name** means specifically the name John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could put the actual name in your translation. Alternate translation: “None of your relatives is named John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	1	61	l079	figs-activepassive	καλεῖται τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ	1	is called by this name	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “has the name John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	1	62	ium2	figs-explicit	ἐνένευον…τῷ πατρὶ αὐτοῦ	1	they made signs to his father	Zechariah may have been unable both to speak and to hear, but Gabriel only told him that he would be unable to speak, so it is more likely that the people simply assumed he could not hear because he was not speaking. If you think your readers might wonder why the people made signs to Zechariah, you could offer an explanation. Alternate translation: “because Zechariah was not speaking, the people thought he could not hear either, so they made signs to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	1	62	ium2	figs-explicit	ἐνένευον&τῷ πατρὶ αὐτοῦ	1	they made signs to his father	Zechariah may have been unable both to speak and to hear, but Gabriel only told him that he would be unable to speak, so it is more likely that the people simply assumed he could not hear because he was not speaking. If you think your readers might wonder why the people made signs to Zechariah, you could offer an explanation. Alternate translation: “because Zechariah was not speaking, the people thought he could not hear either, so they made signs to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	1	62	w3kq	figs-activepassive	τὸ τί ἂν θέλοι καλεῖσθαι αὐτό	1	as to what he wanted him to be called	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “to ask him what name he wanted to give the baby” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	1	63	gn28	figs-explicit	αἰτήσας	1	asking for	It may be helpful to suggest how Zechariah was **asking**, since he could not speak. Alternate translation: “making signs with his hands to show that he wanted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	1	63	qu93	translate-unknown	πινακίδιον	1	a writing tablet	This was a wooden **tablet** covered with wax. A person would use a stylus (that is, something with a sharp point) to write in the wax. The wax could later be smoothed out and the tablet could be used again. If your readers might not recognize this object, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “something to write on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-LUK	1	64	sdg1	figs-parallelism	ἀνεῴχθη…τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ…καὶ ἡ γλῶσσα αὐτοῦ	1	his mouth was opened and his tongue was freed	These two phrases mean the same thing. Luke uses them together for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “he became able to speak once again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-LUK	1	64	l080	figs-metonymy	ἀνεῴχθη…τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ…καὶ ἡ γλῶσσα αὐτοῦ	1	his mouth was opened and his tongue was freed	Each of these phrases describes the act of speaking by referring to something associated with speech coming into action, specifically, the mouth opening and the tongue moving about freely. Alternate translation: “he became able to talk once again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-LUK	1	64	mi2u	figs-activepassive	ἀνεῴχθη…τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ…καὶ ἡ γλῶσσα αὐτοῦ	1	his mouth was opened and his tongue was freed	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. You could also say who did the action. Alternate translation: “he became able to talk once again” or “God enabled him to speak once again” or, if you want to use the figurative language, “God opened his mouth and freed his tongue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	1	64	sdg1	figs-parallelism	ἀνεῴχθη&τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ&καὶ ἡ γλῶσσα αὐτοῦ	1	his mouth was opened and his tongue was freed	These two phrases mean the same thing. Luke uses them together for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “he became able to speak once again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+LUK	1	64	l080	figs-metonymy	ἀνεῴχθη&τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ&καὶ ἡ γλῶσσα αὐτοῦ	1	his mouth was opened and his tongue was freed	Each of these phrases describes the act of speaking by referring to something associated with speech coming into action, specifically, the mouth opening and the tongue moving about freely. Alternate translation: “he became able to talk once again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+LUK	1	64	mi2u	figs-activepassive	ἀνεῴχθη&τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ&καὶ ἡ γλῶσσα αὐτοῦ	1	his mouth was opened and his tongue was freed	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. You could also say who did the action. Alternate translation: “he became able to talk once again” or “God enabled him to speak once again” or, if you want to use the figurative language, “God opened his mouth and freed his tongue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	1	65	l081	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	The word **And** introduces the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	1	65	qw1j	figs-personification	ἐγένετο ἐπὶ πάντας φόβος	1	fear came on all those who lived around them	As in [1:12](../01/12.md), Luke here describes **fear** as if it were something that could actively come upon people. Alternate translation: “all those who lived around them were in awe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 LUK	1	65	l082	figs-idiom	ἐγένετο ἐπὶ πάντας φόβος, τοὺς περιοικοῦντας αὐτούς	1	fear came on all those who lived around them	In this context, **fear** does not mean to be afraid, but to have respect and reverence. Alternate translation: “all those who lived around them were in awe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	1	65	l083	figs-explicit	ἐγένετο ἐπὶ πάντας φόβος	1	fear came on all those who lived around them	It may be helpful to state clearly why the people responded in this way. Alternate translation: “all those who lived around them were in awe of God because of what he had done in the lives of Zechariah and Elizabeth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	1	65	g7uh	figs-hyperbole	πάντας…τοὺς περιοικοῦντας αὐτούς…ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ὀρεινῇ	1	all those who lived around them … throughout all the hill country	Here Luke uses the word **all** twice as an generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “the people who lived around them … widely throughout that area” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+LUK	1	65	g7uh	figs-hyperbole	πάντας&τοὺς περιοικοῦντας αὐτούς&ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ὀρεινῇ	1	all those who lived around them … throughout all the hill country	Here Luke uses the word **all** twice as an generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “the people who lived around them … widely throughout that area” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 LUK	1	65	pz97	figs-activepassive	διελαλεῖτο πάντα τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα	1	all these matters were being talked about	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “people talked about all these matters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	1	66	c7xf	figs-ellipsis	ἔθεντο πάντες οἱ ἀκούσαντες, ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτῶν	1	all who heard stored in their hearts	Luke is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need to be complete. Alternate translation: “all who heard these things stored them in their hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-LUK	1	66	l6lt	figs-metaphor	ἔθεντο…ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτῶν	1	stored in their hearts	Luke is speaking of **hearts** as places where thoughts and memories can be stored safely. His expression describes people thinking things over carefully in order to understand them and retain them. Alternate translation: “thought carefully about these matters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+LUK	1	66	l6lt	figs-metaphor	ἔθεντο&ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτῶν	1	stored in their hearts	Luke is speaking of **hearts** as places where thoughts and memories can be stored safely. His expression describes people thinking things over carefully in order to understand them and retain them. Alternate translation: “thought carefully about these matters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	1	66	dgq4	figs-rquestion	τί ἄρα τὸ παιδίον τοῦτο ἔσται?	1	What then will this child become?	The people who said this were likely not asking a question, expecting someone to tell them what the child would become. Rather, they were making a statement about what the events of the child’s birth had led them to believe about his destiny. So you could translate this as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “What a great man this child will become!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	1	66	xm9c	figs-metaphor	χεὶρ Κυρίου ἦν μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1	the hand of the Lord was with him	In this expression, the **hand** represents strength and power. Alternate translation: “the Lord’s power was helping him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	1	67	lvd6	figs-activepassive	Ζαχαρίας…ἐπλήσθη Πνεύματος Ἁγίου	1	Zechariah was filled with the Holy Spirit	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit filled Zechariah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	1	67	l084	figs-metaphor	Ζαχαρίας…ἐπλήσθη Πνεύματος Ἁγίου	1	Zechariah was filled with the Holy Spirit	Luke speaks as if **Zechariah** were a container that the **Holy Spirit** **filled**. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit inspired Zechariah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+LUK	1	67	lvd6	figs-activepassive	Ζαχαρίας&ἐπλήσθη Πνεύματος Ἁγίου	1	Zechariah was filled with the Holy Spirit	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit filled Zechariah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	1	67	l084	figs-metaphor	Ζαχαρίας&ἐπλήσθη Πνεύματος Ἁγίου	1	Zechariah was filled with the Holy Spirit	Luke speaks as if **Zechariah** were a container that the **Holy Spirit** **filled**. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit inspired Zechariah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	1	67	fs5y	writing-quotations	ἐπροφήτευσεν λέγων	1	prophesied, saying	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “prophesied, and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 LUK	1	68	l085	figs-personification	ὁ Θεὸς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ	1	the God of Israel	Luke is referring to the Israelites as if they were a single person, their ancestor, **Israel**. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 LUK	1	68	jx5n	figs-explicit	ὁ Θεὸς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ	1	the God of Israel	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the relationship between God and Israel more explicitly. Alternate translation: “the God whom the people of Israel worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	1	68	d67v	figs-idiom	ἐπεσκέψατο…τῷ λαῷ αὐτοῦ	1	he has visited … his people	Here, the term **visited** is an idiom. Alternate translation: “he has come to help … his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+LUK	1	68	d67v	figs-idiom	ἐπεσκέψατο&τῷ λαῷ αὐτοῦ	1	he has visited … his people	Here, the term **visited** is an idiom. Alternate translation: “he has come to help … his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	1	69	l086	figs-metaphor	ἤγειρεν κέρας σωτηρίας ἡμῖν	1	he has raised up a horn of salvation for us	In this context, **raised up** means brought into existence or enabled to act. Alternate translation: “he has brought us a horn of salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	1	69	g11u	figs-metonymy	ἤγειρεν κέρας σωτηρίας ἡμῖν	1	he has raised up a horn of salvation for us	An animal’s **horn** is associated with its strength, and so Zechariah is using the term as a symbol for a ruler by association with the power and authority a ruler has. Alternate translation: “he has brought us a ruler who will have the power to save us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	1	69	fb9f	figs-metonymy	ἐν οἴκῳ Δαυεὶδ, παιδὸς αὐτοῦ	1	in the house of his servant David	David’s **house** represents his family and all of his descendants. Alternate translation: “who is a descendant of his servant David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	1	69	l087	figs-explicit	ἐν οἴκῳ Δαυεὶδ, παιδὸς αὐτοῦ	1	in the house of his servant David	The implication is that as a descendant of **David**, this ruler will be an eligible successor to him as the Messiah. Alternate translation: “who is from the royal line of his servant David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	1	69	l088	figs-metaphor	Δαυεὶδ, παιδὸς αὐτοῦ	1	in the house of his servant David	David was not actually a **servant**, he was a king. Here the emphasis in the word **servant** is on how David served God faithfully in that capacity. Alternate translation: “who is from the royal line of David, who served him faithfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	1	70	x1q1	figs-metonymy	ἐλάλησεν διὰ στόματος τῶν ἁγίων…προφητῶν αὐτοῦ	1	he spoke by the mouth of his holy prophets	God speaking by the **mouth** of the **prophets** represents God inspiring them to say what he wanted them to say. Alternate translation: “he inspired his holy prophets to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+LUK	1	70	x1q1	figs-metonymy	ἐλάλησεν διὰ στόματος τῶν ἁγίων&προφητῶν αὐτοῦ	1	he spoke by the mouth of his holy prophets	God speaking by the **mouth** of the **prophets** represents God inspiring them to say what he wanted them to say. Alternate translation: “he inspired his holy prophets to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	1	70	l089	figs-idiom	ἀπ’ αἰῶνος	1	from an age	This is an idiom. See how you translated the similar expression in [1:33](../01/33.md). Alternate translation: “a long time ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	1	71	d13g	figs-abstractnouns	σωτηρίαν ἐξ ἐχθρῶν ἡμῶν	1	salvation from our enemies	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **salvation** with a verb such as “save” or “rescue.” It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He will save us from our enemies” or “He will rescue us from our enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	1	71	aye3	figs-doublet	ἐξ ἐχθρῶν ἡμῶν, καὶ ἐκ χειρὸς πάντων τῶν μισούντων ἡμᾶς	1	from our enemies and from the hand of all those who hate us	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Zechariah may be using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “from the domination of our enemies who hate us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
@@ -259,17 +259,17 @@ LUK	1	75	l5n2	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ὁσιότητι καὶ δικαιοσ
 LUK	1	75	tn5i	figs-idiom	ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ	1	before him	This is an idiom that means “in his presence,” and that suggests being in relationship with God. Alternate translation: “in relationship with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	1	75	l093	figs-idiom	πάσαις ταῖς ἡμέραις ἡμῶν	1	all our days	Here Zechariah uses the term **days** to refer to a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “for our whole lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	1	76	f6r1	figs-explicit	καὶ σὺ δέ, παιδίον	1	And indeed, you, child	Zechariah uses this phrase to begin his direct address to his son. In your translation, you could indicate the change from Zechariah talking about God to Zechariah talking to John in the way that is most appropriate and natural in your language. It may be clearest to indicate this change explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Zechariah said to his son John, ‘And as for you, my child’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	1	76	l094	figs-idiom	προφήτης…κληθήσῃ	1	you … will be called a prophet	As in [1:32](../01/32.md), to **be called** is an idiom that means “to be.” Review the note there if that would be helpful. Zechariah is not saying that John will simply have the reputation of being a prophet. Alternate translation: “you … will be a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	1	76	h2vh	figs-activepassive	προφήτης…κληθήσῃ	1	you … will be called a prophet	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “will be a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	1	76	l094	figs-idiom	προφήτης&κληθήσῃ	1	you … will be called a prophet	As in [1:32](../01/32.md), to **be called** is an idiom that means “to be.” Review the note there if that would be helpful. Zechariah is not saying that John will simply have the reputation of being a prophet. Alternate translation: “you … will be a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+LUK	1	76	h2vh	figs-activepassive	προφήτης&κληθήσῃ	1	you … will be called a prophet	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “will be a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	1	76	bb3g	figs-idiom	Ὑψίστου	1	of the Most High	See how you translated the expression **the Most High** in [1:32](../01/32.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “of the Most High God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	1	76	de7t	figs-idiom	προπορεύσῃ…ἐνώπιον Κυρίου	1	you will go before the Lord	As in [1:17](../01/17.md), to **go before** is an idiom that indicates that before the Lord comes, John will announce to the people that the Lord is going to come to them. Alternate translation: “you will announce that the Lord is coming,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+LUK	1	76	de7t	figs-idiom	προπορεύσῃ&ἐνώπιον Κυρίου	1	you will go before the Lord	As in [1:17](../01/17.md), to **go before** is an idiom that indicates that before the Lord comes, John will announce to the people that the Lord is going to come to them. Alternate translation: “you will announce that the Lord is coming,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	1	76	l095	figs-metaphor	ἑτοιμάσαι ὁδοὺς αὐτοῦ	1	to prepare his paths	Zechariah is using the imagery of **paths** to indicate that John will prepare the people to listen to the Lord’s message and believe it. Alternate translation: “to get the people ready for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	1	77	l096	figs-abstractnouns	τοῦ δοῦναι γνῶσιν σωτηρίας τῷ λαῷ αὐτοῦ, ἐν ἀφέσει ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν	1	to give the knowledge of salvation to his people through the forgiveness of their sins	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **salvation** and **forgiveness** with the verbs “save” and “forgive.” Alternate translation: “to teach God’s people that he wants to save them by forgiving their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	1	77	t6d3	figs-metonymy	τοῦ δοῦναι γνῶσιν σωτηρίας τῷ λαῷ αὐτοῦ	1	to give the knowledge of salvation to his people	The phrase **to give … knowledge** is a figurative description of teaching. Alternate translation: “to teach God’s people that he wants to save them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	1	78	z861	figs-metaphor	ἀνατολὴ ἐξ ὕψους	1	the sunrise from heaven	Zechariah speaks of the coming of the Savior as if it will be a sunrise that will light up the earth. Alternate translation: “the Savior who comes from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	1	78	l097	figs-metonymy	ἐξ ὕψους	1	from heaven	Zechariah uses the term **on high** to refer to God by association, since the abode of God if considered to be far above us in heaven. Alternate translation: “from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	1	78	l098	figs-idiom	ἐπισκέψεται ἡμᾶς	1	will visit us	As in [1:68](../01/68.md), **visit** is an idiom. Alternate translation: “will come to help us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	1	79	sh2q	figs-metaphor	ἐπιφᾶναι τοῖς…καθημένοις	1	to shine on those who are sitting	As in [1:78](../01/78.md), light represents truth. Just as Zechariah described the Savior as like a sunrise in that verse, here he is describing the spiritual truth that the Savior will bring as if it will light up the earth. Alternate translation: “to show the truth to people who are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+LUK	1	79	sh2q	figs-metaphor	ἐπιφᾶναι τοῖς&καθημένοις	1	to shine on those who are sitting	As in [1:78](../01/78.md), light represents truth. Just as Zechariah described the Savior as like a sunrise in that verse, here he is describing the spiritual truth that the Savior will bring as if it will light up the earth. Alternate translation: “to show the truth to people who are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	1	79	l099	figs-idiom	τοῖς ἐν σκότει καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου καθημένοις	1	on those who sit in darkness and in the shadow of death	Here **sitting** in a place is an idiom that means to be in that place. Alternate translation: “on people who are in darkness, yes, even in deep darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	1	79	k46q	figs-idiom	τοῖς ἐν σκότει καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου καθημένοις	1	on those who sit in darkness and in the shadow of death	The **shadow of death** is an idiom that describes deep darkness. Alternate translation: “on people who are in darkness, yes, even in deep darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	1	79	l100	figs-metaphor	τοῖς ἐν σκότει καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου καθημένοις	1	on those who sit in darkness and in the shadow of death	Since light represents truth, **darkness** represents the absence of spiritual truth. Alternate translation: “on people who do not know the truth, who do not know it at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ LUK	2	14	p1fm		δόξα ἐν ὑψίστοις Θεῷ	1	Glory in the highest t
 LUK	2	14	y2b3		ἐν ἀνθρώποις εὐδοκίας	1	among men of good pleasure	This could refer to: (1) God’s **good pleasure** with people. Alternate translation: “among people with whom God is pleased” (2) people who show **good pleasure** or “good will” to one another. Alternate translation: “among people of good will”
 LUK	2	14	l121	figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώποις	1	men	Here, the term **men** has a generic meaning that includes all people. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 LUK	2	15	au2m	writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to mark a shift in the story, to what the shepherds did after the angels left. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
-LUK	2	15	s4js	figs-exclusive	διέλθωμεν…ἴδωμεν…ἡμῖν	1	Let us … go … let us see … to us	The shepherds are speaking to one another, so if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive **us**, use the inclusive form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+LUK	2	15	s4js	figs-exclusive	διέλθωμεν&ἴδωμεν&ἡμῖν	1	Let us … go … let us see … to us	The shepherds are speaking to one another, so if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive **us**, use the inclusive form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 LUK	2	16	l122	figs-hendiadys	ἦλθον σπεύσαντες	1	they went hastening	The two verbs **went** and **hastening** express a single idea. The word **hastening** tells how they **went**. Alternate translation: “they went quickly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 LUK	2	16	rdi2	translate-unknown	κείμενον ἐν τῇ φάτνῃ	1	lying in the manger	See how you translated the term **manger** in [2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “lying in a box that holds hay for animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	2	17	n2qz	figs-activepassive	τοῦ ῥήματος τοῦ λαληθέντος αὐτοῖς	1	the message that had been told to them	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “what the angels had told them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -378,16 +378,16 @@ LUK	2	26	psf8	figs-activepassive	ἦν αὐτῷ κεχρηματισμένον
 LUK	2	26	l138	figs-idiom	μὴ ἰδεῖν θάνατον πρὶν	1	he would not see death before	To **see death** is an idiom that means “to die.” Alternate translation: “that he would not die before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	2	26	e6vu	figs-litotes	μὴ ἰδεῖν θάνατον πρὶν	1	he would not see death before	Here, Luke is using a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “he would live until” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 LUK	2	27	k53l	figs-idiom	ἦλθεν ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι	1	he came in the Spirit	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “he came as the Holy Spirit directed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	2	27	uqr6	figs-go	ἦλθεν…εἰς τὸ ἱερόν	1	he came … into the temple	Your language may say “went” in contexts such as this. Alternate translation: “he went … into the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
+LUK	2	27	uqr6	figs-go	ἦλθεν&εἰς τὸ ἱερόν	1	he came … into the temple	Your language may say “went” in contexts such as this. Alternate translation: “he went … into the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 LUK	2	27	y8la	figs-synecdoche	εἰς τὸ ἱερόν	1	into the temple	Since only priests could enter the **temple** building, this means the **temple** courtyard. Luke is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “into the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 LUK	2	27	wt3r	writing-participants	τοὺς γονεῖς	1	the parents	This means the **parents** of Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use their names here. Alternate translation: “Mary and Joseph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	2	27	h444	figs-explicit	τοῦ ποιῆσαι αὐτοὺς κατὰ τὸ εἰθισμένον τοῦ νόμου περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	for them to do according to the custom of the law concerning him	The phrase **to do according to the custom of the law** refers to the ceremony of dedication that Luke described in [2:22–25](../02/22.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to perform the ceremony of dedication that the law of God required” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	2	28	l139	grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	1	and	Luke uses the word **and** to indicate that this event took place after the event he has just described. That is, Simeon took Jesus in his arms after his parents brought him into the temple for the dedication ceremony. Alternate translation: “then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 LUK	2	28	y5g6	writing-pronouns	αὐτὸς ἐδέξατο αὐτὸ εἰς τὰς ἀγκάλας	1	he took him into his arms	If it would be helpful in your language, you could specify by name the people to whom these pronouns refer. Alternate translation: “Simeon picked up the baby Jesus and held him in his arms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-LUK	2	29	l140	figs-declarative	νῦν ἀπολύεις τὸν δοῦλόν σου…ἐν εἰρήνῃ	1	You are now dismissing your servant in peace	Simeon is actually using this statement to make a request. Alternate translation: “Now please let me die in peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
+LUK	2	29	l140	figs-declarative	νῦν ἀπολύεις τὸν δοῦλόν σου&ἐν εἰρήνῃ	1	You are now dismissing your servant in peace	Simeon is actually using this statement to make a request. Alternate translation: “Now please let me die in peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
 LUK	2	29	m6eg	figs-123person	νῦν ἀπολύεις τὸν δοῦλόν σου	1	you are … dismissing your servant	Simeon refers to himself as God’s **servant** in order to show humility and respect. Alternate translation: “Now please let me die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 LUK	2	29	g3wn	figs-euphemism	νῦν ἀπολύεις τὸν δοῦλόν σου	1	you are … dismissing your servant	Simeon uses a mild expression to refer to death. Alternate translation: “Now please let me die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
-LUK	2	29	l141	figs-youformal	σου…σου	1	your … your	Here, the word **your** is singular because Simeon is addressing God. If your language has a formal form of **your** that it uses to address a superior respectfully, you may wish to use that form here and in [2:30](../02/30.md) and [2:32](../02/32.md), and the corresponding formal form for “you” in [2:31](../02/31.md). However, it might be more natural in your language for someone who knows God well, as Simeon did, to address God using the informal form. Use your best judgment about what form to use. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal]])
+LUK	2	29	l141	figs-youformal	σου&σου	1	your … your	Here, the word **your** is singular because Simeon is addressing God. If your language has a formal form of **your** that it uses to address a superior respectfully, you may wish to use that form here and in [2:30](../02/30.md) and [2:32](../02/32.md), and the corresponding formal form for “you” in [2:31](../02/31.md). However, it might be more natural in your language for someone who knows God well, as Simeon did, to address God using the informal form. Use your best judgment about what form to use. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal]])
 LUK	2	29	e8fk	figs-metonymy	κατὰ τὸ ῥῆμά σου	1	according to your word	Simeon is referring to the promise that God made that he would live to see the Messiah. Simeon describes that promise by association with the **word** or saying by which God made it. Alternate translation: “as you promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	2	30	b7i6	figs-synecdoche	εἶδον οἱ ὀφθαλμοί μου	1	my eyes have seen	Simeon uses one part of himself, his **eyes**, to represent all of himself in the act of seeing. Alternate translation: “I have personally seen” or “I, myself, have seen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 LUK	2	30	ekw3	figs-metonymy	τὸ σωτήριόν σου	1	your salvation	This expression refers by association to the person who would bring **salvation**, that is, the infant Jesus, whom Simeon was holding. Alternate translation: “the Savior whom you have sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -468,8 +468,8 @@ LUK	3	1	l167	writing-newevent	ἐν ἔτει δὲ πεντεκαιδεκάτ
 LUK	3	1	l168	translate-ordinal	ἐν ἔτει δὲ πεντεκαιδεκάτῳ	1	in the fifteenth year	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “in year 15” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 LUK	3	1	l169	writing-participants	Τιβερίου Καίσαρος	1	Tiberius Caesar	As in [2:1](../02/01.md), **Caesar** is the title of the emperor of the Roman Empire. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “King Tiberius, who ruled the Roman Empire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	3	1	l170	translate-names	Τιβερίου	1	Tiberius	**Tiberius** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-LUK	3	1	v22w	translate-names	Ποντίου Πειλάτου…Ἡρῴδου…Φιλίππου…Λυσανίου	1	Pontius Pilate … Herod … Philip … Lysanias	These are the names of men. Here, the **Herod** mentioned is not the same one as in [1:5](../01/05.md). Rather, it is his son. Luke makes further mention of him many times in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-LUK	3	1	uv8h	translate-names	τῆς Ἰουδαίας…τῆς Γαλιλαίας…τῆς Ἰτουραίας καὶ Τραχωνίτιδος…τῆς Ἀβειληνῆς	1	Judea … Galilee … Ituraea and Trachonitis … Abilene	These are names of territories. Like **Galilee**, the name **Judea** occurs many times in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+LUK	3	1	v22w	translate-names	Ποντίου Πειλάτου&Ἡρῴδου&Φιλίππου&Λυσανίου	1	Pontius Pilate … Herod … Philip … Lysanias	These are the names of men. Here, the **Herod** mentioned is not the same one as in [1:5](../01/05.md). Rather, it is his son. Luke makes further mention of him many times in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+LUK	3	1	uv8h	translate-names	τῆς Ἰουδαίας&τῆς Γαλιλαίας&τῆς Ἰτουραίας καὶ Τραχωνίτιδος&τῆς Ἀβειληνῆς	1	Judea … Galilee … Ituraea and Trachonitis … Abilene	These are names of territories. Like **Galilee**, the name **Judea** occurs many times in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	3	1	l171	translate-unknown	τετραρχοῦντος	1	tetrarch	In the Roman Empire, a **tetrarch** was the governor of one of four divisions of a country or province. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a general term. Alternate translation: “ruler” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	3	2	d3m8	figs-explicit	ἐπὶ ἀρχιερέως Ἅννα καὶ Καϊάφα	1	during the high priesthood of Annas and Caiaphas	Usually there would only have been one high priest, but at this point the Romans were appointing the high priests for Judea, and there had been some intrigue surrounding **Annas**. One Roman official had appointed him some years earlier, but ten years after that, another official deposed him and named his son-in-law **Caiaphas** high priest instead. However, the Jews still recognized Annas’ claim to the position. It would probably be best to state the matter as simply as possible for your readers. Alternate translation: “while Annas and Caiaphas were both serving as the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	3	2	dg8p	figs-personification	ἐγένετο ῥῆμα Θεοῦ	1	the word of God came	Luke speaks of God’s message as if it were a living thing that could come to a person at God's bidding. Alternate translation: “God gave a message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
@@ -489,7 +489,7 @@ LUK	3	5	s66m	figs-activepassive	καὶ πᾶν ὄρος καὶ βουνὸς
 LUK	3	5	l178	figs-metaphor	ἔσται τὰ σκολιὰ εἰς εὐθείαν, καὶ αἱ τραχεῖαι εἰς ὁδοὺς λείας	1	the crooked roads will become straight, and the rough roads will become smooth	This too is both a continuation of the figurative description of making a good road and a description of the effects that the coming of the Lord will have on people. Something that is **crooked** becoming **straight** and something that is **rough** becoming **smooth** can be seen as metaphors for repentance and a change in a person’s way of life. And so we recommend once again that you translate the words directly and not provide a plain explanation in the text of your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	3	6	l179	figs-metonymy	πᾶσα σὰρξ	1	all flesh	Luke is describing people by reference to something associated with them, the flesh they are made of. Alternate translation: “all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	3	6	l180	figs-metaphor	ὄψεται	1	will see	The term **see** is a figurative way of referring to recognition and understanding. Alternate translation: “will recognize” or “will understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	3	6	du1b	figs-abstractnouns	ὄψεται…τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	will see the salvation of God	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **salvation** with a verb such as “save.” Alternate translation: “will understand how God saves people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+LUK	3	6	du1b	figs-abstractnouns	ὄψεται&τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	will see the salvation of God	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **salvation** with a verb such as “save.” Alternate translation: “will understand how God saves people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	3	6	l181	figs-quotesinquotes	τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the salvation of God	After this phrase, Isaiah ends his quotation from the person who is calling out in the wilderness. If you decided in [3:4](../03/04.md) to mark these words as a second-level quotation, indicate the end of that quotation here with whatever convention your language uses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	3	6	l182	figs-quotemarks	τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the salvation of God	After this phrase, Luke also ends his quotation from the book of Isaiah. If you decided in [3:4](../03/04.md) to mark this as a first-level quotation, indicate that ending here with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a first-level quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 LUK	3	7	sxn9	figs-activepassive	βαπτισθῆναι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	to be baptized by him	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “for him to baptize them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -497,7 +497,7 @@ LUK	3	7	b724	figs-idiom	γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν	1	Offspring of viper
 LUK	3	7	l183	translate-unknown	γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν	1	Offspring of vipers	If your readers would not recognize the name **vipers**, which refers to dangerous poisonous snakes, you could state something more general. Alternate translation: “You are evil, like poisonous snakes” or “You are evil, like poisonous animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	3	7	mcq5	figs-rquestion	τίς ὑπέδειξεν ὑμῖν φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς?	1	Who warned you to flee from the coming wrath?	John is making a statement, not asking a question. He does not expect the people in the crowds to tell him who warned them. Instead, he is using the question form to challenge the people to think about what they believe baptism will do for them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “you could not escape from God’s wrath just by being baptized!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	3	7	g7tw	figs-metonymy	ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς	1	from the coming wrath	John is using the word **wrath** to refer to God’s punishment. This is by association with the way that punishment is an expression of God’s **wrath** or displeasure over sin. Alternate translation: “from the punishment that God is sending” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-LUK	3	8	pz16	figs-metaphor	ποιήσατε…καρποὺς ἀξίους τῆς μετανοίας	1	produce fruits worthy of repentance	John is comparing a person’s behavior to **fruits**. Just as a plant is expected to produce fruit that is appropriate for that kind of plant, a person who says that he has repented is expected to live righteously. Alternate translation: “do the good things that will show that you have stopped sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+LUK	3	8	pz16	figs-metaphor	ποιήσατε&καρποὺς ἀξίους τῆς μετανοίας	1	produce fruits worthy of repentance	John is comparing a person’s behavior to **fruits**. Just as a plant is expected to produce fruit that is appropriate for that kind of plant, a person who says that he has repented is expected to live righteously. Alternate translation: “do the good things that will show that you have stopped sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	3	8	l184	figs-abstractnouns	ἀξίους τῆς μετανοίας	1	worthy of repentance	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **repentance** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “that will show that you have stopped sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	3	8	l185	figs-quotesinquotes	μὴ ἄρξησθε λέγειν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ	1	do not begin to say within yourselves, ‘We have Abraham as our father’	**We have Abraham as our father** is a quotation within a quotation. Luke is quoting John’s words to the crowd, and John is quoting something that the crowds might wrongly think. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “do not try to reassure yourselves with the thought that Abraham is your father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	3	8	l186	figs-metaphor	πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ	1	We have Abraham as our father	Here, **Father** means “ancestor.” Alternate translation: “Abraham is our ancestor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -507,16 +507,16 @@ LUK	3	8	pft3	figs-explicit	πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ	1	We
 LUK	3	8	gbp2	figs-metaphor	δύναται ὁ Θεὸς ἐκ τῶν λίθων τούτων ἐγεῖραι τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ	1	God is able to raise up children for Abraham from these stones	The expression **raise up** is a spatial metaphor. It envisions that if God did turn the stones into people who were descendants of Abraham, then the people would be standing up in front of everyone, no longer lying in the riverbed as the stones were. Alternate translation: “God is able create descendants for Abraham out of these stones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	3	8	l189	figs-metaphor	τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ	1	children for Abraham	Here, the word **children** means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “descendants for Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	3	8	pi82		ἐκ τῶν λίθων τούτων	1	from these stones	John was probably referring to actual **stones** lying along the Jordan River. Alternate translation: “from these stones here”
-LUK	3	9	r5pa	figs-activepassive	ἤδη…ἡ ἀξίνη πρὸς τὴν ῥίζαν τῶν δένδρων κεῖται	1	the ax is already set against the root of the trees	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the person who is going to cut down the tree has already placed his ax against the roots” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	3	9	l190	figs-metaphor	ἤδη…ἡ ἀξίνη πρὸς τὴν ῥίζαν τῶν δένδρων κεῖται	1	the ax is already set against the root of the trees	This is a figurative way of saying that punishment is just about to begin. Alternate translation: “God is even now getting his punishment ready” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	3	9	l8it	figs-activepassive	πᾶν…δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν, ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται	1	every tree that does not produce good fruit is chopped down and thrown into the fire	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with active forms. Alternate translation: “this person will chop down every tree that does not produce good fruit and throw it into the fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	3	9	l191	figs-metaphor	πᾶν…δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν, ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται	1	every tree that does not produce good fruit is chopped down and thrown into the fire	This is a figurative way of describing punishment. Alternate translation: “God will certainly punish every person who does not do what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	3	10	ak6i	figs-quotemarks	ἐπηρώτων αὐτὸν…λέγοντες	1	kept asking him, saying	Luke uses the word **saying** to introduce his quotation of what the crowds were asking John. Here and throughout the book, if you indicate the quotation in some other way, such as with quotation marks or with some other punctuation or convention that your language uses, you do not need to represent this word in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
+LUK	3	9	r5pa	figs-activepassive	ἤδη&ἡ ἀξίνη πρὸς τὴν ῥίζαν τῶν δένδρων κεῖται	1	the ax is already set against the root of the trees	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the person who is going to cut down the tree has already placed his ax against the roots” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	3	9	l190	figs-metaphor	ἤδη&ἡ ἀξίνη πρὸς τὴν ῥίζαν τῶν δένδρων κεῖται	1	the ax is already set against the root of the trees	This is a figurative way of saying that punishment is just about to begin. Alternate translation: “God is even now getting his punishment ready” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+LUK	3	9	l8it	figs-activepassive	πᾶν&δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν, ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται	1	every tree that does not produce good fruit is chopped down and thrown into the fire	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with active forms. Alternate translation: “this person will chop down every tree that does not produce good fruit and throw it into the fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	3	9	l191	figs-metaphor	πᾶν&δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν, ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται	1	every tree that does not produce good fruit is chopped down and thrown into the fire	This is a figurative way of describing punishment. Alternate translation: “God will certainly punish every person who does not do what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+LUK	3	10	ak6i	figs-quotemarks	ἐπηρώτων αὐτὸν&λέγοντες	1	kept asking him, saying	Luke uses the word **saying** to introduce his quotation of what the crowds were asking John. Here and throughout the book, if you indicate the quotation in some other way, such as with quotation marks or with some other punctuation or convention that your language uses, you do not need to represent this word in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 LUK	3	11	g3ip	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς	1	So answering he said to them	Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that John responded to the question that the crowds asked. Alternate translation: “So he responded to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 LUK	3	11	vuk3	figs-explicit	ὁ ἔχων βρώματα, ὁμοίως ποιείτω	1	let him do the same	The implication is that anyone who has extra food should share it, just as a person with an extra tunic should share that. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “if anyone has extra food, he should share that as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	3	12	pp3s	figs-activepassive	ἦλθον…βαπτισθῆναι	1	came to be baptized	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “came because they wanted John to baptize them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	3	12	pp3s	figs-activepassive	ἦλθον&βαπτισθῆναι	1	came to be baptized	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “came because they wanted John to baptize them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	3	12	l192		Διδάσκαλε	1	Teacher	This is a respectful title. You can translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use,
-LUK	3	13	v9ls	figs-explicit	μηδὲν πλέον…πράσσετε	1	Collect nothing more	The implication is that tax collectors had been demanding more money than they should have been collecting. John tells them to stop doing that. Alternate translation: “Do not demand extra money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	3	13	v9ls	figs-explicit	μηδὲν πλέον&πράσσετε	1	Collect nothing more	The implication is that tax collectors had been demanding more money than they should have been collecting. John tells them to stop doing that. Alternate translation: “Do not demand extra money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	3	13	m136	figs-activepassive	παρὰ τὸ διατεταγμένον ὑμῖν	1	than what you have been ordered	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “beyond what the Romans have authorized you to collect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	3	14	w2d8	figs-exclusive	τί ποιήσωμεν καὶ ἡμεῖς?	1	And us, what should we do?	The soliders are speaking about themselves, as opposed to others, so if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive **we** and “us,” use the exclusive form here. You could make this two sentences. Alternate translation: “How about us soldiers? What must we do?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 LUK	3	14	l3mz	figs-explicit	μηδὲ συκοφαντήσητε	1	do not accuse falsely	The implication is that soldiers were making false charges against people in order to extort money from them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “do not accuse anyone falsely in order to get money from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -526,20 +526,20 @@ LUK	3	15	pgp3	grammar-connect-time-background	προσδοκῶντος δὲ τ
 LUK	3	15	l194	figs-explicit	προσδοκῶντος δὲ τοῦ λαοῦ	1	And the people were expecting	The implication is that the people were expecting the Messiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Now the people were expecting the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	3	15	czb7	figs-metaphor	διαλογιζομένων πάντων ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν	1	wondering in their hearts	Here, Luke uses the term **hearts** to represent the people’s minds. Alternate translation: “all wondering in their minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	3	16	fn1u	figs-explicit	ἀπεκρίνατο λέγων πᾶσιν ὁ Ἰωάννης	1	John answered, saying to them all	John’s statement clearly implies that John himself is not the Messiah. It may be helpful to state this explicitly for your readers. Alternate translation: “John clarified that he was not the Messiah by saying to them all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	3	16	l195	figs-hendiadys	ἀπεκρίνατο λέγων…ὁ Ἰωάννης	1	John answered, saying	Together the words **answered** and **saying** mean that John responded to what the people were wondering about him. Alternate translation: “John responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
+LUK	3	16	l195	figs-hendiadys	ἀπεκρίνατο λέγων&ὁ Ἰωάννης	1	John answered, saying	Together the words **answered** and **saying** mean that John responded to what the people were wondering about him. Alternate translation: “John responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 LUK	3	16	wj3h		ἐγὼ μὲν ὕδατι βαπτίζω ὑμᾶς	1	I … baptize you with water	Alternate translation: “I indeed baptize you using water” or “I indeed baptize you by means of water”
 LUK	3	16	k3hg	figs-explicit	οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς λῦσαι τὸν ἱμάντα τῶν ὑποδημάτων αὐτοῦ	1	I am not worthy to untie the strap of his sandals	Untying the straps of **sandals** was a duty of a slave. John is saying implicitly that the one who is coming will be so great that he is not even worthy to be his slave. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am not even worthy to be his slave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	3	16	jjp1	figs-metaphor	αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ, καὶ πυρί	1	He will baptize you with the Holy Spirit and with fire	John is using literal baptism, which puts a person under water, to speak of spiritual baptism, which puts people under the influence of the **Holy Spirit**, who purifies them. Alternate translation: “He will put you under the influence of the Holy Spirit, who will purify you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	3	16	c1an	figs-metaphor	αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει…πυρί	1	He will baptize you … with fire	The word **fire** is intended, and it suggests a fuller metaphor. Jesus will not immerse people in actual fire. Be sure that this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “He will baptize you … to purify you, as precious metals are purified in fire” or “He will baptize you … clear away your sins, as fire clears away underbrush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+LUK	3	16	c1an	figs-metaphor	αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει&πυρί	1	He will baptize you … with fire	The word **fire** is intended, and it suggests a fuller metaphor. Jesus will not immerse people in actual fire. Be sure that this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “He will baptize you … to purify you, as precious metals are purified in fire” or “He will baptize you … clear away your sins, as fire clears away underbrush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	3	17	jzm4	figs-metaphor	οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ	1	whose winnowing fork is in his hand	John is saying that the Messiah will come prepared to judge people right away. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here in your translation. Alternate translation: “He will already be prepared to judge people, just like a farmer who is ready to thresh grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	3	17	l196	figs-idiom	οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ	1	whose winnowing fork is in his hand	The phrase **in his hand** is an idiom that means he has the tool all ready to use. Alternate translation: “He has his winnowing fork ready to use” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	3	17	b1ap	translate-unknown	πτύον	1	winnowing fork	This is a tool for tossing wheat into the air to separate the wheat grain from the chaff. The heavier grain falls back down, and the wind blows away the unwanted chaff. This tool is similar to a pitchfork. If you have a similar tool in your culture, you could use the word for it here. Otherwise, you could use a phrase that would express the meaning. Alternate translation: “tool for threshing grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	3	17	gf8n	translate-unknown	διακαθᾶραι τὴν ἅλωνα αὐτοῦ	1	to thoroughly clear off his threshing floor	The threshing floor was the place where wheat was stacked in preparation for threshing. To **clear off** the floor is to finish threshing all the grain. Alternate translation: “to completely thresh all of his grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	3	17	gt3q	figs-exmetaphor	καὶ συναγαγεῖν τὸν σῖτον εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην αὐτοῦ	1	and to gather the wheat into his storehouse	John continues to speak to describe how the coming Messiah will judge people. The **wheat** is the part of the crop that is useful. It represents people who are obedient to God, who will be welcomed into his presence. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He will welcome those who are obedient to God, just as a farmer stores good grain in his barn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 LUK	3	17	ky8j	figs-exmetaphor	τὸ δὲ ἄχυρον κατακαύσει πυρὶ ἀσβέστῳ	1	but he will burn up the chaff with unquenchable fire	John continues to speak to describe how the coming Messiah will judge people. The **chaff** is the husk that surrounds the grain. It is not useful for anything, so people burn it up. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. Alternate translation: “but he will punish those who are disobedient to God, just as a farmer burns up the useless chaff” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
-LUK	3	18	tyj9		πολλὰ…καὶ ἕτερα παρακαλῶν	1	also exhorting many other things	Alternate translation: “saying many other things to warn them”
+LUK	3	18	tyj9		πολλὰ&καὶ ἕτερα παρακαλῶν	1	also exhorting many other things	Alternate translation: “saying many other things to warn them”
 LUK	3	19	l197	writing-background	δὲ	1	But	Luke uses the term **But** to introduce some background information to the story. In this verse and the next one, he tells what later happened to John. This had not yet happened at this time. When Luke says in [3:21](../03/21.md) that Jesus was baptized, he means that John was still there and that John baptized Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-LUK	3	19	jj3q	translate-unknown	ὁ…Ἡρῴδης ὁ τετράρχης	1	Herod the tetrarch	See how you translated the term **tetrarch** in [3:1](../03/01.md) Alternate translation: “Herod, who ruled the region of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+LUK	3	19	jj3q	translate-unknown	ὁ&Ἡρῴδης ὁ τετράρχης	1	Herod the tetrarch	See how you translated the term **tetrarch** in [3:1](../03/01.md) Alternate translation: “Herod, who ruled the region of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	3	19	l198	figs-activepassive	ἐλεγχόμενος ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ περὶ Ἡρῳδιάδος, τῆς γυναικὸς τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ	1	having been rebuked by him concerning Herodias, the wife of his brother	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could make clear who did the action. Alternate translation: “because John had rebuked him for marrying Herodias, his brother’s former wife” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	3	19	cu4v	figs-explicit	ἐλεγχόμενος ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ περὶ Ἡρῳδιάδος, τῆς γυναικὸς τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ	1	having been rebuked by him concerning Herodias, the wife of his brother	The implication is that Herod’s brother was still alive. That made this marriage a violation of the law of Moses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because John had rebuked him for marrying Herodias, his brother’s former wife, while his brother was still alive. That was something which the law of Moses forbade” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	3	20	p2xw	figs-synecdoche	κατέκλεισεν τὸν Ἰωάννην ἐν φυλακῇ	1	he locked John up in prison	Herod did not do this by himself, Rather, as a ruler, he probably ordered his soldiers to lock John up. Luke is speaking of Herod, one person who was involved in this action, to mean everyone who was involved. Alternate translation: “He had his soldiers lock John up in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -576,9 +576,9 @@ LUK	4	1	v18k	figs-activepassive	ἤγετο ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι	1	was l
 LUK	4	2	bls8	figs-verbs	ἡμέρας τεσσεράκοντα πειραζόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου	1	for 40 days being tempted by the devil	The Greek verb indicates that the temptation continued throughout the **40 days**. You can make this clear in your translation, as UST does: “While he was there, the devil kept tempting him for 40 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
 LUK	4	2	hg5p	figs-activepassive	ἡμέρας τεσσεράκοντα πειραζόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου	1	for 40 days being tempted by the devil	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “For 40 days the devil kept tempting him” or “For 40 days the devil kept trying to persuade him disobey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	4	2	k47d	writing-pronouns	καὶ οὐκ ἔφαγεν οὐδὲν	1	he did not eat anything	Make sure that it is clear in your translation that the word **he** refers to Jesus, not to the devil. Alternate translation: “Jesus did not eat anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-LUK	4	3	bg52	figs-explicit	εἶπεν…ὁ διάβολος	1	the devil said	The **devil** either holds a stone in his hand or points to a nearby stone. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The devil picked up a stone and said” or “The devil pointed to a stone and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	4	3	bg52	figs-explicit	εἶπεν&ὁ διάβολος	1	the devil said	The **devil** either holds a stone in his hand or points to a nearby stone. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The devil picked up a stone and said” or “The devil pointed to a stone and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	4	3	l202	grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰπὲ τῷ λίθῳ τούτῳ, ἵνα γένηται ἄρτος	1	If you are the Son of God, speak to this stone so that it might become bread	The devil is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that the **stone** will only become **bread** if Jesus is the **Son of God**. The devil is speaking as if it is uncertain who Jesus is in order to challenge him to do this miracle to prove that he really is the **Son of God**. Alternate translation: “Prove that you are the Son of God by commanding this stone to become bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
-LUK	4	3	y7yf	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς…τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the Son of God	**Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. Even the devil knew its significance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+LUK	4	3	y7yf	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς&τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the Son of God	**Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. Even the devil knew its significance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 LUK	4	4	l203	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	And	The word **And** introduces a contrast between the devil wanting Jesus to turn the stone into bread and Jesus refusing to do that. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 LUK	4	4	kde3	figs-explicit	ἀπεκρίθη πρὸς αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, γέγραπται	1	Jesus to answered him, “It is written”	Jesus clearly implies in his answer that he is rejecting the devil’s challenge. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, as UST does. Alternate translation: “Jesus replied, ‘No, I will not do that, because it is written’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	4	4	l204	figs-quotesinquotes	γέγραπται, ὅτι οὐκ ἐπ’ ἄρτῳ μόνῳ ζήσεται ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1	It is written, ‘Man will not live on bread alone’	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “It is written that man will not live on bread alone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
@@ -589,7 +589,7 @@ LUK	4	5	wm17	figs-explicit	ἀναγαγὼν αὐτὸν	1	he led him up	The i
 LUK	4	5	jxi9	figs-explicitinfo	ἐν στιγμῇ χρόνου	1	in an instant of time	In your language, it might seem that the phrase **an instant of time** expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate it. Alternate translation: “in an instant” or “in a short time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
 LUK	4	6	l206	figs-activepassive	ἐμοὶ παραδέδοται	1	it has been handed over to me	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God has given me authority over all these kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	4	6	dcx6	figs-explicit	ἐμοὶ παραδέδοται	1	it has been handed over to me	The word **it** likely refers back to the singular antecedent **all this authority**, that is, the authority over these kingdoms. So the word you use to translate **it** should agree with **authority** in gender and number and in any other distinctions that your language marks. Alternate translation: “God has given me authority over all these kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	4	7	g7h9	figs-explicit	σὺ…ἐὰν προσκυνήσῃς ἐνώπιον ἐμοῦ	1	if you will bow in worship before me	The implication is that the devil wants visible, direct worship that will be an official act of submission. Alternate translation: “If you will bow down in worship directly in front of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	4	7	g7h9	figs-explicit	σὺ&ἐὰν προσκυνήσῃς ἐνώπιον ἐμοῦ	1	if you will bow in worship before me	The implication is that the devil wants visible, direct worship that will be an official act of submission. Alternate translation: “If you will bow down in worship directly in front of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	4	7	l207		ἐνώπιον	1	before	Here, the term **before** means “in front of.”
 LUK	4	7	uca7		ἔσται σοῦ πᾶσα	1	it will all be yours	Alternate translation: “I will give you all of these kingdoms”
 LUK	4	8	v8ca	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτῷ	1	answering, Jesus said to him	Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus responded to the offer that the devil made. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
@@ -599,7 +599,7 @@ LUK	4	8	xj35	figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1	It is written	If it would b
 LUK	4	8	bch3	figs-declarative	Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου προσκυνήσεις καὶ αὐτῷ μόνῳ λατρεύσεις	1	You will worship the Lord your God, and you will serve only him	Here, the Scriptures are using a statement to give a command. Alternate translation: “You must worship the Lord your God, and you must serve only him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
 LUK	4	8	q8ni	figs-youcrowd	προσκυνήσεις	1	You will worship	Here, it may not be clear whether to use the singular or plural form of **You** because this is a short quotation from the Scriptures and the context is not given. The word is actually singular because, even though Moses said this to the Israelites as a group, each individual person was supposed to obey this command. So in your translation, use the singular form of **You**, if your language marks that distinction. In general these notes will not discuss whether **You** is singular or plural when this should be clear from the context. But they will address ambiguous cases such as this one. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
 LUK	4	9	g2n5	grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, βάλε σεαυτὸν ἐντεῦθεν κάτω	1	If you are the Son of God, throw yourself down from here	The devil is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that Jesus will be able to jump safely from this great height if he really is the **Son of God**. The devil is speaking as if it is uncertain who Jesus is in order to challenge him to do this miracle to prove that he really is the **Son of God**. Alternate translation: “Prove that you are the Son of God by jumping safely from this great height” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
-LUK	4	9	j9nx	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς…τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the Son of God	**Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. Even the devil knew its significance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+LUK	4	9	j9nx	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς&τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the Son of God	**Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. Even the devil knew its significance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 LUK	4	9	i81s	figs-explicit	βάλε σεαυτὸν ἐντεῦθεν κάτω	1	throw yourself down from here	The exact location of the part of the temple that Luke describes is uncertain. However, the implication is that it was one of the places on the temple roof from which people would fall several hundred feet into the Kidron Valley if they jumped or slipped off. Make sure it is clear in your translation that this would ordinarily have been a deadly fall. Alternate translation: “jump from this great height” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	4	10	l209	figs-quotesinquotes	γέγραπται γὰρ, ὅτι τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ ἐντελεῖται περὶ σοῦ, τοῦ διαφυλάξαι σε	1	For it is written, ‘He will give orders to his angels regarding you, to protect you’	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “For it is written that he will give orders to his angels regarding you, to protect you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	4	10	f5dn	figs-explicit	γέγραπται γὰρ	1	For it is written	The devil implies that his quote from the Psalms means that if Jesus really is the Son of God, he will not be hurt if he jumps from this great height. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, as UST does. Alternate translation: “You will not be hurt, because it is written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -616,7 +616,7 @@ LUK	4	13	nc2c	figs-explicit	συντελέσας πάντα πειρασμὸν
 LUK	4	13	qqd7	figs-explicit	ἄχρι καιροῦ	1	until an opportune time	New Testament Greek had two words for time. The first referred to chronological time, that is, the passage of time. The second word referred to the right time to do something. ULT is using the phrase **an opportune time** to translate that second word. If your language makes this same distinction, use the corresponding word in your own translation. Alternate translation: “until the time was right to try again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	4	14	yfc3	writing-newevent	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce a new event in the story. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 LUK	4	14	ht5k	figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ δυνάμει τοῦ Πνεύματος	1	in the power of the Spirit	This phrase means that God, by the Holy **Spirit**, was empowering Jesus in a special way, enabling him to do things that ordinary humans could not. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the Spirit was giving him the power to do extraordinary things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	4	14	dhj7	figs-personification	φήμη ἐξῆλθεν…περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	news about him went out	Luke speaks of this **news** as if it were something that could **go out** actively by itself. This expression means that those who heard about Jesus told other people about him, who then told even more people about him. Alternate translation: “people spread the news about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+LUK	4	14	dhj7	figs-personification	φήμη ἐξῆλθεν&περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	news about him went out	Luke speaks of this **news** as if it were something that could **go out** actively by itself. This expression means that those who heard about Jesus told other people about him, who then told even more people about him. Alternate translation: “people spread the news about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 LUK	4	14	hah9		καθ’ ὅλης τῆς περιχώρου	1	throughout the entire surrounding region	Alternate translation: “everywhere around Galilee”
 LUK	4	15	ik8g	figs-activepassive	δοξαζόμενος ὑπὸ πάντων	1	being praised by all	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “as everyone spoke about him in a good way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	4	16	l214	grammar-connect-time-background	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
@@ -629,9 +629,9 @@ LUK	4	17	x52a	translate-unknown	βιβλίον τοῦ προφήτου Ἠσα
 LUK	4	17	w5s9	figs-activepassive	τὸν τόπον οὗ ἦν γεγραμμένον	1	the place where it was written	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the place where the scroll recorded the words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	4	18	h1rm	figs-metaphor	Πνεῦμα Κυρίου ἐπ’ ἐμέ	1	The Spirit of the Lord is upon me	As in [2:25](../02/25.md), **upon** is a spatial metaphor that means that the Spirit of God is with someone in a special way. Alternate translation: “The Spirit of the Lord is with me in a special way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	4	18	q96y	figs-metaphor	ἔχρισέν με	1	he has anointed me	In the Old Testament, ceremonial oil was poured on a person when they were given the authority to assume an office or do a special task. Isaiah uses anointing to indicate that God has appointed him to his work. Jesus applies these words to himself as well. Alternate translation: “he has appointed me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	4	18	l6ac	figs-nominaladj	πτωχοῖς…τυφλοῖς	1	the poor … the blind	Luke is using the adjectives **poor** and **blind** as nouns in order to indicate groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these expressions with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are poor … people who are blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+LUK	4	18	l6ac	figs-nominaladj	πτωχοῖς&τυφλοῖς	1	the poor … the blind	Luke is using the adjectives **poor** and **blind** as nouns in order to indicate groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these expressions with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are poor … people who are blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	4	18	a9wn		κηρύξαι αἰχμαλώτοις ἄφεσιν	1	to proclaim freedom to the captives	Alternate translation: “to tell people who are being held captive that they can go free”
-LUK	4	18	mzp4		κηρύξαι…τυφλοῖς ἀνάβλεψιν	1	to proclaim … recovery of sight to the blind	Alternate translation: “to tell people who are blind that they will be able to see again”
+LUK	4	18	mzp4		κηρύξαι&τυφλοῖς ἀνάβλεψιν	1	to proclaim … recovery of sight to the blind	Alternate translation: “to tell people who are blind that they will be able to see again”
 LUK	4	18	utq5	figs-activepassive	ἀποστεῖλαι τεθραυσμένους ἐν ἀφέσει	1	to set free those who are oppressed	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “to rescue people whom others are treating harshly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	4	19	z262	figs-idiom	κηρύξαι ἐνιαυτὸν Κυρίου δεκτόν	1	to proclaim the favorable year of the Lord	Luke is using the term **year** to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “to announce that this is the time when the Lord will show his kindness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	4	20	sm11	figs-explicit	πτύξας τὸ βιβλίον	1	rolling up the scroll	A **scroll** was closed by rolling it like a tube to protect the writing inside it. Alternate translation: “closing the scroll by rolling it up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -693,7 +693,7 @@ LUK	4	37	l239	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses the word **An
 LUK	4	37	xca8	figs-personification	ἐξεπορεύετο ἦχος περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	news about him went out	Luke speaks of this **news** as if it were something that could spread around actively by itself. As in [4:14](../04/14.md), this expression means that those who heard about Jesus told other people about him, who told even more people about him. Alternate translation: “people began to spread the news about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 LUK	4	38	jn3a	writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Then	Luke uses the word **Then** to introduce a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 LUK	4	38	l240	writing-participants	Σίμωνος	1	Simon	Luke is introducing a new character into the story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state a little bit more about him here to help them recognize him later. Alternate translation: “a man named Simon, who would become one of his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
-LUK	4	38	tf3d		πενθερὰ…τοῦ Σίμωνος	1	Simon’s mother-in-law	This means the mother of Simon’s wife. In your translation, you could use the term or expression in your own language for this relationship.
+LUK	4	38	tf3d		πενθερὰ&τοῦ Σίμωνος	1	Simon’s mother-in-law	This means the mother of Simon’s wife. In your translation, you could use the term or expression in your own language for this relationship.
 LUK	4	38	lls1	figs-idiom	ἦν συνεχομένη πυρετῷ μεγάλῳ	1	was suffering with a high fever	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “was very sick with a high fever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	4	38	cp21		ἦν συνεχομένη πυρετῷ μεγάλῳ	1	was suffering with a high fever	You can express this in the way your language and culture would. Alternate translation: “was so sick that her skin was hot”
 LUK	4	38	z3qz	figs-explicit	ἠρώτησαν αὐτὸν περὶ αὐτῆς	1	they asked him concerning her	Implicitly this means they asked Jesus to heal her from the **fever**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they asked Jesus to heal her” or “they asked Jesus to cure her fever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -703,13 +703,13 @@ LUK	4	39	ed8r		ἐπετίμησεν τῷ πυρετῷ, καὶ ἀφῆκεν
 LUK	4	39	qtn7	figs-idiom	διηκόνει αὐτοῖς	1	began to serve them	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “and began to prepare food for Jesus and the other people in the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	4	40	l242	figs-explicit	δύνοντος δὲ τοῦ ἡλίου	1	when the sun was setting	The implication is that the people waited until sunset because that marked the end of the Sabbath, and they could then do the “work” of bringing the sick to Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, as UST does. Alternate translation: “when the sun was setting and the Sabbath day was ending” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	4	40	zpk9		τὰς χεῖρας ἐπιτιθεὶς	1	laying his hands on	Alternate translation: “placing his hands”
-LUK	4	41	bp7b	figs-explicit	ἐξήρχετο…καὶ δαιμόνια	1	demons also came out	The implication is that Jesus made the **demons** leave the people they were controlling. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus also forced demons to come out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	4	41	bp7b	figs-explicit	ἐξήρχετο&καὶ δαιμόνια	1	demons also came out	The implication is that Jesus made the **demons** leave the people they were controlling. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus also forced demons to come out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	4	41	ag15	figs-hendiadys	κραυγάζοντα καὶ λέγοντα	1	crying out, and saying	Luke is expressing a single idea by using two words connected with **and.** The verb **crying out** tells how they were **saying** what follows. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “screaming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 LUK	4	41	dik3	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the Son of God	**Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-LUK	4	42	rt5n		γενομένης…ἡμέρας	1	when it became day	Alternate translation: “at sunrise” or “at dawn”
+LUK	4	42	rt5n		γενομένης&ἡμέρας	1	when it became day	Alternate translation: “at sunrise” or “at dawn”
 LUK	4	42	d1pr		ἔρημον τόπον	1	a solitary place	Alternate translation: “a deserted place” or “a place where there were no people”
 LUK	4	42	l243		κατεῖχον αὐτὸν τοῦ μὴ πορεύεσθαι ἀπ’ αὐτῶν	1	they restrained him not to go away from them	Alternate translation: “they tried to keep him from leaving them”
-LUK	4	43	l244	figs-abstractnouns	εὐαγγελίσασθαί…τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	proclaim the gospel about the kingdom of God	See the discussion of this concept in Part 2 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of Luke. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “announce the good news that God is going to rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+LUK	4	43	l244	figs-abstractnouns	εὐαγγελίσασθαί&τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	proclaim the gospel about the kingdom of God	See the discussion of this concept in Part 2 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of Luke. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “announce the good news that God is going to rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	4	43	sjy1	figs-metonymy	ταῖς ἑτέραις πόλεσιν	1	to other cities	Jesus actually means the people who live in these **cities**. He is describing them by reference to something associated with them, the cities where they live. Alternate translation: “to the people in many other cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	4	43	b45z	figs-activepassive	ἐπὶ τοῦτο ἀπεστάλην	1	for this I was sent	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “this is the reason why God sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	4	44	s5mb	figs-explicit	τῆς Ἰουδαίας	1	in Judea	Since Jesus is in Galilee in this part of the Gospel of Luke, the term **Judea** here probably refers to the entire region where the Jews lived at that time. Alternate translation: “where the Jews lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -729,7 +729,7 @@ LUK	5	7	n2fp		κατένευσαν τοῖς μετόχοις	1	they signaled to
 LUK	5	7	pr7m	figs-explicit	βυθίζεσθαι αὐτά	1	they began to sink	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the reason for this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they began to sink because the fish were so heavy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	5	8	r8j9	translate-symaction	προσέπεσεν τοῖς γόνασιν Ἰησοῦ	1	he fell down at the knees of Jesus	Be sure that it is clear in your translation that Peter did not fall down accidentally. Rather, bowing or lying down in front of Jesus was a sign of humility and respect. Alternate translation: “he bowed down in front of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 LUK	5	8	j67m	figs-gendernotations	ἀνὴρ ἁμαρτωλός	1	a sinful man	Here, **man** means “adult male,” not the more general “human being.” So Peter is not saying generally, “I am a sinful person.” He really does mean, “I personally am a sinful man.” Be sure that this is clear in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-LUK	5	9	l246	figs-personification	θάμβος…περιέσχεν αὐτὸν καὶ πάντας τοὺς σὺν αὐτῷ	1	amazement had seized him and all those with him	Luke describes Peter’s **amazement** as if it were something that could actively take hold of him. Alternate translation: “he and the other fishermen were completely amazed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+LUK	5	9	l246	figs-personification	θάμβος&περιέσχεν αὐτὸν καὶ πάντας τοὺς σὺν αὐτῷ	1	amazement had seized him and all those with him	Luke describes Peter’s **amazement** as if it were something that could actively take hold of him. Alternate translation: “he and the other fishermen were completely amazed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 LUK	5	9	c2eh	figs-explicit	τῇ ἄγρᾳ τῶν ἰχθύων	1	the catch of fish	The implication is that this was a very large **catch**. Alternate translation: “the great number of fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	5	10	k4ft	writing-participants	κοινωνοὶ τῷ Σίμωνι	1	partners with Simon	Luke provides this information to introduce these new participants in the story. Alternate translation: “who were Simon’s partners in the fishing business” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	5	10	u6zs	figs-metaphor	ἀνθρώπους ἔσῃ ζωγρῶν	1	you will be catching men	Jesus is using the image of **catching** fish to describe gathering people to follow him. Alternate translation: “you will gather people for me” or “you will persuade people to become my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -748,10 +748,10 @@ LUK	5	14	l249	figs-explicit	μηδενὶ εἰπεῖν	1	to tell no one	The im
 LUK	5	14	v1wn	figs-explicit	προσένεγκε περὶ τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ σου καθὼς προσέταξεν Μωϋσῆς	1	offer a sacrifice for your cleansing, as Moses commanded	Jesus assumes that the man will know that the law required a person who had been healed from a skin disease to make a specific sacrifice. This made the person ceremonially clean and they could participate once again in community religious activities. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “offer the sacrifice that Moses commanded so that you could become ceremonially clean once again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	5	14	jk14	figs-explicit	εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς	1	for a testimony to them	A priest would have to examine the man and certify that he had been healed before he would be allowed to offer this sacrifice. Alternate translation: “to certify for everone that you have been healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	5	14	nz37	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1	them	The word **them** could mean either “the priests,” which is the interpretation that UST follows, or “all the people.” You could express either as an alternate translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-LUK	5	15	ng3z	figs-personification	διήρχετο…μᾶλλον ὁ λόγος περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	the word about him spread even more	Luke speaks of this **word** as if it were something that could spread around actively by itself. This expression means that more and more people told others about what Jesus was doing. Alternate translation: “people spread the news about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+LUK	5	15	ng3z	figs-personification	διήρχετο&μᾶλλον ὁ λόγος περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	the word about him spread even more	Luke speaks of this **word** as if it were something that could spread around actively by itself. This expression means that more and more people told others about what Jesus was doing. Alternate translation: “people spread the news about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 LUK	5	15	q4t2	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	the word about him	Luke uses the term **word** to describe the news about Jesus that people spread by using words. Alternate translation: “the news about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	5	15	l250	figs-activepassive	θεραπεύεσθαι	1	to be healed	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “for Jesus to heal them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	5	16	l251		αὐτὸς…ἦν ὑποχωρῶν ἐν ταῖς ἐρήμοις καὶ προσευχόμενος	1	he was withdrawing into the deserted places and praying	This expression **was withdrawing** indicates habitual action. Alternate translation: “he often withdrew to places where there were no other people so that he could pray”
+LUK	5	16	l251		αὐτὸς&ἦν ὑποχωρῶν ἐν ταῖς ἐρήμοις καὶ προσευχόμενος	1	he was withdrawing into the deserted places and praying	This expression **was withdrawing** indicates habitual action. Alternate translation: “he often withdrew to places where there were no other people so that he could pray”
 LUK	5	16	sv6f		ταῖς ἐρήμοις	1	deserted places	Alternate translation: “places where there were no other people”
 LUK	5	17	mb8m	writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 LUK	5	17	l252	figs-hyperbole	ἐκ πάσης κώμης τῆς Γαλιλαίας, καὶ Ἰουδαίας	1	from every village of Galilee and Judea	Luke generalizes by saying **every** in order to emphasize from how many different villages these religious leaders came. Alternate translation: “from villages throughout Galilee and Judea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
@@ -775,7 +775,7 @@ LUK	5	21	ie5h	figs-explicit	διαλογίζεσθαι	1	to debate	These men wer
 LUK	5	21	l258	figs-quotemarks	λέγοντες	1	saying	Luke uses the word **saying** to introduce his quotation of what the religious leaders were thinking. If you indicate the quotation in some other way, such as with quotation marks or with some other punctuation or convention that your language uses, you do not need to represent this word in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 LUK	5	21	a86c	figs-rquestion	τίς ἐστιν οὗτος ὃς λαλεῖ βλασφημίας?	1	Who is this who speaks blasphemies?	These religious leaders do not expect someone to tell them who Jesus is. Instead, they are using the question form to emphasize how inappropriate they think it is for Jesus to tell someone that he forgives their sins. As the next sentence explains, they think this means Jesus was claiming to be God, and so in their view, he would be speaking **blasphemies**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate their words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “This man is speaking blasphemies!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	5	21	s21n	figs-rquestion	τίς δύναται ἀφιέναι ἁμαρτίας εἰ μὴ μόνος ὁ Θεός?	1	Who can forgive sins but God alone?	Once again the religious leaders are using a question form for emphasis, and you can translate their words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “No one can forgive sins but God alone!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-LUK	5	22	z4k5	figs-explicit	ἐπιγνοὺς…τοὺς διαλογισμοὺς αὐτῶν	1	knowing their thoughts	This phrase indicates that they were reasoning silently, so the implication is that Jesus sensed what they were thinking. Alternate translation: “sensing what they were thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	5	22	z4k5	figs-explicit	ἐπιγνοὺς&τοὺς διαλογισμοὺς αὐτῶν	1	knowing their thoughts	This phrase indicates that they were reasoning silently, so the implication is that Jesus sensed what they were thinking. Alternate translation: “sensing what they were thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	5	22	l259	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς	1	answering said to them	Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus responded to what the religious leaders were thinking. Alternate translation: “responded to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 LUK	5	22	et8f	figs-rquestion	τί διαλογίζεσθε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν?	1	Why are you debating in your hearts?	Jesus does not expect the religious leaders to explain why they are thinking these things. Instead, he is using the question form to emphasize that they should not be thinking them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not be thinking these things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	5	22	p2hj	figs-metaphor	διαλογίζεσθε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	debating in your hearts	The term **hearts** represents the thoughts of these people. Alternate translation: “are you thinking these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -846,13 +846,13 @@ LUK	6	4	l282		ὡς εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θε
 LUK	6	4	l283	figs-metaphor	τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the house of God	Jesus is describing the tabernacle as the **house of God**. He is speaking as if it were the place where God lived, since God’s presence was there. Alternate translation: “the tabernacle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	6	4	yyh2	translate-unknown	τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως	1	the bread of the presence	The phrase **the bread of the presence** refers to loaves of bread that were placed on a table in the temple as an offering to God. They represented how the people of Israel lived in the **presence** of God. Alternate translation: “the bread that was offered to God” or “the bread that showed God lived among the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	6	4	l284		οὓς οὐκ ἔξεστιν φαγεῖν, εἰ μὴ μόνους τοὺς ἱερεῖς	1	which is not lawful to eat, except only for the priests	It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “The law says that only the priests can eat that bread”
-LUK	6	5	h453	figs-123person	ἐστιν…ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man is	Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah, am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-LUK	6	5	l285	figs-explicit	ἐστιν…ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man is	See how you translated this title in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah, am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	6	5	h453	figs-123person	ἐστιν&ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man is	Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah, am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+LUK	6	5	l285	figs-explicit	ἐστιν&ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man is	See how you translated this title in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah, am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	6	5	xy9h	figs-metaphor	Κύριός ἐστιν τοῦ Σαββάτου	1	is Lord of the Sabbath	The title **Lord** describes Jesus’ authority over the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “has authority over the Sabbath” or, if you translated in the first person, “have authority over the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	6	6	p1ee	writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 LUK	6	6	d44q	writing-participants	ἦν ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖ	1	there was a man there	This expression introduces a new character into the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	6	6	t77y	translate-unknown	ἡ χεὶρ αὐτοῦ ἡ δεξιὰ ἦν ξηρά	1	his right hand was withered	This means that the man’s **hand** was damaged in such a way that he could not stretch it out. It was probably bent almost into a fist, making it look smaller. Alternate translation: “his right hand was shriveled” or “his right hand was atrophied” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-LUK	6	7	q3sh	writing-pronouns	παρετηροῦντο…αὐτὸν	1	were watching him	The pronoun **him** refers to Jesus, not to the man with the withered hand. Alternate translation: “were watching Jesus carefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+LUK	6	7	q3sh	writing-pronouns	παρετηροῦντο&αὐτὸν	1	were watching him	The pronoun **him** refers to Jesus, not to the man with the withered hand. Alternate translation: “were watching Jesus carefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	6	7	c1qe	figs-ellipsis	ἵνα εὕρωσιν κατηγορεῖν αὐτοῦ	1	so that they might find to accuse him	Luke is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Alternate translation: “because they wanted to find something that they could accuse him of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 LUK	6	8	d7zu	figs-explicit	στῆθι εἰς τὸ μέσον	1	stand in the midst	The implication is that Jesus wanted this man to stand where everyone could see him. Alternate translation: “stand here where everyone can see you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	6	9	j8y7	writing-pronouns	πρὸς αὐτούς	1	to them	The pronoun **them** refers to the scribes and Pharisees. Alternate translation: “to the scribes and Pharisees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -861,8 +861,8 @@ LUK	6	9	dc6f		ἀγαθοποιῆσαι ἢ κακοποιῆσαι	1	to do goo
 LUK	6	10	abcb	writing-pronouns	περιβλεψάμενος πάντας αὐτοὺς, εἶπεν αὐτῷ	1	he looked around at them all and said to him	The pronoun **he** refers to Jesus, and **him** refers to the man with the withered hand. Alternate translation: “Jesus looked around at them all and said to the man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	6	10	x77k	figs-imperative	ἔκτεινον τὴν χεῖρά σου	1	Stretch out your hand	This was not a command that the man was capable of obeying. Instead, this was a command that directly caused the man to be healed. Alternate translation: “I heal you, so you can stretch out your hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 LUK	6	10	hce1	figs-activepassive	ἀποκατεστάθη ἡ χεὶρ αὐτοῦ	1	his hand was restored	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “his hand became healthy again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	6	11	l286	figs-activepassive	αὐτοὶ…ἐπλήσθησαν ἀνοίας	1	they were filled with rage	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they became furious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	6	11	l287	figs-personification	αὐτοὶ…ἐπλήσθησαν ἀνοίας	1	they were filled with rage	Luke speaks of the **rage** of the scribes and Pharisees as if it were something that could actively fill them. Alternate translation: “they became furious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+LUK	6	11	l286	figs-activepassive	αὐτοὶ&ἐπλήσθησαν ἀνοίας	1	they were filled with rage	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they became furious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	6	11	l287	figs-personification	αὐτοὶ&ἐπλήσθησαν ἀνοίας	1	they were filled with rage	Luke speaks of the **rage** of the scribes and Pharisees as if it were something that could actively fill them. Alternate translation: “they became furious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 LUK	6	11	l288	figs-explicit	τί ἂν ποιήσαιεν τῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	what they might do to Jesus	The implication is that these religious leaders perceived Jesus as a threat and they wanted to get rid of him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	6	12	e4s7	writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 LUK	6	12	gzn1	figs-idiom	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις	1	in those days	Here Luke uses the term **days** to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -871,9 +871,9 @@ LUK	6	12	l7by	figs-explicit	ἐξελθεῖν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ ὄρ
 LUK	6	13	vep8		ὅτε ἐγένετο ἡμέρα	1	when day came	Alternate translation: “the next morning”
 LUK	6	13	j9w7	writing-pronouns	ἐκλεξάμενος ἀπ’ αὐτῶν δώδεκα	1	he chose 12 from them	The pronoun **them** refers to the disciples. Alternate translation: “he chose 12 of those disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	6	13	zgh6		οὓς καὶ ἀποστόλους ὠνόμασεν	1	whom he also named apostles	The term **apostles** comes from a Greek word that originally meant “messengers” or “delegates.” It took on a specialized meaning within the community of Jesus’ followers to mean the 12 men whom Jesus chose to be his authoritative representatives. Many languages have borrowed the Greek word to use in this sense. But if your language has developed its own special term for this role, use it in your translation. Alternate translation: “and he appointed them to be apostles”
-LUK	6	14	l290	translate-names	Σίμωνα…Πέτρον…Ἀνδρέαν…Ἰάκωβον…Ἰωάννην…Φίλιππον…Βαρθολομαῖον	1	Simon … Peter … Andrew … James … John … Philip … Bartholomew	These are seven men’s names. (The second name is a nickname for the first man.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+LUK	6	14	l290	translate-names	Σίμωνα&Πέτρον&Ἀνδρέαν&Ἰάκωβον&Ἰωάννην&Φίλιππον&Βαρθολομαῖον	1	Simon … Peter … Andrew … James … John … Philip … Bartholomew	These are seven men’s names. (The second name is a nickname for the first man.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	6	14	zdq3	writing-pronouns	Ἀνδρέαν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ	1	his brother Andrew	The pronoun **his** refers to Simon. Alternate translation: “Simon’s brother, Andrew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-LUK	6	15	l291	translate-names	Μαθθαῖον…Θωμᾶν…Ἰάκωβον Ἁλφαίου…Σίμωνα	1	Matthew … Thomas … James … Alphaeus … Simon	These are the names of five men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+LUK	6	15	l291	translate-names	Μαθθαῖον&Θωμᾶν&Ἰάκωβον Ἁλφαίου&Σίμωνα	1	Matthew … Thomas … James … Alphaeus … Simon	These are the names of five men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	6	15	l292	figs-explicit	Μαθθαῖον	1	Matthew	**Matthew** is often identified with the man named Levi whom Jesus calls to follow him in [5:27](../05/27.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	6	15	et48	translate-names	Ζηλωτὴν	1	the Zealot	The term **Zealot** could be: (1) a title that indicates that this man was part of the group of people who wanted to free the Jewish people from Roman rule. Alternate translation: “the Patriot” (2) a description that indicates that this man was zealous for God to be honored. Alternate translation: “the Passionate One” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	6	16	g24m	figs-explicit	ὃς ἐγένετο προδότης	1	who became a traitor	It may be helpful to explain what **traitor** means in the context of this story. Alternate translation: “who later betrayed Jesus to his enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -881,7 +881,7 @@ LUK	6	17	i5gv	writing-pronouns	μετ’ αὐτῶν	1	with them	In this contex
 LUK	6	17	l295	figs-hyperbole	ἀπὸ πάσης	1	from all	This is a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “from throughout” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 LUK	6	18	dpj5	figs-activepassive	ἰαθῆναι	1	to be healed	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “for Jesus to heal them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	6	18	wfm9	figs-activepassive	καὶ οἱ ἐνοχλούμενοι ἀπὸ πνευμάτων ἀκαθάρτων ἐθεραπεύοντο	1	And those who were troubled by unclean spirits were being healed	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “Jesus also drove evil spirits out of the people they were controlling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	6	19	l296	figs-hyperbole	πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος…πάντας	1	the whole crowd … everyone	In this case these terms are not generalizations, and so you can translate them directly, rather than with explanatory words such as “most” or “many.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+LUK	6	19	l296	figs-hyperbole	πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος&πάντας	1	the whole crowd … everyone	In this case these terms are not generalizations, and so you can translate them directly, rather than with explanatory words such as “most” or “many.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 LUK	6	19	y2cl	figs-personification	δύναμις παρ’ αὐτοῦ ἐξήρχετο καὶ ἰᾶτο πάντας	1	power was coming out from him and healing everyone	Luke speaks of this **power** as if it were something that could actively come out of Jesus and heal people. Alternate translation: “Jesus was using the power that God gave him to heal everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 LUK	6	20	l297	figs-idiom	αὐτὸς ἐπάρας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ	1	he lifted up his eyes	This is an idiom that means “he looked,” but it means that he looked carefully and considerately. Alternate translation: “he gazed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	6	20	ymg7	figs-idiom	μακάριοι	1	Blessed are	This expression indicates that God is giving favor to people and that their situation is positive or good. Alternate translation: “God will bless” or “How good it is for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -913,18 +913,18 @@ LUK	6	25	l306	figs-hendiadys	πενθήσετε καὶ κλαύσετε	1	mourn
 LUK	6	26	tn96	figs-idiom	οὐαὶ	1	woe to you	See how you translated this phrase in [6:24](../06/24.md). Alternate translation: “How terrible it is for you” or “Trouble will come to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	6	26	j9yy	figs-gendernotations	ὅταν ὑμᾶς καλῶς εἴπωσιν πάντες οἱ ἄνθρωποι	1	when all men speak well of you	Jesus is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “when all people speak well of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 LUK	6	26	l307	figs-hyperbole	ὅταν ὑμᾶς καλῶς εἴπωσιν πάντες οἱ ἄνθρωποι	1	when all men speak well of you	The term **all** is a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “when most people speak well of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-LUK	6	26	y29d	figs-metaphor	κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ…ἐποίουν τοῖς ψευδοπροφήταις οἱ πατέρες αὐτῶν	1	their fathers did according to the same things to the false prophets	Here, **fathers** means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “their ancestors also spoke well of the false prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+LUK	6	26	y29d	figs-metaphor	κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ&ἐποίουν τοῖς ψευδοπροφήταις οἱ πατέρες αὐτῶν	1	their fathers did according to the same things to the false prophets	Here, **fathers** means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “their ancestors also spoke well of the false prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	6	27	l5rz	writing-participants	ἀλλὰ ὑμῖν λέγω τοῖς ἀκούουσιν	1	But I say to you who are listening	Jesus uses this phrase to broaden his audience to the entire crowd, beyond his disciples. At the same time, the phrase also calls everyone to focus their attention on what Jesus is about to say. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Now I want all of you to listen carefully to this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	6	27	pz5r	figs-parallelism	ἀγαπᾶτε τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ὑμῶν, καλῶς ποιεῖτε τοῖς μισοῦσιν ὑμᾶς	1	love your enemies and do good to those who hate you	These two phrases mean similar things. Jesus is using repetition to emphasize the importance of what he is saying. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase specifies in what way followers of Jesus are to **love** their enemies. They are to do this in a practical way by helping them. Alternate translation: “do good things for people even if they are hostile to you” or “show love to your enemies who hate you by doing things to help them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 LUK	6	28	c83m	figs-parallelism	εὐλογεῖτε τοὺς καταρωμένους ὑμᾶς, προσεύχεσθε περὶ τῶν ἐπηρεαζόντων ὑμᾶς	1	Bless those who curse you and pray for those who mistreat you	These two phrases mean similar things. Jesus is using repetition to emphasize the importance of what he is saying. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. Instead, you could combine them into a single phrase. However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase specifies one way in which followers of Jesus can **Bless** people who mistreat them. They can pray for them. Alternate translation: “Ask God to bless people who say and do bad things to you” or “Say good things to people who say bad things to you, and even if someone treats you badly, pray that God will help them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 LUK	6	29	a7ri	figs-hypo	τῷ τύπτοντί σε ἐπὶ τὴν σιαγόνα, πάρεχε καὶ τὴν ἄλλην	1	To the one who strikes you on the cheek, offer also the other	Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone hits you on one side of your face. Then turn your face so that he could also strike the other side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
-LUK	6	29	l308	figs-youcrowd	σε…σου	1	you … your	Even though Jesus is still speaking to his disciples and the crowd, he is now addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **your** are singular in this verse. But if the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
+LUK	6	29	l308	figs-youcrowd	σε&σου	1	you … your	Even though Jesus is still speaking to his disciples and the crowd, he is now addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **your** are singular in this verse. But if the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
 LUK	6	29	d5qi		ἐπὶ τὴν σιαγόνα	1	on the cheek	Alternate translation: “on one side of your face”
 LUK	6	29	eq83	figs-explicit	πάρεχε καὶ τὴν ἄλλην	1	offer also the other	It may be helpful to state the implicit purpose of this action. Alternate translation: “turn your face so that he could also strike the other side, to show that you do not want to fight and you are not resisting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	6	29	l309	figs-hypo	ἀπὸ τοῦ αἴροντός σου τὸ ἱμάτιον, καὶ τὸν χιτῶνα μὴ κωλύσῃς	1	from the one who takes away your cloak, also do not withhold your tunic	Jesus is using another hypothetical situation to teach. Alternate translation: “suppose someone takes away your cloak. Then give him your tunic as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 LUK	6	29	ic4n	figs-litotes	καὶ τὸν χιτῶνα μὴ κωλύσῃς	1	also do not withhold your tunic	Here Jesus uses a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “give him your tunic as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 LUK	6	30	d8y6	figs-hypo	παντὶ αἰτοῦντί σε, δίδου	1	Give to everyone who asks you	Jesus is using another hypothetical situation to teach. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone asks you for something. Then give it to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
-LUK	6	30	l310	figs-youcrowd	σε…σὰ	1	you … yours	Even though Jesus is speaking to his disciples and the crowd, he is addressing another individual situation here, so **you** and **yours** are singular in this verse. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
+LUK	6	30	l310	figs-youcrowd	σε&σὰ	1	you … yours	Even though Jesus is speaking to his disciples and the crowd, he is addressing another individual situation here, so **you** and **yours** are singular in this verse. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
 LUK	6	30	ts8c	figs-hypo	ἀπὸ τοῦ αἴροντος τὰ σὰ, μὴ ἀπαίτει	1	from the one who takes away what is yours, do not ask for it back	Jesus is using another hypothetical situation to teach. Alternate translation: “suppose someone takes away something that is yours. Then do not demand that he give it back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 LUK	6	31	te6e		καθὼς θέλετε ἵνα ποιῶσιν ὑμῖν οἱ ἄνθρωποι, ποιεῖτε αὐτοῖς ὁμοίως	1	as you desire that men would do to you, do the same to them	In some languages it might be more natural to reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “You should treat people in the way that you would want them to treat you”
 LUK	6	31	l311	figs-gendernotations	καθὼς θέλετε ἵνα ποιῶσιν ὑμῖν οἱ ἄνθρωποι	1	as you desire that men would do to you	Jesus is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “what you wish people would do for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
@@ -953,7 +953,7 @@ LUK	6	38	ryf8	figs-activepassive	δοθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	it will be give
 LUK	6	38	q8sq	figs-metaphor	μέτρον καλὸν, πεπιεσμένον σεσαλευμένον ὑπερεκχυννόμενον, δώσουσιν εἰς τὸν κόλπον ὑμῶν	1	a good measure—pressed down, shaken together, spilling over—they will pour into your lap	Jesus is comparing someone to a grain merchant who measures out very generously. He could mean either God or other people. The word **they** is indefinite, so it does not necessarily refer to people rather than to God. You could represent this metaphor as a simile in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Like a generous grain merchant who presses down the grain and shakes it together and pours in so much that it fills a container and spills over, God will give you a generous amount” or “Like a generous grain merchant who presses down the grain and shakes it together and pours in so much that it fills a container and spills over, people will give you a generous amount” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	6	38	l320	figs-activepassive	πεπιεσμένον σεσαλευμένον ὑπερεκχυννόμενον, δώσουσιν εἰς τὸν κόλπον ὑμῶν	1	pressed down, shaken together, spilling over—they will pour into your lap	These are all passive verb forms in Greek. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate them with active verbal phrases. See the alternate translation in the previous note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	6	38	l321	translate-unknown	τὸν κόλπον ὑμῶν	1	your lap	This is a reference to the way people in this culture would form a pocket or carrying pouch from the folds of the front of their robes. If you readers would not be familiar with this practice, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the folds of your robe” or “a container” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-LUK	6	38	fp26	figs-activepassive	ᾧ…μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε, ἀντιμετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	with the measure by which you measure, it will be measured back to you	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Jesus does not say exactly who will measure. This could mean: (1) “God will give to you in just as generous or stingy a way as you give to others.” (2) “people will give to you in just as generous or stingy a way as you give to others.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	6	38	fp26	figs-activepassive	ᾧ&μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε, ἀντιμετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	with the measure by which you measure, it will be measured back to you	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Jesus does not say exactly who will measure. This could mean: (1) “God will give to you in just as generous or stingy a way as you give to others.” (2) “people will give to you in just as generous or stingy a way as you give to others.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	6	39	bw7f	figs-parables	εἶπεν δὲ καὶ παραβολὴν αὐτοῖς	1	Then he also told them a parable	Jesus is giving a brief illustration that teaches something true in a way that is easy to understand and remember. Alternate translation: “Then he gave them this illustration to help them understand better” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
 LUK	6	39	l322	figs-gendernotations	μήτι δύναται τυφλὸς τυφλὸν ὁδηγεῖν?	1	A blind man is not able to guide a blind man, is he?	Here the word translated **blind man** is masculine, but Jesus is using it in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “Can one person who is blind guide another person who is blind?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 LUK	6	39	l323	figs-doublenegatives	μήτι δύναται τυφλὸς τυφλὸν ὁδηγεῖν?	1	A blind man is not able to guide a blind man, is he?	The first word of this sentence in Greek is a negative word that can be used to turn a negative statement into a question that expects a negative answer. ULT shows this by adding **is he?** Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Translate this in the way that would be clearest in your language. Alternate translation: “Can one person who is blind really guide another person who is blind?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
@@ -962,15 +962,15 @@ LUK	6	39	nm4v	figs-metaphor	τυφλὸς	1	blind man	The **blind** person repre
 LUK	6	39	f4xj	figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ ἀμφότεροι εἰς βόθυνον ἐμπεσοῦνται?	1	Would not both fall into a pit?	Jesus is using this question as well as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Both of them would certainly fall into a ditch” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	6	40	ipr9	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἔστιν μαθητὴς ὑπὲρ τὸν διδάσκαλον	1	A disciple is not above his teacher	The word **above** creates a spatial metaphor. Alternate translation: “A disciple is not better than his teacher” or “A disciple is not greater than his teacher” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	6	40	l324	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔστιν μαθητὴς ὑπὲρ τὸν διδάσκαλον	1	A disciple is not above his teacher	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state what this implicitly means. Alternate translation: “A disciple does not know more than his teacher” or “A disciple is not wiser than his teacher” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	6	40	a6ym	figs-activepassive	κατηρτισμένος…πᾶς	1	everyone having been fully trained	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “every disciple whose teacher has fully taught him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	6	41	l7vj	figs-rquestion	τί…βλέπεις τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου, τὴν δὲ δοκὸν τὴν ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ ὀφθαλμῷ οὐ κατανοεῖς?	1	why do you look at the speck of wood that is in the eye of your brother, but you do not notice the log that is in your own eye?	Jesus is using this question as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “do not look at the speck in your brother’s eye while ignoring the log in your own eye!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-LUK	6	41	jpt3	figs-metaphor	τί…βλέπεις τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου	1	why do you look at the speck of wood that is in the eye of your brother	This is a metaphor. Alternate translation: “you should not criticize the less important faults of a fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	6	41	l325	figs-youcrowd	βλέπεις…σου…τῷ ἰδίῳ…οὐ κατανοεῖς	1	you look … your … you do not notice … your own	Even though Jesus is still speaking to his disciples and the crowd, he is addressing an individual situation here, so **you** and **your** are singular in this verse. But if the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
+LUK	6	40	a6ym	figs-activepassive	κατηρτισμένος&πᾶς	1	everyone having been fully trained	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “every disciple whose teacher has fully taught him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	6	41	l7vj	figs-rquestion	τί&βλέπεις τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου, τὴν δὲ δοκὸν τὴν ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ ὀφθαλμῷ οὐ κατανοεῖς?	1	why do you look at the speck of wood that is in the eye of your brother, but you do not notice the log that is in your own eye?	Jesus is using this question as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “do not look at the speck in your brother’s eye while ignoring the log in your own eye!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+LUK	6	41	jpt3	figs-metaphor	τί&βλέπεις τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου	1	why do you look at the speck of wood that is in the eye of your brother	This is a metaphor. Alternate translation: “you should not criticize the less important faults of a fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+LUK	6	41	l325	figs-youcrowd	βλέπεις&σου&τῷ ἰδίῳ&οὐ κατανοεῖς	1	you look … your … you do not notice … your own	Even though Jesus is still speaking to his disciples and the crowd, he is addressing an individual situation here, so **you** and **your** are singular in this verse. But if the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
 LUK	6	41	j1r5	translate-unknown	τὸ κάρφος	1	the speck of wood	If your readers would not be familiar with **the speck of wood**, in your translation you could use a phrase that describes the smallest thing that commonly falls into a person’s eyes in your culture, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the grain of sand” or “the tiny object” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	6	41	ud6q	figs-metaphor	τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου	1	of your brother	The term **brother** refers to a fellow believer in Jesus. Alternate translation: “of a fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	6	41	l326	figs-gendernotations	τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ	1	your brother	This fellow believer could be either a man or a woman, so be sure that this is clear in your translation, for example, by using both the masculine and feminine forms of the word for “believer.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 LUK	6	41	ssu3	figs-metaphor	τὴν δὲ δοκὸν τὴν ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ ὀφθαλμῷ οὐ κατανοεῖς	1	but you do not notice the log that is in your own eye	This phrase is a metaphor. Alternate translation: “while ignoring your own serious faults” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	6	41	l327	figs-hyperbole	τὴν…δοκὸν τὴν ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ ὀφθαλμῷ	1	the log that is in your own eye	A **log** could not literally go into a person’s eye. Jesus is exaggerating to emphasize his point and make it memorable. Alternate translation: “your own serious faults” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+LUK	6	41	l327	figs-hyperbole	τὴν&δοκὸν τὴν ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ ὀφθαλμῷ	1	the log that is in your own eye	A **log** could not literally go into a person’s eye. Jesus is exaggerating to emphasize his point and make it memorable. Alternate translation: “your own serious faults” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 LUK	6	41	h9a4	translate-unknown	δοκὸν	1	the log	You could translate this with the term for the kind of long, large piece of **wood** that people in your culture would encounter. Or if your readers would not be familiar with **wood**, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “beam” or “plank” or “large object” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	6	42	l345	figs-youcrowd	πῶς δύνασαι λέγειν τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου	1	How can you say to your brother	Jesus is speaking to his disciples and the crowd, but he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **your** are singular here. (The terms **you**, **your**, and **yourself** are also singular throughout the rest of this verse, because either Jesus is addressing an individual situation, or one person is addressing another in fictional dialogue.) If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
 LUK	6	42	rkk6	figs-rquestion	πῶς δύνασαι λέγειν	1	How can you say	Jesus is using this question as a teaching tool, not to ask for information. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -983,8 +983,8 @@ LUK	6	42	l332	figs-metaphor	τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμ
 LUK	6	43	ezb4	grammar-connect-logic-result	γάρ	1	For	Jesus uses the word **For** to introduce the reason for what he said in the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	6	43	u159	figs-litotes	οὐ γάρ ἐστιν δένδρον καλὸν ποιοῦν καρπὸν σαπρόν; οὐδὲ πάλιν δένδρον σαπρὸν ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλόν	1	For there is no good tree that produces rotten fruit, nor, on the other hand, any rotten tree that produces good fruit	Jesus is twice using a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “For a healthy tree naturally produces good fruit and, on the other hand, an unhealthy tree naturally produces bad fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 LUK	6	43	pi3u	figs-metaphor	οὐ γάρ ἐστιν δένδρον καλὸν ποιοῦν καρπὸν σαπρόν; οὐδὲ πάλιν δένδρον σαπρὸν ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλόν	1	For there is no good tree that produces rotten fruit, nor, on the other hand, any rotten tree that produces good fruit	This is a metaphor. Alternate translation: “For a person of good character naturally says and does helpful things but, on the other hand, a person of bad character naturally says and does harmful things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	6	44	z1vz	figs-activepassive	ἕκαστον…δένδρον ἐκ τοῦ ἰδίου καρποῦ γινώσκεται	1	each tree is known by its own fruit	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who does the action. Alternate translation: “people recognize a tree by the fruit that it bears” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	6	44	l335	figs-metaphor	ἕκαστον…δένδρον ἐκ τοῦ ἰδίου καρποῦ γινώσκεται	1	each tree is known by its own fruit	This phrase is a metaphor. Alternate translation: “each person’s words and actions reveal his or her character” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+LUK	6	44	z1vz	figs-activepassive	ἕκαστον&δένδρον ἐκ τοῦ ἰδίου καρποῦ γινώσκεται	1	each tree is known by its own fruit	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who does the action. Alternate translation: “people recognize a tree by the fruit that it bears” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	6	44	l335	figs-metaphor	ἕκαστον&δένδρον ἐκ τοῦ ἰδίου καρποῦ γινώσκεται	1	each tree is known by its own fruit	This phrase is a metaphor. Alternate translation: “each person’s words and actions reveal his or her character” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	6	44	l336	figs-parallelism	οὐ γὰρ ἐξ ἀκανθῶν συλλέγουσιν σῦκα, οὐδὲ ἐκ βάτου σταφυλὴν τρυγῶσιν	1	they do not gather figs from a thornbush, nor do they gather grapes from a briar bush	These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is using repetition for emphasis and to capture the interest of his listeners. You do not need to put both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Instead, you could combine them into a single general expression. Alternate translation: “people do not collect the kind of fruit that grows on a tree or a vine from a small, thorny bush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 LUK	6	44	ns81	translate-unknown	ἀκανθῶν	1	a thornbush	The word **thornbush** refers to a kind of plant that has sharp protective spines on its stem. If your readers would not know what a **thornbush** is, in your translation you could use the name of another plant that does not produce edible fruit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	6	44	ux87	translate-unknown	βάτου	1	a briar bush	The term **briar bush** refers to a kind of plant that has thorny stems growing in dense clusters. If your readers would not know what a **briar bush** is, in your translation you could use the name of another plant that does not produce edible fruit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -994,8 +994,8 @@ LUK	6	45	i93l	figs-metaphor	τῆς καρδίας	1	of his heart	In this expres
 LUK	6	45	gpn9	figs-metaphor	προφέρει τὸ ἀγαθόν	1	produces what is good	Producing what is **good**, the way a tree would produce fruit, is a metaphor for doing what is good. Alternate translation: “does what is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	6	45	l337	figs-ellipsis	ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ	1	from evil	For rhetorical purposes, Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. The meaning can be inferred from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “from the evil treasure of his heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 LUK	6	45	y2cj	figs-metaphor	ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ	1	from evil	Once the meaning is inferred, it is clear that Jesus is speaking of the **evil** thoughts of a wicked person as if they were treasures stored deep inside that person, and of the **heart** to represent the thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “from the evil things that he keeps deep inside himself” or “from the evil things that he values deeply” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	6	45	l338	figs-metaphor	ἐκ…περισσεύματος καρδίας λαλεῖ τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ	3	out of the abundance of the heart his mouth speaks	In this expression as well, the **heart** represents the thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “what a person is thinking and feeling is expressed in what he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	6	45	jc6z	figs-synecdoche	ἐκ…περισσεύματος καρδίας λαλεῖ τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ	3	out of the abundance of the heart his mouth speaks	The phrase **his mouth** represents the person as a whole, in the action of speaking. Alternate translation: “what a person is thinking and feeling comes out in what he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+LUK	6	45	l338	figs-metaphor	ἐκ&περισσεύματος καρδίας λαλεῖ τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ	3	out of the abundance of the heart his mouth speaks	In this expression as well, the **heart** represents the thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “what a person is thinking and feeling is expressed in what he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+LUK	6	45	jc6z	figs-synecdoche	ἐκ&περισσεύματος καρδίας λαλεῖ τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ	3	out of the abundance of the heart his mouth speaks	The phrase **his mouth** represents the person as a whole, in the action of speaking. Alternate translation: “what a person is thinking and feeling comes out in what he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 LUK	6	46	a4av		τί δέ με καλεῖτε Κύριε, Κύριε, καὶ οὐ ποιεῖτε ἃ λέγω?	1	And why do you call me, ‘Lord, Lord,’ but not do what I say?	The repetition of these words indicates that these people regularly called Jesus **Lord**. Alternate translation: “And why are you always calling me ‘Lord’ when you do not do what I tell you?’”
 LUK	6	47	wwu5		πᾶς ὁ ἐρχόμενος πρός με, καὶ ἀκούων μου τῶν λόγων καὶ ποιῶν αὐτούς, ὑποδείξω ὑμῖν τίνι ἐστὶν ὅμοιος	1	Everyone who is coming to me and hearing my words, and doing them, I will show you what he is like	If it would be helpful in your language, you could move the last phrase to the beginning of the verse. Alternate translation: “I will tell you what every person is like who comes to me and hears my words and puts them into practice”
 LUK	6	47	l339	figs-metonymy	μου τῶν λόγων	1	my words	Jesus uses the term **words** to refer to the teachings he is giving by using words. Alternate translation: “my teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -1009,7 +1009,7 @@ LUK	6	48	d3gs		προσέρηξεν	1	flowed against	Alternate translation: “c
 LUK	6	48	h75u	figs-metonymy	οὐκ ἴσχυσεν σαλεῦσαι αὐτὴν	1	could not shake it	Jesus is describing what the waters would do at first to represent what they would ultimately do if they could. This meaning is clear from what he says in the next verse. Alternate translation: “it could not destroy it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	6	48	tu5j	figs-activepassive	διὰ τὸ καλῶς οἰκοδομῆσθαι αὐτήν	1	because it had been built well	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “because the person had built it well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	6	49	sjf5	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	But	Jesus uses the word **But** to draw a strong contrast to the previous person who built with a foundation. Alternate translation: “However” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
-LUK	6	49	l347	figs-ellipsis	ὁ…ἀκούσας καὶ μὴ ποιήσας	1	the one who hears and does not do	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from [6:47](../06/47.md). Alternate translation: “anyone who hears my teachings but does not put them into practice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+LUK	6	49	l347	figs-ellipsis	ὁ&ἀκούσας καὶ μὴ ποιήσας	1	the one who hears and does not do	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from [6:47](../06/47.md). Alternate translation: “anyone who hears my teachings but does not put them into practice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 LUK	6	49	wg4w	figs-simile	ὅμοιός ἐστιν	1	he is like	Jesus says this to introduce the simile that follows in the rest of the verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 LUK	6	49	l342	figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώπῳ οἰκοδομήσαντι οἰκίαν	1	a man who built a house	Here Jesus is using **man** in the generic sense. Alternate translation: “a person who built a house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 LUK	6	49	yu5r	translate-unknown	ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν χωρὶς θεμελίου	1	on the ground without a foundation	The phrase **on the ground without a foundation** refers to the same method of building as in [6:48](../06/48.md). You could describe this more fully in your translation. Alternatively, if the people of your culture would not be familiar with that building method, you could use the same image for creating a stable building that you used there in your translation. Alternate translation: “without digging down first to create a foundation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -1028,12 +1028,12 @@ LUK	7	4	y6vt	writing-pronouns	ἄξιός ἐστιν	1	He is worthy	Here the pr
 LUK	7	5	cny7	figs-exclusive	τὸ ἔθνος ἡμῶν	1	our nation	Here, **our nation** refers to the Jewish people. Since the elders are speaking to Jesus as a fellow Jew, the word **our** would be inclusive, if your language marks that distinction. Alternate translation: “our people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 LUK	7	6	l350	grammar-connect-logic-result	δὲ	1	And	Here, **And** could mean: (1) Jesus went with the elders because they pleaded with him. Alternate translation, as in UST: “So” (2) Jesus went with the elders after they pleaded with him. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	7	6	s5xg		ἐπορεύετο	1	went on his way	Alternate translation: “went along”
-LUK	7	6	el4w	figs-litotes	ἤδη…αὐτοῦ οὐ μακρὰν ἀπέχοντος ἀπὸ τῆς οἰκίας	1	when he was … not far away from the house	Luke is expressing a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “when he was already near the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
+LUK	7	6	el4w	figs-litotes	ἤδη&αὐτοῦ οὐ μακρὰν ἀπέχοντος ἀπὸ τῆς οἰκίας	1	when he was … not far away from the house	Luke is expressing a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “when he was already near the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 LUK	7	6	i6kv		μὴ σκύλλου	1	do not trouble yourself	The centurion is speaking politely to Jesus through these friends. Alternate translation: “I do not want to make you go out of your way”
 LUK	7	6	ez29	figs-idiom	ὑπὸ τὴν στέγην μου εἰσέλθῃς	1	that you would come under my roof	The phrase **come under my roof** is an idiom that means “come into my house.” If your language has an idiom that means “come into my dwelling,” consider using it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	7	7	m9ue	figs-metonymy	εἰπὲ λόγῳ	1	speak with a word	The centurion recognized that Jesus could heal the servant just by speaking. He understood Jesus did not need to travel all the way to his home. The term **word** expresses the means by which Jesus would speak. Alternate translation: “just give a command” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	7	7	m6v8		ὁ παῖς μου	1	my servant	This is not the same word for **servant** that Luke and the centurion use in the rest of this passage. This word ordinarily means “boy.” This may indicate that the servant was young, or it may show the centurion’s affection for him. Alternate translation: “my young servant” or “my dear servant”
-LUK	7	8	tkd5	figs-activepassive	καὶ…ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπός εἰμι ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν τασσόμενος, ἔχων ὑπ’ ἐμαυτὸν στρατιώτας	1	I also am a man placed under authority, having soldiers under me	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “I also have someone in authority over me, and I have soldiers under me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	7	8	tkd5	figs-activepassive	καὶ&ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπός εἰμι ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν τασσόμενος, ἔχων ὑπ’ ἐμαυτὸν στρατιώτας	1	I also am a man placed under authority, having soldiers under me	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “I also have someone in authority over me, and I have soldiers under me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	7	8	q2ep	figs-metaphor	ὑπ’ ἐμαυτὸν	1	under me	This is a spatial metaphor that describes the authority relationship. Alternate translation: “under my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	7	8	mdd5		τῷ δούλῳ μου	1	my servant	Here the word that ULT translates as **servant** is the typical word for a servant, as in [7:2](../07/02.md) and [7:3](../07/03.md). It is not the word that usually means “boy,” as in [7:7](../07/07.md).
 LUK	7	9	tpz9	writing-pronouns	ἐθαύμασεν αὐτόν	1	he marveled at him	The pronoun **him** refers to the centurion. Alternate translation: “he was amazed at the centurion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -1058,11 +1058,11 @@ LUK	7	14	quy9	translate-unknown	τῆς σοροῦ	1	the bier	The **bier** was
 LUK	7	14	lex4	figs-imperative	ἐγέρθητι	1	arise	This was not a command that the man was capable of obeying. Instead, this was a command that directly caused the man to be raised from the dead. Alternate translation: “your life is restored, so get up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 LUK	7	15	er34		ὁ νεκρὸς	1	the dead man	The man was not still **dead**. He was now alive. It may be helpful to state this clearly. Alternate translation: “he man came back to life, no longer being dead, and”
 LUK	7	15	l360	writing-pronouns	ἔδωκεν αὐτὸν τῇ μητρὶ αὐτοῦ	1	he gave him to his mother	The pronoun **he** refers to Jesus, and **him** and **his** refer to the young man. Alternate translation: “Jesus returned the young man to his mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-LUK	7	16	rf1k	figs-personification	ἔλαβεν…φόβος πάντας	1	fear seized all of them	Luke speaks of this **fear** as if it were something that could actively take hold of everyone in the crowd. Alternate translation: “they all became very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+LUK	7	16	rf1k	figs-personification	ἔλαβεν&φόβος πάντας	1	fear seized all of them	Luke speaks of this **fear** as if it were something that could actively take hold of everyone in the crowd. Alternate translation: “they all became very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 LUK	7	16	l361	figs-idiom	προφήτης μέγας ἠγέρθη ἐν ἡμῖν	1	A great prophet has been raised among us	Here, **raised** is an idiom. Alternate translation: “God has caused one of us to become a great prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	7	16	jf1j	figs-activepassive	προφήτης μέγας ἠγέρθη ἐν ἡμῖν	1	A great prophet has been raised among us	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has caused one of us to become a great prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	7	16	wn5b	figs-idiom	ἐπεσκέψατο	1	God has visited his people	Here, **visited** is an idiom, as in [1:68](../01/68.md) and [1:78](../01/78.md). Alternate translation: “has come to help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	7	17	g4zt	figs-personification	ἐξῆλθεν ὁ λόγος οὗτος…περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	this word about him went out	Luke speaks of this **word** (that is, those sayings) as if it were something that could spread around actively by itself. His expression means that people said these things about Jesus to other people, and those people then repeated them to still more people. Alternate translation: “people spread these sayings about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+LUK	7	17	g4zt	figs-personification	ἐξῆλθεν ὁ λόγος οὗτος&περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	this word about him went out	Luke speaks of this **word** (that is, those sayings) as if it were something that could spread around actively by itself. His expression means that people said these things about Jesus to other people, and those people then repeated them to still more people. Alternate translation: “people spread these sayings about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 LUK	7	18	r11g	writing-newevent	ἀπήγγειλαν Ἰωάννῃ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ περὶ πάντων τούτων	1	his disciples reported to John concerning all these things	This sentence introduces a new event in the story. Alternate translation: “the disciples of John told him about all these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 LUK	7	18	r11x	writing-newevent	οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ	1	his disciples	The term **his** refers to John the Baptist, not to Jesus. Alternate translation: “the disciples of John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 LUK	7	18	l362	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννῃ	1	John	Luke assumes that his readers will know he is referring to **John** the Baptist. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1080,10 +1080,10 @@ LUK	7	21	a7sm	figs-ellipsis	ἐθεράπευσεν πολλοὺς ἀπὸ ν
 LUK	7	21	l370	figs-hendiadys	νόσων, καὶ μαστίγων	1	sicknesses and afflictions	The phrase **sicknesses and afflictions** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and.** The word **afflictions** describes the effect of the **sicknesses** on the people who had them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “sicknesses that they were suffering from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 LUK	7	21	l371		τυφλοῖς πολλοῖς ἐχαρίσατο βλέπειν	1	to many blind people he granted to see	Alternate translation: “he enabled many blind people to see again”
 LUK	7	22	lcm2	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς	1	answering he said to them	Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that after healing and delivering many people, Jesus responded to the question that John’s messengers had asked him. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded to the messengers whom John had sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
-LUK	7	22	l372	figs-youdual	πορευθέντες…εἴδετε	1	you have gone … you have seen	Since Jesus is speaking to two men, **you** would be dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, the word would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
-LUK	7	22	fvz7	figs-activepassive	λεπροὶ καθαρίζονται…νεκροὶ ἐγείρονται, πτωχοὶ εὐαγγελίζονται	1	lepers are being cleansed … the dead are being raised back to life, the poor are being told the gospel	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express all of these things with active forms. Alternate translation: “people who had leprosy no longer have that disease … people who were dead are coming back to life, poor people are hearing the good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	7	22	l372	figs-youdual	πορευθέντες&εἴδετε	1	you have gone … you have seen	Since Jesus is speaking to two men, **you** would be dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, the word would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
+LUK	7	22	fvz7	figs-activepassive	λεπροὶ καθαρίζονται&νεκροὶ ἐγείρονται, πτωχοὶ εὐαγγελίζονται	1	lepers are being cleansed … the dead are being raised back to life, the poor are being told the gospel	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express all of these things with active forms. Alternate translation: “people who had leprosy no longer have that disease … people who were dead are coming back to life, poor people are hearing the good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	7	22	l373	figs-explicit	λεπροὶ καθαρίζονται	1	lepers are being cleansed	As in [5:12](../05/12.md), since the lepers were unclean because of their leprosy, the implication is that Jesus healed them from the disease. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “people who had leprosy no longer have that disease” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	7	22	qbe3	figs-nominaladj	κωφοὶ…νεκροὶ…πτωχοὶ	1	the deaf … the dead … the poor	Luke is using these adjectives as nouns. If your language does not use adjectives that way, you can translate them with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “people who were deaf … people who were dead … poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+LUK	7	22	qbe3	figs-nominaladj	κωφοὶ&νεκροὶ&πτωχοὶ	1	the deaf … the dead … the poor	Luke is using these adjectives as nouns. If your language does not use adjectives that way, you can translate them with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “people who were deaf … people who were dead … poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	7	23	y4px	figs-activepassive	μακάριός ἐστιν ὃς ἐὰν μὴ σκανδαλισθῇ ἐν ἐμοί	1	blessed is anyone who is not offended by me	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God will bless the person who always continues to trust me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	7	23	i7zh	figs-litotes	μὴ σκανδαλισθῇ ἐν ἐμοί	1	who is not offended by me	Here Jesus is using a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “who continues to trust me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 LUK	7	24	abcd	writing-pronouns	ἤρξατο λέγειν	1	he began to say	Here the pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus began to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -1102,13 +1102,13 @@ LUK	7	26	r7ud	figs-idiom	περισσότερον προφήτου	1	more than a
 LUK	7	27	cg3r	figs-activepassive	οὗτός ἐστιν περὶ οὗ γέγραπται	1	This is he concerning whom it is written	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “This is the one about whom one of the prophets wrote” or “John is the one about whom the prophet Malachi wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	7	27	wt2m	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	God, speaking through the prophet Malachi, uses the term **Behold** to emphasize the importance of what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Now pay attention” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	7	27	s8hg	figs-metaphor	πρὸ προσώπου σου	1	before your face	Here, **face** means the front of a person. Alternate translation, as in UST: “ahead of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	7	27	cc5u	figs-you	σου…σου	1	your … you	The words **your** and **you** are singular in both cases because God is speaking to the Messiah individually in the quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+LUK	7	27	cc5u	figs-you	σου&σου	1	your … you	The words **your** and **you** are singular in both cases because God is speaking to the Messiah individually in the quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 LUK	7	27	l378	figs-metaphor	ὃς κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου ἔμπροσθέν σου	1	who will prepare your way before you	As in [3:4](../03/04.md), to make a **way** or a road is a figurative expression that means to help people get ready for the coming of the Messiah. Alternate translation: “who will help people get ready for you to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	7	28	yz6b		λέγω ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	Jesus uses this phrase to focus the crowd’s attention on what he will say next. Alternate translation: “Now listen carefully”
 LUK	7	28	rr11	figs-idiom	ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν	1	among those born of women	The phrase **those born of women** is an idiom that refers to all people. Alternate translation: “of all the people who have ever lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	7	28	hfqf	figs-activepassive	ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν	1	among those born of women	If you would like to retain the idiom but your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “among those whom women have borne” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	7	28	gfz7	figs-litotes	μείζων…Ἰωάννου οὐδείς ἐστιν	1	no one is greater than John	Here Jesus is using a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative term together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “John is the greatest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
-LUK	7	28	c33u	figs-nominaladj	ὁ…μικρότερος	1	the least	Jesus is using the adjective **least** as a noun in order to indicate a kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the least important person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+LUK	7	28	gfz7	figs-litotes	μείζων&Ἰωάννου οὐδείς ἐστιν	1	no one is greater than John	Here Jesus is using a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative term together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “John is the greatest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
+LUK	7	28	c33u	figs-nominaladj	ὁ&μικρότερος	1	the least	Jesus is using the adjective **least** as a noun in order to indicate a kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the least important person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	7	28	l379	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	in the kingdom of God	See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “whose life God is ruling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	7	28	r81b	figs-explicit	μείζων αὐτοῦ ἐστιν	1	is greater than he	The implication is that being part of the kingdom of God is greater than any human distinctive. So anyone who is part of God’s kingdom is greater than even John, whom Jesus said was the greatest person who had ever lived before the coming of the kingdom. Alternate translation: “is greater than John is because they are part of something greater than anything that is human” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	7	29	idv8	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐδικαίωσαν τὸν Θεόν, βαπτισθέντες τὸ βάπτισμα Ἰωάννου	1	declared God to be righteous, having been baptized with the baptism of John	If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because they had come to John for baptism, declared God to be righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@@ -1132,12 +1132,12 @@ LUK	7	34	l382	figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son o
 LUK	7	34	s1um	figs-quotesinquotes	λέγετε, ἰδοὺ, ἄνθρωπος φάγος καὶ οἰνοπότης, φίλος τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν	1	you say, ‘Behold, a man, a glutton and a drunkard, a friend of tax collectors and of sinners!’	Luke is quoting Jesus, and Jesus is quoting what the Pharisees were saying about him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “you say that he eats and drinks too much and that he is a friend of tax collectors and sinners” or (if you used the first person for the title “Son of Man”) “you say that I eat and drink too much and that I am a friend of tax collectors and sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	7	34	l383	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	**Behold** focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Alternate translation: “Now this is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	7	34	am9s		ἄνθρωπος φάγος	1	a man, a glutton	Alternate translation: “a man who is a glutton” or “a man who eats too much”
-LUK	7	34	chu4		ἄνθρωπος…οἰνοπότης	1	a man, … a drunkard	Alternate translation: “a man who is a drunkard” or “a man who drinks too much alcohol”
+LUK	7	34	chu4		ἄνθρωπος&οἰνοπότης	1	a man, … a drunkard	Alternate translation: “a man who is a drunkard” or “a man who drinks too much alcohol”
 LUK	7	35	ba4g	writing-proverbs	ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς	1	wisdom is justified by all her children	This appears to be a proverb, a short popular saying of the culture, that Jesus applied to this situation. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the saying is true that wisdom is justified by all her children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
 LUK	7	35	l384	figs-idiom	ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς	1	wisdom is justified by all her children	This proverb likely uses a Hebrew idiom in which the “sons” or **children** of a thing share its qualities. Alternate translation: “wisdom is justified by people who are wise themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	7	35	l385	figs-activepassive	ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς	1	wisdom is justified by all her children	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “wise people recognize when someone else is following a wise course” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	7	36	fd2c	writing-newevent	ἠρώτα δέ τις αὐτὸν τῶν Φαρισαίων, ἵνα φάγῃ μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1	Then one of the Pharisees requested him to eat with him	This phrase introduces a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
-LUK	7	36	lhd4	writing-participants	τις…τῶν Φαρισαίων	1	one of the Pharisees	This phrase also introduces the Pharisee into the story. In [7:40](../07/40.md), Jesus addresses him as Simon. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could give his name here, as UST does. Alternate translation: “a Pharisee named Simon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
+LUK	7	36	lhd4	writing-participants	τις&τῶν Φαρισαίων	1	one of the Pharisees	This phrase also introduces the Pharisee into the story. In [7:40](../07/40.md), Jesus addresses him as Simon. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could give his name here, as UST does. Alternate translation: “a Pharisee named Simon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	7	36	dy31	translate-unknown	κατεκλίθη	1	he reclined to eat	See how you translated this phrase in [5:29](../05/29.md). It was the custom in this culture for dinner guests to eat while lying comfortably around the table on banqueting couches. Alternate translation: “he took his place at the table” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	7	37	l386	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	behold	Luke uses the term **behold** to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	7	37	a9iu	writing-participants	γυνὴ ἥτις ἦν ἐν τῇ πόλει	1	there was a woman in the city	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was woman who lived in that city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
@@ -1169,7 +1169,7 @@ LUK	7	44	s7g6	translate-symaction	στραφεὶς πρὸς τὴν γυνα
 LUK	7	44	l395	figs-rquestion	βλέπεις ταύτην τὴν γυναῖκα?	1	Do you see this woman?	Jesus does not expect Simon to tell him whether he can **see** the **woman**. Rather, he is using the question as a teaching tool, to focus Simon’s attention on her as an example of showing love and gratitude. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate Jesus’ words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I want you to consider this woman.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	7	44	mw7d	figs-explicit	ὕδωρ μοι ἐπὶ πόδας οὐκ ἔδωκας	1	You did not give me water for my feet	It was a basic responsibility of a host to provide **water** and a towel for guests to wash and dry their **feet** after walking on dusty roads. Alternate translation: “You did not provide me with anything to wash my feet, as a considerate host would have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	7	44	mw58	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	οὐκ ἔδωκας; αὕτη δὲ	1	You did not give … but she	In this verse and the next two verses, Jesus uses such phrases to contrast Simon’s lack of courtesy with the woman’s extreme actions of gratitude. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
-LUK	7	44	am5z	figs-explicit	αὕτη…τοῖς δάκρυσιν ἔβρεξέν μου τοὺς πόδας	1	she has wet my feet with her tears	The woman used **her tears** in place of the missing water. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “she has wet my feet with her tears in place of the water you did not provide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	7	44	am5z	figs-explicit	αὕτη&τοῖς δάκρυσιν ἔβρεξέν μου τοὺς πόδας	1	she has wet my feet with her tears	The woman used **her tears** in place of the missing water. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “she has wet my feet with her tears in place of the water you did not provide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	7	44	ld62	figs-explicit	καὶ ταῖς θριξὶν αὐτῆς ἐξέμαξεν	1	and wiped them with her hair	The woman used **her hair** in place of the missing towel. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and she has dried my feet with her hair in place of the towel you did not provide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	7	45	xj92	figs-explicit	φίλημά μοι οὐκ ἔδωκας	1	You did not give me a kiss	It was customary in this culture for a host to greet a guest with a **kiss** on the cheek. Simon did not do this for Jesus. Alternate translation: “You did not greet me with a kiss on the cheek, as a welcoming host would have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	7	45	r2jj	figs-doublenegatives	οὐ διέλιπεν καταφιλοῦσά μου τοὺς πόδας	1	has not stopped kissing my feet	If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the negative verb **stopped**. Alternate translation: “has continued to kiss my feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
@@ -1182,7 +1182,7 @@ LUK	7	47	clu2	figs-activepassive	ἀφέωνται αἱ ἁμαρτίαι αὐ
 LUK	7	47	l396	figs-explicit	ὅτι ἠγάπησεν πολύ	1	for she loved much	The implication is that her display of love was the evidence that her sins were forgiven. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “We can tell this because she has shown that she greatly loves the one who forgave her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	7	47	jql4		ὅτι ἠγάπησεν πολύ	1	for she loved much	Your language may require you to state the object of **loved**. Alternate translation: “because she greatly loves the one who forgave her”
 LUK	7	47	qd9q	figs-explicit	ᾧ δὲ ὀλίγον ἀφίεται, ὀλίγον ἀγαπᾷ	1	the one to whom little is forgiven loves little	In this sentence Jesus states a general principle. However, he is saying implicitly that Simon specifically has shown very little love for him. A further implication is that **one to whom little is forgiven** is actually someone who thinks he is better than others and mistakenly thinks he does not need to be forgiven for very much. Alternate translation: “a person like you who thinks that God has only had to forgive him for a few things does not show much love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	7	47	l397	figs-activepassive	ᾧ…ὀλίγον ἀφίεται	1	the one to whom little is forgiven	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “the person who thinks that God has only had to forgive him for a few things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	7	47	l397	figs-activepassive	ᾧ&ὀλίγον ἀφίεται	1	the one to whom little is forgiven	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “the person who thinks that God has only had to forgive him for a few things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	7	48	c7hj	writing-pronouns	εἶπεν δὲ αὐτῇ	1	Then he said to her	The pronoun **he** refers to Jesus, not to Simon. The word **her** refers to the woman. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus said to the woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	7	48	lq5v	figs-activepassive	ἀφέωνταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι	1	Your sins are forgiven	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “I have forgiven your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	7	49	enw4		συνανακείμενοι	1	reclining with him to eat	Alternate translation: “who were eating together with him”
@@ -1199,8 +1199,8 @@ LUK	8	1	l403	translate-names	οἱ δώδεκα	1	the Twelve	Alternatively, even
 LUK	8	2	g99l	figs-activepassive	αἳ ἦσαν τεθεραπευμέναι ἀπὸ πνευμάτων πονηρῶν καὶ ἀσθενειῶν	1	who had been healed from evil spirits and diseases	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whom Jesus had set free from evil spirits and healed of diseases” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	8	2	n4x6	figs-activepassive	Μαρία ἡ καλουμένη Μαγδαληνή	1	Mary who was called Magdalene	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Mary, who people called Magdalene” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	8	2	l404	figs-explicit	ἀφ’ ἧς δαιμόνια ἑπτὰ ἐξεληλύθει	1	from whom seven demons had gone out	The **demons** did not go **out** on their own. It may be helpful to say explicitly that Jesus drove them out. Alternate translation: “from whom Jesus had driven out seven demons” or “whom Jesus had set free from seven demons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	8	3	tfz5	translate-names	Ἰωάννα…Σουσάννα	1	Joanna … Susanna	**Joanna** and **Susanna** are the names of two women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-LUK	8	3	w9kl	translate-names	Χουζᾶ…Ἡρῴδου	1	Chuza … Herod	**Chuza** and **Herod** are the names of two men. See how you translated the name Herod in [1:5](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+LUK	8	3	tfz5	translate-names	Ἰωάννα&Σουσάννα	1	Joanna … Susanna	**Joanna** and **Susanna** are the names of two women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+LUK	8	3	w9kl	translate-names	Χουζᾶ&Ἡρῴδου	1	Chuza … Herod	**Chuza** and **Herod** are the names of two men. See how you translated the name Herod in [1:5](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	8	3	l405		ἐπιτρόπου Ἡρῴδου	1	Herod’s manager	Alternate translation: “the man who managed King Herod’s household affairs”
 LUK	8	3	k9m5	figs-idiom	διηκόνουν αὐτοῖς	1	serving them out of their possessions	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “were personally providing what Jesus and his 12 apostles needed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	8	4	r1qk	writing-pronouns	ἐπιπορευομένων πρὸς αὐτὸν	1	coming to him	Here the pronoun **him** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “coming to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -1228,7 +1228,7 @@ LUK	8	10	xtu6		βλέποντες μὴ βλέπωσιν	1	Seeing, they may not
 LUK	8	10	k4es		ἀκούοντες μὴ συνιῶσιν	1	hearing, they may not understand	Some languages may need to state the object of the verb. Alternate translation: “though they hear instruction, they will not understand the truth”
 LUK	8	11	vp8a		ἔστιν δὲ αὕτη ἡ παραβολή	1	the parable is this	Alternate translation: “this is what the story means”
 LUK	8	11	hb1t	figs-metonymy	ὁ σπόρος ἐστὶν ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	The seed is the word of God	Jesus uses the term **word** to refer to the message from God that people share by using words. Alternate translation: “The seed represents the message from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-LUK	8	12	xsa7	figs-metaphor	οἱ…παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν εἰσιν οἱ ἀκούσαντες	1	the ones along the path are those who have heard	Jesus begins to explain the figurative meanings of the seeds that fell in different places. Alternate translation: “The seeds that fell along the path represent people who hear the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+LUK	8	12	xsa7	figs-metaphor	οἱ&παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν εἰσιν οἱ ἀκούσαντες	1	the ones along the path are those who have heard	Jesus begins to explain the figurative meanings of the seeds that fell in different places. Alternate translation: “The seeds that fell along the path represent people who hear the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	8	12	h969	figs-metaphor	εἶτα ἔρχεται ὁ διάβολος καὶ αἴρει τὸν λόγον ἀπὸ τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν	1	but then the devil comes and takes away the word from their hearts	The parable represented this as a bird snatching away seeds. Try to use words in your language that retain that image. Alternate translation: “but then the devil comes and snatches the message away from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	8	12	jb9t	figs-metaphor	εἶτα ἔρχεται ὁ διάβολος καὶ αἴρει τὸν λόγον ἀπὸ τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν	1	but then the devil comes and takes away the word from their hearts	The word **hearts** represents the thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “the devil comes and keeps them from understanding and appreciating the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	8	12	l413	figs-explicit	εἶτα ἔρχεται ὁ διάβολος καὶ αἴρει τὸν λόγον ἀπὸ τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν	1	but then the devil comes and takes away the word from their hearts	Based on the figurative meaning of the parable, the implication is that these people did not appreciate the message deeply, just as seeds could not go down deep into the hard-packed soil of the path. And so the devil would be able to break up their superficial awareness and concentration by distracting them with everyday concerns. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the devil distracts them and they forget about the message they heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1240,7 +1240,7 @@ LUK	8	13	l415	figs-metonymy	μετὰ χαρᾶς δέχονται τὸν λό
 LUK	8	13	bm51		ἐν καιρῷ πειρασμοῦ	1	in a time of testing	Alternate translation: “when they experience hardship”
 LUK	8	13	e5rw	figs-metonymy	ἀφίστανται	1	they go away	Jesus is using the way such people **go away** from the community of believers to mean that they stop believing. Alternate translation: “they stop believing” or “they stop being disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	8	14	k4u4	figs-metaphor	τὸ δὲ εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας πεσόν, οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ	1	And the ones that fell among the thorns, these are the ones	Jesus continues to explain the figurative meanings of the seeds that fell in different places. Alternate translation: “In the parable, the seeds that fell among the thorns represent people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	8	14	y3ue	figs-activepassive	ὑπὸ μεριμνῶν, καὶ πλούτου, καὶ ἡδονῶν τοῦ βίου…συνπνίγονται	1	they are choked by cares and riches and pleasures of this life	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the cares and riches and pleasures of this life choke them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	8	14	y3ue	figs-activepassive	ὑπὸ μεριμνῶν, καὶ πλούτου, καὶ ἡδονῶν τοῦ βίου&συνπνίγονται	1	they are choked by cares and riches and pleasures of this life	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the cares and riches and pleasures of this life choke them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	8	14	uut6		μεριμνῶν	1	cares	Alternate translation: “things that people worry about”
 LUK	8	14	b384		ἡδονῶν τοῦ βίου	1	pleasures of this life	Alternate translation: “the things in this life that people enjoy”
 LUK	8	14	xhv7	figs-metaphor	οὐ τελεσφοροῦσιν	1	they do not produce mature fruit	The phrase **mature fruit** means spiritual maturity that is evidenced by godly character and loving actions. Alternate translation: “they do not mature into people of godly character who act out of love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1251,19 +1251,19 @@ LUK	8	15	pbi7	figs-metaphor	ἐν καρδίᾳ καλῇ καὶ ἀγαθῇ	1
 LUK	8	15	i51s	figs-metaphor	καρποφοροῦσιν ἐν ὑπομονῇ	1	bear fruit with endurance	Here, **fruit** means spiritual maturity that is evidenced by godly character and loving actions. Alternate translation: “because they persevere, they mature into people of godly character who act out of love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	8	16	n86n	figs-parables	οὐδεὶς δὲ λύχνον ἅψας	1	And no one lights a lamp	After Jesus finished explaining the story about the seeds, he gave his disciples another example to illustrate that God wants them to understand spiritual truths. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave them another example. ‘No one lights a lamp’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
 LUK	8	16	l417	figs-ellipsis	οἱ εἰσπορευόμενοι	1	those who enter	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “those who enter the room” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-LUK	8	17	n5ca	figs-doublenegatives	οὐ…ἐστιν κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ φανερὸν γενήσεται	1	nothing is hidden that will not become visible	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “everything that is hidden will become visible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
+LUK	8	17	n5ca	figs-doublenegatives	οὐ&ἐστιν κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ φανερὸν γενήσεται	1	nothing is hidden that will not become visible	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “everything that is hidden will become visible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 LUK	8	17	iv9q	figs-doublenegatives	οὐδὲ ἀπόκρυφον ὃ οὐ μὴ γνωσθῇ καὶ εἰς φανερὸν ἔλθῃ	1	nor secret that will not be known and come into visibility	If it would be helpful in your language, you could also translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “and everything that is secret will be known and become visible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 LUK	8	17	l418	figs-activepassive	οὐδὲ ἀπόκρυφον ὃ οὐ μὴ γνωσθῇ καὶ εἰς φανερὸν ἔλθῃ	1	nor secret that will not be known and come into visibility	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “and God will reveal every secret and make it visible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	8	17	l419	figs-doublet	οὐδὲ ἀπόκρυφον ὃ οὐ μὴ γνωσθῇ καὶ εἰς φανερὸν ἔλθῃ	1	nor secret that will not be known and come into visibility	The phrases **be known** and **come into visibility** mean similar things. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “and God will clearly reveal every secret” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 LUK	8	18	l420		βλέπετε οὖν πῶς ἀκούετε	1	so be careful how you listen	The phrase **be careful** does not mean that listening is dangerous. Rather, it means that people should listen carefully, because, as Jesus has just said, God wants to reveal spiritual secrets. Alternate translation: “so make sure that you listen well” or “so listen carefully and reflect on what you hear”
-LUK	8	18	l421	figs-explicit	ὃς ἂν…ἔχῃ, δοθήσεται αὐτῷ	1	whoever has, it will be given to him	The implication in context is that the phrase **whoever has, it will be given to him** refers to understanding and believing. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “whoever seeks sincerely to understand will be given more understanding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	8	18	bq9f	figs-activepassive	ὃς ἂν…ἔχῃ, δοθήσεται αὐτῷ	1	whoever has, it will be given to him	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whoever seeks sincerely to understand will understand better” or “God will give greater understanding to anyone who seeks sincerely to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	8	18	l421	figs-explicit	ὃς ἂν&ἔχῃ, δοθήσεται αὐτῷ	1	whoever has, it will be given to him	The implication in context is that the phrase **whoever has, it will be given to him** refers to understanding and believing. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “whoever seeks sincerely to understand will be given more understanding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	8	18	bq9f	figs-activepassive	ὃς ἂν&ἔχῃ, δοθήσεται αὐτῷ	1	whoever has, it will be given to him	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whoever seeks sincerely to understand will understand better” or “God will give greater understanding to anyone who seeks sincerely to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	8	18	l422	figs-explicit	καὶ ὃς ἂν μὴ ἔχῃ, καὶ ὃ δοκεῖ ἔχειν ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	whoever does not have, even what he thinks he has will be taken away from him	The implication once again is that the phrase **whoever does not have, even what he thinks he has will be taken away from him** refers to understanding and believing. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “But whoever does not have understanding, even what understanding he thinks he has will be taken away from him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	8	18	ihh9	figs-activepassive	καὶ ὃς ἂν μὴ ἔχῃ, καὶ ὃ δοκεῖ ἔχειν ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	whoever does not have, even what he thinks he has will be taken away from him	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whoever presumes that he already understands will understand less and less” or “God will not give greater understanding to anyone who presumes that he already understands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	8	19	l423	grammar-connect-time-sequential	δὲ	1	Then	Luke uses **Then** to introduce a new event and to indicate that it came after the event he has just described. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 LUK	8	19	dw3m	translate-kinship	οἱ ἀδελφοὶ	1	his brothers	These were Jesus' younger **brothers**. They were sons of Mary and Joseph. Since the Father of Jesus was God, and their father was Joseph, they were actually his half-brothers. That detail is not normally translated, but if your language has a specific word for “younger brother,” you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
-LUK	8	20	wr4t	figs-activepassive	ἀπηγγέλη…αὐτῷ	1	it was reported to him	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. The subject should be plural, since in the next verse Jesus responds to “them.” Alternate translation: “people told him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	8	20	l424	figs-you	σου…σου…σε	1	your … your … you	Since the person who said this was speaking to Jesus alone, **your** and **you** are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+LUK	8	20	wr4t	figs-activepassive	ἀπηγγέλη&αὐτῷ	1	it was reported to him	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. The subject should be plural, since in the next verse Jesus responds to “them.” Alternate translation: “people told him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	8	20	l424	figs-you	σου&σου&σε	1	your … your … you	Since the person who said this was speaking to Jesus alone, **your** and **you** are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 LUK	8	20	un5d		ἰδεῖν θέλοντές σε	1	wanting to see you	Alternate translation: “and they would like to see you”
 LUK	8	21	l425	figs-hendiadys	ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς	1	But answering he said to them	Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus responded to the information that people gave him. Alternate translation: “But Jesus responded to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 LUK	8	21	b97u	figs-metaphor	μήτηρ μου καὶ ἀδελφοί μου, οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀκούοντες καὶ ποιοῦντες	1	My mother and my brothers are those who hear and do the word of God	Jesus means that people who believe and obey the message from God become like a family to one another. Alternate translation: “Those who hear the word of God and obey it are like a mother and brothers to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1273,7 +1273,7 @@ LUK	8	22	l427	figs-idiom	ἐν μιᾷ τῶν ἡμερῶν	1	on one of those
 LUK	8	22	l428	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ αὐτὸς ἐνέβη εἰς πλοῖον καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, διέλθωμεν εἰς τὸ πέραν τῆς λίμνης	1	both he and his disciples got into a boat, and he said to them, “Let us go over to the other side of the lake”	It seems unlikely that Jesus and his disciples would have gotten into a boat before they were planning to sail somewhere. So here Luke is probably describing the result before the reason. If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to his disciples, ‘Let us go over to the other side of the lake.’ So they all got into a boat together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	8	22	w1pk	translate-names	τῆς λίμνης	1	the lake	This means the Lake of Genneseret, which is also called the Sea of Galilee. But since Jesus would have referred to it simply as **the lake** while he and his disciples were on it, you do not need to use the proper name in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	8	22	btk8	figs-idiom	ἀνήχθησαν	1	they put out	This expression means that they began to travel across the lake in their boat. Alternate translation: “they headed out across the lake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	8	23	vh2v		πλεόντων…αὐτῶν	1	as they voyaged	The term **voyaged** means that Jesus and the disciples traveled by water. Alternate translation: “as they traveled across the lake”
+LUK	8	23	vh2v		πλεόντων&αὐτῶν	1	as they voyaged	The term **voyaged** means that Jesus and the disciples traveled by water. Alternate translation: “as they traveled across the lake”
 LUK	8	23	sf8z	writing-pronouns	ἀφύπνωσεν	1	he fell asleep	The pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus began to sleep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	8	23	mdb5	figs-idiom	κατέβη λαῖλαψ ἀνέμου εἰς τὴν λίμνην	1	a windstorm came down on the lake	Luke says **came down** because these winds blew down from the hills surrounding the lake. Alternate translation: “very strong winds suddenly began to blow on the lake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	8	23	l429	figs-metonymy	συνεπληροῦντο	1	they were being filled	Luke says **they**, meaning the disciples, to refer by association to the boat they were in. Alternate translation: “the boat was being filled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -1291,12 +1291,12 @@ LUK	8	25	f2wp		τίς ἄρα οὗτός ἐστιν	1	Who then is this	This is
 LUK	8	25	l434	figs-metonymy	τῷ ὕδατι	1	the water	The disciples are describing the violent waves that had threatened the boat by reference to **the water** that these waves arose from. Alternate translation: “the waves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	8	26	f17p	translate-names	τὴν χώραν τῶν Γερασηνῶν	1	the region of the Gerasenes	The name **Gerasenes** refers to people from the city of Gerasa. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	8	26	p9zp		ἀντιπέρα τῆς Γαλιλαίας	1	opposite Galilee	Alternate translation: “on the other side of the lake from Galilee”
-LUK	8	27	l435	figs-ellipsis	ἐξελθόντι…αὐτῷ	1	when he came out	Here Luke is writing in a compact way. He means that Jesus **came out** of the boat. Alternate translation: “when Jesus got out of the boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+LUK	8	27	l435	figs-ellipsis	ἐξελθόντι&αὐτῷ	1	when he came out	Here Luke is writing in a compact way. He means that Jesus **came out** of the boat. Alternate translation: “when Jesus got out of the boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 LUK	8	27	hjh5	writing-participants	ἀνήρ τις ἐκ τῆς πόλεως	1	a certain man from the city	This phrase introduces a new character in a story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “a man who was from the city of Gerasa” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	8	27	ji6p		ἔχων δαιμόνια	1	who had demons	Alternate translation: “who was controlled by demons” or “whom demons controlled”
 LUK	8	27	xhw7	writing-background	καὶ χρόνῳ ἱκανῷ	1	And for a long time	Luke uses this phrase to introduce background information about the man who had demons. Alternate translation: “Now for a long time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 LUK	8	27	we6n	translate-unknown	τοῖς μνήμασιν	1	the tombs	The term **the tombs** refers to places in which people laid to rest the bodies of loved ones who have died. In this context it may possibly mean caves cut into the rock or small buildings that the man could use for shelter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-LUK	8	28	ip59	writing-pronouns	ἰδὼν…τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	when he saw Jesus	The verb **having seen** refers to the man who had demons. Alternate translation: “when the man whom the demons controlled saw Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+LUK	8	28	ip59	writing-pronouns	ἰδὼν&τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	when he saw Jesus	The verb **having seen** refers to the man who had demons. Alternate translation: “when the man whom the demons controlled saw Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	8	28	n4ex		ἀνακράξας	1	he cried out	Alternate translation: “he screamed” or “he shrieked”
 LUK	8	28	fak9	translate-symaction	προσέπεσεν αὐτῷ	1	fell down before him	Be sure that it is clear in your translation that the man did not fall down accidentally. Rather, bowing or lying down in front of Jesus was a sign of humility and respect for him. Alternate translation: “respectfully bowed down at Jesus’ feet” or “respectfully lay down on the ground in front of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 LUK	8	28	m21e	figs-idiom	φωνῇ μεγάλῃ εἶπεν	1	said in a loud voice	This is an idiom that means the man raised the volume of his voice. Alternate translation: “shouted out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -1314,7 +1314,7 @@ LUK	8	30	p31w	translate-names	λεγεών	1	Legion	Translate the word **Legion*
 LUK	8	31	qcn1		παρεκάλουν αὐτὸν	1	they were begging him	Alternate translation: “the demons kept begging Jesus”
 LUK	8	31	l441	translate-unknown	τὴν Ἄβυσσον	1	the abyss	The term **abyss** literally means a bottomless pit, and here it describes a place of punishment. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could translate the term with an explanatory phrase, as UST does, saying “the deep pit where God punishes demons.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	8	32	b3vt	writing-background	ἦν δὲ ἐκεῖ ἀγέλη χοίρων ἱκανῶν βοσκομένη ἐν τῷ ὄρει	1	Now a large herd of pigs was there feeding on the hillside	Luke supplies this background information to help readers understand what happens next. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-LUK	8	32	q8w5		ἦν…ἐκεῖ…βοσκομένη ἐν τῷ ὄρει	1	was there feeding on the hillside	Alternate translation: “was nearby eating grass on the side of a hill”
+LUK	8	32	q8w5		ἦν&ἐκεῖ&βοσκομένη ἐν τῷ ὄρει	1	was there feeding on the hillside	Alternate translation: “was nearby eating grass on the side of a hill”
 LUK	8	32	l442	writing-pronouns	παρεκάλεσαν αὐτὸν ἵνα ἐπιτρέψῃ αὐτοῖς εἰς ἐκείνους εἰσελθεῖν	1	they begged him to permit them go into them	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could clarify who and what these pronouns refer to. Alternate translation: “the demons begged Jesus to let them go into the pigs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	8	32	l443		καὶ ἐπέτρεψεν αὐτοῖς	1	And he gave them permission	Luke does not say specifically why Jesus allowed the demons to go into the pigs. But Jesus did not necessarily do so because the demons begged him. He may have had other reasons of his own. So it would probably be best to translate this in a neutral way, as ULT and UST both do, rather than beginning with a word such as “So,” which would imply that Jesus agreed to this because the demons begged him.
 LUK	8	33	na38	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐξελθόντα δὲ τὰ δαιμόνια	1	Then the demons came out	The term translated as **Ehen** could mean that the demons came of out the man because Jesus told them they could go into the pigs. You could begin this sentence with the word **So**, as UST does, to show that. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@@ -1323,10 +1323,10 @@ LUK	8	33	ja6x	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἀπεπνίγη	1	and was drowned	If
 LUK	8	34	l444	figs-merism	εἰς τὴν πόλιν καὶ εἰς τοὺς ἀγρούς	1	in the city and in the countryside	Here Luke uses a figure of speech to refer to that whole region by naming the two constituent parts of it. Alternate translation: “throughout the whole area” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
 LUK	8	34	l445	figs-explicit	εἰς τὴν πόλιν καὶ εἰς τοὺς ἀγρούς	1	in the city and in the countryside	You could also translate this more literally. The implication is that this means the city of Gerasa, since Luke says in [8:29](../08/29.md) that Jesus and his disciples came to the region where this city was located. Alternate translation: “in the city of Gerasa and in the surrounding countryside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	8	35	l446	figs-explicit	ἐξῆλθον	1	they went out	Here, as well as in the other two instances in this verse, **they** refers to the people of that region, as in [8:37](../08/37.md). The term **went out** indicates the remote area where the man had been living. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express those things explicitly. Alternate translation: “people from all over that region went out to that remote area” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	8	35	ju71		εὗραν…τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἀφ’ οὗ τὰ δαιμόνια ἐξῆλθεν	1	found the man from whom the demons had gone out	Alternate translation: “saw the man whom the demons had left”
+LUK	8	35	ju71		εὗραν&τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἀφ’ οὗ τὰ δαιμόνια ἐξῆλθεν	1	found the man from whom the demons had gone out	Alternate translation: “saw the man whom the demons had left”
 LUK	8	35	l447	figs-activepassive	ἱματισμένον	1	clothed	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “wearing clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	8	35	w3tq		σωφρονοῦντα	1	being sound-minded	Alternate translation: “behaving normally”
-LUK	8	35	x9lp	figs-idiom	καθήμενον…παρὰ τοὺς πόδας τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	sitting at the feet of Jesus	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “sitting on the ground in front of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+LUK	8	35	x9lp	figs-idiom	καθήμενον&παρὰ τοὺς πόδας τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	sitting at the feet of Jesus	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “sitting on the ground in front of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	8	35	j89t	figs-explicit	ἐφοβήθησαν	1	they were afraid	The implication is that they were afraid of what else such a powerful person as Jesus might do. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they were afraid of what else Jesus might do, since they recognized what great power he had” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	8	36	xtf3	figs-ellipsis	οἱ ἰδόντες	1	those who had seen	Alternate translation: “those who had seen what had happened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 LUK	8	36	kv18	figs-activepassive	ἐσώθη ὁ δαιμονισθείς	1	the one who had been possessed by demons had been saved	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express both of these things with active forms. Alternate translation: “Jesus had delivered the man from the demons who had controlled him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -1338,7 +1338,7 @@ LUK	8	37	l450	figs-personification	φόβῳ μεγάλῳ συνείχοντο
 LUK	8	37	l451	figs-synecdoche	αὐτὸς δὲ ἐμβὰς, εἰς πλοῖον	1	he got into the boat	Luke says **he**, meaning Jesus, to describe the entire group of Jesus and his disciples. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples got into the boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 LUK	8	37	ue8c	figs-explicit	ὑπέστρεψεν	1	to return	The implication is that Jesus and his disciples were going to **return** to Galilee. Alternate translation: “to go back across the lake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	8	38	s25w	figs-events	δὲ	1	And	The events in this verse and the next verse happened before Jesus left in the boat. It may be helpful to state that clearly at the beginning here. Alternate translation (followed by comma): “Before Jesus and his disciples left,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
-LUK	8	38	l452	figs-quotations	ἐδεῖτο…αὐτοῦ…εἶναι σὺν αὐτῷ	1	begged him to be with him	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as a direct quotation, as UST does, breaking the sentence here. Alternate translation: “pleaded with Jesus, ‘Let me go with you!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
+LUK	8	38	l452	figs-quotations	ἐδεῖτο&αὐτοῦ&εἶναι σὺν αὐτῷ	1	begged him to be with him	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as a direct quotation, as UST does, breaking the sentence here. Alternate translation: “pleaded with Jesus, ‘Let me go with you!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
 LUK	8	38	abce	writing-pronouns	ἀπέλυσεν δὲ αὐτὸν	1	he sent him away	The pronoun**he** refers to Jesus, and the word **him** refers to the man. Alternate translation: “Jesus sent the man away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	8	39	zl3v	figs-metonymy	τὸν οἶκόν σου	1	your house	Jesus is using the word **house** to mean the people who live in the man’s **house**. Alternate translation: “your household” or “your family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	8	39	c9nh		διηγοῦ ὅσα σοι ἐποίησεν ὁ Θεός	1	describe all that God has done for you	Alternate translation: “tell them everything about what God has done for you”
@@ -1363,7 +1363,7 @@ LUK	8	44	vwe6	translate-unknown	ἥψατο τοῦ κρασπέδου τοῦ
 LUK	8	45	c3wm	figs-explicit	οἱ ὄχλοι συνέχουσίν σε καὶ ἀποθλίβουσιν	1	the crowds are crowding around and pressing against you	By saying this, Peter was implying that anyone could have touched Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “there are many people crowding around you and pressing in against you, so any one of them might have touched you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	8	45	l461	figs-doublet	συνέχουσίν σε καὶ ἀποθλίβουσιν	1	crowding around and pressing against you	These two expressions mean similar things. Peter is using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “pressing against you from every side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 LUK	8	46	u6am	figs-explicit	ἥψατό μού τις	1	Someone touched me	The implication is that Jesus means someone reached out and **touched** him intentionally. He is not referring to the accidental jostling of the crowd. Alternate translation: “Someone deliberately touched me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	8	46	zmu9	figs-explicit	ἐγὼ…ἔγνων δύναμιν ἐξεληλυθυῖαν ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ	1	I know power has gone out from me	Jesus did not lose power or become weak. Rather, he recognized that power had gone out from him and healed someone. Alternate translation: “I felt power go out from me and heal someone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	8	46	zmu9	figs-explicit	ἐγὼ&ἔγνων δύναμιν ἐξεληλυθυῖαν ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ	1	I know power has gone out from me	Jesus did not lose power or become weak. Rather, he recognized that power had gone out from him and healed someone. Alternate translation: “I felt power go out from me and heal someone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	8	47	cwn4	figs-explicit	ὅτι οὐκ ἔλαθεν	1	that she could not hide	The implication is that she could not hide the fact that she had touched Jesus deliberately. Alternate translation: “that she could not keep it a secret that she was the one who had touched Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	8	47	vua6	figs-explicit	τρέμουσα ἦλθεν	1	she came trembling	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the implicit reason why she was **trembling**. Alternate translation: “she came trembling with fear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	8	47	vxl7	translate-symaction	προσπεσοῦσα αὐτῷ	1	fell down before him	Be sure that it is clear in your translation that the woman did not fall down accidentally. Rather, bowing or lying down in front of Jesus was a sign of humility and respect for him. Alternate translation: “respectfully bowed down in front of Jesus” or “respectfully lay down on the ground in front of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
@@ -1384,15 +1384,15 @@ LUK	8	50	l467	figs-activepassive	σωθήσεται	1	she will be saved	If it wo
 LUK	8	51	gl9g	figs-synecdoche	ἐλθὼν δὲ εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν	1	when he came to the house	Luke says **he**, meaning Jesus, to describe the entire group that was coming with Jesus, which included his disciples and Jairus and likely others. Alternate translation: “When they arrived at the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 LUK	8	51	qal2	grammar-connect-exceptions	οὐκ ἀφῆκεν εἰσελθεῖν τινα σὺν αὐτῷ, εἰ μὴ	1	he did not allow anyone … except	If, in your language, it would appear that Luke was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “Jesus only allowed to enter with him (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
 LUK	8	51	i4v1		τὸν πατέρα τῆς παιδὸς	1	the father of the child	The phrase **the father of the child** refers to Jairus. Alternate translation: “Jairus, the girl’s father”
-LUK	8	52	tt9v	translate-symaction	ἔκλαιον…πάντες καὶ ἐκόπτοντο αὐτήν	1	they were all wailing and mourning for her	This was the customary way of showing grief in that culture. The term that ULT translates as **mourning** could mean that the people were pounding on their chests as a sign of grief, although Luke uses a much more specific expression to say that directly in [18:13](../18/13.md). If you think your readers might not understand the significance of these actions, you could explain generally what the people were doing. Or you could describe the actions and say why the people were doing them. Alternate translation: “they were all loudly expressing their grief” or “all the people there were wailing and pounding on their chests to show how sad they were that the girl had died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
-LUK	8	52	l468		οὐ…ἀπέθανεν, ἀλλὰ καθεύδει	1	she has not died, but sleeps	Alternate translation: “she is not dead, she is only sleeping”
+LUK	8	52	tt9v	translate-symaction	ἔκλαιον&πάντες καὶ ἐκόπτοντο αὐτήν	1	they were all wailing and mourning for her	This was the customary way of showing grief in that culture. The term that ULT translates as **mourning** could mean that the people were pounding on their chests as a sign of grief, although Luke uses a much more specific expression to say that directly in [18:13](../18/13.md). If you think your readers might not understand the significance of these actions, you could explain generally what the people were doing. Or you could describe the actions and say why the people were doing them. Alternate translation: “they were all loudly expressing their grief” or “all the people there were wailing and pounding on their chests to show how sad they were that the girl had died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
+LUK	8	52	l468		οὐ&ἀπέθανεν, ἀλλὰ καθεύδει	1	she has not died, but sleeps	Alternate translation: “she is not dead, she is only sleeping”
 LUK	8	53	nu8w	writing-pronouns	κατεγέλων αὐτοῦ, εἰδότες ὅτι ἀπέθανεν	1	laughed at him, knowing that she had died	Alternate translation: “they laughed at Jesus because they knew that Jairus’s daughter had died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-LUK	8	54	e7zt	writing-pronouns	αὐτὸς…κρατήσας τῆς χειρὸς αὐτῆς	1	he, taking hold of her hand	Alternate translation: “Jesus took hold of the girl’s hand and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+LUK	8	54	e7zt	writing-pronouns	αὐτὸς&κρατήσας τῆς χειρὸς αὐτῆς	1	he, taking hold of her hand	Alternate translation: “Jesus took hold of the girl’s hand and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	8	54	l469	figs-imperative	ἔγειρε	1	arise	This was not a command that the girl was capable of obeying. Instead, this was a command that directly caused her to be raised from the dead. Alternate translation: “your life is restored, so get up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 LUK	8	55	k6w2	figs-explicit	ἐπέστρεψεν τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτῆς	1	her spirit returned	The people of this time considered life to be the result of the spirit coming into a person. You could express this in the way that would be most meaningful in your culture. Alternate translation: “she started breathing again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	8	56	c6mp		μηδενὶ εἰπεῖν	1	to tell no one	If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the verb negative and the subject positive. Alternate translation: “not to tell anyone”
 LUK	9	intro	uc1r			0		# Luke 9 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus sends his 12 apostles to teach and heal (9:1–9)<br>2. Jesus miraculously feeds 5,000 people (9:10–17)<br>3. Jesus speaks with his disciples about who he is (9:18–27)<br>4. The glory of Jesus is revealed on a mountaintop (9:28–36)<br>5. Jesus drives a demon out of a boy (9:37–43)<br>6. Jesus speaks about being his disciple (9:44–50)<br>7. Jesus begins to travel to Jerusalem (9:51–62)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Elijah<br><br>God had promised the Jews that the prophet Elijah would return before the Messiah came. So some people who saw Jesus do miracles thought Jesus was Elijah (9:9, 9:19). He was not. However, Elijah did come to earth to speak with Jesus (9:30). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/elijah]])<br><br>### Glory<br><br>Scripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. Luke says in this chapter that Jesus’ clothing shone with this glorious light so that his followers could see that Jesus truly was God’s Son. At the same time, God told them that Jesus was his Son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. Jesus speaks a paradox in this chapter: “Whoever would save his life will lose it, but whoever loses his life for my sake will save it” (9:24).<br><br>### “Receiving”<br><br>This word appears several times in this chapter and means different things. When Jesus says, “If someone receives a little child like this in my name, he also is receiving me, and if someone receives me, he is also receiving the one who sent me” (9:48), he is speaking of people serving the child. When Luke says, “the people there did not receive him” (9:53), he means that the people did not believe in or accept Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])
-LUK	9	1	l470	figs-nominaladj	συνκαλεσάμενος…τοὺς δώδεκα	1	when he had called the Twelve together	See how you translated this phrase in [8:1](../08/01.md). You may have decided to translate the nominal adjective **the Twelve** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “when he had called together his 12 apostles” or “when he had called together the 12 men whom he had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+LUK	9	1	l470	figs-nominaladj	συνκαλεσάμενος&τοὺς δώδεκα	1	when he had called the Twelve together	See how you translated this phrase in [8:1](../08/01.md). You may have decided to translate the nominal adjective **the Twelve** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “when he had called together his 12 apostles” or “when he had called together the 12 men whom he had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	9	1	l471	translate-names	τοὺς δώδεκα	1	the Twelve	You may have decided instead in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate this as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you can do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	9	1	zqq6	figs-doublet	δύναμιν καὶ ἐξουσίαν	1	power and authority	The words **power** and **authority** mean similar things. Luke uses them together to show that Jesus gave his 12 disciples both the ability and the right to heal people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this phrase with a combination of words that includes both of these ideas. Alternate translation: “the right to use power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 LUK	9	1	fuj7		πάντα τὰ δαιμόνια	1	all the demons	This could mean one of two things. Alternate translation: “every demon” or “every kind of demon”
@@ -1435,7 +1435,7 @@ LUK	9	11	l483	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ	1
 LUK	9	12	btc8	writing-background	ἡ δὲ ἡμέρα ἤρξατο κλίνειν	1	And the day began to end	Luke provides this background information to help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now it was getting towards the end of the day” or “Now the end of the day was approaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 LUK	9	12	l484	figs-nominaladj	οἱ δώδεκα	1	the Twelve	See how you translated this term in [8:1](../08/01.md). You may have decided to translate the nominal adjective **Twelve** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “his 12 apostles” or “the 12 men whom he had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	9	12	l485	translate-names	οἱ δώδεκα	1	the Twelve	You may have decided instead in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate this as a title, **the Twelve**, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you can do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-LUK	9	13	l486	figs-litotes	οὐκ εἰσὶν…πλεῖον ἢ	1	There are not more than	The disciples are expressing a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “There are only” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
+LUK	9	13	l486	figs-litotes	οὐκ εἰσὶν&πλεῖον ἢ	1	There are not more than	The disciples are expressing a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “There are only” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 LUK	9	13	tay4	translate-unknown	ἄρτοι πέντε	1	five loaves	This means **loaves** of bread, which are lumps of flour dough that a person has shaped and baked. Alternate translation: “five loaves of bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	9	13	vuc1	figs-irony	εἰ μήτι πορευθέντες, ἡμεῖς ἀγοράσωμεν εἰς πάντα τὸν λαὸν τοῦτον βρώματα	1	unless we go and buy food for all these people	The disciples are not making a serious suggestion here. They actually mean to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of their words. Alternate translation: “and we certainly cannot go and buy food for all these people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
 LUK	9	14	c9z5	figs-explicit	ὡσεὶ ἄνδρες πεντακισχίλιοι	1	about 5,000 men	Luke assumes that readers will know that this number does not include the women and children who were likely also present. (This is not a case where a masculine term includes women.) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “about 5,000 men, not counting the women and children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1449,7 +1449,7 @@ LUK	9	17	l5ml	figs-activepassive	ἔφαγον καὶ ἐχορτάσθησαν
 LUK	9	17	l487	translate-unknown	κόφινοι	1	baskets	Here, **baskets** refers to containers made of woven material. In biblical times, baskets were often made from strong plant materials, such as peels of wood or reeds that grew near the water. If your readers would not be familiar with baskets, you could use a general term. Alternate translation: “containers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	9	18	y5a5	writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 LUK	9	18	l91t		προσευχόμενον κατὰ μόνας	1	praying alone	The disciples were with Jesus, but he was praying personally and privately by himself. Alternate translation: “praying by himself”
-LUK	9	19	l488	figs-hendiadys	οἱ…ἀποκριθέντες εἶπαν	1	answering they said	Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that the disciples responded to the question that Jesus asked them. Alternate translation: “they responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
+LUK	9	19	l488	figs-hendiadys	οἱ&ἀποκριθέντες εἶπαν	1	answering they said	Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that the disciples responded to the question that Jesus asked them. Alternate translation: “they responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 LUK	9	19	f2kh	figs-ellipsis	Ἰωάννην τὸν Βαπτιστήν, ἄλλοι δὲ, Ἠλείαν, ἄλλοι δὲ	1	John the Baptist, but others Elijah, and others	The disciples are answering Jesus in a compressed way, leaving out words that a sentence would ordinarily need to be complete. Alternate translation: “Some say that you are John the Baptist, but others say that you are Elijah, and others say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 LUK	9	19	ewu4	figs-explicit	ὅτι προφήτης τις τῶν ἀρχαίων ἀνέστη	1	that one of the ancient prophets has risen	It may be helpful to clarify how this answer relates to Jesus’ question. Alternate translation: “that you are one of the prophets from long ago who has come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	9	19	x3px	figs-explicit	ἀνέστη	1	has risen	This means **risen** from the dead. Alternate translation: “has come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1494,13 +1494,13 @@ LUK	9	31	g28p	figs-activepassive	οἳ ὀφθέντες ἐν δόξῃ	1	who w
 LUK	9	31	cur1	figs-euphemism	τὴν ἔξοδον αὐτοῦ	1	his departure	Luke is using a polite way of referring to Jesus’ death. Alternate translation: “how Jesus would leave this world” or “how Jesus would die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 LUK	9	31	l502		ἣν ἤμελλεν πληροῦν ἐν Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	which he was about to fulfill in Jerusalem	Alternate translation: “which was soon going to happen in Jerusalem”
 LUK	9	32	i29n	writing-background	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information about what Peter, James, and John were doing while Jesus was speaking with Moses and Elijah. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-LUK	9	32	f8ip	figs-activepassive	ὁ…Πέτρος καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ ἦσαν βεβαρημένοι ὕπνῳ	1	Peter and those with him were weighted with sleep	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “sleep was weighing heavily upon Peter and James and John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	9	32	l503	figs-personification	ὁ…Πέτρος καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ ἦσαν βεβαρημένοι ὕπνῳ	1	Peter and those with him were weighted with sleep	Luke speaks of **sleep** as if it were something that could be like a weight pressing down on a person. Alternate translation: “Peter and James and John all felt very sleepy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+LUK	9	32	f8ip	figs-activepassive	ὁ&Πέτρος καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ ἦσαν βεβαρημένοι ὕπνῳ	1	Peter and those with him were weighted with sleep	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “sleep was weighing heavily upon Peter and James and John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	9	32	l503	figs-personification	ὁ&Πέτρος καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ ἦσαν βεβαρημένοι ὕπνῳ	1	Peter and those with him were weighted with sleep	Luke speaks of **sleep** as if it were something that could be like a weight pressing down on a person. Alternate translation: “Peter and James and John all felt very sleepy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 LUK	9	32	tw7e	figs-explicit	εἶδον τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ	1	they saw his glory	As in [2:9](../02/09.md), the implication is that this **glory** manifested visibly as a bright light. Alternate translation: “they saw brilliant light shining around Jesus” or “they saw a very bright light coming from Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	9	32	tsj6		καὶ τοὺς δύο ἄνδρας τοὺς συνεστῶτας αὐτῷ	1	and the two men who were standing with him	The phrase **the two men** refers to Moses and Elijah. Alternate translation: “and they also saw Moses and Elijah”
 LUK	9	33	l504	writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new development within this episode. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 LUK	9	33	npk9	writing-pronouns	ἐν τῷ διαχωρίζεσθαι αὐτοὺς ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	as they were going away from him	The pronoun **they** refers to Moses and Elijah, not to the disciples. Alternate translation: “as Moses and Elijah were about to leave Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-LUK	9	33	l505	figs-exclusive	ἡμᾶς…ποιήσωμεν	1	for us … let us make	Since Peter wants to make it possible for Moses and Elijah to stay, when he says **for us**, he likely means “all six of us.” So if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive “us,” use the inclusive form in that case. However, when Peter says **let us**, he is likely referring to himself and to James and John, so use the exclusive form of “us” in that case. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+LUK	9	33	l505	figs-exclusive	ἡμᾶς&ποιήσωμεν	1	for us … let us make	Since Peter wants to make it possible for Moses and Elijah to stay, when he says **for us**, he likely means “all six of us.” So if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive “us,” use the inclusive form in that case. However, when Peter says **let us**, he is likely referring to himself and to James and John, so use the exclusive form of “us” in that case. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 LUK	9	33	mby6	translate-unknown	σκηνὰς	1	tents	The term **tents** means simple, temporary places in which to sit or sleep. Peter probably had in mind that he and the other two disciples would build them from the materials available on the mountain such as tree branches. Alternate translation: “shelters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	9	33	l506		μὴ εἰδὼς ὃ λέγει	1	not knowing what he says	To call attention to a development in the story, Luke uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “he did not know what he was saying”
 LUK	9	34	ct1w	writing-pronouns	ταῦτα δὲ αὐτοῦ λέγοντος	1	as he was saying this	Alternate translation: “While Peter was saying these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -1513,7 +1513,7 @@ LUK	9	36	l507		ἐν τῷ γενέσθαι τὴν φωνὴν	1	when the voice
 LUK	9	36	l508	figs-idiom	εὑρέθη Ἰησοῦς μόνος	1	Jesus was found alone	The term **found** is an idiom that means “could be found” or “was there.” Alternate translation: “only Jesus was there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	9	36	l509	figs-activepassive	εὑρέθη Ἰησοῦς μόνος	1	Jesus was found alone	If it would be helpful in your language, you could state **Jesus was found alone** with an active form. Alternate translation: “only Jesus was there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	9	36	v9uy	figs-doublet	αὐτοὶ ἐσίγησαν, καὶ οὐδενὶ ἀπήγγειλαν	1	they were silent and told no one	These two phrases mean the same thing. (The Greek verb in the first phrase does not always mean to make no sound. It can also mean to keep a secret.) Luke uses the two phrases together for emphasis. In your translation, you could also use repetition for emphasis, or, If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine the phrases. Alternate translation: “they kept it a secret and did not tell anyone” or “they said nothing about it to anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-LUK	9	36	l510	figs-doublenegatives	οὐδενὶ ἀπήγγειλαν…οὐδὲν	1	told no one … anything	Luke uses a double negative in Greek for emphasis here, “told no one … nothing.” The second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning, “told someone … something.” If for emphasis your language uses double negatives that do not cancel one another, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
+LUK	9	36	l510	figs-doublenegatives	οὐδενὶ ἀπήγγειλαν&οὐδὲν	1	told no one … anything	Luke uses a double negative in Greek for emphasis here, “told no one … nothing.” The second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning, “told someone … something.” If for emphasis your language uses double negatives that do not cancel one another, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 LUK	9	36	l511	figs-idiom	ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις	1	in those days	Here Luke uses the term **days** to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	9	37	q5f5	writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 LUK	9	38	l512	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	behold	Luke uses the term **behold** to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1531,7 +1531,7 @@ LUK	9	41	l518	figs-rquestion	ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος καὶ διεστ
 LUK	9	41	apa3	figs-doublet	ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος καὶ διεστραμμένη	1	O unbelieving and perverted generation	The terms **unbelieving** and **perverted** mean similar things. Jesus uses them together for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine them into a single phrase. Alternate translation: “You have all gone wrong because you do not believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 LUK	9	41	qk1w	figs-you	ἕως πότε ἔσομαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς καὶ ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν?	1	until when will I be with you and bear with you?	In both cases here, **you** is plural in Greek because Jesus is addressing a **generation** that is made up of many people. However, **generation** is a collective noun, and if your language would treat a collective noun as singular in a context like this, you could use the singular form of **you**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 LUK	9	41	ls7b	figs-you	προσάγαγε ὧδε τὸν υἱόν σου	1	Bring your son here	Jesus is now speaking to the father of the boy, and so **your** is singular here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-LUK	9	42	l519	writing-pronouns	ἔτι…προσερχομένου αὐτοῦ	1	while he was coming	The pronoun **he** refers to the boy, not to the father. Alternate translation: “while the boy was coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+LUK	9	42	l519	writing-pronouns	ἔτι&προσερχομένου αὐτοῦ	1	while he was coming	The pronoun **he** refers to the boy, not to the father. Alternate translation: “while the boy was coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	9	43	hz1l	figs-explicit	ἐξεπλήσσοντο δὲ πάντες ἐπὶ τῇ μεγαλειότητι τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	they all marveled at the majesty of God	Jesus performed the miracle, but the crowd recognized that **God** was the power behind the healing. Alternate translation: “Then they were all amazed that God would work so powerfully through Jesus in this way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	9	43	d61c	writing-pronouns	πᾶσιν οἷς ἐποίει	1	everything that he was doing	The word **he** refers to Jesus, not to God the Father. Alternate translation: “everything Jesus was doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	9	44	gah9	figs-idiom	θέσθε ὑμεῖς εἰς τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν τοὺς λόγους τούτους	1	You put these words in your ears	Jesus is using an idiom to tell his disciples to pay careful attention to what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Now listen carefully to this and remember it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -1540,7 +1540,7 @@ LUK	9	44	ygr3	figs-123person	ὁ γὰρ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου μ
 LUK	9	44	l520	figs-explicit	ὁ γὰρ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου μέλλει παραδίδοσθαι	1	the Son of Man is going to be handed over	See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “someone is going to betray me, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	9	44	l521	figs-metaphor	εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων	1	into the hands of men	The term **hands** represent power and control. Alternate translation: “to his enemies, who will have power over him” or (if you translated in the first person) “to my enemies, who will have power over me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	9	44	l522	figs-explicit	εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων	1	into the hands of men	It may be helpful to make explicit who these **men** are. Alternate translation: “to his enemies, who will have power over him” or (if you translated in the first person) “to my enemies, who will have power over me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	9	45	l523	figs-metonymy	τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦτο…περὶ τοῦ ῥήματος τούτου	1	this word … about this word	Luke uses the term **word** to describe what Jesus said by using words. Alternate translation: “this saying … about this saying” or “this statement … about this statement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+LUK	9	45	l523	figs-metonymy	τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦτο&περὶ τοῦ ῥήματος τούτου	1	this word … about this word	Luke uses the term **word** to describe what Jesus said by using words. Alternate translation: “this saying … about this saying” or “this statement … about this statement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	9	45	ub1r	figs-activepassive	ἦν παρακεκαλυμμένον ἀπ’ αὐτῶν	1	it was hidden from them	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God hid its meaning from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	9	46	dh3w	writing-pronouns	ἐν αὐτοῖς	1	among them	Be sure that it is clear in your translation that the pronoun **them** does not include Jesus. He was not arguing, along with the disciples, about who was the **greatest**. Alternate translation: “among the disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	9	46	l524		τίς ἂν εἴη μείζων αὐτῶν	1	which of them might be the greatest	Alternate translation: “which one of them was the greatest”
@@ -1551,7 +1551,7 @@ LUK	9	48	mav1	figs-metaphor	ἐμὲ δέχεται	1	welcomes me	This is a meta
 LUK	9	48	awc6	figs-explicit	τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με	1	the one who sent me	Jesus assumes that his disciples will know that this means God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God, who sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	9	48	zw5t	figs-gendernotations	οὗτός ἐστιν μέγας	1	he is great	Here Jesus uses the pronoun **he** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “that is the person whom God considers to be great” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 LUK	9	49	uwr3	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ Ἰωάννης εἶπεν	1	Then answering John said	Together **answering** and **said** mean that John responded to what Jesus had just said. Alternate translation: “Then John responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
-LUK	9	49	bj41	figs-exclusive	εἴδομέν…μεθ’ ἡμῶν	1	we saw … with us	When John says **we**, he is speaking of himself and some other disciples who spoke to this man, so **we** would be exclusive, if your language uses that form. However, when John says **us**, he seems to be referring to the disciples and Jesus traveling together, and since he is speaking to Jesus, **us** would be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+LUK	9	49	bj41	figs-exclusive	εἴδομέν&μεθ’ ἡμῶν	1	we saw … with us	When John says **we**, he is speaking of himself and some other disciples who spoke to this man, so **we** would be exclusive, if your language uses that form. However, when John says **us**, he seems to be referring to the disciples and Jesus traveling together, and since he is speaking to Jesus, **us** would be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 LUK	9	49	py8i	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου	1	in your name	The term **name** is a figurative way of referring to a person by reference to something associated with them. This expression means the person was acting with the power and authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “on your behalf” or “as your representative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	9	49	l526	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἀκολουθεῖ μεθ’ ἡμῶν	1	he does not follow with us	In this case, to **follow** Jesus does not seem to mean to be one of his disciples, as in [5:27](../05/27.md), since this man was acting in Jesus’ **name**. Rather, in this context it seems to refer to traveling together in this group with Jesus. Alternate translation: “he does not travel with you in our group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	9	50	hw85	figs-litotes	μὴ κωλύετε	1	Do not prevent him	Jesus is expressing a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. You can state this positively. Alternate translation: “Allow him to continue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
@@ -1569,14 +1569,14 @@ LUK	9	53	n62j	figs-explicit	ὅτι τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ἦν π
 LUK	9	54	a8sf	figs-metaphor	ἰδόντες	1	saw	The verb **having seen** represents notice and attention. Alternate translation: “having recognized that the Samaritans were not going to accommodate Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	9	54	y4rq	figs-explicit	θέλεις εἴπωμεν πῦρ καταβῆναι ἀπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ ἀναλῶσαι αὐτούς?	1	do you want us to tell fire to come down from heaven and consume them?	James and John suggested this method of judgment because they knew that this was how the prophets such as Elijah had called down judgment upon people who rejected God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “do you want us to tell fire to come down from heaven to consume them, as Elijah did?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	9	54	l533	figs-exclusive	θέλεις εἴπωμεν	1	do you want us to tell	By **us**, James and John mean themselves, but not Jesus, so **us** is exclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-LUK	9	55	pj6b	writing-pronouns	στραφεὶς…ἐπετίμησεν αὐτοῖς	1	he turned and rebuked them	The pronoun **them** refers to James and John. Jesus did not condemn the Samaritans, as the disciples expected. Alternate translation: “Jesus turned around and rebuked James and John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+LUK	9	55	pj6b	writing-pronouns	στραφεὶς&ἐπετίμησεν αὐτοῖς	1	he turned and rebuked them	The pronoun **them** refers to James and John. Jesus did not condemn the Samaritans, as the disciples expected. Alternate translation: “Jesus turned around and rebuked James and John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	9	57	l534		τις	1	someone	This was not one of the disciples. Alternate translation: “a certain person”
 LUK	9	58	yq5n	figs-merism	αἱ ἀλώπεκες φωλεοὺς ἔχουσιν, καὶ τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνώσεις	1	The foxes have dens, and the birds of the sky have nests	Jesus is using a figure of speech. By naming a creature that lives on land and a creature that flies in the air, Jesus is referring to all creatures. Alternate translation: “Every creature has a place to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
 LUK	9	58	anv9	translate-unknown	αἱ ἀλώπεκες φωλεοὺς ἔχουσιν	1	The foxes have dens	The word **foxes** describes land animals that are similar to small dogs. The word **dens** refers to holes that these animals dig in the ground as shelters. If your readers would not be familiar with this animal and its habits, you could describe them in general terms. Alternate translation: “Little animals live in holes in the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	9	58	c88m	figs-explicitinfo	τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνώσεις	1	the birds of the sky, nests	In your language, it might seem that this phrase expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate it. However, you could also use an action clause to keep the sense of **sky**, to complement the idea of “ground” in the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “birds live in nests” or “birds that fly in the air live in nests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
 LUK	9	58	ls02	figs-ellipsis	τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνώσεις	1	the birds of the sky, nests	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “birds live in nests” or “birds that fly in the air live in nests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-LUK	9	58	r7vq	figs-123person	ὁ…Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	2	the Son of Man	**Jesus** is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-LUK	9	58	l535	figs-explicit	ὁ…Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	2	the Son of Man	See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	9	58	r7vq	figs-123person	ὁ&Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	2	the Son of Man	**Jesus** is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+LUK	9	58	l535	figs-explicit	ὁ&Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	2	the Son of Man	See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	9	58	l536	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔχει ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλίνῃ	1	does not have anywhere to lay his head	Jesus implies that if this person were to follow him, he too might not have a home. Alternate translation: “does not have a home anywhere, so if you become his disciple, expect that you will not have a home either” or (if you translated in the first person) “do not have a home anywhere, so if you become my disciple, expect that you will not have a home either” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	9	58	l537	figs-metonymy	οὐκ ἔχει ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλίνῃ	1	does not have anywhere to lay his head	This expression means “does not have anywhere to sleep,” by association with something that a person does in order to sleep, **lay** down his **head**. And a place to sleep, by association, means a home, since that is where people sleep. Alternate translation: “does not have a home anywhere” or (if you translated in the first person) “do not have a home anywhere” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	9	58	ff62	figs-hyperbole	οὐκ ἔχει ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλίνῃ	1	does not have anywhere to lay his head	Jesus actually did find places to sleep wherever he went to teach and heal, but he says that he has no such place at all to emphasize that he has no permanent home. Alternate translation: “does not have a permanent home” or (if you translated in the first person) “do not have a permanent home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
@@ -1618,7 +1618,7 @@ LUK	10	5	zk69	figs-metonymy	εἰρήνη τῷ οἴκῳ τούτῳ	1	Peace b
 LUK	10	5	l563	figs-idiom	εἰρήνη τῷ οἴκῳ τούτῳ	1	Peace be to this house	This was an idiomatic expression, based on the Hebrew concept of “shalom,” that was both a greeting and a blessing. Alternate translation: “I greet all of you in this household and I wish for God to bless you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	10	6	x5e4	figs-idiom	υἱὸς εἰρήνης	1	a son of peace	The expression **son of** refers to a person who shares the qualities of something. Alternate translation: “a person who wants peace with God and with people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	10	6	pq5j	figs-metaphor	ἐπαναπαήσεται ἐπ’ αὐτὸν ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν	1	your peace will rest upon him	Here, **upon** creates a spatial metaphor. It means that this person will experience the peace that God gives in a special and lasting way. Alternate translation: “he will deeply experience the peace that you wish him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	10	6	it4v	figs-ellipsis	εἰ…μή γε	1	if not	It may be helpful to restate the entire phrase. Alternate translation: “if there is no one there who wants peace with God and with people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+LUK	10	6	it4v	figs-ellipsis	εἰ&μή γε	1	if not	It may be helpful to restate the entire phrase. Alternate translation: “if there is no one there who wants peace with God and with people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 LUK	10	6	zpx9	figs-personification	ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἀνακάμψει	1	it will return to you	Jesus describes **peace** as a living thing that could choose to leave one person and go to another person. Alternate translation: “you will experience that peace yourselves instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 LUK	10	7	ki3k		ἐν αὐτῇ δὲ τῇ οἰκίᾳ μένετε	1	remain in that house	Jesus was not saying that they should stay in the house all the time and never leave it, but that they should make it their base of operations for as long as they were in that place. Alternate translation: “stay at that house”
 LUK	10	7	l564	figs-idiom	τὰ παρ’ αὐτῶν	1	what is from them	This phrase is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the food and drink that they provide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -1626,7 +1626,7 @@ LUK	10	7	u3vs	writing-proverbs	ἄξιος γὰρ ὁ ἐργάτης τοῦ
 LUK	10	7	kd8i		μὴ μεταβαίνετε ἐξ οἰκίας εἰς οἰκίαν	1	Do not move around from house to house	This expression describes staying in different houses rather than making one house the base of operations the whole time. Jesus is repeating his earlier instruction, **remain in that house**, for emphasis. Jesus is not saying that these disciples cannot go to meet with people in other homes. Alternate translation: “As I said, stay at that house”
 LUK	10	8	k8yb	writing-pronouns	καὶ δέχωνται ὑμᾶς	1	and they receive you	The pronoun **they** refers to the people living in this city. Alternate translation: “if the people there welcome you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	10	8	wd2x	figs-activepassive	ἐσθίετε τὰ παρατιθέμενα ὑμῖν	1	eat what is served to you	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “eat whatever food the people of that city serve you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	10	9	ws6g	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς…ἀσθενεῖς	1	the sick	Jesus is using the adjective **sick** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the people who are sick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+LUK	10	9	ws6g	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς&ἀσθενεῖς	1	the sick	Jesus is using the adjective **sick** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the people who are sick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	10	9	l565	writing-pronouns	ἐν αὐτῇ	1	in it	Alternate translation: “who live in that city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	10	9	l566	figs-quotesinquotes	λέγετε αὐτοῖς, ἤγγικεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	say to them, ‘The kingdom of God has come close to you’	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “tell them that the kingdom of God has come close to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	10	9	e1he	figs-abstractnouns	ἤγγικεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	The kingdom of God has come close to you	The idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** can be expressed with a verb such as “rule.” This could mean: (1) the kingdom of God is close in location, that is, its activities are happening nearby. Alternate translation: “God is ruling in this area” (2) the kingdom of God is close in time, that is, it will begin soon. Alternate translation: “God will soon begin to rule as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -1639,19 +1639,19 @@ LUK	10	11	fdk3	figs-abstractnouns	ἤγγικεν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ
 LUK	10	12	hhl1		λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι	1	I say to you that	Jesus says this to emphasize that what he is about to tell these disciples is very important. Alternate translation: “Take special note that”
 LUK	10	12	l568	figs-idiom	ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ	1	on that day	Jesus is using the term **day** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “when God judges everyone for what they have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	10	12	m7ch	figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ	1	on that day	Jesus expected his disciples to understand that he was referring to the time when God will bring final judgment. Alternate translation: “when God judges everyone for what they have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	10	12	qg62	figs-metonymy	Σοδόμοις…ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται, ἢ τῇ πόλει ἐκείνῃ	1	it will be more tolerable for Sodom than for that city	Jesus uses the name of the city, **Sodom**, to refer to the people who lived there. Alternate translation: “God will judge the people of that town more severely than he will judge the people of Sodom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-LUK	10	12	l569	figs-explicit	Σοδόμοις…ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται, ἢ τῇ πόλει ἐκείνῃ	1	it will be more tolerable for Sodom than for that city	Jesus assumes that these disciples will know that God destroyed the city of **Sodom** because the people in it were so wicked. The implication is that it must therefore be an extremely serious offense to reject the messengers of the kingdom of God. Alternate translation: “God will judge the people of that town more severely than he will judge the people of Sodom, even though he destroyed their city because they were so wicked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	10	12	qg62	figs-metonymy	Σοδόμοις&ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται, ἢ τῇ πόλει ἐκείνῃ	1	it will be more tolerable for Sodom than for that city	Jesus uses the name of the city, **Sodom**, to refer to the people who lived there. Alternate translation: “God will judge the people of that town more severely than he will judge the people of Sodom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+LUK	10	12	l569	figs-explicit	Σοδόμοις&ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται, ἢ τῇ πόλει ἐκείνῃ	1	it will be more tolerable for Sodom than for that city	Jesus assumes that these disciples will know that God destroyed the city of **Sodom** because the people in it were so wicked. The implication is that it must therefore be an extremely serious offense to reject the messengers of the kingdom of God. Alternate translation: “God will judge the people of that town more severely than he will judge the people of Sodom, even though he destroyed their city because they were so wicked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	10	13	sf42	figs-apostrophe	οὐαί σοι, Χοραζείν! οὐαί σοι, Βηθσαϊδά!	1	Woe to you, Chorazin! Woe to you, Bethsaida!	Jesus is speaking to two cities that he knows cannot hear him. He is doing this to show in a very strong way how he feels about those cities. He is actually speaking to the people who can hear him, the disciples whom he is sending out. If your readers might not understand this kind of figurative speech, you could translate Jesus’ words as if he were speaking directly to his disciples. Alternate translation: “Chorazin and Bethsaida are two of the cities whose people God will judge severely for rejecting my message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
 LUK	10	13	l570	figs-idiom	οὐαί σοι, Χοραζείν! οὐαί σοι, Βηθσαϊδά!	1	Woe to you, Chorazin! Woe to you, Bethsaida!	See how you translated this phrase in [6:24](../06/24.md). Alternate translation: “how terrible it will be for you, Chorazin and Bethsaida!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	10	13	l571	figs-metonymy	οὐαί σοι, Χοραζείν! οὐαί σοι, Βηθσαϊδά!	1	Woe to you, Chorazin! Woe to you, Bethsaida!	Jesus is using the names of these cities to refer to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “How terrible it will be for you people of Chorazin and Bethsaida!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	10	13	l572	figs-you	οὐαί σοι, Χοραζείν! οὐαί σοι, Βηθσαϊδά!	1	Woe to you, Chorazin! Woe to you, Bethsaida!	Jesus is addressing an individual city in each of these phrases, so **you** is singular in both cases. However, if you decide to translate this as “you people of Chorazin and Bethsaida,” then **you** would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-LUK	10	13	l573	translate-names	Χοραζείν…Βηθσαϊδά!	1	Chorazin … Bethsaida	**Chorazin** and **Bethsaida** are the names of two cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-LUK	10	13	mvq5	figs-hypo	ὅτι εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις, αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν, πάλαι ἂν…μετενόησαν	1	For if the mighty works that happened in you had happened in Tyre and Sidon, they would have repented long ago	Jesus is describing a situation that might have happened in the past but actually did not. He is doing this to express disappointment and regret about what is happening in the present. Be sure to translate this in such a way that your readers will know that this event actually did not happen but they will understand why Jesus is imagining it. Alternate translation: “I can well imagine that if the people of Tyre and Sidon had witnessed the miracles that I performed for you, they would have repented a long time ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
-LUK	10	13	l574	figs-explicit	ὅτι εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις, αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν, πάλαι ἂν…μετενόησαν	1	For if the mighty works that happened in you had happened in Tyre and Sidon, they would have repented long ago	Jesus assumes that these disciples will know that God destroyed the cities of **Tyre** and **Sidon** because the people in them were so wicked. So the implication is similar to the one about the people of Sodom. Alternate translation: “God destroyed the cities of Tyre and Sidon because they were so wicked. But even the people who lived in those cities would have repented if they had seen the miracles I did in Chorazin and Bethsaida. So the people of Chorazin and Bethsaida certainly should have repented as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	10	13	l573	translate-names	Χοραζείν&Βηθσαϊδά!	1	Chorazin … Bethsaida	**Chorazin** and **Bethsaida** are the names of two cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+LUK	10	13	mvq5	figs-hypo	ὅτι εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις, αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν, πάλαι ἂν&μετενόησαν	1	For if the mighty works that happened in you had happened in Tyre and Sidon, they would have repented long ago	Jesus is describing a situation that might have happened in the past but actually did not. He is doing this to express disappointment and regret about what is happening in the present. Be sure to translate this in such a way that your readers will know that this event actually did not happen but they will understand why Jesus is imagining it. Alternate translation: “I can well imagine that if the people of Tyre and Sidon had witnessed the miracles that I performed for you, they would have repented a long time ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
+LUK	10	13	l574	figs-explicit	ὅτι εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις, αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν, πάλαι ἂν&μετενόησαν	1	For if the mighty works that happened in you had happened in Tyre and Sidon, they would have repented long ago	Jesus assumes that these disciples will know that God destroyed the cities of **Tyre** and **Sidon** because the people in them were so wicked. So the implication is similar to the one about the people of Sodom. Alternate translation: “God destroyed the cities of Tyre and Sidon because they were so wicked. But even the people who lived in those cities would have repented if they had seen the miracles I did in Chorazin and Bethsaida. So the people of Chorazin and Bethsaida certainly should have repented as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	10	13	l575	figs-metonymy	Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι	1	Tyre and Sidon	Jesus uses the names of these cities to refer to the people who lived there. Alternate translation: “the people of Tyre and Sidon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	10	13	l577	figs-youdual	αἱ δυνάμεις, αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν	1	the mighty works that happened in you	Since Jesus is addressing two cities, **you** would be dual here if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
 LUK	10	13	it4x	translate-symaction	ἂν ἐν σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ καθήμενοι μετενόησαν	1	they would have repented … sitting in sackcloth and ashes	Jesus is saying that the people of Tyre and Sidon would have performed these actions, which are signs of humility and sorrow, to show that they were very sorry for committing their sins. Alternate translation: “they would have shown how sorry they were for their sins … by sitting on the ground wearing rough clothes and putting ashes on their heads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
-LUK	10	14	l578	figs-metonymy	Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι, ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται…ἢ ὑμῖν	1	it will be more tolerable for Tyre and for Sidon … than for you	Jesus uses the names of these cities, **Tyre** and **Sidon**, to refer to the people who lived there. Alternate translation: “God will judge you people of Chorazin and Bethsaida more severely than he will judge the people who lived in Tyre and Sidon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+LUK	10	14	l578	figs-metonymy	Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι, ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται&ἢ ὑμῖν	1	it will be more tolerable for Tyre and for Sidon … than for you	Jesus uses the names of these cities, **Tyre** and **Sidon**, to refer to the people who lived there. Alternate translation: “God will judge you people of Chorazin and Bethsaida more severely than he will judge the people who lived in Tyre and Sidon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	10	14	ikt3	figs-explicit	Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι, ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται ἐν τῇ κρίσει ἢ ὑμῖν	1	it will be more tolerable for Tyre and for Sidon … than for you	Jesus assumes that these disciples will know that God destroyed the cities of Tyre and Sidon because the people in them were so wicked. The implication, as in the case of Sodom, is that it must therefore be an extremely grave offense to reject the messengers of the kingdom of God. Alternate translation: “God will judge you people of Chorazin and Bethsaida more severely than he will judge the people who lived in Tyre and Sidon, even though he destroyed their cities because they were so wicked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	10	14	l579	figs-explicit	Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι, ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται ἐν τῇ κρίσει ἢ ὑμῖν	1	it will be more tolerable for Tyre and for Sidon … than for you	It may be helpful to state clearly the reason why God will judge Chorazin and Bethsaida. Alternate translation: “because you did not repent and believe in me even though you saw me do miracles, God will judge you people of Chorazin and Bethsaida more severely than he will judge the people who lived in Tyre and Sidon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	10	14	txw5	figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ κρίσει	1	at the judgment	The disciples would have understood that Jesus was referring to the time when God will bring final judgment. Alternate translation: “at the time when God judges everyone for what they have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1669,7 +1669,7 @@ LUK	10	15	bjh5	figs-activepassive	ἕως τοῦ ᾍδου καταβήσῃ	1
 LUK	10	15	l588	figs-explicit	ἕως τοῦ ᾍδου καταβήσῃ	1	You will be brought down as far as Hades	It may be helpful to state clearly the reason why God will judge Capernaum. Alternate translation: “God is going to punish you severely because you did not repent and believe in me, even though you saw me do miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	10	16	i786	figs-metaphor	ὁ ἀκούων ὑμῶν, ἐμοῦ ἀκούει	1	The one who listens to you listens to me	You could translate this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “When someone listens to you, it is as if they were listening to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	10	16	q56b	figs-metaphor	ὁ ἀθετῶν ὑμᾶς, ἐμὲ ἀθετεῖ	1	the one who rejects you rejects me	You could also translate this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “when someone rejects you, it is as if they were rejecting me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	10	16	g3fx	figs-metaphor	ὁ…ἐμὲ ἀθετῶν, ἀθετεῖ τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με	3	the one who rejects me rejects the one who sent me	You could also translate this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “when someone rejects me, it is as if they were rejecting the one who sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+LUK	10	16	g3fx	figs-metaphor	ὁ&ἐμὲ ἀθετῶν, ἀθετεῖ τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με	3	the one who rejects me rejects the one who sent me	You could also translate this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “when someone rejects me, it is as if they were rejecting the one who sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	10	16	eus8	figs-explicit	τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με	1	the one who sent me	This refers implictly to God, who appointed Jesus for this special task. Alternate translation: “God who sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	10	17	m7nh	figs-explicit	ὑπέστρεψαν δὲ οἱ ἑβδομήκοντα δύο	1	then the 72 returned	Some languages will need to say that the 72 actually went out first, as UST does. Alternate translation: “So the 72 disciples went out and did as Jesus had told them to do, and then they returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	10	17	prj8	translate-textvariants	ἑβδομήκοντα δύο	1	72	As in [10:1](../10/01.md), see the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to say **72** or “70” in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
@@ -1701,8 +1701,8 @@ LUK	10	22	e47e	figs-activepassive	πάντα μοι παρεδόθη ὑπὸ τ
 LUK	10	22	l600	grammar-connect-exceptions	οὐδεὶς γινώσκει τίς ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς, εἰ μὴ ὁ Πατήρ	1	no one knows who the Son is except the Father	If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus is making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “only the Father knows who the Son is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
 LUK	10	22	six4		γινώσκει τίς ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς	1	knows who the Son is	Here, the Greek word translated **knows** means to know from personal experience. God the Father knows Jesus in this way. Alternate translation: “is acquainted with the Son” or “is acquainted with me”
 LUK	10	22	xm3s	figs-123person	γινώσκει τίς ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς	1	knows who the Son is	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “knows who I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-LUK	10	22	fp68	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱὸς…ὁ Πατήρ	1	the Son … the Father	**Son** and **Father** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-LUK	10	22	rkt2	grammar-connect-exceptions	οὐδεὶς γινώσκει…τίς ἐστιν ὁ Πατὴρ, εἰ μὴ ὁ Υἱὸς	1	no one knows … who the Father is except the Son	If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus is making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “only the Son knows … who the Father is” or “only I know … who the Father is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
+LUK	10	22	fp68	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱὸς&ὁ Πατήρ	1	the Son … the Father	**Son** and **Father** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+LUK	10	22	rkt2	grammar-connect-exceptions	οὐδεὶς γινώσκει&τίς ἐστιν ὁ Πατὴρ, εἰ μὴ ὁ Υἱὸς	1	no one knows … who the Father is except the Son	If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus is making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “only the Son knows … who the Father is” or “only I know … who the Father is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
 LUK	10	22	zg14		γινώσκει	1	knows … who the Father is	Here the Greek word translated **knows** means to know from personal experience. Jesus knows God his Father in this way. Alternate translation: “is acquainted with”
 LUK	10	22	evw3		ᾧ ἐὰν βούληται ὁ Υἱὸς ἀποκαλύψαι	1	to whomever the Son desires to reveal him	Alternate translation: “whoever the Son wants to introduce the Father to” or (if you translated in the first person) “whoever I want to introduce the Father to”
 LUK	10	23	yd5s	figs-explicit	καὶ στραφεὶς πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς κατ’ ἰδίαν, εἶπεν	1	And having turned around to the disciples, he said privately	The implication is that a crowd was present when the 72 disciples returned to report to Jesus what they had done, and that this crowd heard what Jesus told them and what he prayed to God. But now Jesus is speaking only to the disciples in a way that the crowd will not be able to hear him. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus said, in the direction of his disciples so that only they could hear him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1750,7 +1750,7 @@ LUK	10	31	xiu7	figs-explicit	ἀντιπαρῆλθεν	1	he passed by on the ot
 LUK	10	32	z3ct	writing-participants	καὶ Λευείτης	1	a Levite also	This expression introduces a new character in the parable. Alternate translation: “there was also a Levite” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	10	32	l617	figs-ellipsis	καὶ Λευείτης	1	a Levite also	Jesus is leaving out some words, but they can be inferred from the rest of the story. Alternate translation: “there was also a Levite traveling on that road who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 LUK	10	32	lf3l	figs-explicit	καὶ Λευείτης	1	a Levite also	Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that a **Levite** was someone who served in the temple. This detail is important to the story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “there was also a Levite, someone who served in the temple, who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	10	32	l618	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ὁμοίως…καὶ Λευείτης κατὰ τὸν τόπον, ἐλθὼν καὶ ἰδὼν ἀντιπαρῆλθεν	1	likewise a Levite also, when he came to the place and saw him, passed by on the other side	Since Levites served in the temple, the audience would assume that this Levite would help the injured man. Since he did not, this phrase could be introduced with a contrasting word to call attention to this unexpected result. Alternate translation: “likewise a Levite also came to the place, but when he saw him, he walked past him on the other side of the road” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
+LUK	10	32	l618	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ὁμοίως&καὶ Λευείτης κατὰ τὸν τόπον, ἐλθὼν καὶ ἰδὼν ἀντιπαρῆλθεν	1	likewise a Levite also, when he came to the place and saw him, passed by on the other side	Since Levites served in the temple, the audience would assume that this Levite would help the injured man. Since he did not, this phrase could be introduced with a contrasting word to call attention to this unexpected result. Alternate translation: “likewise a Levite also came to the place, but when he saw him, he walked past him on the other side of the road” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 LUK	10	32	l619	figs-explicit	ἀντιπαρῆλθεν	1	passed by on the other side	The implication is that the Levite did not help the man. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he did not help the injured man, but instead walked past him on the other side of the road” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	10	33	z3xt	writing-participants	Σαμαρείτης δέ τις	1	But a certain Samaritan	This expression introduces a new character in the parable. Alternate translation: “But there was also a Samartian who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	10	33	cyp5	figs-explicit	Σαμαρείτης δέ τις	1	But a certain Samaritan	Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that Jews and Samaritans were bitter enemies. This detail is important to the story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “But there was a Samaritan, whose people were enemies of the Jews, who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1763,11 +1763,11 @@ LUK	10	35	z9w5	translate-bmoney	δύο δηνάρια	1	two denarii	See how you
 LUK	10	35	nu6t		τῷ πανδοχεῖ	1	the inn-keeper	Alternate translation: “the person who was in charge of the inn”
 LUK	10	35	f5dz	figs-hypo	ὅ τι ἂν προσδαπανήσῃς, ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ ἐπανέρχεσθαί με ἀποδώσω σοι	1	whatever more you might spend, when I return, I will repay you	The Samaritan is describing a hypothetical situation and saying what he would do if the condition were true. Alternate translation: “if you need to spend more than this, then I will repay you when I return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 LUK	10	36	pa6a		τίς τούτων τῶν τριῶν πλησίον δοκεῖ σοι γεγονέναι, τοῦ ἐμπεσόντος εἰς τοὺς λῃστάς?	1	Which of these three do you think became a neighbor to the one who fell among the robbers?	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as two questions. Alternate translation: “What do you think? Which of these three men acted like a neighbor to the man whom the robbers attacked?”
-LUK	10	36	v31w		πλησίον…γεγονέναι	1	became a neighbor	Alternate translation: “acted like a neighbor”
+LUK	10	36	v31w		πλησίον&γεγονέναι	1	became a neighbor	Alternate translation: “acted like a neighbor”
 LUK	10	36	kv4z	figs-idiom	τοῦ ἐμπεσόντος εἰς τοὺς λῃστάς	1	the one who fell among the robbers	As in [10:30](../10/30.md), be sure it is clear in your translation that this does not mean that the man fell down accidentally. Rather, this is an idiom. Alternate translation: “to the man whom the robbers attacked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	10	37	ig9x	figs-explicit	πορεύου καὶ σὺ ποίει ὁμοίως	1	You go and do likewise	The implication is that the lawyer has given the correct answer. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, and you could also indicate what **do likewise** means. Alternate translation: “You are right. In the same way, you should also be a neighbor to people who need your help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	10	38	kv4q	writing-newevent	ἐν δὲ τῷ πορεύεσθαι αὐτοὺς	1	And as they were traveling along	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event. Alternate translation: “The next thing that happened on their journey was that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
-LUK	10	38	l621	figs-synecdoche	αὐτὸς εἰσῆλθεν…ὑπεδέξατο αὐτόν	1	he entered … welcomed him	Luke says **he** and **him**, meaning Jesus, to describe the entire group of Jesus and his disciples. Alternate translation: “they entered … welcomed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+LUK	10	38	l621	figs-synecdoche	αὐτὸς εἰσῆλθεν&ὑπεδέξατο αὐτόν	1	he entered … welcomed him	Luke says **he** and **him**, meaning Jesus, to describe the entire group of Jesus and his disciples. Alternate translation: “they entered … welcomed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 LUK	10	38	i17j	writing-participants	γυνὴ δέ τις ὀνόματι Μάρθα	1	and a certain woman named Martha	This introduces **Martha** as a new character. Your language may have its own way of introducing new people. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “There was a woman named Martha who lived there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	10	39	l623	writing-participants	καὶ τῇδε ἦν ἀδελφὴ καλουμένη Μαριάμ	1	And she had a sister called Mary	This introduces **Mary** as a new character. Alternate translation: “Now Martha had a sister whose name was Mary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	10	39	l624	figs-activepassive	καλουμένη Μαριάμ	1	called Mary	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whose name was Mary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -1784,7 +1784,7 @@ LUK	10	41	l630	figs-doublet	μεριμνᾷς καὶ θορυβάζῃ περ
 LUK	10	41	l631	figs-activepassive	μεριμνᾷς καὶ θορυβάζῃ περὶ πολλά	1	you are … troubled about many things	If you do not combine the term for **troubled** with the word **anxious** into a single phrase, you could state **you are anxious and troubled** with an active form. Alternate translation: “you are anxious and letting too many things bother you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	10	42	hqt4	figs-hyperbole	ἑνός δέ ἐστιν χρεία	1	but one thing is necessary	Jesus says **one thing** as an overstatement for emphasis. Other things actually are necessary for life, but this is the most important one. Alternate translation: “but one thing is more important than all the others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 LUK	10	42	l632	figs-explicit	ἑνός δέ ἐστιν χρεία	1	but one thing is necessary	The implication is that this most important thing is what Jesus is teaching about God, and that Martha should have been concentrating on that. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “but one thing, what I am teaching about God, is more important than all the others, and you should have been concentrating on that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	10	42	l633		Μαριὰμ…τὴν ἀγαθὴν μερίδα ἐξελέξατο	1	Mary has chosen the good part	While Jesus spoke just earlier about “one thing” as opposed to “many things,” here he seems to contrast only two things, **the good part** with another part, perhaps not “the bad part,” but at least the part that is not to be preferred. This likely refers to the two activities that Mary and Martha have chosen to pursue while Jesus is present in their home. Alternate translation: “Mary has chosen the better activity”
+LUK	10	42	l633		Μαριὰμ&τὴν ἀγαθὴν μερίδα ἐξελέξατο	1	Mary has chosen the good part	While Jesus spoke just earlier about “one thing” as opposed to “many things,” here he seems to contrast only two things, **the good part** with another part, perhaps not “the bad part,” but at least the part that is not to be preferred. This likely refers to the two activities that Mary and Martha have chosen to pursue while Jesus is present in their home. Alternate translation: “Mary has chosen the better activity”
 LUK	10	42	nzn8	figs-activepassive	ἥτις οὐκ ἀφαιρεθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτῆς	1	which will not be taken away from her	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. This could mean: (1) “I will not take that opportunity away from her.” (2) “God will not let her lose what she has gained from listening to me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	11	intro	j6le			0		# Luke 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus teaches about prayer (11:1–13)<br>2. Jesus teaches about driving out demons and other subjects (11:14–36)<br>3. Jesus criticizes the Pharisees and experts in the law (11:37–54)<br><br>ULT sets the lines in 11:2–4 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are a special prayer.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The Lord’s Prayer<br><br>When Jesus’ followers asked him to teach them how to pray, he taught them this prayer. He did not expect them to use the same words every time they prayed, but he did want them to know what God wanted them to pray about.<br><br>### Jonah<br><br>Jonah was an Old Testament prophet whom God sent to the Gentile city of Nineveh to tell the people there to repent. When he went and preached to them, they did repent. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>### Light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, that is, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. The Bible speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, that is, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### Washing<br><br>The Pharisees would wash themselves and the things they ate with. They would even wash things that were not dirty. The law of Moses did not tell them to wash those things, but they would wash them anyway. They did that because they thought that if they obeyed both the rules that God had made and some rules that their ancestors had added, God would think that they were better people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])<br><br>## Important textual issues in this chapter<br><br>### Bread and stone, fish and snake<br><br>In 11:11, some ancient manuscripts have a longer reading, which also is found in Matthew 7:9. It says, “Which father among you, if your son asks for a loaf of bread, will give him a stone? Or a fish, will give him a snake?” ULT uses the shorter reading, which mentions just the fish and snake. This shorter reading is well attested to in many other ancient manuscripts. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to follow its reading. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to follow the example of ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 LUK	11	1	fl3j	writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
@@ -1798,7 +1798,7 @@ LUK	11	2	l638	figs-youformal	σου	1	your	Here, **your** is singular because Je
 LUK	11	3	q89w	figs-imperative	δίδου ἡμῖν	1	Give us	This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please give us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 LUK	11	3	l639	figs-exclusive	δίδου ἡμῖν	1	Give us	Jesus teaches his disciples to speak to God in the plural because he wants them to pray together in community about the matters he describes. Since the word **us** would refer to the people praying, but not to God, it would be exclusive, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 LUK	11	3	s6qp	figs-synecdoche	τὸν ἄρτον ἡμῶν τὸν ἐπιούσιον	1	our daily bread	Jesus refers to **bread**, one common food, to mean food in general. Alternate translation: “the food we need that day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-LUK	11	4	iid7	figs-imperative	ἄφες ἡμῖν…μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς	1	forgive us … may you not lead us	These are imperatives, but they should be translated as polite requests rather than as commands. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” in each case to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please forgive us … please do not lead us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
+LUK	11	4	iid7	figs-imperative	ἄφες ἡμῖν&μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς	1	forgive us … may you not lead us	These are imperatives, but they should be translated as polite requests rather than as commands. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” in each case to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please forgive us … please do not lead us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 LUK	11	4	wi99	figs-metaphor	παντὶ ὀφείλοντι ἡμῖν	1	everyone who owes us	Jesus uses the image of being in debt to describe having sinned against a person. Alternate translation: “everyone who has sinned against us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	11	4	db55		μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς εἰς πειρασμόν	1	may you not lead us into temptation	You could state this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “please lead us away from temptation”
 LUK	11	5	l640	figs-hypo	τίς ἐξ ὑμῶν ἕξει φίλον, καὶ πορεύσεται πρὸς αὐτὸν μεσονυκτίου	1	Which of you will have a friend, and will go to him at midnight	Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach his disciples. Alternate translation: “Suppose one of you went to the house of a friend in the middle of the night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
@@ -1816,8 +1816,8 @@ LUK	11	7	vhf7	figs-hyperbole	οὐ δύναμαι ἀναστὰς	1	I am not ab
 LUK	11	8	zl2k	figs-you	λέγω ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	Even though Jesus began this hypothetical situation by asking “which of you,” that is, “which one of you,” here he is addressing all of the disciples together, not the hypothetical single disciple who might go to a friend’s house at midnight. So here, the word **you** is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 LUK	11	8	prx6	figs-abstractnouns	διά γε τὴν ἀναίδειαν αὐτοῦ	1	yet because of his persistence	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **persistence** with a verb such as “continue.” Alternate translation: “because you continue to ask him urgently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	11	8	l647		ἐγερθεὶς	1	he will rise up	Alternate translation: “getting out of bed”
-LUK	11	9	j4ef	figs-you	ὑμῖν λέγω…ὑμῖν…εὑρήσετε…ὑμῖν	1	I say to you … to you … you will find … to you	In the first instance in this verse, **you** is plural because Jesus is speaking to the disciples. In the next three instances, even though Jesus is describing what could be an individual situation of a person praying to God, **you** is also plural because Jesus is still speaking to the disciples as a group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-LUK	11	9	l648	figs-explicit	αἰτεῖτε…ζητεῖτε	1	ask … seek	It might be customary in your language to say what a person would be asking for and seeking, and from whom. Alternate translation: “keep asking God for what you need … keep seeking what you need from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	11	9	j4ef	figs-you	ὑμῖν λέγω&ὑμῖν&εὑρήσετε&ὑμῖν	1	I say to you … to you … you will find … to you	In the first instance in this verse, **you** is plural because Jesus is speaking to the disciples. In the next three instances, even though Jesus is describing what could be an individual situation of a person praying to God, **you** is also plural because Jesus is still speaking to the disciples as a group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+LUK	11	9	l648	figs-explicit	αἰτεῖτε&ζητεῖτε	1	ask … seek	It might be customary in your language to say what a person would be asking for and seeking, and from whom. Alternate translation: “keep asking God for what you need … keep seeking what you need from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	11	9	i7j9	figs-activepassive	δοθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	it will be given to you	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will give it to you” or “you will receive it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	11	9	l1f6	translate-unknown	κρούετε	1	knock	To **knock** at a door means to hit it a few times to let a person inside the house know you are standing outside. You could translate this expression with the way people in your culture show that they have arrived at a house, such as “call out” or “cough” or “clap.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	11	9	l649	figs-metaphor	κρούετε	1	knock	Jesus is using the expression **knock** to mean getting someone’s attention. Alternate translation: “seek God’s attention in prayer” or “let God know you are depending on him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1836,7 +1836,7 @@ LUK	11	12	r52w	figs-rquestion	ἢ καὶ αἰτήσει ᾠόν, ἐπιδώσ
 LUK	11	12	l658	figs-hypo	ἢ καὶ αἰτήσει ᾠόν, ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ σκορπίον?	1	Or also he will ask for an egg, he will give him a scorpion?	Jesus is also using a hypothetical situation to teach. You could translate his words that way. Alternate translation: “Or suppose a son asked for an egg to eat. His father would not give him a scorpion instead.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 LUK	11	12	e8hr	translate-unknown	σκορπίον	1	scorpion	A **scorpion** is a small animal related to the spider. It has two claws and a poisonous stinger in its tail. If your readers would not be familiar with scorpions, you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “a poisonous stinging animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	11	12	ls05	figs-explicit	σκορπίον	1	a scorpion	In this culture, people did not eat scorpions. So Jesus is saying that a father would not give a son something the son could not eat if the son asked for something that he could eat. If people do eat scorpions in your culture, you could use the name of something that they do not eat, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “something he cannot eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	11	13	g99r	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ…ὑμεῖς πονηροὶ ὑπάρχοντες, οἴδατε	1	if you who are evil know	Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since you who are evil know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
+LUK	11	13	g99r	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ&ὑμεῖς πονηροὶ ὑπάρχοντες, οἴδατε	1	if you who are evil know	Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since you who are evil know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 LUK	11	13	aww7	figs-rquestion	πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὁ Πατὴρ ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, δώσει Πνεῦμα Ἅγιον τοῖς αἰτοῦσιν αὐτόν?	1	how much more will the Father who is from heaven give the Holy Spirit to those who ask him?	Jesus is using the question form to teach his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “your Heavenly Father will even more certainly give the Holy Spirit to those who ask him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	11	14	uyu1	grammar-connect-time-background	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to begin relating a new event by introducing background information that will help readers understand what happens. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
 LUK	11	14	afa8	figs-explicit	ἦν ἐκβάλλων δαιμόνιον κωφόν	1	he was driving out a mute demon	The **demon** itself was not unable to speak. Rather, it was preventing the man whom it was controlling from speaking. Alternate translation: “Jesus was driving out a demon that was causing a man to be unable to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1854,8 +1854,8 @@ LUK	11	17	rc4h	figs-metonymy	οἶκος ἐπὶ οἶκον πίπτει	1	hou
 LUK	11	17	ze6p	figs-metaphor	πίπτει	1	falls	This image of a house collapsing depicts the destruction of a family when the members fight against each other. Alternate translation: “will ruin the family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	11	18	jd5t	figs-rquestion	εἰ δὲ καὶ ὁ Σατανᾶς ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν διεμερίσθη, πῶς σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ?	1	But if Satan is also divided against himself, how will his kingdom stand?	Jesus is using the question form as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “But if Satan is divided against himself, then his kingdom cannot last.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	11	18	l663	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ δὲ καὶ ὁ Σατανᾶς ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν διεμερίσθη, πῶς σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ?	1	But if Satan is also divided against himself, how will his kingdom stand?	Jesus is also using a conditional statement to teach. Specifically, he is suggesting a condition that is not true in order to show by the results of the condition that it is certainly not true. Alternate translation: “Suppose Satan and all the other members of his kingdom are fighting among themselves. In that case, his kingdom cannot last.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
-LUK	11	18	i74u	figs-synecdoche	εἰ…καὶ ὁ Σατανᾶς ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν διεμερίσθη	1	if Satan is … divided against himself	Here Jesus uses the person of **Satan** to refer to all of the demons who follow Satan, as well as to Satan himself. Alternate translation: “if Satan and all of his demons are also fighting among themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-LUK	11	18	l664	figs-activepassive	εἰ…καὶ ὁ Σατανᾶς ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν διεμερίσθη	1	if Satan is … divided against himself	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “if Satan and all of his demons are also fighting among themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	11	18	i74u	figs-synecdoche	εἰ&καὶ ὁ Σατανᾶς ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν διεμερίσθη	1	if Satan is … divided against himself	Here Jesus uses the person of **Satan** to refer to all of the demons who follow Satan, as well as to Satan himself. Alternate translation: “if Satan and all of his demons are also fighting among themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+LUK	11	18	l664	figs-activepassive	εἰ&καὶ ὁ Σατανᾶς ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν διεμερίσθη	1	if Satan is … divided against himself	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “if Satan and all of his demons are also fighting among themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	11	18	l665	figs-metaphor	πῶς σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ?	1	how will his kingdom stand?	Jesus asks how a **kingdom** could **stand** as if it were a building or a person. Alternate translation: “how can his kingdom last?” or “then his kingdom cannot last.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	11	18	vnt9	figs-explicit	ὅτι λέγετε, ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκβάλλειν με τὰ δαιμόνια	1	For you say I drive out the demons by Beelzebul	The implication is that if Jesus is doing this, then Satan’s kingdom is divided against itself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. It may also be helpful to say who people considered **Beelzebul** to be. Alternate translation: “You are saying that I make demons leave people by using the power of Beelzebul, the ruler of the demons. That would mean that Satan is divided against himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	11	19	i48v	figs-rquestion	εἰ δὲ ἐγὼ ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν?	1	But if I drive out the demons by Beelzebul, by whom do your sons drive them out?	Jesus is using the question form as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “If I am making demons leave people by using the power of Beelzebul, then your followers must be using that same power.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -1863,7 +1863,7 @@ LUK	11	19	l667	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ δὲ ἐγὼ ἐν Β
 LUK	11	19	l668	figs-explicit	εἰ δὲ ἐγὼ ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν?	1	But if I drive out the demons by Beelzebul, by whom do your sons drive them out?	The implication is that the people challenging Jesus would not say that their own followers were using the power of **Beelzebul**, and so they should agree that he is not using that power himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “If I am making demons leave people by using the power of Beelzebul, then your followers must be using that same power. But you do not believe that is true about them. So it must not be true about me, either.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	11	19	l670	figs-metaphor	οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν	1	your sons	Here, Jesus uses the word **sons** to mean “followers.” Alternate translation: “your followers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	11	19	bs8x	figs-explicit	αὐτοὶ ὑμῶν κριταὶ ἔσονται	1	they will be your judges	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the implications of this statement more explicitly. Alternate translation: “your own followers will say that you are wrong for claiming that I make demons leave people by using the power of Beelzebul, because they know that they are not using that power themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	11	20	l671	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ…ἐν δακτύλῳ Θεοῦ, ἐγὼ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	if I drive out the demons by the finger of God, then the kingdom of God has come to you	Jesus speaks as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “So I must be making demons leave people by the power of God. This shows that the kingdom of God has come to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
+LUK	11	20	l671	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ&ἐν δακτύλῳ Θεοῦ, ἐγὼ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	if I drive out the demons by the finger of God, then the kingdom of God has come to you	Jesus speaks as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “So I must be making demons leave people by the power of God. This shows that the kingdom of God has come to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 LUK	11	20	y643	figs-metonymy	ἐν δακτύλῳ Θεοῦ	1	the finger of God	This phrase refers to God’s power. Alternate translation: “by the power of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	11	20	ja3u	figs-abstractnouns	ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the kingdom of God has come to you	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” This could mean: (1) the kingdom of God has arrived in this place, that is, its activities are happening here. Alternate translation: “God is ruling in this area” (2) the kingdom of God has arrived in time, that is, it already beginning. Alternate translation: “God is beginning to rule as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	11	21	e4d1	figs-parables	ὅταν ὁ ἰσχυρὸς καθωπλισμένος	1	When the strong man who is fully armed	To help the people in the crowd understand what he has been teaching, Jesus tells a brief story that provides an illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus told the crowd this story to help them understand. ‘When a strong man who has all his weapons’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
@@ -1891,8 +1891,8 @@ LUK	11	25	l681	figs-explicit	εὑρίσκει σεσαρωμένον καὶ κ
 LUK	11	26	wqq4	figs-nominaladj	γίνεται τὰ ἔσχατα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκείνου, χείρονα τῶν πρώτων	1	the last things of that man become worse than the first things	Here the adjectives **last** and **first** function as nouns. They are plural, and ULT supplies the noun **things** in each case to show that. If your language does not use adjectives in this way, you can supply a more specific singular noun. Alternate translation: “the final condition of that person is worse than his original condition” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	11	26	l682	figs-gendernotations	τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκείνου	1	that man	Here Jesus is using the term **man** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 LUK	11	27	m86m	writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
-LUK	11	27	pk7m	figs-idiom	ἐπάρασά…φωνὴν…εἶπεν	1	lifting up her voice, said	The idiom **lifting up her voice** means that the woman spoke loudly. Alternate translation: “said in a loud voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	11	27	l683	figs-hendiadys	ἐπάρασά…φωνὴν…εἶπεν	1	lifting up her voice, said	The phrase **lifting up her voice** tells how the woman **said** what she did. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these two terms. Alternate translation: “shouted out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
+LUK	11	27	pk7m	figs-idiom	ἐπάρασά&φωνὴν&εἶπεν	1	lifting up her voice, said	The idiom **lifting up her voice** means that the woman spoke loudly. Alternate translation: “said in a loud voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+LUK	11	27	l683	figs-hendiadys	ἐπάρασά&φωνὴν&εἶπεν	1	lifting up her voice, said	The phrase **lifting up her voice** tells how the woman **said** what she did. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these two terms. Alternate translation: “shouted out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 LUK	11	27	vjt7	figs-synecdoche	μακαρία ἡ κοιλία ἡ βαστάσασά σε, καὶ μαστοὶ οὓς ἐθήλασας	1	Blessed is the womb that bore you and the breasts at which you nursed	The woman who is shouting out to Jesus is using some of a woman’s body to refer to the whole woman. Alternate translation: “How good it is for the woman who gave birth to you and nursed you” or “How happy the woman must be who gave birth to you and nursed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 LUK	11	27	l684		μακαρία ἡ κοιλία ἡ βαστάσασά σε, καὶ μαστοὶ οὓς ἐθήλασας	1	Blessed is the womb that bore you and the breasts at which you nursed	While this woman is speaking about the mother of Jesus, she is actually pronouncing a blessing on him. Alternate translation: “I bless you, because this world is a better place because your mother brought you into it”
 LUK	11	28	c7e8		μενοῦν, μακάριοι	1	Rather, blessed are	Jesus is not saying that his mother is not blessed. He is saying that the people he is about to describe are even more **blessed**. Alternate translation: “It is even better for”
@@ -1904,13 +1904,13 @@ LUK	11	29	q19q	figs-explicit	σημεῖον ζητεῖ	1	It seeks a sign	If it
 LUK	11	29	l686	grammar-connect-exceptions	σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ, εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ	1	a sign will not be given to it except the sign of Jonah	If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “God will only give it the sign of Jonah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
 LUK	11	29	s29w	figs-activepassive	σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ	1	a sign will not be given to it	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “God will not give it a sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	11	29	ft6z		τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ	1	the sign of Jonah	Alternate translation: “a miracle like the one that God did for Jonah”
-LUK	11	30	vj9m	figs-explicit	καθὼς…ἐγένετο Ἰωνᾶς τοῖς Νινευείταις σημεῖον, οὕτως ἔσται καὶ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ	1	as Jonah became a sign to the Ninevites, so also will the Son of Man be to this generation	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly in what way Jesus will be a sign to this generation the way Jonah was a sign to the Ninevites. Alternate translation: “God did a miracle to show the people who lived long ago in the city of Nineveh that Jonah was his prophet. He brought Jonah out alive after he had been inside the great fish for three days. In the same way, God will do a miracle to show the people living at this time that I have come from him. He will bring me out alive after I have been in the grave for three days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	11	30	vj9m	figs-explicit	καθὼς&ἐγένετο Ἰωνᾶς τοῖς Νινευείταις σημεῖον, οὕτως ἔσται καὶ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ	1	as Jonah became a sign to the Ninevites, so also will the Son of Man be to this generation	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly in what way Jesus will be a sign to this generation the way Jonah was a sign to the Ninevites. Alternate translation: “God did a miracle to show the people who lived long ago in the city of Nineveh that Jonah was his prophet. He brought Jonah out alive after he had been inside the great fish for three days. In the same way, God will do a miracle to show the people living at this time that I have come from him. He will bring me out alive after I have been in the grave for three days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	11	30	l687	translate-names	τοῖς Νινευείταις	1	the Ninevites	**Ninevites** describes the people who lived in the ancient city of Nineveh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	11	30	il7p	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 LUK	11	30	l732	figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	See how you translated this title in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	11	30	ax7q	figs-metonymy	τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ	1	to this generation	Jesus uses the term **generation** to mean the people who were born in the current generation. Alternate translation: “to the people living at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	11	31	t1mw	translate-names	βασίλισσα νότου	1	The Queen of the South	This means the Queen of Sheba. Sheba was a kingdom south of Israel. Alternate translation: “The Queen of Sheba” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-LUK	11	31	bx3c	translate-symaction	ἐγερθήσεται…μετὰ τῶν ἀνδρῶν τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	will stand up … with the men of this generation	In this culture, a person would **stand up** to give testimony in a legal proceeding. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that this will be the reason for her action. Alternate translation: “will stand up … to give testimony before God against the people who lived at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
+LUK	11	31	bx3c	translate-symaction	ἐγερθήσεται&μετὰ τῶν ἀνδρῶν τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	will stand up … with the men of this generation	In this culture, a person would **stand up** to give testimony in a legal proceeding. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that this will be the reason for her action. Alternate translation: “will stand up … to give testimony before God against the people who lived at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 LUK	11	31	l688		ἐν τῇ κρίσει	1	in the judgment	Alternate translation: “at the time when God judges people”
 LUK	11	31	l689	figs-gendernotations	τῶν ἀνδρῶν τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	the men of this generation	Here Jesus is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “the people who lived at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 LUK	11	31	rnq9	figs-idiom	ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς	1	she came from the ends of the earth	This is an idiom that means she came from very far away. Alternate translation: “she traveled a great distance” or “she came from a faraway place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -1921,7 +1921,7 @@ LUK	11	31	cwa7	figs-123person	πλεῖον Σολομῶνος ὧδε	1	greate
 LUK	11	31	p75h	figs-explicit	πλεῖον Σολομῶνος ὧδε	1	greater than Solomon is here	It may be helpful to state explicitly that these people have not listened to Jesus. Alternate translation: “even though I, who am greater than Solomon, am here, the people of this time have not listened to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	11	32	pkh5	figs-explicit	ἄνδρες Νινευεῖται	1	The men of Nineveh	It may be helpful to state explicitly that **Nineveh** refers to the ancient city of **Nineveh**. Alternate translation: “The people who lived in the ancient city of Nineveh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	11	32	g456	figs-gendernotations	ἄνδρες	1	The men	Here, **men** is generic and includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “The people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-LUK	11	32	l693	translate-symaction	ἀναστήσονται…μετὰ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	will rise up … with this generation	Here, **rise up** means to stand up. In this culture, people would stand up to give testimony in a legal proceeding. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that this will be the reason for their action. Alternate translation: “will stand up … to give testimony before God against the people who lived at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
+LUK	11	32	l693	translate-symaction	ἀναστήσονται&μετὰ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	will rise up … with this generation	Here, **rise up** means to stand up. In this culture, people would stand up to give testimony in a legal proceeding. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that this will be the reason for their action. Alternate translation: “will stand up … to give testimony before God against the people who lived at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 LUK	11	32	l694		ἐν τῇ κρίσει	1	in the judgment	Alternate translation: “at the time when God judges people”
 LUK	11	32	uwp5		τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	this generation	Alternate translation: “the people who lived at this time”
 LUK	11	32	l695	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	behold	Jesus uses the term **behold** to get the crowd to focus its attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1937,7 +1937,7 @@ LUK	11	34	l700	figs-youcrowd	σου	1	your	Even though Jesus is speaking to the
 LUK	11	34	rm2n	figs-exmetaphor	ὅταν ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ἁπλοῦς ᾖ, καὶ ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου φωτεινόν ἐστιν	1	When your eye is healthy, your whole body is also illuminated	Jesus is drawing an extended comparison between physical vision and spiritual receptivity. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the comparison. Alternate translation: “When your eye is healthy, it lets light into your whole body. In the same way, if you are willing to obey God, you will understand and live by his message for every part of your life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 LUK	11	34	td49	figs-exmetaphor	ἐπὰν δὲ πονηρὸς ᾖ, καὶ τὸ σῶμά σου σκοτεινόν	1	But when it is bad, your body is also dark	Jesus continues to draw an extended comparison between physical vision and spiritual receptivity. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the comparison. Alternate translation: “But when your eye is unhealthy, it does not let light into any of your body. In the same way, if you are not willing to obey God, you will not understand and live by his message for any part of your life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 LUK	11	34	l701		ἐπὰν δὲ πονηρὸς ᾖ	1	But when it is bad	In this context, Jesus is using the term **evil** to contrast with **healthy**, so it means “unhealthy.” Alternate translation: “But when your eye is unhealthy”
-LUK	11	35	z96u	figs-exmetaphor	σκόπει…μὴ τὸ φῶς τὸ ἐν σοὶ σκότος ἐστίν	1	beware that the light that is in you is not darkness	Jesus continues to draw an extended comparison between physical vision and spiritual receptivity. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the comparison. Alternate translation: “it would be dangerous for you to think that you could see clearly if you actually could not. In the same way, be careful not to think that you understand and live by God’s message if you really do not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
+LUK	11	35	z96u	figs-exmetaphor	σκόπει&μὴ τὸ φῶς τὸ ἐν σοὶ σκότος ἐστίν	1	beware that the light that is in you is not darkness	Jesus continues to draw an extended comparison between physical vision and spiritual receptivity. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the comparison. Alternate translation: “it would be dangerous for you to think that you could see clearly if you actually could not. In the same way, be careful not to think that you understand and live by God’s message if you really do not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 LUK	11	36	g336	figs-simile	ἔσται φωτεινὸν ὅλον, ὡς ὅταν ὁ λύχνος τῇ ἀστραπῇ φωτίζῃ σε	1	it will all be illuminated, as when the lamp with its brightness illuminates you	Jesus now uses a simile to connect the illustration of the lamp with the extended metaphor of the eye. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the meaning of the simile. Alternate translation: “light will come into your whole body. In the same way, if you are willing to obey God, you will be able to understand his message and live by it completely, just as a lamp shines a bright light that allows you to see yourself and everything around you clearly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 LUK	11	37	h6zz	writing-newevent	ἐν δὲ τῷ λαλῆσαι	1	and when he had spoken	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Alternate translation: “And when Jesus had finished saying these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 LUK	11	37	l702		ἐρωτᾷ αὐτὸν Φαρισαῖος	1	a Pharisee asks him	To call attention to a development in the story, Luke uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “a Pharisee asked him”
@@ -1958,7 +1958,7 @@ LUK	11	42	ans4	figs-explicit	ἀποδεκατοῦτε τὸ ἡδύοσμον,
 LUK	11	42	p71g	translate-unknown	τὸ ἡδύοσμον, καὶ τὸ πήγανον	1	the mint and the rue	These are the names of herbs. People put just a little bit of their leaves into their food to give it flavor. If your readers would not know what **mint** and **rue** are, you could use the name of herbs that they would know. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	11	42	l25z	figs-hyperbole	πᾶν λάχανον	1	every garden herb	This does not mean every **herb** that exists, but every **herb** that the Pharisees were growing in their gardens. Alternate translation: “every other herb in your gardens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 LUK	11	42	yk7d		τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the justice and the love of God	Alternate translation: “to make sure that people are treated fairly and compassionately, as God would want”
-LUK	11	42	l707		ταῦτα…κἀκεῖνα	1	these things, and … those things	By **these things**, Jesus means the justice and the love of God. By **those things**, he means devotional practices such as tithing. Your language may have its own way of expressing distinctions like this. Alternate translation: “the latter, and … the former”
+LUK	11	42	l707		ταῦτα&κἀκεῖνα	1	these things, and … those things	By **these things**, Jesus means the justice and the love of God. By **those things**, he means devotional practices such as tithing. Your language may have its own way of expressing distinctions like this. Alternate translation: “the latter, and … the former”
 LUK	11	42	myv2	figs-doublenegatives	κἀκεῖνα μὴ παρεῖναι	1	and not to neglect those things	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this double negative, which consists of a negative particle and a negative verb, as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “while making sure to express your devotion to God as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 LUK	11	43	w6pv	figs-idiom	τὴν πρωτοκαθεδρίαν	1	the first seats	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the best seats” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	11	43	sz72	figs-explicit	τοὺς ἀσπασμοὺς	1	the greetings	The implication is that people would greet the Pharisees in public by addressing them with honorary titles. Alternate translation: “for people to greet you with special titles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1969,7 +1969,7 @@ LUK	11	44	l709	figs-gendernotations	καὶ οἱ ἄνθρωποι οἱ περ
 LUK	11	44	h9x7	figs-explicit	οὐκ οἴδασιν	1	do not know it	The implication is that if the Jews walked over a grave, they would become ceremonially unclean because they had come close to a dead body. Unmarked graves would cause them to do that accidentally. Alternate translation: “do not realize that and so become ceremonially unclean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	11	44	l710	figs-metaphor	οὐκ οἴδασιν	1	do not know it	Jesus is using the implied ceremonial uncleanness to represent not doing what pleases God. He has just said in [11:42](../11/42.md) that this is really a matter of showing love and justice to others. Alternate translation: “without realizing it and so, because they follow your teaching, they do not do the things that God wants them to do most” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	11	45	l711		ἀποκριθεὶς δέ τις τῶν νομικῶν λέγει αὐτῷ	1	Then answering one of the lawyers says to him	To call attention to a development in the story, Luke uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “Then one of the experts in the Jewish law who was there said to him”
-LUK	11	45	l712	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς…τις τῶν νομικῶν λέγει	1	answering … says	Together the two verbs **answering** and **says** mean that this lawyer was responding to what Jesus had said about the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “one of the lawyers responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
+LUK	11	45	l712	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς&τις τῶν νομικῶν λέγει	1	answering … says	Together the two verbs **answering** and **says** mean that this lawyer was responding to what Jesus had said about the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “one of the lawyers responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 LUK	11	45	u1vv	writing-participants	τις τῶν νομικῶν	1	one of the lawyers	This phrase introduces a new character into the story. Alternate translation: “one of the experts in the Jewish law who was there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	11	45	l713	translate-unknown	τις τῶν νομικῶν	1	one of the lawyers	See how you translated “lawyer” in [7:30](../07/30.md). Alternate translation: “one of the experts in the Jewish law who was there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	11	45	l714		Διδάσκαλε	1	Teacher	**Teacher** is a respectful title. You could translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
@@ -1982,18 +1982,18 @@ LUK	11	46	mws4	figs-hyperbole	αὐτοὶ ἑνὶ τῶν δακτύλων ὑ
 LUK	11	47	l717	figs-gendernotations	πατέρες	1	fathers	Jesus is using the term **fathers** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 LUK	11	48	drs1	figs-explicit	μαρτυρεῖτε καὶ συνευδοκεῖτε τοῖς ἔργοις τῶν πατέρων ὑμῶν	1	you bear witness and consent to the works of your fathers	The implication is that the Pharisees and experts in the law are not really honoring the prophets whom their ancestors killed when they build elaborate tombs for them. Rather, their ancestors began the job by actually killing them, and now they are finishing the job by burying them. Alternate translation: “you show that you approve of and agree with what your ancestors did when you bury the prophets to finish the job of killing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	11	48	l718	figs-gendernotations	τῶν πατέρων ὑμῶν	1	your fathers	Jesus is using the term **fathers** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “your ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-LUK	11	48	l719	figs-explicit	ὑμεῖς…οἰκοδομεῖτε	1	you are building	The implication is that the Pharisees and law experts are building tombs for the prophets, as [11:47](../11/47.md) says explicitly. Alternate translation: “you are building tombs for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	11	48	l719	figs-explicit	ὑμεῖς&οἰκοδομεῖτε	1	you are building	The implication is that the Pharisees and law experts are building tombs for the prophets, as [11:47](../11/47.md) says explicitly. Alternate translation: “you are building tombs for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	11	49	by5w		διὰ τοῦτο	1	For this reason	The expression **Because of this** refers to the way that the current generation was effectively continuing the actions of its ancestors, who had killed the prophets. Alternate translation: “Because you are just as hostile to the prophets as your ancestors were”
 LUK	11	49	c97g	figs-personification	καὶ ἡ σοφία τοῦ Θεοῦ εἶπεν	1	the wisdom of God said	Jesus speaks of God’s **wisdom** as if it were able to speak by itself. Alternate translation: “God in his wisdom also said” or “God also wisely said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 LUK	11	49	lda4	figs-explicit	ἀποστελῶ εἰς αὐτοὺς προφήτας καὶ ἀποστόλους, καὶ ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀποκτενοῦσιν καὶ διώξουσιν	1	I will send to them prophets and apostles, and some of them they will kill and persecute	Jesus is saying that God was not so foolish or naïve as to think that the Israelites would welcome the message of the prophets and apostles. God in his wisdom knew that they would oppose his messengers. But he sent them anyway, because their message was necessary and important. Alternate translation: “I am going to send prophets and apostles to them with my message, even though I know they will persecute and kill some of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	11	49	w1fh	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκτενοῦσιν καὶ διώξουσιν	1	kill and persecute	Here, Jesus may be expressing a single idea by using two words connected with **and.** The word **persecute** may be telling why and how the people would **kill** the prophets. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “persecute even to the point of killing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 LUK	11	50	pi6u	figs-explicit	ἵνα ἐκζητηθῇ τὸ αἷμα πάντων τῶν προφητῶν, τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου, ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	that the blood of all the prophets that has been shed from the foundation of the world may be required from this generation	The implication seems to be that God will also send prophets to the people living at this time because the people’s violent persecution of the prophets will constitute a conscious, deliberate rejection of God’s message that will provide grounds for definitive judgment. That is because the people of this time should know better than to persecute the prophets, based on the prominent bad example of their own ancestors. Alternate translation: “so that the people living at this time, who should have known better, can be held accountable for the blood that people have shed of all the prophets since the beginning of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	11	50	l720	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ἐκζητηθῇ τὸ αἷμα πάντων τῶν προφητῶν, τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου, ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	that … may be required from this generation	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “so that God can hold the people living at this time accountable for the blood of all the prophets that people shed from the foundation of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	11	50	l721	figs-activepassive	τὸ αἷμα…τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον	1	the blood … that has been shed	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “the blood … that people have shed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	11	50	l721	figs-activepassive	τὸ αἷμα&τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον	1	the blood … that has been shed	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “the blood … that people have shed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	11	50	d1rf	figs-metonymy	τὸ αἷμα πάντων τῶν προφητῶν, τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον	1	the blood … that has been shed	Jesus uses the term **the blood … that has been shed** to refer to the deaths of **the prophets** by association with their **blood.** Alternate translation: “the deaths of all the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	11	50	l722		ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου	1	from the foundation of the world	Alternate translation: “since the beginning of the world” or “since God made the world”
 LUK	11	50	l723	figs-metonymy	τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	this generation	Jesus uses the term **generation** to mean the people who were born in the current generation. Alternate translation: “the people living at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-LUK	11	51	l724	figs-metonymy	αἵματος Ἂβελ…αἵματος Ζαχαρίου	1	the blood of Abel … the blood of Zechariah	Jesus uses the terms **the blood of Abel … the blood of Zechariah** to refer to the deaths of these men by association with the shedding of their blood. Alternate translation: “the death of Abel … the death of Zechariah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+LUK	11	51	l724	figs-metonymy	αἵματος Ἂβελ&αἵματος Ζαχαρίου	1	the blood of Abel … the blood of Zechariah	Jesus uses the terms **the blood of Abel … the blood of Zechariah** to refer to the deaths of these men by association with the shedding of their blood. Alternate translation: “the death of Abel … the death of Zechariah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	11	51	jes7	translate-names	Ζαχαρίου	1	Zechariah	**Zechariah** is the name of a man. It is not the same man as father of John the Baptist, whose story Luke tells at the beginning of this book. Rather, Jesus means the priest whom King Joash ordered the officials of Judah to stone to death in the temple courtyard after he rebuked the people of Judah for worshipping idols. See [2 Chronicles 24:21](../2ch/24/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	11	51	l726	figs-metaphor	τοῦ οἴκου	1	the house	Jesus calls the temple the **house**, meaning the “house of God,” since God’s presence was in the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	11	51	l727	figs-activepassive	ἐκζητηθήσεται ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	it will be required from this generation	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will hold the people living at this time accountable for all these deaths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -2016,9 +2016,9 @@ LUK	12	1	x38n		ἤρξατο λέγειν πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς α
 LUK	12	1	f5b9	figs-metaphor	προσέχετε ἑαυτοῖς ἀπὸ τῆς ζύμης, τῶν Φαρισαίων, ἥτις ἐστὶν ὑπόκρισις	1	Guard yourselves from the yeast of the Pharisees, which is hypocrisy	Jesus is describing the influence of **the Pharisees** by comparing its spread throughout the community to the way **yeast** spreads through a whole batch of dough or batter. You could represent this metaphor as a simile in your translation. Alternate translation: “Be careful that you do not become hypocrites like the Pharisees, whose behavior is influencing everyone around them, just as yeast spreads through a whole batch of dough” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	12	1	l736	translate-unknown	ζύμης	1	yeast	The word **yeast** refers to a substance that causes fermentation and expansion within a batch of dough or batter. If your readers would not be familiar with yeast, you could use the name of a substance that they would be familiar with, or you could use a general term. Alternate translation: “leaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	12	2	m1ti	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	But	**But** connects the statement it introduces to the previous statement about the hypocrisy of the Pharisees. In your translation, you could use the term that would show this connection in the way that is most natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
-LUK	12	2	e5w4	figs-parallelism	οὐδὲν…συνκεκαλυμμένον ἐστὶν, ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται, καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται	1	nothing is concealed that will not be revealed and hidden that will not be known	These two phrases mean similar things. Jesus uses them together to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine them, especially if including both phrases might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “people will learn about everything that others try to hide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-LUK	12	2	l737	figs-doublenegatives	οὐδὲν…συνκεκαλυμμένον ἐστὶν, ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται	1	nothing is concealed that will not be revealed	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “everything that is now concealed will be revealed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
-LUK	12	2	g46e	figs-activepassive	οὐδὲν…συνκεκαλυμμένον ἐστὶν, ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται	1	nothing is concealed that will not be revealed	If it would be helpful in your language, you could use active verbal forms in place of the two passive forms here, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will reveal everything that people are now concealing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	12	2	e5w4	figs-parallelism	οὐδὲν&συνκεκαλυμμένον ἐστὶν, ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται, καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται	1	nothing is concealed that will not be revealed and hidden that will not be known	These two phrases mean similar things. Jesus uses them together to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine them, especially if including both phrases might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “people will learn about everything that others try to hide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+LUK	12	2	l737	figs-doublenegatives	οὐδὲν&συνκεκαλυμμένον ἐστὶν, ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται	1	nothing is concealed that will not be revealed	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “everything that is now concealed will be revealed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
+LUK	12	2	g46e	figs-activepassive	οὐδὲν&συνκεκαλυμμένον ἐστὶν, ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται	1	nothing is concealed that will not be revealed	If it would be helpful in your language, you could use active verbal forms in place of the two passive forms here, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will reveal everything that people are now concealing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	12	2	l738	figs-ellipsis	καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται	1	and hidden that will not be known	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and nothing is hidden that will not be known” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 LUK	12	2	l739	figs-doublenegatives	καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται	1	and hidden that will not be known	Supplying **nothing** from earlier in the sentence shows that this is a double negative. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “and everything that is now hidden will be known” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 LUK	12	2	l740	figs-activepassive	καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται	1	and hidden that will not be known	If it would be helpful in your language, you could use active verbal forms in place of the two passive forms here, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “and God will let everyone know about everything that people are now hiding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -2032,7 +2032,7 @@ LUK	12	3	rmx8	translate-unknown	ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων	1	upon the house
 LUK	12	4	m6t7		λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν, τοῖς φίλοις μου	1	But I say to you, my friends	Jesus readdresses his disciples to mark a shift in his speech to a new topic, about not being afraid. Alternate translation: “Let me tell you, friends”
 LUK	12	4	l743	figs-metonymy	τὸ σῶμα	1	the body	Jesus speaks about a person by association with **the body**, which is mortal. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	12	4	vc8j		μὴ ἐχόντων περισσότερόν τι ποιῆσαι	1	do not have anything more to do	Alternate translation: “cannot cause any more harm”
-LUK	12	5	fsr4	figs-explicit	φοβήθητε τὸν…ἔχοντα ἐξουσίαν	1	Fear the one who … has authority	The expression **the one** refers to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Fear God, who … has authority” or “Fear God, because he … has authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	12	5	fsr4	figs-explicit	φοβήθητε τὸν&ἔχοντα ἐξουσίαν	1	Fear the one who … has authority	The expression **the one** refers to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Fear God, who … has authority” or “Fear God, because he … has authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	12	5	us3x		μετὰ τὸ ἀποκτεῖναι, ἔχοντα ἐξουσίαν	1	after having killed	Jesus is not suggesting that God actively kills each person. Alternate translation: “who, after a person dies, has authority”
 LUK	12	5	l744	translate-names	Γέενναν	1	Gehenna	**Gehenna** is the Greek name for a place, the Valley of Hinnom just outside Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	12	5	ric8	figs-metaphor	Γέενναν	1	Gehenna	Jesus uses the name of this place, where refuse was thrown and fires burned continually, to mean hell. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -2065,10 +2065,10 @@ LUK	12	10	l759	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the
 LUK	12	10	l760	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	See how you translated this title in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “me, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	12	10	px39	figs-activepassive	ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ	1	it will be forgiven him	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will forgive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	12	10	p9g7	figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται	1	it will not be forgiven	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will not extend forgiveness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	12	11	f2j9	figs-explicit	ὅταν…εἰσφέρωσιν ὑμᾶς	1	when they bring you	The implication is that the opponents of Jesus would do this to his disciples. Alternate translation: “when my opponents bring you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	12	11	f2j9	figs-explicit	ὅταν&εἰσφέρωσιν ὑμᾶς	1	when they bring you	The implication is that the opponents of Jesus would do this to his disciples. Alternate translation: “when my opponents bring you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	12	11	c1rk	figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τὰς συναγωγὰς	1	to the synagogues	Jesus is referring to local Jewish tribunals by reference to the place where they met, in **synagogues**. Alternate translation: “to be tried by local Jewish tribunals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	12	11	gm94	figs-doublet	τὰς ἀρχὰς, καὶ τὰς ἐξουσίας	1	the rulers, and the authorities	These two terms mean similar things. Jesus may be using them together for emphasis. He is referring to officials of the Roman Empire. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine the terms into a single phrase. Alternate translation: “the officials whom the Romans have appointed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-LUK	12	12	l761		τὸ…Ἅγιον Πνεῦμα διδάξει ὑμᾶς…ἃ δεῖ εἰπεῖν	1	the Holy Spirit will teach you … what is necessary to say	Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit will tell you … what to say” or “the Holy Spirit will give you … the words to say”
+LUK	12	12	l761		τὸ&Ἅγιον Πνεῦμα διδάξει ὑμᾶς&ἃ δεῖ εἰπεῖν	1	the Holy Spirit will teach you … what is necessary to say	Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit will tell you … what to say” or “the Holy Spirit will give you … the words to say”
 LUK	12	12	gz6v	figs-idiom	ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ	1	in that hour	Jesus is using the term **hour** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at that time” or “in that moment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	12	13	i2vi	writing-participants	εἶπεν δέ τις ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου αὐτῷ	1	Then someone from the crowd said to him	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. Alternate translation: “Then a man who was there in the crowd said to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	12	13	l762		Διδάσκαλε	1	Teacher	**Teacher** is a respectful title. You can translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
@@ -2078,10 +2078,10 @@ LUK	12	14	hmn6	figs-rquestion	τίς με κατέστησεν κριτὴν ἢ
 LUK	12	14	l763	figs-doublet	κριτὴν ἢ μεριστὴν	1	a judge or a mediator	These two terms mean similar things. Jesus may be using them together for emphasis as he rebukes this man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate them with a single word that would carry the meaning of both terms. Alternate translation: “an arbitrator” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 LUK	12	14	l764	figs-hendiadys	κριτὴν ἢ μεριστὴν	1	a judge or a mediator	Jesus could also be using these two words to express a single idea. The term **mediator** may explain for what purpose a person was appointed as a **judge**, specifically, to settle disputes. Alternate translation: “a judge who settles disputes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 LUK	12	14	l765	figs-youdual	ὑμᾶς	1	you	The term **you** refers to the man and his brother. It would be in the dual form if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
-LUK	12	15	me49	figs-explicit	εἶπεν…πρὸς αὐτούς	1	he said to them	The implication is that Jesus said what follows to the whole crowd, which included the man who asked about the inheritance. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	12	15	me49	figs-explicit	εἶπεν&πρὸς αὐτούς	1	he said to them	The implication is that Jesus said what follows to the whole crowd, which included the man who asked about the inheritance. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	12	15	l766	figs-metaphor	ὁρᾶτε	1	See	Jesus uses a word for seeing to indicate a need for caution. Alternate translation: “Watch out” or “Be careful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	12	15	ckn2	figs-abstractnouns	πάσης πλεονεξίας	1	all covetousness	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **covetousness** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the urge to have more things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-LUK	12	15	l767		τῷ περισσεύειν τινὶ…ἐκ τῶν ὑπαρχόντων αὐτῷ	1	the abounding to him of his possessions	Alternate translation: “the number of things he has”
+LUK	12	15	l767		τῷ περισσεύειν τινὶ&ἐκ τῶν ὑπαρχόντων αὐτῷ	1	the abounding to him of his possessions	Alternate translation: “the number of things he has”
 LUK	12	16	d37q	figs-parables	εἶπεν δὲ παραβολὴν πρὸς αὐτοὺς	1	Then he spoke to them a parable	Jesus now gives a brief illustration to teach something that is true in a way that is easy to understand and remember. Alternate translation: “Then he told them this story to help them understand this teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
 LUK	12	16	gc9i	writing-pronouns	αὐτοὺς	1	to them	The pronoun **them** refers to the whole crowd, to which Jesus is continuing to speak. Alternate translation: “the whole crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	12	16	nkw9		εὐφόρησεν	1	yielded abundantly	Alternate translation: “produced a very good harvest”
@@ -2100,17 +2100,17 @@ LUK	12	20	xgr9	figs-euphemism	τὴν ψυχήν σου ἀπαιτοῦσιν
 LUK	12	20	vyn1	figs-rquestion	ἃ δὲ ἡτοίμασας, τίνι ἔσται?	1	what you have prepared, whose will it be?	God does not expect the man to tell him who will inherit his things. Rather, God is using the question as a teaching tool, to make the man realize that he could not count on possessing those things, and so he was wrong to put his confidence in them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “the things you have stored up will belong to someone else!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	12	21	m47i		ὁ θησαυρίζων	1	the one who stores up treasure	Alternate translation: “a person who saves up valuable things”
 LUK	12	21	fst9	figs-metaphor	μὴ εἰς Θεὸν πλουτῶν	1	is not rich toward God	Jesus uses the term **rich** to mean using one’s time and possessions for the things that are important to God. Alternate translation: “has not invested in the things that matter to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	12	22	ihk2	figs-explicit	εἶπεν…πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ	1	he said to his disciples	Since Peter asks in [12:41](../12/41.md) whether Jesus has been speaking only to the disciples, or also to the crowd as well, the implication is that Jesus did not say these things to his disciples privately, as in [12:1–12](../12/01.md), but rather to them publicly so that the crowd could also hear. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he said to his disciples, as the crowd was listening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	12	22	ihk2	figs-explicit	εἶπεν&πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ	1	he said to his disciples	Since Peter asks in [12:41](../12/41.md) whether Jesus has been speaking only to the disciples, or also to the crowd as well, the implication is that Jesus did not say these things to his disciples privately, as in [12:1–12](../12/01.md), but rather to them publicly so that the crowd could also hear. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he said to his disciples, as the crowd was listening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	12	22	vim6	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦτο	1	For this reason	By **this** Jesus means the lesson of the story, that it is foolish to be overly concerned about having a lot of food and possessions. Alternate translation: “In light of what this story teaches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	12	22	cy4e		λέγω ὑμῖν, μὴ μεριμνᾶτε	1	I say to you, do not worry	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “I want you to know that you should not worry”
 LUK	12	22	u1cf		τῷ σώματι τί ἐνδύσησθε	1	about your body, what you will wear	Alternate translation: “about having clothes to put on your body”
 LUK	12	23	l775	figs-ellipsis	ἡ γὰρ ψυχὴ πλεῖόν ἐστιν τῆς τροφῆς, καὶ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ ἐνδύματος	1	life is more than food, and the body than clothes	Jesus leaves out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “Life is more than food, and the body is more than clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 LUK	12	23	y4qa		ἡ γὰρ ψυχὴ πλεῖόν ἐστιν τῆς τροφῆς, καὶ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ ἐνδύματος	1	life is more than food, and the body than clothes	This is a general statement of value. Alternate translation: “There is more to life than the food you eat, and there is more to the body than the clothes that you wear”
 LUK	12	24	zx97	translate-unknown	τοὺς κόρακας	1	the ravens	The word **ravens** refers to large black birds, and it can apply either to crows or to actual **ravens**. If your readers would not be familiar with either of those birds, you could use a general term. Alternate translation: “the birds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-LUK	12	24	l776	figs-doublet	οὐκ…ταμεῖον οὐδὲ ἀποθήκη	1	neither storeroom nor barn	These two words mean similar things. Jesus may be using them together to express a general meaning. Alternate translation: “no place to store food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-LUK	12	24	y4t1	translate-unknown	οὐκ…ταμεῖον οὐδὲ ἀποθήκη	1	neither storeroom nor barn	These are places where food is stored. If your readers would not be familiar with either term, you could use a more general one. Alternate translation: “no place to store food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+LUK	12	24	l776	figs-doublet	οὐκ&ταμεῖον οὐδὲ ἀποθήκη	1	neither storeroom nor barn	These two words mean similar things. Jesus may be using them together to express a general meaning. Alternate translation: “no place to store food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+LUK	12	24	y4t1	translate-unknown	οὐκ&ταμεῖον οὐδὲ ἀποθήκη	1	neither storeroom nor barn	These are places where food is stored. If your readers would not be familiar with either term, you could use a more general one. Alternate translation: “no place to store food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	12	24	i238	figs-exclamations	πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὑμεῖς διαφέρετε τῶν πετεινῶν!	1	How much more valuable you are than the birds!	This is an exclamation, not a question. Jesus uses the exclamation to emphasize the point he wants his listeners to realize. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “You need to realize how much more valuable people are to God than birds.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
-LUK	12	25	lsx8	figs-rquestion	τίς…ἐξ ὑμῶν μεριμνῶν, δύναται ἐπὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν αὐτοῦ προσθεῖναι πῆχυν?	1	which of you by being anxious is able to add a cubit to his lifespan?	Jesus is using the question form to teach his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “no one can make his life any longer by being anxious!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+LUK	12	25	lsx8	figs-rquestion	τίς&ἐξ ὑμῶν μεριμνῶν, δύναται ἐπὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν αὐτοῦ προσθεῖναι πῆχυν?	1	which of you by being anxious is able to add a cubit to his lifespan?	Jesus is using the question form to teach his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “no one can make his life any longer by being anxious!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	12	25	n286	figs-metaphor	ἐπὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν αὐτοῦ προσθεῖναι πῆχυν	1	add a cubit to his lifespan	Jesus is speaking of the **lifespan** as if it were measured in length rather than in time. Alternate translation: “make his life any longer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	12	25	l777	translate-unknown	πῆχυν	1	a cubit	A **cubit** is a measure of length equal to about half a meter or about a foot and a half. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this length using the measure that is customary your culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	12	25	l778	figs-explicit	πῆχυν	1	a cubit	The implication may be that since a **cubit** is a relatively short distance, it represents only a short time. Alternate translation: “even a little bit” or “even a short time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2122,8 +2122,8 @@ LUK	12	27	s8d3	translate-unknown	τὰ κρίνα	1	the lilies	The word **lilies
 LUK	12	27	u3mf	translate-unknown	οὐδὲ νήθει	1	neither do they spin	In this context, to **spin** means to make thread or yarn for cloth. It does not mean to turn in a circle while standing in one place. If your readers might be confused by the term, you could explain the meaning with a phrase. Alternate translation: “and they do not make thread for cloth” or “and they do not make yarn for cloth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	12	27	l781		λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν, οὐδὲ Σολομὼν	1	But I say to you, not even Solomon	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “I can assure you that not even Solomon”
 LUK	12	27	nug5	figs-abstractnouns	Σολομὼν ἐν πάσῃ τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ	1	Solomon in all his glory	The abstract noun **glory** could mean: (1) “Solomon, who had great wealth.” (2) “Solomon, who wore beautiful clothes.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-LUK	12	28	rur9	figs-metaphor	εἰ…ἐν ἀγρῷ τὸν χόρτον ὄντα σήμερον, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον, ὁ Θεὸς οὕτως ἀμφιέζει	1	if God so clothes the grass in the field, which exists today and tomorrow is thrown into the oven	Jesus speaks of God making the wild plants beautiful as if God were putting beautiful clothing on them. Alternate translation: “if God makes the wild plants beautiful like this, even though they are alive today and are thrown into the oven tomorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	12	28	l783	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ…ἐν ἀγρῷ τὸν χόρτον ὄντα σήμερον, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον, ὁ Θεὸς οὕτως ἀμφιέζει	1	if God so clothes the grass in the field, which exists today and tomorrow is thrown into the oven	Jesus speaks as if this were a hypothetical situation, but he means that it must be true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is uncertain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since God makes the wild plants so beautiful, even though they are alive today and are thrown into the oven tomorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
+LUK	12	28	rur9	figs-metaphor	εἰ&ἐν ἀγρῷ τὸν χόρτον ὄντα σήμερον, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον, ὁ Θεὸς οὕτως ἀμφιέζει	1	if God so clothes the grass in the field, which exists today and tomorrow is thrown into the oven	Jesus speaks of God making the wild plants beautiful as if God were putting beautiful clothing on them. Alternate translation: “if God makes the wild plants beautiful like this, even though they are alive today and are thrown into the oven tomorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+LUK	12	28	l783	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ&ἐν ἀγρῷ τὸν χόρτον ὄντα σήμερον, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον, ὁ Θεὸς οὕτως ἀμφιέζει	1	if God so clothes the grass in the field, which exists today and tomorrow is thrown into the oven	Jesus speaks as if this were a hypothetical situation, but he means that it must be true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is uncertain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since God makes the wild plants so beautiful, even though they are alive today and are thrown into the oven tomorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 LUK	12	28	l784	figs-explicit	ἐν ἀγρῷ τὸν χόρτον ὄντα σήμερον, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον	1	the grass in the field, which exists today and tomorrow is thrown into the oven	While Jesus uses a term that typically means **grass**, in this context he must implicitly mean wild plants in general, since he is referring back to the wild lilies he has just mentioned. So you could express this with a general term in your translation. Alternate translation: “the wild plants, which are alive today and tomorrow are thrown into the oven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	12	28	l785	translate-unknown	ἐν ἀγρῷ τὸν χόρτον ὄντα σήμερον, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον	1	the grass in the field, which exists today and tomorrow is thrown into the oven	It would be particularly appropriate to use a general term in your translation if your readers would not know what **grass** is. Alternate translation: “the wild plants, which are alive today and tomorrow are thrown into the oven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	12	28	t9am	figs-activepassive	ἐν ἀγρῷ τὸν χόρτον ὄντα σήμερον, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον	1	the grass in the field, which exists today and tomorrow is thrown into the oven	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who does the action. Alternate translation: “the grass in the field, which exists today, but tomorrow someone throws it into an oven” or, if you decided to say “plants,” “the wild plants, which exist today, but tomorrow someone throws them into an oven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -2132,7 +2132,7 @@ LUK	12	28	l787	figs-ellipsis	πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὑμᾶς	1	how much more
 LUK	12	28	gr4m	figs-exclamations	πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὑμᾶς	1	how much more you	This is an exclamation, not a question. Jesus is emphasizing that God will certainly take care of people even better than he takes care of grass. Alternate translation: “God will certainly clothe you even better” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
 LUK	12	29	q67w		ὑμεῖς μὴ ζητεῖτε τί φάγητε, καὶ τί πίητε	1	do not seek what you might eat and what you might drink	The word **seek** has a specific meaning here. It does not mean to look for these things because they have been lost. Alternate translation: “do not concentrate on what you will eat and drink”
 LUK	12	30	g8jy	figs-explicit	πάντα τὰ ἔθνη τοῦ κόσμου	1	all the nations of the world	The term **nations** means non-Jewish people groups. The term **all** is not a generalization for emphasis. Jesus is saying that this is the way of life for any group that does not know God. Alternate translation: “all the people groups who do not know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	12	30	ns35	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὑμῶν…ὁ Πατὴρ	1	your Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+LUK	12	30	ns35	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὑμῶν&ὁ Πατὴρ	1	your Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 LUK	12	31	gvj9		ζητεῖτε τὴν βασιλείαν αὐτοῦ	1	seek his kingdom	As in [12:29](../12/29.md), the word **seek** has a specific meaning here. Alternate translation: “concentrate on God’s kingdom”
 LUK	12	31	jni1	figs-activepassive	ταῦτα προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	these things will be added to you	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will also give you these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	12	31	l788	figs-explicit	ταῦτα προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	these things will be added to you	In context, the expression **these things** refers to food and clothing. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God will also give you the food and clothing that you need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2147,10 +2147,10 @@ LUK	12	33	h6qw		θησαυρὸν ἀνέκλειπτον	1	unfailing treasure	Y
 LUK	12	33	t1fb	figs-metonymy	ὅπου κλέπτης οὐκ ἐγγίζει	1	where thief does not come near	Jesus speaks of a thief coming **near** to wealth to mean stealing it. Alternate translation: “where no thief ever steals anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	12	33	e2nj	figs-ellipsis	οὐδὲ σὴς διαφθείρει	1	nor moth destroy	Jesus leaves out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and where no moth ever destroys anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 LUK	12	33	u258	translate-unknown	σὴς	1	moth	A **moth** is a small insect that eats holes in fabric. If your readers would not know what a **moth** is, you could use the name of a different insect they would recognize that destroys materials, such as an ant or termite. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-LUK	12	34	ad29	figs-metaphor	ὅπου…ἐστιν ὁ θησαυρὸς ὑμῶν, ἐκεῖ καὶ ἡ καρδία ὑμῶν ἔσται	1	where your treasure is, there your heart will be also	Jesus speaks of a person’s **heart** and **treasure** being in the same location. Alternate translation: “the things you value are the things you will think about and try to obtain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	12	34	l790	figs-metaphor	ὅπου…ἐστιν ὁ θησαυρὸς ὑμῶν	1	where your treasure is	Jesus uses the word **treasure** to mean what a person values. Alternate translation: “the things you value” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+LUK	12	34	ad29	figs-metaphor	ὅπου&ἐστιν ὁ θησαυρὸς ὑμῶν, ἐκεῖ καὶ ἡ καρδία ὑμῶν ἔσται	1	where your treasure is, there your heart will be also	Jesus speaks of a person’s **heart** and **treasure** being in the same location. Alternate translation: “the things you value are the things you will think about and try to obtain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+LUK	12	34	l790	figs-metaphor	ὅπου&ἐστιν ὁ θησαυρὸς ὑμῶν	1	where your treasure is	Jesus uses the word **treasure** to mean what a person values. Alternate translation: “the things you value” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	12	34	r26g	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἡ καρδία ὑμῶν ἔσται	1	your heart will be also	Here, the **heart** represents the thoughts and desires. Alternate translation: “are the things you will think about and want to have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	12	34	l791	figs-you	ὑμῶν…ὑμῶν	1	your … your	Jesus is speaking of each individual person’s values and desires, but **your** is plural because he is addressing the disciples as a group. You could use the singular form of **your** in your translation if that is what your language would do in a context like this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+LUK	12	34	l791	figs-you	ὑμῶν&ὑμῶν	1	your … your	Jesus is speaking of each individual person’s values and desires, but **your** is plural because he is addressing the disciples as a group. You could use the singular form of **your** in your translation if that is what your language would do in a context like this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 LUK	12	35	c4j1	figs-parables	ἔστωσαν ὑμῶν αἱ ὀσφύες περιεζωσμέναι	1	Let your loins be girded	To help his disciples understand what he has been teaching, Jesus provides an illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave his disciples this illustration to help them understand. ‘Wrap the lower part of your robe around your hips’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
 LUK	12	35	nk2x	translate-unknown	ἔστωσαν ὑμῶν αἱ ὀσφύες περιεζωσμέναι	1	let your loins be girded	People in this culture wore long flowing robes. They would wrap the lower part of the robe around their hips to keep it out of the way while they engaged in physical activity. Alternate translation: “Wrap the lower part of your robe around your hips” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	12	35	l792	figs-activepassive	ἔστωσαν ὑμῶν αἱ ὀσφύες περιεζωσμέναι	1	let your loins be girded	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Wrap the lower part of your robe around your hips” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -2169,7 +2169,7 @@ LUK	12	37	xiv7		οὓς ἐλθὼν, ὁ Κύριος εὑρήσει γρηγ
 LUK	12	37	l801		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
 LUK	12	37	s3yd	figs-explicit	παρελθὼν, διακονήσει αὐτοῖς	1	he will come and serve them	The implication is that, because the servants were faithful in their tasks and they were ready to serve their master when he arrived, the master will now reward them by serving them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will come and serve them as a reward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	12	38	l802		κἂν ἐν τῇ δευτέρᾳ κἂν ἐν τῇ τρίτῃ φυλακῇ ἔλθῃ	1	Even if he comes in the second, or even in the third watch	Alternate translation: “Even if he comes in the second or third watch of the night”
-LUK	12	38	x25s	translate-unknown	ἐν τῇ δευτέρᾳ…φυλακῇ	1	in the second … watch	The **second watch** of the night was from 9:00 PM until midnight. Alternate translation: “late at night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+LUK	12	38	x25s	translate-unknown	ἐν τῇ δευτέρᾳ&φυλακῇ	1	in the second … watch	The **second watch** of the night was from 9:00 PM until midnight. Alternate translation: “late at night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	12	38	qa35	translate-unknown	κἂν ἐν τῇ τρίτῃ φυλακῇ	1	or even in the third watch	The **third watch** was from midnight until 3:00 AM. Alternate translation: “or even after midnight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	12	38	l803		καὶ εὕρῃ οὕτως, μακάριοί εἰσιν ἐκεῖνοι	1	and finds them thus, blessed are those	Alternate translation: “how good it will be for servants whom he finds waiting for him” or “how good it will be for servants who are ready when he returns”
 LUK	12	39	l804		τοῦτο δὲ γινώσκετε	1	But understand this	Jesus says this to encourage his disciples to think carefully about what he is going to tell them. Alternate translation: “Now I want you to think carefully about this”
@@ -2194,8 +2194,8 @@ LUK	12	43	h35t		ὃν ἐλθὼν, ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ εὑρήσε
 LUK	12	44	i2cq		ἀληθῶς λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
 LUK	12	44	y47s		ἐπὶ πᾶσιν τοῖς ὑπάρχουσιν αὐτοῦ καταστήσει αὐτόν	1	he will appoint him over all his possessions	Alternate translation: “he will put him in charge of all of his property”
 LUK	12	45	cu5k	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐὰν δὲ εἴπῃ ὁ δοῦλος ἐκεῖνος ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ, χρονίζει ὁ κύριός μου ἔρχεσθαι	1	But if that servant says in his heart, ‘My master delays to return’	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But if that servant thinks to himself that his master is going to come back later than he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-LUK	12	45	l812	figs-hypo	ἐὰν δὲ εἴπῃ ὁ δοῦλος ἐκεῖνος ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ…καὶ ἄρξηται	1	But if that servant says in his heart … and begins	The illustration that Jesus is using involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “But suppose that servant thinks to himself … and suppose he begins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
-LUK	12	45	aku7	figs-metaphor	εἴπῃ…ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	says in his heart	Here, the **heart** represents the thoughts. Alternate translation: “thinks to himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+LUK	12	45	l812	figs-hypo	ἐὰν δὲ εἴπῃ ὁ δοῦλος ἐκεῖνος ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ&καὶ ἄρξηται	1	But if that servant says in his heart … and begins	The illustration that Jesus is using involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “But suppose that servant thinks to himself … and suppose he begins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
+LUK	12	45	aku7	figs-metaphor	εἴπῃ&ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	says in his heart	Here, the **heart** represents the thoughts. Alternate translation: “thinks to himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	12	45	l813		χρονίζει ὁ κύριός μου ἔρχεσθαι	1	My master delays to return	Alternate translation: “My master is going to come back later than he said”
 LUK	12	45	juc5	figs-merism	τοὺς παῖδας καὶ τὰς παιδίσκας	1	the male servants and the female servants	Jesus is using the two types of servants to mean all of the master’s servants. Alternate translation: “all the other servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
 LUK	12	46	l814	figs-hypo	ἥξει ὁ κύριος τοῦ δούλου ἐκείνου	1	the master of that servant will arrive	If you translated the previous verse as a hypothetical condition, you could translate this verse as the result of that condition. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Then the master of that servant will arrive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
@@ -2210,8 +2210,8 @@ LUK	12	47	aj41		τὸ θέλημα τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ	1	the will
 LUK	12	47	im3v	figs-activepassive	δαρήσεται πολλάς	1	will be beaten much	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “his master will punish him severely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	12	48	l819	figs-hypo	ὁ δὲ μὴ γνοὺς, ποιήσας δὲ ἄξια πληγῶν, δαρήσεται ὀλίγας	1	But the one who did not know, and did things worthy of blows will be beaten little	Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation. It may be helpful to use two sentences if you translate it that way. Alternate translation: “But suppose a servant did not know what his master wanted him to do, and suppose he did things that deserved punishment. Then his master would punish him lightly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 LUK	12	48	nn9c	figs-activepassive	δαρήσεται ὀλίγας	1	will be beaten little	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “his master would punish him lightly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	12	48	qg96	figs-parallelism	παντὶ…ᾧ ἐδόθη πολύ, πολὺ ζητηθήσεται παρ’ αὐτοῦ; καὶ ᾧ παρέθεντο πολύ, περισσότερον αἰτήσουσιν αὐτόν	1	everyone to whom much has been given, much will be required from him, and to whom much has been provided, even more will be asked of him	These two clauses mean the same thing. Jesus is using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine them, especially if putting both of them in your translation might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “if someone entrusts many resources to a person, he will expect that person to produce much from those resources” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-LUK	12	48	ehu9	figs-activepassive	παντὶ…ᾧ ἐδόθη πολύ, πολὺ ζητηθήσεται παρ’ αὐτοῦ	1	everyone to whom much has been given, much will be required from him	If it would be helpful in your language, you could use active verbal forms to express the meaning of the two passive verbal forms here. Alternate translation: “the master will require more of everyone to whom he has given much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	12	48	qg96	figs-parallelism	παντὶ&ᾧ ἐδόθη πολύ, πολὺ ζητηθήσεται παρ’ αὐτοῦ; καὶ ᾧ παρέθεντο πολύ, περισσότερον αἰτήσουσιν αὐτόν	1	everyone to whom much has been given, much will be required from him, and to whom much has been provided, even more will be asked of him	These two clauses mean the same thing. Jesus is using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine them, especially if putting both of them in your translation might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “if someone entrusts many resources to a person, he will expect that person to produce much from those resources” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+LUK	12	48	ehu9	figs-activepassive	παντὶ&ᾧ ἐδόθη πολύ, πολὺ ζητηθήσεται παρ’ αὐτοῦ	1	everyone to whom much has been given, much will be required from him	If it would be helpful in your language, you could use active verbal forms to express the meaning of the two passive verbal forms here. Alternate translation: “the master will require more of everyone to whom he has given much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	12	48	ir7m	figs-activepassive	ᾧ παρέθεντο πολύ, περισσότερον αἰτήσουσιν αὐτόν	1	to whom much has been provided, even more will be asked of him	If it would be helpful in your language, you could use active verbal forms to express the meaning of the two passive verbal forms here. Alternate translation: “the master will ask even more of the one to whom he has given much property to care for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	12	49	qy62	figs-metaphor	πῦρ ἦλθον βαλεῖν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν	1	I came to throw fire upon the earth	Jesus is speaking of the effects of his ministry and teaching. In context, since he says contrastingly in [12:51](../12/51.md) that he did not come to bring peace to the earth, **fire** likely represents the passionate responses to him, both favorable and unfavorable, that would lead to the divisions he describes in [12:52–53](../12/52.md). Alternate translation: “My coming will lead to conflict among people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	12	49	l820	figs-metonymy	τὴν γῆν	1	the earth	Jesus says **the earth** to mean the people living on the earth. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -2219,16 +2219,16 @@ LUK	12	49	ygv3	figs-exclamations	τί θέλω εἰ ἤδη ἀνήφθη	1	how
 LUK	12	49	ygx3	figs-metaphor	τί θέλω εἰ ἤδη ἀνήφθη	1	how I wish that it were already kindled	This exclamation continues the metaphor of **fire** as conflict. Alternate translation: “how I wish that people were already taking sides” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	12	49	l821	figs-activepassive	ἤδη ἀνήφθη	1	it were already kindled	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the fire were already burning” or “people were already taking sides” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	12	50	k4e8	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	But	Jesus uses the word **But** to indicate that he cannot do what the previous sentence describes until after he does what this sentence describes. Alternate translation: “But first” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
-LUK	12	50	hn1j	figs-metaphor	βάπτισμα…ἔχω βαπτισθῆναι	1	I have a baptism to be baptized with	Jesus speaks of **baptism** to describe how he must suffer. Just as water covers a person during baptism, suffering will overwhelm Jesus. Alternate translation: “I must be overwhelmed by suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	12	50	l822	figs-activepassive	βάπτισμα…ἔχω βαπτισθῆναι	1	I have a baptism to be baptized with	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “suffering must overwhelm me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	12	50	hn1j	figs-metaphor	βάπτισμα&ἔχω βαπτισθῆναι	1	I have a baptism to be baptized with	Jesus speaks of **baptism** to describe how he must suffer. Just as water covers a person during baptism, suffering will overwhelm Jesus. Alternate translation: “I must be overwhelmed by suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+LUK	12	50	l822	figs-activepassive	βάπτισμα&ἔχω βαπτισθῆναι	1	I have a baptism to be baptized with	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “suffering must overwhelm me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	12	50	r2yj	figs-exclamations	πῶς συνέχομαι ἕως ὅτου τελεσθῇ	1	how I am distressed until it is completed	This exclamation emphasizes how distressed Jesus is. Alternate translation: “I am terribly distressed and will continue to be distressed until my suffering is completed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
 LUK	12	50	l823	figs-activepassive	πῶς συνέχομαι	1	how I am distressed	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “this suffering will continue to distress me terribly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	12	50	l824	figs-activepassive	ἕως ὅτου τελεσθῇ	1	until it is completed	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “until I have endured all of it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	12	51	s32r	figs-rquestion	δοκεῖτε ὅτι εἰρήνην παρεγενόμην δοῦναι ἐν τῇ γῇ?	1	Do you think that I came to give peace on the earth?	Jesus is not asking the people in the crowd to tell him what they think. He is using the question form as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Do not think that I came to bring peace on the earth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	12	51	l825	figs-metonymy	δοκεῖτε ὅτι εἰρήνην παρεγενόμην δοῦναι ἐν τῇ γῇ	1	Do you think that I came to give peace on the earth	Jesus says **the earth** to mean the people living on the earth. Alternate translation: “Do you think that I came to make peace between people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-LUK	12	51	l826	figs-abstractnouns	εἰρήνην…δοῦναι ἐν τῇ γῇ	1	to give peace on the earth	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **peace** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to make people get along with one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-LUK	12	51	l827	figs-ellipsis	οὐχί…ἀλλ’ ἢ διαμερισμόν	1	No … but rather division	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “No … I came to bring division instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-LUK	12	51	np4v	figs-abstractnouns	οὐχί…ἀλλ’ ἢ διαμερισμόν	1	No … but rather division	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **division** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “No … my coming will cause people to oppose each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+LUK	12	51	l826	figs-abstractnouns	εἰρήνην&δοῦναι ἐν τῇ γῇ	1	to give peace on the earth	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **peace** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to make people get along with one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+LUK	12	51	l827	figs-ellipsis	οὐχί&ἀλλ’ ἢ διαμερισμόν	1	No … but rather division	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “No … I came to bring division instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+LUK	12	51	np4v	figs-abstractnouns	οὐχί&ἀλλ’ ἢ διαμερισμόν	1	No … but rather division	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **division** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “No … my coming will cause people to oppose each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	12	51	l828		λέγω ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	Jesus uses this expression to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples and the crowd. Alternate translation: “I want you to understand”
 LUK	12	52	vrt5	figs-metonymy	πέντε ἐν ἑνὶ οἴκῳ	1	five in one house	Jesus uses the term **house** to refer to people who live together in a house, that is, to a family. Alternate translation: “five members of the same family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	12	52	l829	figs-activepassive	διαμεμερισμένοι	1	divided	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “who will take sides against one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -2250,7 +2250,7 @@ LUK	12	56	y3yj	figs-rquestion	τὸν καιρὸν δὲ τοῦτον, πῶς
 LUK	12	57	w8rz	figs-rquestion	τί δὲ καὶ ἀφ’ ἑαυτῶν, οὐ κρίνετε τὸ δίκαιον?	1	And why do you not even judge for yourselves what is right?	Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the crowd. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “You ought to discern on your own what is right.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	12	58	y75j	figs-hypo	ὡς γὰρ ὑπάγεις μετὰ τοῦ ἀντιδίκου σου ἐπ’ ἄρχοντα	1	For as you are going with your adversary to the magistrate	Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach the crowd. Alternate translation: “Suppose you owed someone money, and suppose they were taking you to court to collect it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 LUK	12	58	l838	figs-parables	ὡς γὰρ ὑπάγεις μετὰ τοῦ ἀντιδίκου σου ἐπ’ ἄρχοντα	1	For as you are going with your adversary to the magistrate	This hypothetical situation is also an illustration designed to help the people understand that they should be welcoming Jesus. Just as the debtor is going to be judged imminently, God is going to judge them imminently based on their responses to Jesus, and so they should make a positive response now, before it is too late. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave the crowd this illustration to help them understand. ‘Suppose you owed someone money, and suppose he was taking you to court to collect it’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
-LUK	12	58	f1ea	figs-youcrowd	ὑπάγεις…σου…σε	1	you are going … your … you	Even though Jesus is speaking to the crowd, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **your** are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your** in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
+LUK	12	58	f1ea	figs-youcrowd	ὑπάγεις&σου&σε	1	you are going … your … you	Even though Jesus is speaking to the crowd, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **your** are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your** in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
 LUK	12	58	t4v8	translate-unknown	τοῦ ἀντιδίκου σου	1	your adversary	In the context of this story, the term **adversary** means specifically an opponent in a legal proceeding. You could translate it with the equivalent term in your language. Alternatively, since the next verse indicates that the **adversary** is trying to collect a debt, you could describe him in a way that indicates that. Alternate translation: “your opponent” or “your creditor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	12	58	e7hz	translate-unknown	ἄρχοντα	1	the magistrate	A **magistrate** is a general term for a person in legal authority. You can translate it with the equivalent general term in your language. Alternate translation: “the official” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	12	58	b7sh	figs-activepassive	ἀπηλλάχθαι ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	to be released from him	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “to settle the matter out of court” or “to have him forgive your debt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -2261,8 +2261,8 @@ LUK	12	59	l841	figs-youcrowd	λέγω σοι	1	I say to you	Even though Jesus is
 LUK	12	59	i124	translate-bmoney	καὶ τὸ ἔσχατον λεπτὸν	1	the very last lepton	A **lepton** was the smallest and least valuable coin in circulation in this place and time. It was equivalent to about a tenth of an hour’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might use the name of the least valuable coin in your culture, or a general expression. Alternate translation: “the very last penny” or “every bit of money that your creditor demands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
 LUK	13	intro	xaa2			0		# Luke 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus teaches with parables (13:1–30)<br>2. Jesus speaks about Herod and Jerusalem (13:31–35)<br><br>## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Unknown events<br><br>The people and Jesus speak about two events that they knew about, but about which no one today knows anything except what Luke has written. These events are Pilate executing some Galileans in the temple, 13:1–2, and 18 people being killed when a tower collapsed in Jerusalem, 13:4. In your translation, you should tell your readers no more than what Luke tells about what happened. Your translation should tell only what Luke tells.<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. Jesus speaks a paradox in this chapter: “Those who are least important will be first, and those who are most important will be last” (Luke 13:30)
 LUK	13	1	t1fi	grammar-connect-time-background	δέ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what Jesus teaches next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
-LUK	13	1	l842	writing-participants	παρῆσαν…τινες ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ καιρῷ, ἀπαγγέλλοντες αὐτῷ	1	some were present at that time who were reporting to him	Luke uses this phrase to introduce new characters into the story. Alternate translation: “there were some people present at that time who were telling him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
-LUK	13	1	wg2k	figs-explicit	παρῆσαν…τινες ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ καιρῷ	1	at that time	This implicitly means while Jesus was still teaching the crowds, as Luke said he was doing in [11:54](../11/54.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “while he was still teaching the crowds, some of them were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	13	1	l842	writing-participants	παρῆσαν&τινες ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ καιρῷ, ἀπαγγέλλοντες αὐτῷ	1	some were present at that time who were reporting to him	Luke uses this phrase to introduce new characters into the story. Alternate translation: “there were some people present at that time who were telling him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
+LUK	13	1	wg2k	figs-explicit	παρῆσαν&τινες ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ καιρῷ	1	at that time	This implicitly means while Jesus was still teaching the crowds, as Luke said he was doing in [11:54](../11/54.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “while he was still teaching the crowds, some of them were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	13	1	l843	figs-metaphor	ὧν τὸ αἷμα Πειλᾶτος ἔμιξεν μετὰ τῶν θυσιῶν αὐτῶν	1	whose blood Pilate had mixed with their sacrifices	Luke is speaking about this event to indicate that the **blood** of the Galileans was shed at the same time as the blood of their animal **sacrifices**. Alternate translation: “whom Pilate had killed while they were offering sacrifices at the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	13	1	fj2c	figs-metonymy	ὧν τὸ αἷμα Πειλᾶτος ἔμιξεν μετὰ τῶν θυσιῶν αὐτῶν	1	whose blood Pilate had mixed with their sacrifices	Luke uses the term **blood** to refer to the death of these Galileans. Alternate translation: “whom Pilate had killed while they were offering sacrifices at the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	13	1	l844	figs-metonymy	ὧν τὸ αἷμα Πειλᾶτος ἔμιξεν μετὰ τῶν θυσιῶν αὐτῶν	1	whose blood Pilate had mixed with their sacrifices	Pilate likely did not kill these Galileans personally. Rather, he ordered his soldiers to kill them. Alternate translation: “whom Pilate’s soldiers had killed as they were offering sacrifices at the temple” or “whom Pilate had ordered his soldiers to kill as they were offering sacrifices at the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -2286,12 +2286,12 @@ LUK	13	6	x42j	figs-activepassive	συκῆν εἶχέν τις πεφυτευμ
 LUK	13	6	l851	translate-unknown	συκῆν	1	a fig tree	A **fig tree** is a type of fruit tree that is common in the land of Israel. If your readers would not know what a fig tree is, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a fruit tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	13	6	l852	writing-background	ἦλθεν ζητῶν καρπὸν ἐν αὐτῇ, καὶ οὐχ εὗρεν	1	he came seeking fruit on it, but did not find any	This is background information that helps listeners understand what happens next in the story. Alternate translation: “he went to see if there were any figs on the tree, but there were none” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 LUK	13	6	l853	figs-go	ἦλθεν ζητῶν καρπὸν ἐν αὐτῇ	1	he came seeking fruit on it	Here your language might use a form of “go” rather than a form of “come.” Alternate translation: “he went to see if there were any figs on the tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
-LUK	13	7	l854	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν…πρὸς τὸν ἀμπελουργόν, ἰδοὺ, τρία ἔτη ἀφ’ οὗ ἔρχομαι ζητῶν καρπὸν ἐν τῇ συκῇ ταύτῃ, καὶ οὐχ εὑρίσκω. ἔκκοψον αὐτήν, ἵνα τί καὶ τὴν γῆν καταργεῖ?	1	he said to the gardener, ‘Behold, for three years I came seeking fruit on this fig tree and did not find any. Cut it down. Why is it even idling the ground?’	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he told the gardener to pay attention, that he had been coming for three years to look for fruit on the fig tree, but he had not found any, and so the gardener should cut the tree down because it was keeping the ground from being productive.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
+LUK	13	7	l854	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν&πρὸς τὸν ἀμπελουργόν, ἰδοὺ, τρία ἔτη ἀφ’ οὗ ἔρχομαι ζητῶν καρπὸν ἐν τῇ συκῇ ταύτῃ, καὶ οὐχ εὑρίσκω. ἔκκοψον αὐτήν, ἵνα τί καὶ τὴν γῆν καταργεῖ?	1	he said to the gardener, ‘Behold, for three years I came seeking fruit on this fig tree and did not find any. Cut it down. Why is it even idling the ground?’	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he told the gardener to pay attention, that he had been coming for three years to look for fruit on the fig tree, but he had not found any, and so the gardener should cut the tree down because it was keeping the ground from being productive.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	13	7	l855	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	The man uses the term **behold** to get the gardener to pay attention to what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Pay attention” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	13	7	hg35	figs-rquestion	ἵνα τί καὶ τὴν γῆν καταργεῖ?	1	Why is it even idling the ground?	The man uses the question form to emphasize that the tree is useless and that the gardener should cut it down. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Do not let it keep the ground from being productive any longer.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	13	7	l856	figs-metaphor	καὶ τὴν γῆν καταργεῖ	1	idling the ground	The man speaks of the tree as if it were keeping the ground from working, since the ground would be productive if a different tree that actually was bearing fruit were in its place. Alternate translation: “is it even keeping the ground from being productive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	13	8	pm3j		ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς λέγει αὐτῷ	1	But answering he says to him	To call attention to a development in the story, Jesus uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “But he responded”
-LUK	13	8	l857	figs-hendiadys	ὁ…ἀποκριθεὶς λέγει	1	answering he says	Together the terms **answering** and **says** mean that the gardener responded to what his master told him to do. Alternate translation: “he responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
+LUK	13	8	l857	figs-hendiadys	ὁ&ἀποκριθεὶς λέγει	1	answering he says	Together the terms **answering** and **says** mean that the gardener responded to what his master told him to do. Alternate translation: “he responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 LUK	13	8	l2ks		ἄφες αὐτὴν καὶ τοῦτο τὸ ἔτος	1	leave it this year also	Alternate translation: “wait one more year before cutting down the tree”
 LUK	13	8	st4w	translate-unknown	βάλω κόπρια	1	put on manure	The word **manure** means animal dung. In some places people mix it into the ground to make the soil more fertile for plants and trees. If your readers would not be familiar with this practice, you could explain it, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “mix animal dung into the soil to enrich it” or “fertilize it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	13	9	w5qh	figs-ellipsis	κἂν μὲν ποιήσῃ καρπὸν εἰς τὸ μέλλον	1	If indeed it bears fruit in the coming one	The gardener does not specify what he thinks the master should do with the tree if it does bear fruit, but you can supply that information from the context. Alternate translation: “If the tree has figs on it next year, then you can allow it to keep growing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -2306,12 +2306,12 @@ LUK	13	12	l860	figs-idiom	γύναι	1	Woman	Unlike the term **man** in [12:14](
 LUK	13	12	h6ne	figs-declarative	ἀπολέλυσαι τῆς ἀσθενείας σου	1	you are released from your weakness	By saying this, Jesus healed the woman. You could express this in your translation with a statement that shows that Jesus was causing this to happen. Alternate translation: “I now set you free from your weakness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
 LUK	13	12	l29y	figs-activepassive	γύναι, ἀπολέλυσαι τῆς ἀσθενείας σου	1	you are released from your weakness	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “I now set you free from your weakness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	13	13	k3k1	figs-activepassive	ἀνωρθώθη	1	she was straightened up	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “she stood up straight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	13	14	d8ir	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς…δὲ ὁ ἀρχισυνάγωγος, ἀγανακτῶν ὅτι τῷ Σαββάτῳ ἐθεράπευσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ἔλεγεν	1	answering … said	Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that the synagogue leader spoke in response to the healing he had just witnessed. Alternate translation: “the synagogue ruler, being indignant because Jesus had healed on the Sabbath, responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
+LUK	13	14	d8ir	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς&δὲ ὁ ἀρχισυνάγωγος, ἀγανακτῶν ὅτι τῷ Σαββάτῳ ἐθεράπευσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ἔλεγεν	1	answering … said	Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that the synagogue leader spoke in response to the healing he had just witnessed. Alternate translation: “the synagogue ruler, being indignant because Jesus had healed on the Sabbath, responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 LUK	13	14	l861		ἓξ ἡμέραι εἰσὶν ἐν αἷς δεῖ ἐργάζεσθαι	1	There are six days in which it is necessary to work	Alternate translation: “You must only do work on the first six days of the week”
-LUK	13	14	ai1f	figs-activepassive	ἐν αὐταῖς…ἐρχόμενοι θεραπεύεσθε	1	come and be healed on them	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “come and have Jesus heal you on those days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	13	14	ai1f	figs-activepassive	ἐν αὐταῖς&ἐρχόμενοι θεραπεύεσθε	1	come and be healed on them	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “come and have Jesus heal you on those days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	13	14	qap4		τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ Σαββάτου	1	the day of the Sabbath	Your language might use an indefinite article rather than the definite article here, since the synagogue ruler is not speaking of a specific Sabbath. Alternate translation: “on a Sabbath day”
 LUK	13	15	l862		ὁ Κύριος	1	the Lord	Here Luke refers to Jesus by the respectful title **the Lord**. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
-LUK	13	15	k7p8	figs-hendiadys	ἀπεκρίθη…αὐτῷ…καὶ εἶπεν	1	answered him and said	Together the two words **answered** and **said** mean that Jesus responded to the synagogue ruler. Alternate translation: “responded to the synagogue ruler” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
+LUK	13	15	k7p8	figs-hendiadys	ἀπεκρίθη&αὐτῷ&καὶ εἶπεν	1	answered him and said	Together the two words **answered** and **said** mean that Jesus responded to the synagogue ruler. Alternate translation: “responded to the synagogue ruler” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 LUK	13	15	u6zr	figs-explicit	ὑποκριταί	1	Hypocrites	Jesus is speaking directly to the synagogue ruler, but the plural form indicates that he is including other religious leaders as well. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You and your fellow religious leaders are hypocrites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	13	15	xt5y	figs-rquestion	ἕκαστος ὑμῶν τῷ Σαββάτῳ οὐ λύει τὸν βοῦν αὐτοῦ, ἢ τὸν ὄνον ἀπὸ τῆς φάτνης, καὶ ἀπαγαγὼν ποτίζει?	1	Does not each of you on the Sabbath untie	Jesus is using the question form as a teaching tool. He is not asking his listeners to tell him whether they would do this. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “On the Sabbath, each one of you unties his ox or donkey from the stall and leads it away to drink.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	13	15	ha7b	translate-unknown	τὸν βοῦν αὐτοῦ, ἢ τὸν ὄνον	1	his ox or donkey	These are domesticated animals. If your readers would not be familiar with what an **ox** or a **donkey** is, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “his farm animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -2343,16 +2343,16 @@ LUK	13	21	wms4	figs-explicit	ζύμῃ	1	yeast	Jesus assumes that his listeners
 LUK	13	21	wz5u	translate-unknown	ἀλεύρου σάτα τρία	1	three seahs of flour	The term **seahs** is the plural of “seah,” a dry measure equivalent to nearly eight liters or two gallons. You can express this quantity in terms of a measure that your culture uses, or you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a large amount of flour” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	13	21	l873	figs-activepassive	ἐζυμώθη ὅλον	1	it was all leavened	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the yeast caused all of it to rise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	13	22	bh87	grammar-connect-time-background	καὶ διεπορεύετο κατὰ πόλεις καὶ κώμας	1	And he was traveling through cities and villages	Luke provides this background information to help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now he was traveling through cities and villages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
-LUK	13	23	l874	writing-participants	εἶπεν…τις αὐτῷ	1	someone said to him	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. Alternate translation: “someone in one of those places asked him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
+LUK	13	23	l874	writing-participants	εἶπεν&τις αὐτῷ	1	someone said to him	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. Alternate translation: “someone in one of those places asked him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	13	23	l875	figs-idiom	εἰ ὀλίγοι οἱ σῳζόμενοι?	1	if the ones who are being saved are few?	This was an idiomatic way of asking a question. Alternate translation: “is God going to save only a few people?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	13	23	yf6h	figs-activepassive	εἰ ὀλίγοι οἱ σῳζόμενοι?	1	if the ones who are being saved are few?	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “is God going to save only a few people?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	13	23	l876	figs-explicit	ὁ…εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς	1	he said to them	The implication is that a crowd had gathered to meet Jesus as he went through this place on his journey, and that the questioner was one person in the crowd. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus replied to this person and to the whole crowd that was there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	13	23	l876	figs-explicit	ὁ&εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς	1	he said to them	The implication is that a crowd had gathered to meet Jesus as he went through this place on his journey, and that the questioner was one person in the crowd. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus replied to this person and to the whole crowd that was there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	13	24	i39q	figs-metaphor	ἀγωνίζεσθε εἰσελθεῖν διὰ τῆς στενῆς θύρας	1	Struggle to enter through the narrow door	Jesus is speaking about God’s kingdom as if people had to go through a small doorway with great difficulty to enter it. Alternate translation: “Work hard to overcome every difficulty that would keep you from entering God’s kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	13	24	l877		λέγω ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is telling the crowd. Alternate translation: “you must understand”
 LUK	13	24	l878	figs-you	λέγω ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	Even though Jesus is answering an individual’s question, he is talking to the whole crowd, so the word **you** is plural. The implied **you** in the command to **struggle** earlier in this verse is also plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-LUK	13	24	x137	figs-explicit	πολλοί…ζητήσουσιν εἰσελθεῖν καὶ οὐκ ἰσχύσουσιν	1	many … will seek to enter, but will not be able	The implication is that they will not be able to enter because it is so difficult. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “many of the people who try to enter the kingdom of God … will not be able to, because it is so difficult” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	13	24	x137	figs-explicit	πολλοί&ζητήσουσιν εἰσελθεῖν καὶ οὐκ ἰσχύσουσιν	1	many … will seek to enter, but will not be able	The implication is that they will not be able to enter because it is so difficult. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “many of the people who try to enter the kingdom of God … will not be able to, because it is so difficult” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	13	25	b35z	figs-exmetaphor	ἀφ’ οὗ ἂν ἐγερθῇ ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης καὶ ἀποκλείσῃ τὴν θύραν	1	After the master of the house gets up and closes the door	Jesus extends the metaphor of the **door** by speaking of God at the time of final judgment as if God were the owner of a house and the people he is addressing were outside the house trying to get in. Alternate translation: “After God has admitted everyone who is going to enter his kingdom and is not letting anyone else in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
-LUK	13	25	gk3c	figs-you	ἄρξησθε…ὑμῖν…ὑμᾶς	1	you will begin … you … you	Even though Jesus is answering an individual’s question, he is talking to the whole crowd, so the word **you** is plural in all of these cases. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+LUK	13	25	gk3c	figs-you	ἄρξησθε&ὑμῖν&ὑμᾶς	1	you will begin … you … you	Even though Jesus is answering an individual’s question, he is talking to the whole crowd, so the word **you** is plural in all of these cases. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 LUK	13	25	l879	figs-quotesinquotes	κρούειν τὴν θύραν λέγοντες, κύριε, ἄνοιξον ἡμῖν	1	knock on the door, saying, ‘Lord, open for us’	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “knock on the door and ask the Lord to open it for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	13	25	jqh7	translate-unknown	κρούειν τὴν θύραν	1	knock on the door	See how you translated the word “knock” in [11:9](../11/09.md). Alternate translation: “call out” or “cough” or “clap” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	13	25	l880	figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν	1	us	The people knocking on the door mean themselves but not the owner of the house, so if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive **us,** use the exclusive form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
@@ -2362,12 +2362,12 @@ LUK	13	25	l883	figs-ellipsis	οὐκ οἶδα ὑμᾶς, πόθεν ἐστέ
 LUK	13	25	l884	figs-parallelism	οὐκ οἶδα ὑμᾶς, πόθεν ἐστέ	1	I do not know you, where you are from	The owner is also using repetition for emphasis. If this would not be clear in your language and your readers might wonder why he was saying the same thing twice, you could translate this with a single phrase that expresses the basic meaning. Alternate translation: “I do not know who you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 LUK	13	26	l885	figs-quotesinquotes	ἄρξεσθε λέγειν, ἐφάγομεν ἐνώπιόν σου καὶ ἐπίομεν, καὶ ἐν ταῖς πλατείαις ἡμῶν ἐδίδαξας	1	you will begin to say, ‘We ate and drank in your sight, and you taught in our streets’	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “you will begin to tell him that you shared meals with him and he taught in the streets of your town” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	13	26	l886	figs-metaphor	ἐφάγομεν ἐνώπιόν σου καὶ ἐπίομεν	1	we ate and drank before you	Here, **before** means “in the presence” of another person. Alternate translation: “You were with us when we ate and drank” or “We ate and drank together with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	13	26	l887	figs-merism	ἐφάγομεν…καὶ ἐπίομεν	1	ate and drank	The people are using the two components of a meal to mean an entire meal. Alternate translation: “We shared meals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
+LUK	13	26	l887	figs-merism	ἐφάγομεν&καὶ ἐπίομεν	1	ate and drank	The people are using the two components of a meal to mean an entire meal. Alternate translation: “We shared meals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
 LUK	13	26	l888	figs-you	σου	1	you	Since the people are addressing the owner alone, the pronoun **you** would be singular here, and also in any case where it is needed in your language as a pronoun for a verb, for example, **you taught**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 LUK	13	26	l889	figs-exclusive	ἐν ταῖς πλατείαις ἡμῶν	1	in our streets	Within the extended metaphor, the people are addressing Jesus, who was not from their town, but who taught them as he traveled through. So the people would consider the streets to be theirs but not his, and **our** would be exclusive, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 LUK	13	27	l890	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐρεῖ λέγων ὑμῖν, οὐκ οἶδα πόθεν ἐστέ; ἀπόστητε ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ, πάντες ἐργάται ἀδικίας	1	he will speak, saying to you, ‘I do not know where you are from. Get away from me, all you workers of unrighteousness’	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he will reply that he does not know where you are from, and he will tell you to go away because you are evildoers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	13	27	l891	figs-explicitinfo	ἐρεῖ λέγων ὑμῖν	1	he will speak, saying to you	In your language, it might seem that this phrase expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate it. Alternate translation: “he will tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
-LUK	13	27	l892	figs-you	ὑμῖν…πάντες	1	you … all you	Since the owner of the house is speaking to the people outside, **you** would be plural in these instances. The implied “you” in the command to **get away** would also be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+LUK	13	27	l892	figs-you	ὑμῖν&πάντες	1	you … all you	Since the owner of the house is speaking to the people outside, **you** would be plural in these instances. The implied “you” in the command to **get away** would also be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 LUK	13	27	l893	figs-explicit	οὐκ οἶδα πόθεν ἐστέ	1	I do not know where you are from	This is a shorter version of what the house owner says at first. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the implicit meaning in your translation. Alternate translation: “I do not know who you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	13	27	n39n		ἀπόστητε ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ	1	Get away from me	Alternate translation: “Go away from here”
 LUK	13	27	l894		ἐργάται ἀδικίας	1	workers of unrighteousness	Alternate translation: “you evildoers”
@@ -2398,7 +2398,7 @@ LUK	13	32	l908	figs-synecdoche	ἐκβάλλω δαιμόνια, καὶ ἰάσ
 LUK	13	32	l909	figs-explicit	ἐκβάλλω δαιμόνια, καὶ ἰάσεις ἀποτελῶ σήμερον καὶ αὔριον	1	I am driving out demons and performing healings today and tomorrow	The implication is that Jesus is saying he knows he does not need to be afraid of Herod’s deadly intentions, even though he is in territory that Herod rules, because God will keep him safe while he carries out his ministry. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I know that for now, with God’s protection, I can safely carry on my ministry even in Herod’s territory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	13	32	l910	figs-idiom	τῇ τρίτῃ	1	on the third day	In this culture, **the third day** meant “the day after tomorrow.” Jesus is using the expression as an idiom. Alternate translation: “at a short time in the future” or “soon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	13	32	l911	figs-activepassive	τελειοῦμαι	1	I will be finished	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. This could mean: (1) Jesus is saying he will soon complete his work of teaching and healing. Alternate translation: “I will complete my ministry” (2) this expression refers to someone reaching a goal or destination. Alternate translation: “I will finish traveling through Herod’s territory and reach Jerusalem” (3) Jesus is referring to a goal or destination, and mean that he will reach the end of his life. Alternate translation: “I will give my life as a sacrifice” (4) the expression describes someone reaching maturity or perfection of character, and if that is what it means here, it would describe the character that Jesus demonstrated when he gave his life as the Savior. Alternate translation: “I will demonstrate supreme love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	13	33	p9za		πλὴν δεῖ με…πορεύεσθαι	1	Nevertheless, it is necessary for me to journey	Alternate translation: “But I must keep traveling”
+LUK	13	33	p9za		πλὴν δεῖ με&πορεύεσθαι	1	Nevertheless, it is necessary for me to journey	Alternate translation: “But I must keep traveling”
 LUK	13	33	l912	figs-idiom	σήμερον καὶ αὔριον καὶ τῇ ἐχομένῃ	1	today, and tomorrow, and the following day	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “now and in the time just ahead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	13	33	nbk7	figs-irony	οὐκ ἐνδέχεται προφήτην ἀπολέσθαι ἔξω Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	it is not possible for a prophet to perish outside of Jerusalem	This could also mean “it is not acceptable.” Either way, Jesus is speaking ironically. The Jewish leaders claimed to serve God, and yet their ancestors killed many of God’s prophets in Jerusalem. Jesus knew that they would kill him there too. Alternate translation: “it is in Jerusalem that the Jewish leaders have killed so many of God’s messengers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
 LUK	13	34	cac7	figs-apostrophe	Ἰερουσαλὴμ, Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	Jerusalem, Jerusalem	Jesus is addressing something he knows cannot hear him, the city of Jerusalem, in order to show his listeners in a strong way how he feels about it. Alternate translation: “I am very upset with the city of Jerusalem” or, if you decide to use the second person (see later note), “I am very upset with you, Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
@@ -2419,7 +2419,7 @@ LUK	13	35	l920	figs-pastforfuture	ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑ
 LUK	13	35	w1v2	figs-metaphor	ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν	1	your house has been left to you	Jesus speaks of the city of Jerusalem as if it were a **house** in which its people lived. Alternate translation: “your city will be left to you alone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	13	35	l921	figs-activepassive	ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν	1	your house has been left to you	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God is going to leave your city to you alone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	13	35	l922	figs-explicit	ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν	1	your house has been left to you	The implications of this statement are that God will no longer consider that Jerusalem belongs to him, as a holy city where he dwells in his temple, and that God will therefore not protect the people of Jerusalem from their enemies. Alternate translation: “God will not protect you from your enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	13	35	l923	figs-you	ὑμῖν…ὑμῶν…ὑμῖν	1	your … you … you	Jesus is now speaking directly to the people who live in Jerusalem, so **your** and **you** would be plural. The pronoun **you** would also be a plural pronoun in any case where it is needed in your language as a pronoun for a verb, for example, “you say.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+LUK	13	35	l923	figs-you	ὑμῖν&ὑμῶν&ὑμῖν	1	your … you … you	Jesus is now speaking directly to the people who live in Jerusalem, so **your** and **you** would be plural. The pronoun **you** would also be a plural pronoun in any case where it is needed in your language as a pronoun for a verb, for example, “you say.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 LUK	13	35	l924		λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is telling the people of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
 LUK	13	35	x4y6		οὐ μὴ με ἴδητέ ἕως ἥξει ὅτε εἴπητε	1	you will certainly not see me until it comes when you say	If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this a positive statement. Alternate translation: “the next time you see me, you will say”
 LUK	13	35	l925	figs-idiom	ἕως ἥξει ὅτε εἴπητε	1	until it comes when you say	The expression **it comes** means “the time comes.” You could express that in your translation, or, if your language does not speak of time as “coming,” you can use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “until the time comes when you say” or “until the time when you say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -2445,8 +2445,8 @@ LUK	14	4	x4lq	writing-pronouns	ἐπιλαβόμενος	1	taking hold of him	Al
 LUK	14	5	l934	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	14	5	rr5z	figs-rquestion	τίνος ὑμῶν υἱὸς ἢ βοῦς εἰς φρέαρ πεσεῖται, καὶ οὐκ εὐθέως ἀνασπάσει αὐτὸν ἐν ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ Σαββάτου	1	Of which of you will a son or an ox fall into a well, and he will not immediately pull him out on the Sabbath day	Jesus does not expect these religious leaders to tell him whether they would do this. Rather, he is using the question form as a teaching tool. He wants these religious leaders to recognize that on the Sabbath day, they themselves would do something to address a situation of suffering and need. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. It may be helpful to make this two sentences. Alternate translation: “If one of you had a son who fell into a well on the Sabbath, surely you would pull him out immediately. You would even do the same thing for your ox.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	14	6	cti5		καὶ οὐκ ἴσχυσαν ἀνταποκριθῆναι πρὸς ταῦτα	1	And they were not able to give an answer to these things	Alternate translation: “And there was nothing they could say in response”
-LUK	14	7	l935	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἔλεγεν…πρὸς τοὺς κεκλημένους παραβολήν, ἐπέχων πῶς τὰς πρωτοκλισίας ἐξελέγοντο, λέγων	1	he was speaking a parable … noticing how they were choosing the first places	If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of the phrases in this verse, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Jesus noticed that those whom the leader of the Pharisees had invited to the meal were trying to sit in the seats for honored guests, so he gave them an illustration, saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-LUK	14	7	u86b	figs-parables	ἔλεγεν…παραβολήν	1	he was speaking a parable	In this instance, Luke is not using the term **parable** to mean a brief story that teaches something true in a way that is easy to understand and remember. Jesus used a hypothetical situation as an illustration to get the guests at this meal to consider how they should behave at feasts. Alternate translation: “he gave an illustration” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
+LUK	14	7	l935	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἔλεγεν&πρὸς τοὺς κεκλημένους παραβολήν, ἐπέχων πῶς τὰς πρωτοκλισίας ἐξελέγοντο, λέγων	1	he was speaking a parable … noticing how they were choosing the first places	If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of the phrases in this verse, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Jesus noticed that those whom the leader of the Pharisees had invited to the meal were trying to sit in the seats for honored guests, so he gave them an illustration, saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+LUK	14	7	u86b	figs-parables	ἔλεγεν&παραβολήν	1	he was speaking a parable	In this instance, Luke is not using the term **parable** to mean a brief story that teaches something true in a way that is easy to understand and remember. Jesus used a hypothetical situation as an illustration to get the guests at this meal to consider how they should behave at feasts. Alternate translation: “he gave an illustration” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
 LUK	14	7	em4u	figs-activepassive	τοὺς κεκλημένους	1	those who were invited	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who had done the action. Alternate translation: “those whom this Pharisee had invited to the meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	14	7	yd4g	figs-metaphor	τὰς πρωτοκλισίας	1	the first places	The term **first** represents being important and honored. If your culture has a way of placing people at meals to show honor, you could use that in your translation. Otherwise, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the seats closest to the host” or “the seats for honored guests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	14	8	l936	figs-hypo	ὅταν κληθῇς ὑπό τινος εἰς γάμους, μὴ κατακλιθῇς	1	When you are invited by someone to a wedding feast, do not recline to eat	Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach the guests at this meal. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone invites you to a wedding celebration. Then you should not take your place at the table” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
@@ -2474,7 +2474,7 @@ LUK	14	11	eki7	figs-activepassive	ὑψωθήσεται	1	will be exalted	If it
 LUK	14	12	p9hc		τῷ κεκληκότι αὐτόν	1	the one who had invited him	Alternate translation: “to the Pharisee who had invited him to his house for a meal”
 LUK	14	12	v4uk	figs-you	ὅταν ποιῇς	1	when you make	Even though this is general advice for everyone listening, the word **you** is singular here, and **you** and **your** are singular in all of [14:12–14](../14/12.md), because Jesus is speaking directly to the Pharisee who invited him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 LUK	14	12	gmh6	figs-hyperbole	μὴ φώνει	1	do not invite	Jesus is probably not telling his host never to invite such people. Rather, this is likely a generalization that means he should invite others as well. Alternate translation: “do not invite only” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-LUK	14	12	l945	figs-metaphor	τοὺς ἀδελφούς σου…τοὺς συγγενεῖς σου	1	your brothers … your relatives	The term **brothers** probably refers to close family members, while the term **relatives** likely indicates more distant members of an extended family. Alternate translation: “your close family members … other relatives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+LUK	14	12	l945	figs-metaphor	τοὺς ἀδελφούς σου&τοὺς συγγενεῖς σου	1	your brothers … your relatives	The term **brothers** probably refers to close family members, while the term **relatives** likely indicates more distant members of an extended family. Alternate translation: “your close family members … other relatives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	14	12	l946	figs-gendernotations	τοὺς ἀδελφούς σου	1	your brothers	If **brothers** is a figurative term, then Jesus is using it in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “your close family members” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 LUK	14	12	l947		μήποτε καὶ αὐτοὶ ἀντικαλέσωσίν σε	1	lest they also invite you in return	Alternate translation: “because they might feel an obligation to invite you to a banquet of their own”
 LUK	14	12	l948		γένηται ἀνταπόδομά σοι	1	and repayment happen to you	Your language may require you to say who would make this happen. Alternate translation: “they would repay you”
@@ -2482,7 +2482,7 @@ LUK	14	13	uc5f		κάλει	1	invite	It may be helpful to add “also” in your
 LUK	14	13	abcf	figs-nominaladj	πτωχούς, ἀναπείρους, χωλούς, τυφλούς	1	the poor, the crippled, the lame, and the blind	Jesus is using these adjectives as nouns to refer to groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are poor, people with disabilities, people who are handicapped, and people who are blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	14	14	vpt9	figs-activepassive	μακάριος ἔσῃ	1	you will be blessed	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will bless you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	14	14	r6cp	figs-ellipsis	οὐκ ἔχουσιν ἀνταποδοῦναί σοι	1	they do not have to repay you	This expression does not mean that these people would not have a social obligation to return hospitality, the way others would. Rather, Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “they do not have the means to repay you” or “they cannot invite you to a banquet in return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-LUK	14	14	z4tv	figs-activepassive	ἀνταποδοθήσεται…σοι	1	it will be repaid to you	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will repay you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	14	14	z4tv	figs-activepassive	ἀνταποδοθήσεται&σοι	1	it will be repaid to you	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will repay you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	14	14	rd75		ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει τῶν δικαίων	1	in the resurrection of the righteous	Alternate translation: “when God brings righteous people back to life”
 LUK	14	15	cm12	grammar-connect-time-background	δέ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
 LUK	14	15	h4wu	writing-participants	τις τῶν συνανακειμένων	1	one of those who reclined to eat	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. Alternate translation: “another one of the guests at that meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
@@ -2506,7 +2506,7 @@ LUK	14	18	l955	figs-idiom	ἐρωτῶ σε ἔχε με παρῃτημένον
 LUK	14	18	l956	figs-activepassive	ἔχε με παρῃτημένον	1	have me excused	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “excuse me from attending” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	14	19	d9p2	figs-explicit	ἕτερος εἶπεν	1	another said	See how you translated this phrase in [14:18](../14/18.md). Alternate translation: “another guest told the servant to give this message to his master” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	14	19	l957	figs-quotesinquotes	ζεύγη βοῶν ἠγόρασα πέντε καὶ πορεύομαι δοκιμάσαι αὐτά; ἐρωτῶ σε ἔχε με παρῃτημένον	1	‘I have bought five pairs of oxen, and I am going to try them out. I ask you to have me excused’	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “that he had just bought five pairs of oxen and that he was going to try them out, so he wanted to be excused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-LUK	14	19	cd9b	translate-unknown	ζεύγη βοῶν…πέντε	1	five pairs of oxen	**Oxen** are large cattle. In this culture, they were used in pairs to pull farming tools such as plows. Alternate translation: “five pairs of oxen to work in my fields” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+LUK	14	19	cd9b	translate-unknown	ζεύγη βοῶν&πέντε	1	five pairs of oxen	**Oxen** are large cattle. In this culture, they were used in pairs to pull farming tools such as plows. Alternate translation: “five pairs of oxen to work in my fields” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	14	19	l958	figs-idiom	ἐρωτῶ σε ἔχε με παρῃτημένον	1	I ask you to have me excused	See how you translated this phrase in [14:18](../14/18.md). Alternate translation: “Please accept my apology for not being able to attend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	14	19	l959	figs-activepassive	ἔχε με παρῃτημένον	1	have me excused	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “excuse me from attending” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	14	20	lf9h	figs-explicit	ἕτερος εἶπεν	1	another said	See how you translated this phrase in [14:18](../14/18.md). Alternate translation: “Another guest told the servant to give this message to his master” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2524,7 +2524,7 @@ LUK	14	23	n9x7	figs-metonymy	φραγμοὺς	1	hedges	The word **hedges** desc
 LUK	14	23	w5w6	figs-activepassive	ἵνα γεμισθῇ μου ὁ οἶκος	1	so that my house may be filled	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “so that guests may fill my house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	14	24	i5lt	figs-declarative	λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν, ὅτι οὐδεὶς τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἐκείνων τῶν κεκλημένων, γεύσεταί μου τοῦ δείπνου	1	For I say to you that none of those men who were invited will taste of my supper	The master is using a future statement to express the result he desires from the instructions he has just given his servants. Alternate translation: “For I say to you that I do not want any of those men who were invited to taste of my supper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
 LUK	14	24	v5m6	figs-you	λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν, ὅτι οὐδεὶς τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἐκείνων τῶν κεκλημένων, γεύσεταί μου τοῦ δείπνου	1	For I say to you that none of those men who were invited will taste of my supper	While the word **you** is singular in [14:21–23](../14/21.md) because the master and the servant are addressing one another individually, here the word **you** is plural. It is not clear why. Possibly it may be assumed that other servants have been helping and that the master is now addressing all of the servants at once. In that case, it would make sense to translate **you** using the plural form, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-LUK	14	24	ooz4		λέγω…ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	The master says this to emphasize what he is telling his servants. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
+LUK	14	24	ooz4		λέγω&ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	The master says this to emphasize what he is telling his servants. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
 LUK	14	24	l965	figs-quotesinquotes	λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν, ὅτι οὐδεὶς τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἐκείνων τῶν κεκλημένων, γεύσεταί μου τοῦ δείπνου	1	For I say to you that none of those men who were invited will taste of my supper	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “The master told all of his servants that he did not want any of the men he had invited to taste his supper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	14	24	liz5	figs-gendernotations	τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἐκείνων	1	those men	Here, the word for **men** means “male adults,” not people in general. So it would be appropriate to use a specifically masculine term in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 LUK	14	24	n867	figs-activepassive	τῶν κεκλημένων	1	who were invited	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “whom I invited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -2532,9 +2532,9 @@ LUK	14	24	hl7q	figs-metonymy	γεύσεταί μου τοῦ δείπνου	1	wi
 LUK	14	24	l984	figs-hyperbole	γεύσεταί μου τοῦ δείπνου	1	will taste of my supper	Alternatively, the master may be making an extreme statement for emphasis. Alternate translation: “will get even a taste of the dinner that I have prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 LUK	14	24	l966		μου τοῦ δείπνου	1	my supper	By this expression, the master does not mean his own meal, but the dinner that he has prepared for others. Alternate translation: “the dinner that I have prepared”
 LUK	14	25	l967	grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
-LUK	14	25	gv94	writing-newevent	συνεπορεύοντο…αὐτῷ ὄχλοι πολλοί	1	large crowds were journeying with him	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Jesus is no longer at the dinner at the home of the Pharisee. He has resumed his journey to Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could introduce this new situation more fully. Alternate translation: “Jesus then continued on his way to Jerusalem, and large crowds were traveling with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
+LUK	14	25	gv94	writing-newevent	συνεπορεύοντο&αὐτῷ ὄχλοι πολλοί	1	large crowds were journeying with him	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Jesus is no longer at the dinner at the home of the Pharisee. He has resumed his journey to Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could introduce this new situation more fully. Alternate translation: “Jesus then continued on his way to Jerusalem, and large crowds were traveling with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 LUK	14	26	l968	figs-idiom	εἴ τις ἔρχεται πρός με,	1	If anyone comes to me	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “If anyone wants to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	14	26	l969	figs-doublenegatives	εἴ τις…οὐ μισεῖ…οὐ δύναται εἶναί μου μαθητής	1	If anyone … does not hate … he is not able to be my disciple	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Only someone who … loves me more than … is able to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
+LUK	14	26	l969	figs-doublenegatives	εἴ τις&οὐ μισεῖ&οὐ δύναται εἶναί μου μαθητής	1	If anyone … does not hate … he is not able to be my disciple	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Only someone who … loves me more than … is able to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 LUK	14	26	l985	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	and	Jesus uses the word **and** to introduce a contrast. Alternate translation: “but” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 LUK	14	26	rmt8	figs-hyperbole	οὐ μισεῖ	1	does not hate	Jesus is using the word **hate** as an exaggeration to say that his disciples are not to love other people and themselves more than they love Jesus. Alternate translation: “does not love me more than” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 LUK	14	27	pm44	figs-doublenegatives	ὅστις οὐ βαστάζει τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἔρχεται ὀπίσω μου, οὐ δύναται εἶναί μου μαθητής	1	Whoever does not carry his cross and come after me is not able to be my disciple	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Whoever wants to be my disciple must carry his cross and follow me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
@@ -2560,7 +2560,7 @@ LUK	14	32	p5h6		τὰ πρὸς εἰρήνην	1	the things for peace	Alternate
 LUK	14	33	is32	figs-doublenegatives	πᾶς ἐξ ὑμῶν ὃς οὐκ ἀποτάσσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ ὑπάρχουσιν, οὐ δύναται εἶναί μου μαθητής	1	every one of you who does not renounce all the things that he himself possesses is not able to be my disciple	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “only those of you who give up all that you have are able be my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 LUK	14	33	f2he		ὃς οὐκ ἀποτάσσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ ὑπάρχουσιν	1	who does not renounce all the things that he himself possesses	Alternate translation: “who is not willing to give up everything he owns”
 LUK	14	34	tz7c	figs-parables	καλὸν οὖν τὸ ἅλας	1	Salt then is good	To help the people in the crowd understand what he has been teaching, Jesus provides an illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave the crowd this illustration to help them understand. ‘Salt is certainly useful’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
-LUK	14	34	l979	figs-activepassive	ἐὰν…καὶ τὸ ἅλας μωρανθῇ	1	if the salt … is made tasteless	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “if something indeed causes salt to lose its flavor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	14	34	l979	figs-activepassive	ἐὰν&καὶ τὸ ἅλας μωρανθῇ	1	if the salt … is made tasteless	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “if something indeed causes salt to lose its flavor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	14	34	l980	figs-activepassive	ἐν τίνι ἀρτυθήσεται	1	with what will it be seasoned	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “what can make it salty again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	14	34	cz52	figs-rquestion	ἐν τίνι ἀρτυθήσεται?	1	with what will it be seasoned?	Jesus is using this question as a teaching tool. He does not expect the crowd to tell him how the flavor of salt can be restored. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “nothing can make it salty again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	14	35	bp1b	translate-unknown	εἰς κοπρίαν	1	for the manure pile	See how you translated this phrase in [13:8](../13/08.md). Alternate translation: “to use as fertilizer” or “to add to the compost heap” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -2570,17 +2570,17 @@ LUK	14	35	c5fb	figs-123person	ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέ
 LUK	14	35	l981	figs-you	ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω	1	The one who has ears to hear, let him hear	If you choose to translate this in the second person, **you** would be plural, since Jesus is speaking to the crowd. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 LUK	15	intro	p1ba			0		# Luke 15 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus tells parables about a lost sheep, a lost coin, and a lost son (15:1–32)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The parable of the prodigal son<br><br>The story that Jesus tells in Luke 15:11–32 is known as The Parable of the Prodigal Son, although he does not give the story that title himself. Most interpreters understand the father in the story to represent God (the Father), the sinful younger son to represent those who repent and come to faith in Jesus, and the self-righteous older son to represent the Pharisees. In the story, the older son becomes angry at the father for forgiving the younger son’s sins. He will not even go in to the party that the father is giving to welcome the younger son home. Jesus knew that the Pharisees wanted God to think that only they were good and not forgive other people’s sins. Jesus was teaching them that they would never become part of God’s kingdom if they continued to think that way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])<br><br>### Sinners<br><br>When the people of Jesus’ time spoke of “sinners,” they were talking about people who did not obey the law of Moses and instead committed sins such as stealing or sexual sins. But Jesus told three parables (15:4–7, 15:8–10, and 15:11–32) to teach that the people who acknowledge that they are sinners and who repent are the people who truly please God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
 LUK	15	1	yj6b	grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
-LUK	15	1	l982	writing-participants	ἦσαν…αὐτῷ ἐγγίζοντες πάντες οἱ τελῶναι καὶ οἱ ἁμαρτωλοὶ ἀκούειν αὐτοῦ	1	all the tax collectors and sinners were coming to him to listen to him	Luke uses this phrase to introduce new characters into the story. These people were part of the crowd that Luke described generally in [14:25](../14/25.md). Alternate translation: “many of the people who were coming to listen to Jesus were tax collectors and sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
-LUK	15	1	ss52	figs-hyperbole	ἦσαν…αὐτῷ ἐγγίζοντες πάντες οἱ τελῶναι καὶ οἱ ἁμαρτωλοὶ ἀκούειν αὐτοῦ	1	all the tax collectors and sinners were coming to him to listen to him	The word **all** is an overstatement for emphasis. Alternate translation: “many of the people who were coming to listen to Jesus were tax collectors and sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+LUK	15	1	l982	writing-participants	ἦσαν&αὐτῷ ἐγγίζοντες πάντες οἱ τελῶναι καὶ οἱ ἁμαρτωλοὶ ἀκούειν αὐτοῦ	1	all the tax collectors and sinners were coming to him to listen to him	Luke uses this phrase to introduce new characters into the story. These people were part of the crowd that Luke described generally in [14:25](../14/25.md). Alternate translation: “many of the people who were coming to listen to Jesus were tax collectors and sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
+LUK	15	1	ss52	figs-hyperbole	ἦσαν&αὐτῷ ἐγγίζοντες πάντες οἱ τελῶναι καὶ οἱ ἁμαρτωλοὶ ἀκούειν αὐτοῦ	1	all the tax collectors and sinners were coming to him to listen to him	The word **all** is an overstatement for emphasis. Alternate translation: “many of the people who were coming to listen to Jesus were tax collectors and sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 LUK	15	2	l986	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to indicate the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	15	2	l987	writing-participants	διεγόγγυζον οἵ τε Φαρισαῖοι καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς	1	both the Pharisees and the scribes were grumbling	Luke uses this phrase to reintroduce these characters into the story. While these may not be exactly the same individuals whom Jesus encountered in places such as [5:17–30](../05/17.md), the members of this group in general function as the same character throughout the story. Alternate translation: “some Pharisees and scribes were there, and they were grumbling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	15	2	dd9b		οὗτος ἁμαρτωλοὺς προσδέχεται	1	This one receives sinners	Alternate translation: “This man lets sinners into his presence” or “This man associates with sinners”
 LUK	15	2	ec2r	figs-explicit	οὗτος	1	This one	This expression implicitly means Jesus. Alternate translation: “This man” or “Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	15	3	l988	grammar-connect-logic-result	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to indicate the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-LUK	15	3	ill7	figs-parables	εἶπεν…πρὸς αὐτοὺς τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην	1	he spoke this parable to them	Alternate translation: “Jesus told this story to the Pharisees and scribes to help them understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
+LUK	15	3	ill7	figs-parables	εἶπεν&πρὸς αὐτοὺς τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην	1	he spoke this parable to them	Alternate translation: “Jesus told this story to the Pharisees and scribes to help them understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
 LUK	15	4	pxm3	figs-rquestion	τίς ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὑμῶν, ἔχων ἑκατὸν πρόβατα καὶ ἀπολέσας ἐξ αὐτῶν ἓν, οὐ καταλείπει τὰ ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, καὶ πορεύεται ἐπὶ τὸ ἀπολωλὸς, ἕως εὕρῃ αὐτό?	1	Which man among you, having 100 sheep and having lost one of them, will not leave the 99 in the wilderness and go after the lost one until he finds it?	Jesus is using this question as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “If one of you had 100 sheep and lost one of them, he would certainly leave the other 99 sheep in the wilderness and go looking for the sheep that had wandered off until he found it.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	15	4	l989	figs-hypo	τίς ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὑμῶν, ἔχων ἑκατὸν πρόβατα καὶ ἀπολέσας ἐξ αὐτῶν ἓν, οὐ καταλείπει	1	Which man among you, having 100 sheep and having lost one of them, will not leave	Jesus is offering the Pharisees and scribes an illustration that involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose one of you had 100 sheep and you lost one of them. Then would you not certainly leave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
-LUK	15	4	m048	figs-123person	τίς ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὑμῶν, ἔχων ἑκατὸν πρόβατα…ἕως εὕρῃ αὐτό	1	Which man among you, having 100 sheep … until he finds it	Since Jesus begins the parable by asking, “Which man among you,” some languages would continue the parable in the second person. Alternate translation: “Which one of you, if you had 100 sheep … until you found it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+LUK	15	4	m048	figs-123person	τίς ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὑμῶν, ἔχων ἑκατὸν πρόβατα&ἕως εὕρῃ αὐτό	1	Which man among you, having 100 sheep … until he finds it	Since Jesus begins the parable by asking, “Which man among you,” some languages would continue the parable in the second person. Alternate translation: “Which one of you, if you had 100 sheep … until you found it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 LUK	15	4	l990	figs-gendernotations	τίς ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὑμῶν	1	Which man among you	This could mean: (1) while all of the Pharisees and scribes who are grumbling are probably men, Jesus is describing what any person, man or woman, would likely do in this situation, and he is telling the parable for the whole crowd to hear. So the term **man** here may be generic. Alternate translation: “Which person among you” (2) since Jesus speaks in his next parable of a woman doing something, he may be using a man and a woman in paired examples to offer a comprehensive teaching about the kingdom of God. In that case, the term **man** here would not be generic. Alternate translation: “Which of you men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 LUK	15	5	l992	figs-123person	καὶ εὑρὼν, ἐπιτίθησιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὤμους αὐτοῦ χαίρων	1	And having found it, he lays it on his shoulders, rejoicing	If you decided in the previous verse that your language would continue this parable in the second person, use the second person here as well. Alternate translation: “Once you found it, you would very happily lay it across your shoulders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 LUK	15	5	xwa5	figs-explicit	ἐπιτίθησιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὤμους αὐτοῦ	1	he lays it on his shoulders	This is the way a shepherd carries a sheep. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he lays it across his shoulders to carry it home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2600,7 +2600,7 @@ LUK	15	10	l998		λέγω ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	Jesus says this to emphasize
 LUK	15	10	m8zl	figs-metaphor	ἐνώπιον τῶν ἀγγέλων τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	before the angels of God	The term **before** means “in the presence” of someone. Alternate translation: “in the presence of God’s angels” or “among the angels of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	15	11	ib6s	figs-parables	εἶπεν δέ	1	Then he said	To help the Pharisees and scribes understand what he has been teaching, Jesus tells a brief story that provides a further illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus told the Pharisees and scribes this story to help them understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
 LUK	15	11	c2t6	writing-participants	ἄνθρωπός τις εἶχεν δύο υἱούς	1	A certain man had two sons	Jesus uses this phrase to introduce the main characters in the parable. Alternate translation: “There was a man who had two sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
-LUK	15	12	l999	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν…τῷ πατρί, Πάτερ, δός μοι τὸ ἐπιβάλλον μέρος τῆς οὐσίας	1	said to his father, ‘Father, give me the portion of the wealth that falls to me’	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “told his father that he wanted the share of the estate that he would inherit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
+LUK	15	12	l999	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν&τῷ πατρί, Πάτερ, δός μοι τὸ ἐπιβάλλον μέρος τῆς οὐσίας	1	said to his father, ‘Father, give me the portion of the wealth that falls to me’	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “told his father that he wanted the share of the estate that he would inherit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	15	12	y6uq	figs-imperative	δός μοι	1	give me	The son wanted his father to give him his inheritance immediately. If your language has a command form that indicates that the speaker wants something done immediately, it would be appropriate to use that form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 LUK	15	12	m000	figs-idiom	τὸ ἐπιβάλλον μέρος τῆς οὐσίας	1	the portion of the wealth that falls to me	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the part of your wealth that you intend to leave to me when you die” or “the share of the estate that I would inherit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	15	12	m001	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	2	And	Jesus uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation (as in UST): “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@@ -2618,11 +2618,11 @@ LUK	15	15	rxt4		βόσκειν χοίρους	1	to feed pigs	Alternate translati
 LUK	15	16	m8zd	figs-activepassive	ἐπεθύμει χορτασθῆναι	1	he was longing to be satisfied	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “he wished he could satisfy his hunger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	15	16	pd3c	translate-unknown	κερατίων	1	carob pods	These are the husks of the beans that grow on the **carob** tree. If your readers would not be familiar with this tree, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “bean husks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	15	16	m003		καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐδίδου αὐτῷ	1	and no one gave to him	This could mean one of two things. Alternate translation: “because no one was giving him anything else to eat” or “but his master would not allow him to eat even those”
-LUK	15	17	x4jc	figs-idiom	εἰς ἑαυτὸν…ἐλθὼν	1	coming to himself	This idiom means that he became able to understand his situation clearly and realized that he had made a terrible mistake. Alternate translation: “realizing the situation he was in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+LUK	15	17	x4jc	figs-idiom	εἰς ἑαυτὸν&ἐλθὼν	1	coming to himself	This idiom means that he became able to understand his situation clearly and realized that he had made a terrible mistake. Alternate translation: “realizing the situation he was in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	15	17	m004	figs-quotesinquotes	ἔφη, πόσοι μίσθιοι τοῦ πατρός μου περισσεύονται ἄρτων, ἐγὼ δὲ λιμῷ ὧδε ἀπόλλυμαι	1	he said, ‘How many hired servants of my father have more than enough bread, but I am perishing from hunger here’	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he told himself that all of his father’s hired servants had more than enough food to eat, but he was perishing from hunger where he was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	15	17	xw1a	figs-exclamations	πόσοι μίσθιοι τοῦ πατρός μου περισσεύονται ἄρτων, ἐγὼ δὲ λιμῷ ὧδε ἀπόλλυμαι	1	How many hired servants of my father have more than enough bread, but I am perishing from hunger here	This is an exclamation, not a question. Alternate translation: “All of my father’s hired servants have more than enough food to eat, but I am perishing from hunger here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
 LUK	15	17	m005	figs-synecdoche	ἄρτων	1	bread	The young man is using one kind of food, **bread**, to mean food in general. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-LUK	15	17	tal2	figs-hyperbole	λιμῷ…ἀπόλλυμαι	1	I am perishing from hunger	This could mean: (1) it is a figurative overstatement for emphasis. Alternate translation: “have so little to eat” (2) the young man has literally been starving. Alternate translation: “am about to die of starvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+LUK	15	17	tal2	figs-hyperbole	λιμῷ&ἀπόλλυμαι	1	I am perishing from hunger	This could mean: (1) it is a figurative overstatement for emphasis. Alternate translation: “have so little to eat” (2) the young man has literally been starving. Alternate translation: “am about to die of starvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 LUK	15	18	m006	figs-quotesinquotes	ἀναστὰς, πορεύσομαι πρὸς τὸν πατέρα μου, καὶ ἐρῶ αὐτῷ, Πάτερ, ἥμαρτον εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ ἐνώπιόν σου	1	I will get up and go to my father, and I will say to him, Father, I have sinned against heaven and before you	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “He decided that he would leave that place and go to his father and tell him that he had sinned against God and directly against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	15	18	m007	figs-idiom	ἀναστὰς	1	get up	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “I will leave this place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	15	18	m4pj	figs-euphemism	τὸν οὐρανὸν	1	heaven	In order to honor the commandment not to misuse God’s name, Jewish people often avoided saying the word “God” and used the word **heaven** instead. Alternate translation: “God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
@@ -2643,13 +2643,13 @@ LUK	15	21	m014	figs-metaphor	ἐνώπιόν	1	before	The term **before** means
 LUK	15	21	qxg5	figs-activepassive	οὐκέτι εἰμὶ ἄξιος κληθῆναι υἱός σου	1	I am no longer worthy to be called your son	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “I am no longer worthy for you to call me your son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	15	21	m015	figs-idiom	κληθῆναι	1	to be called	This expression could also be an idiom that means “to be.” See how you translated this phrase in [1:32](../01/32.md), [1:76](../01/76.md), and [2:23](../02/23.md). Alternate translation: “to be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	15	22	m016	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν δὲ ὁ πατὴρ πρὸς τοὺς δούλους αὐτοῦ, ταχὺ ἐξενέγκατε στολὴν τὴν πρώτην, καὶ ἐνδύσατε αὐτόν, καὶ δότε δακτύλιον εἰς τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ὑποδήματα εἰς τοὺς πόδας	1	But the father said to his servants, ‘Bring quickly the best robe, and put it on him, and put a ring on his hand, and sandals on his feet’	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that it is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But the father told his servants quickly to bring the best robe they had and put it on his son, and to put a ring on his hand and sandals on his feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-LUK	15	22	m017	figs-you	ἐξενέγκατε…ἐνδύσατε…δότε	1	bring … clothe … put	Since the father is speaking to a number of servants, the implied “you” in these imperatives would be plural. Your language may need to show that distinction explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-LUK	15	22	nlx9	translate-symaction	στολὴν τὴν πρώτην…δακτύλιον…ὑποδήματα	1	the first robe … a ring … sandals	By having his servants put these things on his son, the father was showing that he was welcoming his son back as a member of the family in good standing. These were all signs of status, authority, and privilege. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that in some way in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
+LUK	15	22	m017	figs-you	ἐξενέγκατε&ἐνδύσατε&δότε	1	bring … clothe … put	Since the father is speaking to a number of servants, the implied “you” in these imperatives would be plural. Your language may need to show that distinction explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+LUK	15	22	nlx9	translate-symaction	στολὴν τὴν πρώτην&δακτύλιον&ὑποδήματα	1	the first robe … a ring … sandals	By having his servants put these things on his son, the father was showing that he was welcoming his son back as a member of the family in good standing. These were all signs of status, authority, and privilege. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that in some way in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 LUK	15	22	b3hv	figs-metaphor	στολὴν τὴν πρώτην	1	the first robe	As in [14:7](../14/07.md), here the word **first** means “best.” Alternate translation: “the best robe we have” or “the festive garment we save for special occasions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	15	22	m018	figs-synecdoche	δότε δακτύλιον εἰς τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ	1	put a ring on his hand	The father says **hand** to mean one part of the hand, a finger. Alternate translation: “put a ring on his finger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 LUK	15	22	xat6	translate-unknown	ὑποδήματα	1	sandals	In this culture, poorer people went barefoot, while more affluent people wore **sandals**. They are a type of open footwear, typically made of leather, consisting of a sole that is held onto the foot with straps. The modern equivalent in many cultures where the poor go barefoot and the more affluent have footwear would be shoes. Alternate translation: “shoes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	15	23	m019	figs-quotesinquotes	καὶ φέρετε τὸν μόσχον τὸν σιτευτόν, θύσατε, καὶ φαγόντες εὐφρανθῶμεν	1	And bring the fattened calf, slaughter it, and let us eat and celebrate	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that it is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “He also told his servants to bring the calf they had been fattening and butcher it so that they could have a celebration feast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-LUK	15	23	m020	figs-you	φέρετε…θύσατε	1	bring … slaughter	Since the father is speaking to a number of servants, the implied “you” in these imperatives would be plural. Your language may need to show that distinction explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+LUK	15	23	m020	figs-you	φέρετε&θύσατε	1	bring … slaughter	Since the father is speaking to a number of servants, the implied “you” in these imperatives would be plural. Your language may need to show that distinction explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 LUK	15	23	ll8j	translate-unknown	μόσχον τὸν σιτευτόν	1	the fattened calf	A **calf** is a young cow. People would give one of their calves special food so that it would grow well, and then, when they wanted to have a special feast, they would butcher and eat that calf. If your readers would not know what a **calf** or a cow is, or if a description of eating a cow would be offensive to them, you could use a general expression here. Alternate translation: “the young animal we have been making fat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	15	23	t3cu	figs-explicit	θύσατε	1	kill	In this context, the term **kill** means to slaughter an animal and prepare its meat to be eaten. The implication is that the servants were also to cook the meat for the feast that the father wanted to have. Alternate translation: “butcher and cook” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	15	23	m021	figs-hendiadys	φαγόντες εὐφρανθῶμεν	1	let us eat and celebrate	The phrase **eat and celebrate** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **eat** indicates how the father wants to **celebrate** his son’s homecoming. Alternate translation: “celebrate by having a feast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
@@ -2660,7 +2660,7 @@ LUK	15	24	izx2	figs-metaphor	ἦν ἀπολωλὼς καὶ εὑρέθη	1	he
 LUK	15	24	m024	figs-activepassive	εὑρέθη	1	he has been found	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “I have found him again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	15	24	m025	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ ἤρξαντο εὐφραίνεσθαι	1	And they began to celebrate	**Then** introduces the results of what the previous sentence described. The servants carried out the father’s orders and prepared a feast, and the people in the household then began to enjoy it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	15	25	jd7l	grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	Now	Jesus uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
-LUK	15	25	bk6d	figs-explicit	ἦν…ἐν ἀγρῷ	1	was in the field	The implication was that he was out in the field because he was working there. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “was out working in the field” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	15	25	bk6d	figs-explicit	ἦν&ἐν ἀγρῷ	1	was in the field	The implication was that he was out in the field because he was working there. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “was out working in the field” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	15	25	m026	figs-explicit	ὡς ἐρχόμενος	1	as he came	Alternate translation: “as he came back home from the field” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	15	25	m027	figs-metonymy	ἤκουσεν συμφωνίας καὶ χορῶν	1	he heard music and dancing	The older son could not literally hear **dancing**, so Jesus is using the term **heard** in that case. Alternate translation: “he heard music and the sound of people dancing” or “he heard music and could tell that people were dancing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	15	26	m028	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Jesus uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. When the older son heard these sounds, he wondered what was going on, so he called for a servant and asked him. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@@ -2673,7 +2673,7 @@ LUK	15	27	r8py	translate-unknown	τὸν μόσχον τὸν σιτευτόν	1
 LUK	15	27	m033		ὅτι ὑγιαίνοντα αὐτὸν ἀπέλαβεν	1	because he has received him in good health	Alternate translation: “because his son has come home safely”
 LUK	15	28	m034	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὁ δὲ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ ἐξελθὼν, παρεκάλει αὐτόν	1	and his father came out and entreated him	Here Jesus uses the term **and** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “so his father came outside and pleaded with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	15	29	m035	figs-quotesinquotes	ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν τῷ πατρὶ αὐτοῦ, ἰδοὺ, τοσαῦτα ἔτη δουλεύω σοι, καὶ οὐδέποτε ἐντολήν σου παρῆλθον, καὶ ἐμοὶ οὐδέποτε ἔδωκας ἔριφον, ἵνα μετὰ τῶν φίλων μου εὐφρανθῶ	1	But answering he said to his father, ‘Behold, for so many years I am slaving for you, and I have never disregarded your command, and you never gave a young goat to me so that I might celebrate with my friends’	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But he responded to his father that even though he had been slaving for him for so many years and had never disobeyed one of his commands, his father had never given him a young goat so that he could celebrate with his friends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-LUK	15	29	m036	figs-hendiadys	ὁ…ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν	1	answering he said	Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that the older son said what follows in response to his father’s pleadings. Alternate translation: “he responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
+LUK	15	29	m036	figs-hendiadys	ὁ&ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν	1	answering he said	Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that the older son said what follows in response to his father’s pleadings. Alternate translation: “he responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 LUK	15	29	m037	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	The older son uses **Behold** to get his father to focus his attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Now listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	15	29	f8w9	figs-metaphor	δουλεύω σοι	1	I am slaving for you	To emphasize how hard he believes he has worked for his father, the older son describes himself as a slave. You could translate this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “I have been working like a slave for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	15	29	m038	figs-doublenegatives	οὐδέποτε ἐντολήν σου παρῆλθον	1	I have never disregarded your command	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “I have always done what you told me to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
@@ -2690,14 +2690,14 @@ LUK	15	31	b5s3	figs-quotesinquotes	ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, τέκνο
 LUK	15	31	m042		τέκνον	1	Child	The father is using the word **Child** as a term of affection. Alternate translation: “My dear son”
 LUK	15	31	m043		σὺ πάντοτε μετ’ ἐμοῦ εἶ	1	you are always with me	Alternate translation: “I appreciate the way you have stayed here and helped me”
 LUK	15	32	m044	figs-quotesinquotes	εὐφρανθῆναι δὲ καὶ χαρῆναι ἔδει, ὅτι ὁ ἀδελφός σου οὗτος, νεκρὸς ἦν καὶ ἔζησεν, καὶ ἀπολωλὼς καὶ εὑρέθη	1	But it was proper to celebrate and to rejoice, for this brother of yours was dead, and lived, and he had been lost, and was found	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But he insisted that it was right to have a celebration for his brother, since it was as if he had died and come back to life, and as if he had been lost and had been found” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-LUK	15	32	m045	figs-hendiadys	εὐφρανθῆναι…καὶ χαρῆναι	1	celebrate and rejoice	The phrase **celebrate and rejoice** expresses a single idea emphatically by using two similar words connected with **and**. Alternate translation: “celebrate joyfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
+LUK	15	32	m045	figs-hendiadys	εὐφρανθῆναι&καὶ χαρῆναι	1	celebrate and rejoice	The phrase **celebrate and rejoice** expresses a single idea emphatically by using two similar words connected with **and**. Alternate translation: “celebrate joyfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 LUK	15	32	c35s		ὁ ἀδελφός σου οὗτος	1	this brother of yours	The older son had referred to “this son of yours,” but the father wants him to recognize him as his **brother**. Alternate translation: “your very own brother”
 LUK	15	32	due5	figs-metaphor	ὁ ἀδελφός σου οὗτος, νεκρὸς ἦν καὶ ἔζησεν	1	this brother of yours was dead, and lived	See how you translated this figurative expression in [15:24](../15/24.md). Alternate translation: “it is as if your very own brother had died and come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	15	32	v55y	figs-metaphor	ἀπολωλὼς καὶ εὑρέθη	1	he had been lost, and was found	See how you translated this figurative expression in [15:24](../15/24.md). Alternate translation: “it is as if he had been missing and we found him again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	15	32	m046	figs-activepassive	καὶ εὑρέθη	1	and was found	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “we found him again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	16	intro	qz3g			0		# Luke 16 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus tells a parable about a household manager (16:1–15)<br>2. Jesus gives further teachings (16:16–18)<br>3. Jesus tells a parable about a rich man who died (16:19–31)
 LUK	16	1	m047	grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what Jesus teaches next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
-LUK	16	1	p54g	writing-participants	ἔλεγεν…καὶ πρὸς τοὺς μαθητάς	1	he also said to his disciples	Luke uses this phrase to reintroduce these characters into the story. Jesus directed the previous three parables to the Pharisees and scribes, although **the disciples**may have been part of the crowd that was listening. He directs this next parable to **the disciples**. Alternate translation: “Jesus then said to his disciples, who were there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
+LUK	16	1	p54g	writing-participants	ἔλεγεν&καὶ πρὸς τοὺς μαθητάς	1	he also said to his disciples	Luke uses this phrase to reintroduce these characters into the story. Jesus directed the previous three parables to the Pharisees and scribes, although **the disciples**may have been part of the crowd that was listening. He directs this next parable to **the disciples**. Alternate translation: “Jesus then said to his disciples, who were there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	16	1	r6ck	figs-parables	ἔλεγεν δὲ καὶ πρὸς τοὺς μαθητάς	1	And he also said to his disciples	One theme of the story of the two sons was the use of possessions. To help his disciples understand something further about that, Jesus tells them a brief story that provides an illustration. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Jesus then told his disciples an illustrative story” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
 LUK	16	1	k6jv	writing-participants	ἄνθρωπός τις ἦν πλούσιος, ὃς εἶχεν οἰκονόμον	1	There was a certain rich man who had a manager	This introduces the main characters in the parable. Alternate translation: “There once was a rich man who employed a manager” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	16	1	blp5	figs-activepassive	οὗτος διεβλήθη αὐτῷ ὡς	1	he was reported to him as	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “people reported to the rich man that his manager was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -2708,7 +2708,7 @@ LUK	16	2	m050	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν αὐτῷ, τί τοῦτο ἀκ
 LUK	16	2	p7y7	figs-rquestion	τί τοῦτο ἀκούω περὶ σοῦ?	1	What is this I hear about you?	The rich man is not looking for information. He is using the question form to scold the manager. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I have heard what you are doing!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	16	2	q433		ἀπόδος τὸν λόγον τῆς οἰκονομίας σου	1	Give a report of your management	Alternate translation: “Turn over your financial records” or “Set your records in order to pass on to someone else”
 LUK	16	2	m051		οὐ γὰρ δύνῃ ἔτι οἰκονομεῖν	1	you are no longer able to manage	Alternate translation: “since you cannot be my financial manager any longer”
-LUK	16	3	m052	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν…ἐν ἑαυτῷ…τί ποιήσω, ὅτι ὁ κύριός μου ἀφαιρεῖται τὴν οἰκονομίαν ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ? σκάπτειν οὐκ ἰσχύω; ἐπαιτεῖν αἰσχύνομαι	1	said to himself, ‘What should I do, since my master is taking away the management from me? I am not strong enough to dig, and I am ashamed to beg’	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “asked himself what he should do, since his master was taking the management job away from him. He realized that he was not strong enough to dig ditches, and that he would be ashamed to beg for money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
+LUK	16	3	m052	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν&ἐν ἑαυτῷ&τί ποιήσω, ὅτι ὁ κύριός μου ἀφαιρεῖται τὴν οἰκονομίαν ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ? σκάπτειν οὐκ ἰσχύω; ἐπαιτεῖν αἰσχύνομαι	1	said to himself, ‘What should I do, since my master is taking away the management from me? I am not strong enough to dig, and I am ashamed to beg’	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “asked himself what he should do, since his master was taking the management job away from him. He realized that he was not strong enough to dig ditches, and that he would be ashamed to beg for money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	16	3	kng1	figs-explicit	ὁ κύριός μου	1	my master	The expression **my master** refers to the rich man. The manager was not a slave, although he was financially dependent on the rich man for his housing, food, etc. Alternate translation: “my employer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	16	3	t3kj	figs-synecdoche	σκάπτειν οὐκ ἰσχύω	1	I am not strong to dig	The manager is saying that he is not strong enough to work all day digging ditches in the ground. He is likely using this one kind of manual work to represent all work that would require sustained physical exertion. Alternate translation: “I am not strong enough to do manual labor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 LUK	16	4	m053	figs-quotesinquotes	ἔγνων τί ποιήσω, ἵνα ὅταν μετασταθῶ ἐκ τῆς οἰκονομίας, δέξωνταί με εἰς τοὺς οἴκους αὐτῶν	1	I know what I will do, so that when I am removed from the management, they will welcome me into their houses	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “He realized that there was something he could do so that when his master took away his management job, his master’s debtors would welcome him into their houses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
@@ -2750,7 +2750,7 @@ LUK	16	13	msb6	figs-explicit	δυσὶ κυρίοις	1	two masters	The implicat
 LUK	16	13	u1lk	figs-parallelism	ἢ γὰρ τὸν ἕνα μισήσει, καὶ τὸν ἕτερον ἀγαπήσει; ἢ ἑνὸς ἀνθέξεται, καὶ τοῦ ἑτέρου καταφρονήσει	1	for either he will hate the one and he will love the other, or else he will be devoted to one and he will despise the other	Jesus is basically saying the same thing in two different ways. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these statements. Alternate translation: “for he is certain to love and serve one of them much better than the other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 LUK	16	13	ba2m		ἑνὸς ἀνθέξεται	1	be devoted to one	Alternate translation: “love the first master very strongly”
 LUK	16	13	dd9z		τοῦ ἑτέρου καταφρονήσει	1	despise the other	Alternate translation: “he will hold the second master in contempt” or “he will hate the second master”
-LUK	16	13	pw7q	figs-you	οὐ δύνασθε…δουλεύειν	1	You are not able to serve	Even though Jesus has been describing the situation of an individual servant, as he draws this application, he is addressing his disciples as a group, so **you** is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+LUK	16	13	pw7q	figs-you	οὐ δύνασθε&δουλεύειν	1	You are not able to serve	Even though Jesus has been describing the situation of an individual servant, as he draws this application, he is addressing his disciples as a group, so **you** is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 LUK	16	14	taq3	grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
 LUK	16	14	m067	writing-participants	οἱ Φαρισαῖοι	1	the Pharisees	Here Luke reintroduces **the Pharisees** as participants in the story, but they have been present all along. Jesus told them the three parables in [15:3–32](../15/03.md), and they have since been listening to what Jesus has been teaching his disciples. Alternate translation: “the Pharisees who were present” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	16	14	lbq9		φιλάργυροι ὑπάρχοντες	1	who were lovers of money	Alternate translation: “who loved having money” or “who were very greedy for money”
@@ -2777,7 +2777,7 @@ LUK	16	17	t33k	figs-metaphor	πεσεῖν	1	to fall	Jesus uses the term **fall*
 LUK	16	18	m077	figs-explicit	πᾶς ὁ ἀπολύων τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ	1	Everyone who divorces his wife	Here Jesus is implicitly giving an example of something in the law that is still valid. Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that the Pharisees allowed divorce, and he is teaching that they should not do that. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “For example, you Pharisees allow divorce. But that is not what God wants. Anyone who divorces his wife” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	16	18	j8fn		πᾶς ὁ ἀπολύων τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ	1	Everyone who divorces his wife	Alternate translation: “Anyone who divorces his wife” or “Any man who divorces his wife”
 LUK	16	18	i544		μοιχεύει	1	commits adultery	Alternate translation: “is guilty of adultery”
-LUK	16	18	sq24		ὁ…γαμῶν	2	the one who marries	Alternate translation: “any man who marries”
+LUK	16	18	sq24		ὁ&γαμῶν	2	the one who marries	Alternate translation: “any man who marries”
 LUK	16	18	m078	figs-activepassive	ὁ ἀπολελυμένην ἀπὸ ἀνδρὸς γαμῶν	1	one divorced from her husband	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “a woman whose husband has divorced her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	16	19	kd1x	figs-parables	δέ	1	Now	Jesus uses the term **Now** to introduce a story that will help people understand better what he has been teaching. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly, as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Here is an illustration to help you understand:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
 LUK	16	19	r67p	writing-participants	ἄνθρωπος δέ τις ἦν πλούσιος	1	there was a certain rich man	This introduces one of the characters in the parable. It is not clear whether this is a real person, or simply a person in a story that Jesus is telling in order to make a point. You may need to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “There once was a rich man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
@@ -2814,11 +2814,11 @@ LUK	16	25	we9w	figs-nominaladj	τὰ ἀγαθά σου	1	the good of yours	Abra
 LUK	16	25	rv17		ὁμοίως	1	likewise	Abraham is referring to the fact that both men received something while they lived on earth. He is not saying that what they received was the same. Alternate translation: “while he was living received”
 LUK	16	25	hwc8	figs-nominaladj	τὰ κακά	1	the bad	Abraham is using the adjective **bad** as a noun. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. It is plural. Alternate translation: “bad things” or “things that caused him to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	16	25	g4js	figs-activepassive	παρακαλεῖται	1	he is comforted	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “he is comfortable” or “he is receiving things that make him happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	16	25	cn8i	figs-activepassive	σὺ…ὀδυνᾶσαι	1	you are tormented	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “you are suffering greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	16	25	cn8i	figs-activepassive	σὺ&ὀδυνᾶσαι	1	you are tormented	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “you are suffering greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	16	26	m087	figs-quotesinquotes	καὶ ἐν πᾶσι τούτοις, μεταξὺ ἡμῶν καὶ ὑμῶν χάσμα μέγα ἐστήρικται, ὅπως οἱ θέλοντες διαβῆναι ἔνθεν πρὸς ὑμᾶς μὴ δύνωνται, μηδὲ ἐκεῖθεν πρὸς ἡμᾶς διαπερῶσιν	1	And with all these things, between us and you a great chasm has been put in place, so that those who want to cross over from here to you are not able, and none may cross over from there to us	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Abraham also told him that God had placed a huge pit between them, so that no one who wanted to cross over to where the rich man was, and no one who wanted to come over from there to where Abraham was, would be able to do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	16	26	af4h	figs-idiom	καὶ ἐν πᾶσι τούτοις	1	And with all these things	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “In addition to this reason” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	16	26	m088	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν…ἡμᾶς	1	us … us	Abraham means himself and the people who are with him, but not the rich man, so **us** is exclusive in both instances in this verse, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-LUK	16	26	m089	figs-you	ὑμῶν…ὑμᾶς	1	you … you	Even though Abraham is speaking to the rich man individually, he is referring to all of the people who are in Hades with him, so **you** is plural in both instances in this verse. Alternate translation: “all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+LUK	16	26	m088	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν&ἡμᾶς	1	us … us	Abraham means himself and the people who are with him, but not the rich man, so **us** is exclusive in both instances in this verse, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+LUK	16	26	m089	figs-you	ὑμῶν&ὑμᾶς	1	you … you	Even though Abraham is speaking to the rich man individually, he is referring to all of the people who are in Hades with him, so **you** is plural in both instances in this verse. Alternate translation: “all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 LUK	16	26	tu5w	figs-activepassive	χάσμα μέγα ἐστήρικται	1	a great chasm has been set in place	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has placed a huge pit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	16	26	sg6d	figs-ellipsis	μηδὲ ἐκεῖθεν πρὸς ἡμᾶς διαπερῶσιν	1	and that they may not go across from there to us	Abraham is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and so that those who want to come across from where you are to where we are will not be able to do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 LUK	16	27	abcj	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν δέ, ἐρωτῶ οὖν σε Πάτερ, ἵνα πέμψῃς αὐτὸν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ πατρός μου	1	Then he said, ‘I beg you then, Father, that you would send him to the house of my father	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “So the rich man then begged Abraham, addressing him respectfully as his ancestor, to send Lazarus to his family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
@@ -2856,16 +2856,16 @@ LUK	17	2	k9xl	figs-metaphor	σκανδαλίσῃ	1	he should trap	See how you t
 LUK	17	2	xm7x	figs-metaphor	τῶν μικρῶν τούτων	1	these little ones	This could be: (1) a reference to children who love Jesus and who are physically **little** compared to adults. Alternate translation: “these children who believe in me” (2) a figurative reference to people whose faith is new and has not yet become mature and strong. Alternate translation: “these new believers” or (3) a figurative reference to people who are not important from a human perspective. Alternate translation: “these common people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	17	3	m104	figs-explicit	προσέχετε ἑαυτοῖς	1	Pay attention to yourselves	Since Jesus is teaching about how important it is not to sin and not to encourage others to sin, the implication is that this statement means that he wants his disciples to help one another not to sin. Alternate translation: “Help one another not to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	17	3	m105	figs-you	προσέχετε	1	Pay attention	The implied “you” in this imperative is plural, since Jesus is speaking to his disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-LUK	17	3	m106	figs-youcrowd	σου…ἐπιτίμησον…ἄφες	1	your … rebuke … forgive	The word **your** and the implied “you” in the imperatives **rebuke** and **forgive** are singular, since Jesus is addressing an individual situation, even though he is speaking to a group. If these singular forms would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
+LUK	17	3	m106	figs-youcrowd	σου&ἐπιτίμησον&ἄφες	1	your … rebuke … forgive	The word **your** and the implied “you” in the imperatives **rebuke** and **forgive** are singular, since Jesus is addressing an individual situation, even though he is speaking to a group. If these singular forms would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
 LUK	17	3	hyn8	grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	ἐὰν ἁμάρτῃ ὁ ἀδελφός σου, ἐπιτίμησον αὐτῷ	1	If your brother sins, rebuke him	Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation in order to tell his disciples what they should do if it takes place. Alternate translation: “Suppose a fellow believer were to sin. Then you should rebuke him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
 LUK	17	3	kkp3	figs-metaphor	ὁ ἀδελφός σου	1	your brother	Jesus is using the term **brother** to mean someone who shares the same faith. Alternate translation: “a fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	17	3	m107	figs-gendernotations	ὁ ἀδελφός σου	1	your brother	Although the term **brother** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 LUK	17	3	p35i		ἐπιτίμησον αὐτῷ	1	rebuke him	Alternate translation: “correct him” or “tell him strongly that what he did was wrong”
 LUK	17	3	m108	grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	καὶ ἐὰν μετανοήσῃ, ἄφες αὐτῷ	1	and if he repents, forgive him	Jesus is describing another hypothetical situation in order to tell his disciples what they should do if it takes place. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “And suppose that believer were to repent. Then you should forgive him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
 LUK	17	4	x8a3	grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	καὶ ἐὰν ἑπτάκις τῆς ἡμέρας ἁμαρτήσῃ εἰς σὲ, καὶ ἑπτάκις ἐπιστρέψῃ πρὸς σὲ, λέγων μετανοῶ, ἀφήσεις αὐτῷ	1	And if he sins against you seven times in the day, and seven times returns to you, saying, ‘I repent,’ you will forgive him	Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation in order to tell his disciples what they should do if it takes place. Alternate translation: “Suppose a fellow believer were to sin against you seven times in the same day. And suppose each time he came to you and said, ‘I am sorry.’ Then you would have to forgive him each time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
-LUK	17	4	k5va	figs-idiom	ἑπτάκις τῆς ἡμέρας…καὶ ἑπτάκις	1	seven times in the day, and seven times	The number **seven** in the Bible represents a large or sufficient quantity. Alternate translation: “many times in the same day, and each time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+LUK	17	4	k5va	figs-idiom	ἑπτάκις τῆς ἡμέρας&καὶ ἑπτάκις	1	seven times in the day, and seven times	The number **seven** in the Bible represents a large or sufficient quantity. Alternate translation: “many times in the same day, and each time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	17	4	m109		τῆς ἡμέρας	1	in the day	Alternate translation: “in the same day”
-LUK	17	4	m110	figs-youcrowd	σὲ…σὲ…ἀφήσεις	1	you … you … you will forgive	The word **you** is singular in this verse, since Jesus is addressing an individual situation, even though he is speaking to a group. If these singular forms would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
+LUK	17	4	m110	figs-youcrowd	σὲ&σὲ&ἀφήσεις	1	you … you … you will forgive	The word **you** is singular in this verse, since Jesus is addressing an individual situation, even though he is speaking to a group. If these singular forms would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
 LUK	17	4	m111	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐπιστρέψῃ πρὸς σὲ, λέγων μετανοῶ, ἀφήσεις αὐτῷ	1	returns to you, saying, ‘I repent,’ you will forgive him	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “comes to you and says that he is sorry, you must forgive him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	17	4	m112	figs-declarative	ἀφήσεις αὐτῷ	1	you will forgive him	Jesus is using a future statement to give an instruction and command. Alternate translation: “you must forgive him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
 LUK	17	5	s4dy		οἱ ἀπόστολοι	1	the apostles	This means the 12 disciples whom Jesus appointed as his authoritative representatives in [6:13](../06/13.md). See how you translated the term there.
@@ -2873,7 +2873,7 @@ LUK	17	5	m114		τῷ Κυρίῳ	1	the Lord	Here Luke is referring to Jesus by a
 LUK	17	5	pji3	figs-imperative	πρόσθες ἡμῖν πίστιν	1	Increase faith to us	This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request, rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please give us more faith” or “Please help us to trust God better” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 LUK	17	6	m115		ὁ Κύριος	1	the Lord	Here Luke is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
 LUK	17	6	m116	grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	εἰ ἔχετε πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως, ἐλέγετε ἂν τῇ συκαμίνῳ ταύτῃ	1	If you had faith like a mustard seed, you would say to this mulberry tree	Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation. He is asserting that if the condition is true, then the result will necessarily follow. Alternate translation: “I can assure you that if you had faith like a mustard seed, you could say to this mulberry tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
-LUK	17	6	m117	figs-you	ἔχετε…ἐλέγετε…ὑμῖν	1	you had … you would say … you	Even though Jesus is describing something that an individual might do, **you** is plural in this verse because he is speaking to his 12 apostles in response to their request. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+LUK	17	6	m117	figs-you	ἔχετε&ἐλέγετε&ὑμῖν	1	you had … you would say … you	Even though Jesus is describing something that an individual might do, **you** is plural in this verse because he is speaking to his 12 apostles in response to their request. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 LUK	17	6	ep7z	figs-simile	εἰ ἔχετε πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως	1	If you had faith like a mustard seed	A **mustard seed** is a very small seed. Jesus is using this seed in a simile to mean a very small amount. Alternate translation: “If you had even a tiny amount of faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 LUK	17	6	m118	translate-unknown	κόκκον σινάπεως	1	a mustard seed	If your readers would not be familiar with a **mustard seed**, you could use the name of another small seed with which they would be familiar, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a very small seed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	17	6	i31l	translate-unknown	τῇ συκαμίνῳ ταύτῃ	1	mulberry tree	Jesus likely uses a **mulberry tree** as an example because it has an extensive root system that makes it very difficult to uproot. If your readers would not be familiar with this tree, you could use the name of another type of tree with extensive roots that they would be familiar with, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “to this firmly rooted tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -2883,7 +2883,7 @@ LUK	17	6	g53n	figs-idiom	ὑπήκουσεν ἂν ὑμῖν	1	it would listen
 LUK	17	7	dk3q	figs-rquestion	τίς δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν δοῦλον ἔχων, ἀροτριῶντα ἢ ποιμαίνοντα, ὃς εἰσελθόντι ἐκ τοῦ ἀγροῦ ἐρεῖ αὐτῷ, εὐθέως παρελθὼν ἀνάπεσε?	1	But which of you is it, having a servant plowing or tending sheep, who will say to him, having come in from the field, ‘Come immediately and recline to eat’?	Jesus is using the question form to teach his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “But none of you who had a servant who was out plowing or tending sheep would say to him when he came in from the field, ‘Come immediately and recline to eat’!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	17	7	m120	figs-hypo	τίς δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν δοῦλον ἔχων, ἀροτριῶντα ἢ ποιμαίνοντα, ὃς εἰσελθόντι ἐκ τοῦ ἀγροῦ ἐρεῖ αὐτῷ, εὐθέως παρελθὼν ἀνάπεσε?	1	But which of you is it, having a servant plowing or tending sheep, who will say to him, having come in from the field, ‘Come immediately and recline to eat’?	Jesus is using an illustration that involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose one of you had a servant who was out plowing or tending sheep. You would not say to him when he came in from the field, ‘Come immediately and recline to eat.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 LUK	17	7	m121	figs-quotesinquotes	εἰσελθόντι ἐκ τοῦ ἀγροῦ ἐρεῖ αὐτῷ, εὐθέως παρελθὼν ἀνάπεσε	1	will say to him, having come in from the field, ‘Come immediately and recline to eat’	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “would tell him as soon as he came in from the field to sit right down and have his own supper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-LUK	17	7	va34	figs-explicit	δοῦλον…ἀροτριῶντα ἢ ποιμαίνοντα	1	a servant plowing or tending sheep	It may be helpful to say explicitly that the land and sheep hypothetically belong to the person who is being asked to consider what he would do in this situation. Alternate translation: “a servant who had been out plowing your land or taking care of your sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	17	7	va34	figs-explicit	δοῦλον&ἀροτριῶντα ἢ ποιμαίνοντα	1	a servant plowing or tending sheep	It may be helpful to say explicitly that the land and sheep hypothetically belong to the person who is being asked to consider what he would do in this situation. Alternate translation: “a servant who had been out plowing your land or taking care of your sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	17	7	m122	translate-unknown	ἀνάπεσε	1	recline to eat	See how you translated this phrase in [5:29](../05/29.md). Alternate translation: “and sit down to eat” or “and sit down and have your supper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	17	8	iw9j	figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ ἐρεῖ αὐτῷ, ἑτοίμασον τί δειπνήσω, καὶ περιζωσάμενος διακόνει μοι, ἕως φάγω καὶ πίω; καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα φάγεσαι καὶ πίεσαι σύ?	1	will he not say to him, ‘Prepare something I may eat, and girding yourself, serve me while I eat and drink, and after these things you will eat and drink’?	Jesus uses a second question as a further teaching tool, to emphasize how a person actually would treat a servant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “he would certainly say to him, ‘Prepare something for me to eat, and then wrap your robe around your hips so you could serve me while I eat and drink, and after that you yourself can eat and drink’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	17	8	m123	figs-quotesinquotes	οὐχὶ ἐρεῖ αὐτῷ, ἑτοίμασον τί δειπνήσω, καὶ περιζωσάμενος διακόνει μοι, ἕως φάγω καὶ πίω; καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα φάγεσαι καὶ πίεσαι σύ?	1	will he not say to him, ‘Prepare something I may eat, and girding yourself, serve me while I eat and drink, and after these things you will eat and drink’?	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he would certainly tell the servant to prepare something for him to eat, and then to wrap his robe around his hips so he could serve him while he ate and drank, and that only after doing that the servant himself could eat and drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
@@ -2934,7 +2934,7 @@ LUK	17	19	m196	figs-explicit	ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε	1	Your
 LUK	17	19	m146	figs-personification	ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε	1	Your faith has saved you	Jesus speaks of the leper’s **faith** as if it had actively saved him. Alternate translation: “Because you believed, you have received salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 LUK	17	20	lvu1	grammar-connect-time-background	ἐπερωτηθεὶς δὲ ὑπὸ τῶν Φαρισαίων πότε ἔρχεται ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	And having been asked by the Pharisees when the kingdom of God was coming	Luke uses this phrase to begin relating a new event by introducing background information that will help readers understand what happens next. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Now when some Pharisees asked Jesus when the kingdom of God was coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
 LUK	17	20	m147	figs-quotations	ἐπερωτηθεὶς δὲ ὑπὸ τῶν Φαρισαίων πότε ἔρχεται ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	And having been asked by the Pharisees when the kingdom of God was coming	If it would be helpful in your language, you could present this as a direct quotation rather than as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Now some Pharisees asked Jesus, ‘When is the kingdom of God coming?’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
-LUK	17	20	m148	figs-activepassive	ἐπερωτηθεὶς…ὑπὸ τῶν Φαρισαίων	1	having been asked by the Pharisees	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who was the recipient of the action. Alternate translation: “some Pharisees asked Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	17	20	m148	figs-activepassive	ἐπερωτηθεὶς&ὑπὸ τῶν Φαρισαίων	1	having been asked by the Pharisees	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who was the recipient of the action. Alternate translation: “some Pharisees asked Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	17	20	m149	figs-abstractnouns	πότε ἔρχεται ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	when the kingdom of God was coming	See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “when God would begin to rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	17	20	m150	figs-hendiadys	ἀπεκρίθη αὐτοῖς καὶ εἶπεν	1	he answered them and said	Together the two words **answered** and **said** mean that Jesus said what follows in response to the question that the Pharisees asked him. Alternate translation: “he responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 LUK	17	20	yc3i	figs-metonymy	οὐκ ἔρχεται ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ μετὰ παρατηρήσεως	1	The kingdom of God is not coming with observation	Jesus uses the word **observation** to mean things that people can observe. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of God is not coming with signs that people can observe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -2945,7 +2945,7 @@ LUK	17	21	m154	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ γὰρ	1	For behold	Jesus is using the
 LUK	17	21	xj7z	figs-you	ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐντὸς ὑμῶν ἐστιν	1	the kingdom of God is within you	This could mean: (1) the kingdom is not coming with observable signs because it is a matter of what people believe and decide within themselves. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of God is inside of you” (2) since the word **you** is plural here, Jesus may be saying that the kingdom is not coming with observable signs because it is a matter of something that happens within communities of people. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of God is in your midst” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 LUK	17	21	xpi7	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐντὸς ὑμῶν ἐστιν	1	the kingdom of God is within you	See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “God is ruling inside of you” or “God is ruling in your midst” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	17	22	x3y2	figs-idiom	ἐλεύσονται ἡμέραι ὅτε	1	The days will come when	Jesus is using the term **Days** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “There will be a time when” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	17	22	v2i3	figs-idiom	ἐπιθυμήσετε…ἰδεῖν	1	you will desire to see	Jesus is using the term **see** to mean “experience.” Alternate translation: “you will want very much to experience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+LUK	17	22	v2i3	figs-idiom	ἐπιθυμήσετε&ἰδεῖν	1	you will desire to see	Jesus is using the term **see** to mean “experience.” Alternate translation: “you will want very much to experience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	17	22	ly8x	figs-metonymy	μίαν τῶν ἡμερῶν τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	one of the days of the Son of Man	Jesus is using his title **the Son of Man** to refer to the time when he will rule as king. Alternate translation: “one of the days when the Son of Man will rule as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	17	22	m155	figs-synecdoche	μίαν τῶν ἡμερῶν τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	one of the days of the Son of Man	Jesus is using one of these **days** to refer to the whole time that it belongs to. Alternate translation: “the time when the Son of Man will rule as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 LUK	17	22	z11c	figs-123person	τῶν ἡμερῶν τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	of the days of the Son of Man	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “of my days as the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
@@ -2953,7 +2953,7 @@ LUK	17	22	m156	figs-explicit	τῶν ἡμερῶν τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ
 LUK	17	22	x7sq	figs-idiom	καὶ οὐκ ὄψεσθε	1	but you will not see it	Jesus is using the term **see** to mean “experience.” Alternate translation: “but you will not experience it yet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	17	23	dp8g	figs-explicit	ἐροῦσιν ὑμῖν, ἰδοὺ, ἐκεῖ, ἤ, ἰδοὺ, ὧδε	1	they will say to you, ‘Behold, there!’ or ‘Behold, here!’	The implication in context is that Jesus is speaking of the Son of Man or Messiah. Alternate translation: “people will say to you, ‘Look, the Messiah is over there!’ or, ‘Look, the Messiah is over here!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	17	23	m157	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐροῦσιν ὑμῖν, ἰδοὺ, ἐκεῖ, ἤ, ἰδοὺ, ὧδε	1	they will say to you, ‘Behold, there!’ or ‘Behold, here!’	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “people will tell you that the Messiah is over in one place or with them in another place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-LUK	17	23	m158	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ…ἰδοὺ	1	Behold … Behold	These people would be using the term **behold** to get others to focus their attention on what they were saying. Alternate translation: “Hey … Hey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+LUK	17	23	m158	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ&ἰδοὺ	1	Behold … Behold	These people would be using the term **behold** to get others to focus their attention on what they were saying. Alternate translation: “Hey … Hey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	17	23	m159	figs-doublet	μὴ ἀπέλθητε μηδὲ διώξητε	1	Do not go out or run after them	The expressions **go out** and **run after** mean similar things. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these terms into a single expression. Alternate translation: “Do not go where they tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 LUK	17	23	kjy2	figs-explicit	μὴ ἀπέλθητε μηδὲ διώξητε	1	Do not go out or run after them	The implication is that people would **go** to look for the Messiah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do not go where they tell you to look for the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	17	24	m160		ἡ ἀστραπὴ ἀστράπτουσα ἐκ τῆς ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανὸν εἰς τὴν ὑπ’ οὐρανὸν λάμπει	1	just as the lightning flashing from a place under the sky shines to a place under the sky	Alternate translation: “lightning that flashes lights up the sky from one end to the other”
@@ -2962,10 +2962,10 @@ LUK	17	24	m161	translate-textvariants	οὕτως ἔσται ὁ Υἱὸς τ
 LUK	17	24	m162	figs-explicit	οὕτως ἔσται ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	so will the Son of Man be	The implication is that **so will the Son of Man be** refers to the future reign of Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. (If you have chosen to represent the phrase “in his day” in your translation, the alternate translation offered here would be expressing that as explicit meaning.) Alternate translation: “it will be like that when the Son of Man comes to reign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	17	24	m163	figs-123person	οὕτως ἔσται ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	so will the Son of Man be	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “so will I, the Son of Man, be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 LUK	17	24	m164	figs-explicit	οὕτως ἔσται ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	so will the Son of Man be	See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “so will I, the Messiah, be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	17	25	csa3	figs-123person	δεῖ αὐτὸν…παθεῖν	1	it is necessary for him to suffer	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “it is necessary for me to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+LUK	17	25	csa3	figs-123person	δεῖ αὐτὸν&παθεῖν	1	it is necessary for him to suffer	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “it is necessary for me to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 LUK	17	25	dp8a	figs-activepassive	ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	be rejected by this generation	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “the people of this generation must reject him” or, if you translated with the first person, “the people of this generation must reject me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	17	25	m165	figs-metonymy	τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	this generation	Jesus is using the term **generation** to mean the people who were born in the current generation. Alternate translation: “the people living at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-LUK	17	26	d2ne		καθὼς ἐγένετο…οὕτως ἔσται καὶ	1	just as it happened … so it will also be	Alternate translation: “just as people were doing certain things … so people will be doing the same things”
+LUK	17	26	d2ne		καθὼς ἐγένετο&οὕτως ἔσται καὶ	1	just as it happened … so it will also be	Alternate translation: “just as people were doing certain things … so people will be doing the same things”
 LUK	17	26	v1sr	figs-idiom	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Νῶε	1	in the days of Noah	Jesus is using the term **days** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at the time when Noah was living” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	17	26	ktl1	figs-idiom	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	in the days of the Son of Man	Jesus is using the term **days** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at the time when the Son of Man is about to return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	17	26	m167	figs-123person	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	in the days of the Son of Man	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “in my days as the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
@@ -3037,7 +3037,7 @@ LUK	18	4	m199	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ καὶ τὸν Θεὸν ο
 LUK	18	4	bh3q	figs-gendernotations	ἄνθρωπον	1	men	The judge is using the term **man** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 LUK	18	5	m200	figs-quotesinquotes	διά γε τὸ παρέχειν μοι κόπον τὴν χήραν ταύτην, ἐκδικήσω αὐτήν, ἵνα μὴ εἰς τέλος ἐρχομένη ὑπωπιάζῃ με	1	yet because this widow causes me trouble, I will vindicate her, so that she will not beat me up by coming to the end	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation (continuing the sentence from the previous verse): “because this widow bothered him, he would give a fair ruling in her case, so that she would not wear him out by coming incessantly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	18	5	v9uu		παρέχειν μοι κόπον	1	causes me trouble	Alternate translation: “bothers me”
-LUK	18	5	cf4e	figs-metaphor	μὴ…ὑπωπιάζῃ με	1	she will not beat me up	The judge speaks of the wearying effect of the widow’s constant pleas as if they were physically pummeling him. Alternate translation: “she will not wear me out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+LUK	18	5	cf4e	figs-metaphor	μὴ&ὑπωπιάζῃ με	1	she will not beat me up	The judge speaks of the wearying effect of the widow’s constant pleas as if they were physically pummeling him. Alternate translation: “she will not wear me out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	18	5	ub29	figs-idiom	εἰς τέλος ἐρχομένη	1	by coming to the end	The expression **to the end** is an idiom that means “perpetually” or “forever.” Alternate translation: “by coming to me incessantly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	18	6	m201		ὁ Κύριος	1	the Lord	Here Luke refers to Jesus by the respectful title **the Lord**. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
 LUK	18	6	t9mg	figs-idiom	ἀκούσατε τί ὁ κριτὴς τῆς ἀδικίας λέγει	1	Listen to what the unrighteous judge says	**Listen to** is an idiom that means “think about.” Jesus says this to get his disciples to reflect on what the judge said at the end of the parable. He is not introducing a further statement from the judge. Translate this in such a way that your readers will understand that Jesus has already related what the judge said. Alternate translation: “Think about what the unjust judge said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -3053,7 +3053,7 @@ LUK	18	8	m205	figs-explicit	πλὴν	1	Nevertheless	The reference of the word *
 LUK	18	8	inw3	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐλθὼν	1	when the Son of Man comes	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “when I, the Son of Man, come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 LUK	18	8	m206	figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐλθὼν	1	the Son of Man	See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “when I, the Messiah, come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	18	8	m207	figs-explicit	τὴν πίστιν	1	faith	When Jesus asks whether he will find **faith** on the earth, he may be referring implicitly to the kind of persevering trust in God that would lead a person to continue praying even when the answer was delayed. (UST offers another possible interpretation of this word.) Alternate translation: “this kind of persevering faith” or “this kind of persevering trust in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	18	9	n2b5	figs-parables	εἶπεν δὲ καὶ πρός τινας…τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην	1	Then he also spoke this parable to some	Jesus now tells a brief story to correct some wrong attitudes that he realized certain people had. The story is designed teach something that is true in a way that is easy to understand and remember. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus told this story to correct certain people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
+LUK	18	9	n2b5	figs-parables	εἶπεν δὲ καὶ πρός τινας&τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην	1	Then he also spoke this parable to some	Jesus now tells a brief story to correct some wrong attitudes that he realized certain people had. The story is designed teach something that is true in a way that is easy to understand and remember. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus told this story to correct certain people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
 LUK	18	9	pmp1	writing-participants	πρός τινας	1	to some	Luke uses this phrase to introduce some new characters, but he does not say specifically who these people were. (The story that Jesus tells suggests that they may have been Pharisees.) Alternate translation: “to some people who were there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	18	9	b6zy		τοὺς πεποιθότας ἐφ’ ἑαυτοῖς, ὅτι εἰσὶν δίκαιοι	1	who were persuaded in themselves that they were righteous	Alternate translation: “who had convinced themselves that they were righteous” or “who considered themselves to be righteous”
 LUK	18	9	rs6q		καὶ ἐξουθενοῦντας τοὺς λοιποὺς	1	who disdained others	Alternate translation: “and who thought they were superior to other people”
@@ -3077,27 +3077,27 @@ LUK	18	13	m216	figs-quotesinquotes	λέγων, ὁ Θεός, ἱλάσθητί
 LUK	18	13	mx5p	figs-imperative	ὁ Θεός, ἱλάσθητί μοι, τῷ ἁμαρτωλῷ	1	God, have mercy on me, the sinner	This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “God, please be merciful to me, I confess that I am a sinner” or “God, please forgive me for the many sins I have committed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 LUK	18	14	m217		λέγω ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
 LUK	18	14	s1yr	figs-explicit	κατέβη οὗτος δεδικαιωμένος εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ, παρ’ ἐκεῖνον	1	this one went down to his house justified rather than that one	The implication is that the tax collector was right with God because God forgave his sin when he prayed humbly and repentantly. Alternate translation: “the tax collector was right with God when he went home, rather than the Pharisee, because God forgave his sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	18	14	m218		οὗτος…παρ’ ἐκεῖνον	1	this one … rather than that one	Alternate translation: “the latter … rather than the former” or “the tax collector … rather than the Pharisee”
+LUK	18	14	m218		οὗτος&παρ’ ἐκεῖνον	1	this one … rather than that one	Alternate translation: “the latter … rather than the former” or “the tax collector … rather than the Pharisee”
 LUK	18	14	m219	figs-activepassive	δεδικαιωμένος	1	justified	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning of the passive verbal form **justified** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “right with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	18	14	m220	figs-idiom	κατέβη…εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ	1	went down to his house	When Jesus says that this man **went down** to his house, he likely means that he returned home from Jerusalem, since the city was up on a mountain. Alternate translation: “returned to his home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+LUK	18	14	m220	figs-idiom	κατέβη&εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ	1	went down to his house	When Jesus says that this man **went down** to his house, he likely means that he returned home from Jerusalem, since the city was up on a mountain. Alternate translation: “returned to his home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	18	14	qrg3	figs-explicit	παρ’ ἐκεῖνον	1	rather than that one	The implication is that the Pharisee was not right with God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “but the Pharisee was not right with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	18	14	n7xr	figs-activepassive	ταπεινωθήσεται	1	will be humbled	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will humble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	18	14	uuc5	figs-activepassive	ὑψωθήσεται	1	will be exalted	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	18	14	m221	figs-metaphor	ὑψωθήσεται	1	will be exalted	Jesus is using a spatial metaphor to describe someone who is honored as if he were high up. Alternate translation: “God will honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	18	15	m260	grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to begin relating a new event by introducing background information that will help readers understand what happens. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
-LUK	18	15	abcm	writing-pronouns	προσέφερον…αὐτῷ καὶ τὰ βρέφη	1	they were bringing even the infants to him	Here, **they** refers to people in general. Alternate translation: “people were bringing their children to Jesus, even their newborns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+LUK	18	15	abcm	writing-pronouns	προσέφερον&αὐτῷ καὶ τὰ βρέφη	1	they were bringing even the infants to him	Here, **they** refers to people in general. Alternate translation: “people were bringing their children to Jesus, even their newborns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	18	15	m222	translate-symaction	ἵνα αὐτῶν ἅπτηται	1	so that he might touch them	If Jesus would **touch** the babies, this would express God’s love for them and convey God’s blessing to them. Alternate translation: “so that he could put his hands on them and bless them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 LUK	18	15	kxd9	figs-explicit	ἐπετίμων αὐτοῖς	1	they were rebuking them	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state more explicitly what this means. Alternate translation: “tried to stop the parents from bringing their children to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	18	16	y3qg	writing-pronouns	ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς προσεκαλέσατο αὐτὰ λέγων	1	But Jesus summoned them, saying	Alternate translation: “But Jesus called the children to come to him, telling his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	18	16	j8x3	figs-verbs	ἄφετε τὰ παιδία ἔρχεσθαι πρός με, καὶ μὴ κωλύετε αὐτά	1	Permit the little children to come to me, and do not forbid them	The verb in the first phrase indicates a one-time action, while the verb in the second phrase indicates an ongoing action. Alternate translation: “Allow these children to come to me, and do not ever forbid children to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
-LUK	18	16	u7sq	figs-simile	τῶν…τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	of such is the kingdom of God	It becomes clear in [18:17](../18/17.md) that this is simile. You could express it as one here. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of God consists of people who are like these little children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-LUK	18	16	m223	figs-abstractnouns	τῶν…τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	of such is the kingdom of God	See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “people who are like children will let God rule their lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+LUK	18	16	u7sq	figs-simile	τῶν&τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	of such is the kingdom of God	It becomes clear in [18:17](../18/17.md) that this is simile. You could express it as one here. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of God consists of people who are like these little children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+LUK	18	16	m223	figs-abstractnouns	τῶν&τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	of such is the kingdom of God	See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “people who are like children will let God rule their lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	18	17	p5lq		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν, ὃς ἂν	1	Truly I say to you, whoever	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “I can assure you that whoever”
 LUK	18	17	m224	figs-abstractnouns	μὴ δέξηται τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	receive the kingdom of God	See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “does not let God rule over him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	18	17	ar8e	figs-simile	ὡς παιδίον	1	like a child	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the basis of this comparison. Alternate translation: “with trust and humility like a child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 LUK	18	17	m225		οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθῃ εἰς αὐτήν	1	will certainly not enter into it	Alternate translation: “will not let God rule over him at all”
 LUK	18	18	a5qz	writing-participants	καὶ ἐπηρώτησέν τις αὐτὸν ἄρχων	1	And a certain ruler asked him	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. Alternate translation: “Then a Jewish leader came up to Jesus and asked him a question” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
-LUK	18	18	d6kf		τί ποιήσας…κληρονομήσω	1	doing what will I inherit	Alternate translation: “what do I need to do to inherit”
+LUK	18	18	d6kf		τί ποιήσας&κληρονομήσω	1	doing what will I inherit	Alternate translation: “what do I need to do to inherit”
 LUK	18	18	xrs8	figs-metaphor	κληρονομήσω	1	will I inherit	The ruler is using the term **inherit** to mean coming into possession of something. Alternate translation: “will I receive” or “will I obtain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	18	19	fxi2	figs-rquestion	τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν? οὐδεὶς ἀγαθὸς, εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός	1	Why do you call me good? No one is good except God alone	Jesus is using the question form as a teaching tool. He is not asking the ruler to explain why he used this term. Jesus is also not denying that he is God. Rather, he is challenging the ruler to reflect on whether, in light of God’s holiness, he should consider any human being to be **good**. The ruler apparently considers Jesus to be a **good** human being, and he wants to know how he can be **good** enough himself to earn God’s approval. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate Jesus’ words as a statement, and it may be helpful to combine that statement with the next sentence in the verse. Alternate translation: “You should not consider any human being to be good, since no one is good except God alone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	18	20	m226	figs-explicit	τὰς ἐντολὰς οἶδας	1	You know the commandments	The implication is that Jesus is saying this in response to the ruler’s question. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “As for what God expects from us, you know what he has commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -3109,7 +3109,7 @@ LUK	18	22	t2cw		ἔτι ἕν σοι λείπει	1	One thing is still lacking t
 LUK	18	22	d3ar		πάντα ὅσα ἔχεις, πώλησον	1	Sell all that you have	Alternate translation: “Sell all your possessions” or “Sell everything that you own”
 LUK	18	22	c4s5	figs-nominaladj	πτωχοῖς	1	distribute to the poor	Jesus is using the adjective **poor** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “to people who are poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	18	22	hy6a	figs-metaphor	δεῦρο, ἀκολούθει μοι	1	come, follow me	As in [5:27](../05/27.md), to **follow** Jesus means to be one of his disciples. Alternate translation: “come with me as my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	18	23	m228	writing-pronouns	ὁ δὲ ἀκούσας ταῦτα…ἐγενήθη	1	But he, hearing these things, became	Alternate translation: “But when the ruler heard what Jesus said, he became” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+LUK	18	23	m228	writing-pronouns	ὁ δὲ ἀκούσας ταῦτα&ἐγενήθη	1	But he, hearing these things, became	Alternate translation: “But when the ruler heard what Jesus said, he became” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	18	24	m229	translate-textvariants	ἰδὼν δὲ αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Then Jesus, looking at him	Many manuscripts have two additional Greek words here, so that this says, “Then Jesus, seeing him having become sad.” See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to represent those words in your translation. Alternate translation (if you choose to represent them): “Then Jesus, noticing how sad the ruler had become” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 LUK	18	24	qcm7	figs-exclamations	πῶς δυσκόλως οἱ τὰ χρήματα ἔχοντες, εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσπορεύονται	1	How difficultly those who have riches are entering into the kingdom of God	This is an exclamation, not a question. Alternate translation: “It is so very difficult for those who are rich to enter the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
 LUK	18	24	m230	figs-abstractnouns	πῶς δυσκόλως οἱ τὰ χρήματα ἔχοντες, εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσπορεύονται	1	How difficultly those who have riches are entering into the kingdom of God	See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “It is so very difficult for those who are rich to allow God to rule their lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -3122,7 +3122,7 @@ LUK	18	26	vu3z	figs-rquestion	καὶ τίς δύναται σωθῆναι?	1	A
 LUK	18	26	m233	figs-activepassive	καὶ τίς δύναται σωθῆναι?	1	And who is able to be saved?	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could specify the agent. Alternate translation: “Then God is not going to save anyone!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	18	27	ms9b	figs-nominaladj	τὰ ἀδύνατα παρὰ ἀνθρώποις, δυνατὰ παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ ἐστιν	1	The impossible with men is possible with God	Jesus is using the adjectives **impossible** and **possible** as nouns to describe types of things. The terms are plural. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these terms with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “The things that are impossible for people to do are possible for God to do” or “God is able to do the things that people are not able to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	18	28	m235	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	Peter uses the term **Behold** to get Jesus to focus his attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	18	28	znu6	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς ἀφήκαμεν…ἠκολουθήσαμέν	1	we have left … we have followed	Peter is referring to himself and his fellow disciples, but not to Jesus, so if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive **we**, use the exclusive form in both of these cases. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+LUK	18	28	znu6	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς ἀφήκαμεν&ἠκολουθήσαμέν	1	we have left … we have followed	Peter is referring to himself and his fellow disciples, but not to Jesus, so if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive **we**, use the exclusive form in both of these cases. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 LUK	18	28	yk9b		πάντα	1	everything	This is not hyperbole. Peter and the others did leave behind **everything** they had in order to become Jesus’ disciples. Alternate translation: “all our possessions”
 LUK	18	28	m236	translate-textvariants	πάντα	1	everything	Some manuscripts say “our own possessions” here instead of “everything.” See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide which reading to use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 LUK	18	28	m262	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἠκολουθήσαμέν σοι	1	and we have followed you	As in [18:22](../18/22.md), to follow Jesus means to be one of his disciples. Alternate translation: “in order to become your disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -3130,9 +3130,9 @@ LUK	18	29	vz2w		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	Jesus says
 LUK	18	29	sk6z	figs-doublenegatives	οὐδείς ἐστιν ὃς ἀφῆκεν	1	there is no one who has left	A double negative statement begins in this verse and concludes in the next verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the entire double negative statement as a positive statement. Alternate translation, beginning here: “anyone who has left” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 LUK	18	29	m237	figs-abstractnouns	εἵνεκεν τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	for the sake of the kingdom of God	See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “in order to allow God to rule over his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	18	30	s6rp	figs-doublenegatives	ὃς οὐχὶ μὴ ἀπολάβῃ	1	who will by no means not receive	This is the conclusion of the double negative statement that began in the previous verse with “there is no one who has left.” If you started to translate it there as a positive statement, you could finish that translation here. Alternate translation: “will certainly receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
-LUK	18	30	m238	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τούτῳ…ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τῷ ἐρχομένῳ	1	in this time … in the age that is coming	Jesus is using the word **time** in the same figurative sense as the word **age** in [16:8](../16/08.md), to mean the long period of time defined by the duration of the created world; by association, it means the world itself. Here, Jesus is using the word **age** similarly to mean the new world that God will introduce after the end of this present world. Alternate translation: “in this present world … in the world to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+LUK	18	30	m238	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τούτῳ&ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τῷ ἐρχομένῳ	1	in this time … in the age that is coming	Jesus is using the word **time** in the same figurative sense as the word **age** in [16:8](../16/08.md), to mean the long period of time defined by the duration of the created world; by association, it means the world itself. Here, Jesus is using the word **age** similarly to mean the new world that God will introduce after the end of this present world. Alternate translation: “in this present world … in the world to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	18	30	d3xa	figs-ellipsis	καὶ ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τῷ ἐρχομένῳ, ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	and in the age that is coming, eternal life	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. you could supply these words from what he says earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and they will also receive eternal life in the world to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-LUK	18	31	pwk9		παραλαβὼν…τοὺς δώδεκα	1	he took the Twelve aside	Alternate translation: “Jesus took the Twelve to a place away from other people where they would be alone”
+LUK	18	31	pwk9		παραλαβὼν&τοὺς δώδεκα	1	he took the Twelve aside	Alternate translation: “Jesus took the Twelve to a place away from other people where they would be alone”
 LUK	18	31	m239	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς δώδεκα	1	the Twelve	See how you translated this term in [8:1](../08/01.md). You may have decided to translate the nominal adjective **Twelve** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “his 12 apostles” or “the 12 men he had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	18	31	m240	translate-names	τοὺς δώδεκα	1	the Twelve	You may have decided instead in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate this as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you can do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	18	31	g4yx	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	Jesus uses the term **Behold** to get his disciples to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -3160,7 +3160,7 @@ LUK	18	34	qx2n	figs-activepassive	τὰ λεγόμενα	1	the things that were
 LUK	18	35	w3sw	writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 LUK	18	35	dyf9	writing-participants	τυφλός τις	1	a certain blind man	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. Alternate translation: “there was a blind man who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	18	36	t35v		τί εἴη τοῦτο	1	what this might be	Alternate translation: “what was happening”
-LUK	18	37	ckr3	writing-pronouns	ἀπήγγειλαν…αὐτῷ	1	they reported to him	Here, **they** is indefinite. It does not refer to particular individuals. Alternate translation: “people in the crowd told the blind man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+LUK	18	37	ckr3	writing-pronouns	ἀπήγγειλαν&αὐτῷ	1	they reported to him	Here, **they** is indefinite. It does not refer to particular individuals. Alternate translation: “people in the crowd told the blind man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	18	37	ku9j	translate-names	Ἰησοῦς ὁ Ναζωραῖος	1	Jesus the Nazarene	The people call **Jesus** **the Nazarene** because he was from the town of Nazareth in Galilee. Alternate translation: “Jesus from the town of Nazareth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	18	38	u9ct	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. When the blind man learned that Jesus was walking by, he knew that Jesus would hear him if he called out, so as a result, he shouted to him. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	18	38	yaj2		ἐβόησεν	1	cried out	Alternate translation: “he called out” or “he shouted”
@@ -3228,7 +3228,7 @@ LUK	19	13	t82q	translate-bweight	ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς δέκα μνᾶς
 LUK	19	13	m281	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, πραγματεύσασθαι ἐν ᾧ ἔρχομαι	1	said to them, ‘Conduct business while I go’	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “told them to trade with the money while he was away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	19	13	vwp2		πραγματεύσασθαι	1	Conduct business	Alternate translation: “Trade with this money” or “Use this money to earn more money”
 LUK	19	13	m282		ἐν ᾧ ἔρχομαι	1	in that I go	Alternate translation: “while I am gone.”
-LUK	19	14	i998	figs-hyperbole	οἱ…πολῖται αὐτοῦ	1	his citizens	This means “the people of his country.” It suggests that all the people hated him, and that may be a generalization. In your translation, you may wish to say “many people of his country,” as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+LUK	19	14	i998	figs-hyperbole	οἱ&πολῖται αὐτοῦ	1	his citizens	This means “the people of his country.” It suggests that all the people hated him, and that may be a generalization. In your translation, you may wish to say “many people of his country,” as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 LUK	19	14	j9v1		πρεσβείαν	1	a delegation	Alternate translation: “a group of people to represent them”
 LUK	19	14	m283	figs-explicit	ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ λέγοντες	1	after him, saying	The implication is that the citizens gave the delegation this message for the emperor who was going to appoint the nobleman as king. Alternate translation: “after him to tell the emperor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	19	14	m284	figs-quotesinquotes	ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ λέγοντες, οὐ θέλομεν τοῦτον βασιλεῦσαι ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς	1	after him, saying, ‘We do not want this one to rule over us’	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “after him to tell the emperor that they did not want this nobleman to be their king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
@@ -3237,7 +3237,7 @@ LUK	19	15	s9a7		λαβόντα τὴν βασιλείαν	1	having received the
 LUK	19	15	s2x2	figs-activepassive	καὶ εἶπεν φωνηθῆναι αὐτῷ	1	he commanded to be called to him	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “he told some of his other servants to bring in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	19	15	m285	figs-metonymy	τὸ ἀργύριον	1	the silver	Jesus is speaking of the money by reference to the precious metal, **silver**, that gives it its value. Alternate translation: “the money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	19	15	xc6s		τί διεπραγματεύσαντο	1	what they had gained by doing business	Alternate translation: “how much money they had earned with the money he had given them”
-LUK	19	16	iy7i	figs-quotesinquotes	παρεγένετο…ὁ πρῶτος λέγων, Κύριε, ἡ μνᾶ σου, δέκα προσηργάσατο μνᾶς	1	the first came and said, ‘Master, your mina has earned ten minas’	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the first servant came and told him that he had used his mina to earn ten more minas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
+LUK	19	16	iy7i	figs-quotesinquotes	παρεγένετο&ὁ πρῶτος λέγων, Κύριε, ἡ μνᾶ σου, δέκα προσηργάσατο μνᾶς	1	the first came and said, ‘Master, your mina has earned ten minas’	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the first servant came and told him that he had used his mina to earn ten more minas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	19	16	m286	figs-nominaladj	ὁ πρῶτος	1	the first	Jesus is using the adjective **first** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify the person. Alternate translation: “the first servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	19	16	mf96	translate-ordinal	ὁ πρῶτος	1	the first	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “servant number one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 LUK	19	16	ejx9	figs-personification	ἡ μνᾶ σου, δέκα προσηργάσατο μνᾶς	1	your mina has earned ten minas	The servant is speaking of the **mina** as if it had earned the money. Alternate translation: “I used the mina you gave me to earn ten more minas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
@@ -3250,7 +3250,7 @@ LUK	19	17	m288	figs-imperative	ἴσθι ἐξουσίαν ἔχων ἐπάνω
 LUK	19	18	zsr1	figs-quotesinquotes	ἦλθεν ὁ δεύτερος λέγων, ἡ μνᾶ σου, Κύριε, ἐποίησεν πέντε μνᾶς	1	the second came and said, ‘Your mina, master, has made five minas’	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the second servant came and told him that he had used his mina to make five more minas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	19	18	m289	figs-nominaladj	ὁ δεύτερος	1	the second	Jesus is using the adjective **second** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify the person. Alternate translation: “the second servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	19	18	ic7p	translate-ordinal	ὁ δεύτερος	1	the second	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “servant number two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
-LUK	19	18	irh6	figs-personification	ἡ μνᾶ σου…ἐποίησεν πέντε μνᾶς	1	Your mina … has made five minas	The servant is speaking of the mina as if it had earned the money. Alternate translation: “I used the mina you gave me … to earn five more minas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+LUK	19	18	irh6	figs-personification	ἡ μνᾶ σου&ἐποίησεν πέντε μνᾶς	1	Your mina … has made five minas	The servant is speaking of the mina as if it had earned the money. Alternate translation: “I used the mina you gave me … to earn five more minas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 LUK	19	18	d811	translate-bweight	μνᾶ	1	mina	See how you translated **mina** in [19:13](../19/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
 LUK	19	19	abcr	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν δὲ καὶ τούτῳ, καὶ σὺ ἐπάνω γίνου πέντε πόλεων	1	So he also said to this one, ‘And you will be over five cities’	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “So the king similarly told this second servant that he was making him the ruler of five cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	19	19	jxa9	figs-imperative	σὺ ἐπάνω γίνου πέντε πόλεων	1	you be over five cities	The new king speaks this as a command, but it is not one that the servant is capable of obeying on his own. Rather, the king is using the command form to appoint the servant to a position of authority. Alternate translation: “I am making you the ruler of five cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
@@ -3272,12 +3272,12 @@ LUK	19	22	m295	figs-metaphor	αἴρων ὃ οὐκ ἔθηκα, καὶ θερ
 LUK	19	23	m296	figs-quotesinquotes	καὶ διὰ τί οὐκ ἔδωκάς μου τὸ ἀργύριον ἐπὶ τράπεζαν, κἀγὼ ἐλθὼν, σὺν τόκῳ ἂν αὐτὸ ἔπραξα?	1	And for what reason did you not put my silver in a bank, and when I returned, I would have collected it with interest?	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “The king told him that in that case, he should have put his money in the bank so that he could have collected it with interest when he returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	19	23	spx7	figs-rquestion	καὶ διὰ τί οὐκ ἔδωκάς μου τὸ ἀργύριον ἐπὶ τράπεζαν, κἀγὼ ἐλθὼν, σὺν τόκῳ ἂν αὐτὸ ἔπραξα?	1	And for what reason did you not put my silver in a bank, and when I returned, I would have collected it with interest?	The king is not asking the servant to explain why he did not do this. Rather, he is using the question form to rebuke the servant. Alternate translation: “Even if I were like that, you had no reason not to put my money in the bank so that I could have collected it with interest when I returned!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	19	23	m297	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	The king uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what he said in the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “Then” or “Even if I was like that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-LUK	19	23	e1yh	translate-unknown	οὐκ ἔδωκάς μου τὸ ἀργύριον ἐπὶ τράπεζαν…σὺν τόκῳ	1	put my silver in a bank … with interest	A **bank** is an institution that accepts deposits of money and uses them to make loans. It pays an **interest** premium on the deposits and charges an **interest** premium on the loans. If your culture does not have banks, or if your culture does not allow interest payments, you could translate this in a different way that would be meaningful to your readers. Alternate translation: “did you not let someone borrow my money … with a share of the profits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+LUK	19	23	e1yh	translate-unknown	οὐκ ἔδωκάς μου τὸ ἀργύριον ἐπὶ τράπεζαν&σὺν τόκῳ	1	put my silver in a bank … with interest	A **bank** is an institution that accepts deposits of money and uses them to make loans. It pays an **interest** premium on the deposits and charges an **interest** premium on the loans. If your culture does not have banks, or if your culture does not allow interest payments, you could translate this in a different way that would be meaningful to your readers. Alternate translation: “did you not let someone borrow my money … with a share of the profits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	19	23	m298	figs-metonymy	μου τὸ ἀργύριον	1	my silver	The king is speaking of the money by reference to the precious metal, **silver**, that gives it its value. Alternate translation: “my money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	19	23	c8ca		σὺν τόκῳ ἂν αὐτὸ ἔπραξα	1	I would have collected it with interest	Alternate translation: “I could have gotten that amount back plus the interest it would have earned” or “I would have gained a profit from it”
 LUK	19	24	h1nn	figs-quotesinquotes	καὶ τοῖς παρεστῶσιν εἶπεν, ἄρατε ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ τὴν μνᾶν, καὶ δότε τῷ, τὰς δέκα μνᾶς ἔχοντι	1	And he said to those standing by, ‘Take the mina away from him and give it to the one who has the ten minas’	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “And the king told his attendants to take the mina away from this servant and give it to the one who had the ten minas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	19	24	aj1c		τοῖς παρεστῶσιν	1	those standing by	The phrase **the ones standing by** refers to the king’s attendants, who would stand nearby him waiting to carry out any instructions that he gave. Alternate translation: “to his attendants”
-LUK	19	24	zh5s	translate-bweight	τὴν μνᾶν…τὰς δέκα μνᾶς	1	the mina … the ten minas	See how you translated the term **mina** in [19:13](../19/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
+LUK	19	24	zh5s	translate-bweight	τὴν μνᾶν&τὰς δέκα μνᾶς	1	the mina … the ten minas	See how you translated the term **mina** in [19:13](../19/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
 LUK	19	25	m299	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	And	The word **And** introduces a contrast between what the king wanted and what the attendants thought they should do. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 LUK	19	25	m300	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπαν αὐτῷ, Κύριε, ἔχει δέκα μνᾶς	1	they said to him, ‘Master, he has ten minas’	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the attendants objected to the king that that servant already had ten minas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	19	25	m7ql	figs-exclamations	ἔχει δέκα μνᾶς	1	he has ten minas	You could translate this as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “he already has ten minas!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
@@ -3288,7 +3288,7 @@ LUK	19	26	m302		λέγω ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	The king says this to emphasi
 LUK	19	26	m303	figs-you	ὑμῖν	1	you	The word **you** is plural because the king is speaking to his servants as a group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 LUK	19	26	f5hn	figs-explicit	παντὶ τῷ ἔχοντι, δοθήσεται	1	to everyone who has, it will be given	The king means implicitly that what a servant **has** is the money he earned by using his mina faithfully. Alternate translation: “I will entrust more money to everyone who uses the money wisely that I have already given him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	19	26	m304	figs-activepassive	δοθήσεται	1	it will be given	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “I will entrust more money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	19	26	ab42	figs-explicit	ἀπὸ…τοῦ μὴ ἔχοντος, καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται	1	from the one who does not have, even what he has will be taken away	The king means implicitly that a servant **not having** is a servant who did not use his mina faithfully to earn more money. Alternate translation: “If someone does not use the money wisely that I have given him, I will take even that small amount away from him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	19	26	ab42	figs-explicit	ἀπὸ&τοῦ μὴ ἔχοντος, καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται	1	from the one who does not have, even what he has will be taken away	The king means implicitly that a servant **not having** is a servant who did not use his mina faithfully to earn more money. Alternate translation: “If someone does not use the money wisely that I have given him, I will take even that small amount away from him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	19	26	d1g9	figs-activepassive	καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται	1	even what he has will be taken away	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “I will take even that small amount away from him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	19	27	m305	figs-quotesinquotes	πλὴν τοὺς ἐχθρούς μου τούτους, τοὺς μὴ θελήσαντάς με βασιλεῦσαι ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς, ἀγάγετε ὧδε καὶ κατασφάξατε αὐτοὺς ἔμπροσθέν μου	1	But these enemies of mine, the ones who did not want me to reign over them, bring them here and kill them before me	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “The king then commanded his servants to bring in his enemies, the ones who had not wanted him to reign over them, and kill them in front of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	19	27	u44z		τοὺς ἐχθρούς μου τούτους	1	these enemies of mine	Since the enemies were not right there, instead of **these**, some languages would say “those,” as UST does. Alternate translation: “those enemies of mine”
@@ -3299,7 +3299,7 @@ LUK	19	29	y9q8	writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	And it happened that	L
 LUK	19	29	q1wn	translate-names	Βηθφαγὴ καὶ Βηθανίαν	1	Bethphage and Bethany	**Bethphage** and **Bethany** are the names of two small cities near Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	19	29	lj69	figs-activepassive	τὸ ὄρος τὸ καλούμενον Ἐλαιῶν	1	the hill that is called Olivet	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the hill that people call Olivet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	19	29	m307	translate-names	τὸ ὄρος τὸ καλούμενον Ἐλαιῶν	1	the hill that is called Olivet	You could also translate this entire expression as a proper name. **Olivet** is the name of a hill or mountain. Alternate translation: “the Mount of Olives” or “Olive Tree Mountain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-LUK	19	30	m308	figs-youdual	ὑπάγετε…ἐν ᾗ εἰσπορευόμενοι εὑρήσετε…λύσαντες…ἀγάγετε	1	Go … entering, you will find … Untie … bring	Since Jesus is speaking to two of his disciples, **you** as a pronoun and as implied in the participle and imperative verbs would be in the dual form, if your language uses the dual form. Otherwise, all of those things would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
+LUK	19	30	m308	figs-youdual	ὑπάγετε&ἐν ᾗ εἰσπορευόμενοι εὑρήσετε&λύσαντες&ἀγάγετε	1	Go … entering, you will find … Untie … bring	Since Jesus is speaking to two of his disciples, **you** as a pronoun and as implied in the participle and imperative verbs would be in the dual form, if your language uses the dual form. Otherwise, all of those things would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
 LUK	19	30	m309		τὴν κατέναντι κώμην	1	the village opposite	Alternate translation: “that village right ahead of us”
 LUK	19	30	qq5c	translate-unknown	πῶλον	1	a colt	The term **colt** refers to a young donkey. If your readers would not be familiar with what a donkey is, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a young donkey” or “a young riding animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	19	30	m310	figs-activepassive	δεδεμένον	1	tied up	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “whose owner has tied its reins securely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -3307,7 +3307,7 @@ LUK	19	30	w1yp	figs-gendernotations	ἐφ’ ὃν οὐδεὶς πώποτε
 LUK	19	30	m311	figs-metonymy	ἐφ’ ὃν οὐδεὶς πώποτε ἀνθρώπων ἐκάθισεν	1	on which no one of men has ever sat	Jesus is using the term **sat** to refer to riding on an animal by association with the way people sit on an animal they are riding. Alternate translation: “that no person has ever ridden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	19	31	px4k	figs-hypo	ἐάν τις ὑμᾶς ἐρωτᾷ, διὰ τί λύετε? οὕτως ἐρεῖτε, ὅτι ὁ Κύριος αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει	1	if anyone asks you, ‘Why are you untying it?’ thus you will say, ‘The Lord has need of it’	Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation that could occur. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone asks you, ‘Why are you untying it?’ Then you should tell him, ‘The Lord needs to use it’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 LUK	19	31	emu8	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐάν τις ὑμᾶς ἐρωτᾷ, διὰ τί λύετε? οὕτως ἐρεῖτε, ὅτι ὁ Κύριος αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει	1	if anyone asks you, ‘Why are you untying it?’ thus you will say, ‘The Lord has need of it’	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “if anyone asks you why you are untying it, tell them that the Lord needs to use it’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-LUK	19	31	m312	figs-youdual	ὑμᾶς…διὰ τί λύετε?…ἐρεῖτε	1	you … ‘Why are you untying it?’ … you will say	Since the word **you** applies to the two disciples in all of these instances, it would be dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
+LUK	19	31	m312	figs-youdual	ὑμᾶς&διὰ τί λύετε?&ἐρεῖτε	1	you … ‘Why are you untying it?’ … you will say	Since the word **you** applies to the two disciples in all of these instances, it would be dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
 LUK	19	31	m313	figs-declarative	ἐρεῖτε	1	you will say	Jesus is using a future statement to give an instruction. Alternate translation: “you are to say” or “you should say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
 LUK	19	31	m314		ὁ Κύριος	1	the Lord	The disciples are to refer to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
 LUK	19	32	hdd8	figs-activepassive	οἱ ἀπεσταλμένοι	1	the ones who were sent	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “the two disciples whom Jesus sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -3348,7 +3348,7 @@ LUK	19	41	v3pq	figs-explicit	ὡς ἤγγισεν, ἰδὼν τὴν πόλι
 LUK	19	41	k4l2	figs-metonymy	ἔκλαυσεν ἐπ’ αὐτήν	1	he wept over it	Luke is using the city of Jerusalem to mean the people who lived in it. Alternate translation: “he wept over the people who lived there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	19	42	g1ee	figs-apostrophe	εἰ ἔγνως	1	If you had known	Starting here and through [19:44](../19/44.md), Jesus is addressing something that he knows cannot hear him, the city of Jerusalem. He is doing this to show his listeners in a strong way how he feels about the people who live there. Alternate translation: “I wish that you people of Jerusalem knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
 LUK	19	42	m334	figs-idiom	εἰ ἔγνως	1	If you had known	Jesus is using what sounds like a conditional statement to express a wish. Alternate translation: “I wish that you knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	19	42	q8fm	figs-you	ἔγνως…καὶ σὺ…σου	1	you had known … even you … your	The words **you** and **your** are singular because Jesus is speaking to the city. But if you decided to say “you people” in your translation, you could use plural forms of **you** and **your**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+LUK	19	42	q8fm	figs-you	ἔγνως&καὶ σὺ&σου	1	you had known … even you … your	The words **you** and **your** are singular because Jesus is speaking to the city. But if you decided to say “you people” in your translation, you could use plural forms of **you** and **your**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 LUK	19	42	m335	figs-idiom	ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ταύτῃ	1	in this day	Jesus is using the term **day** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	19	42	m336	figs-explicit	τὰ πρὸς εἰρήνην	1	the things towards peace	The implication is that Jesus is speaking about people being at **peace** with God. Alternate translation: “the things that enable people to be at peace with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	19	42	tgs6	figs-metonymy	ἐκρύβη ἀπὸ ὀφθαλμῶν σου	1	they have been hidden from your eyes	The term **eyes** means the ability to see. Alternate translation: “you are not able to see them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -3356,13 +3356,13 @@ LUK	19	42	m337	figs-activepassive	ἐκρύβη ἀπὸ ὀφθαλμῶν σο
 LUK	19	43	y3g2	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1	For	Jesus uses the word **For** to introduce the reason why he wishes the people of Jerusalem had known “the things toward peace,” as he said in the previous verse. Because they have not known them, their city will be surrounded by armies and destroyed. Alternate translation: “I wish you had known those things because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	19	43	tib4	figs-idiom	ἥξουσιν ἡμέραι ἐπὶ σὲ	1	the days will come upon you	This is an idiom that indicates that the people of Jerusalem will experience difficult times. If your language do not say that a particular time will **come**, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “you are going to experience difficult times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	19	43	m338	figs-idiom	ἡμέραι	1	days	Jesus is using the term **days** to refer to specific times. Alternate translation: “times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	19	43	n88i	figs-you	σὲ…σου…σοι…σε…σε	1	you … your … you … you … you	The words **you** and **your** are singular because Jesus is speaking to the city. But if you decided to say “you people” in [19:42](../19/42.md), you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+LUK	19	43	n88i	figs-you	σὲ&σου&σοι&σε&σε	1	you … your … you … you … you	The words **you** and **your** are singular because Jesus is speaking to the city. But if you decided to say “you people” in [19:42](../19/42.md), you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 LUK	19	43	e7xp	translate-unknown	χάρακά	1	a barricade	The term **barricade** refers to a wooden wall with pointed stakes at the top that the enemies would make to keep people from getting out of the city. Your language may have a term for an enclosure like this. If not, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a palisade” or “a fence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	19	44	m339	figs-metaphor	ἐδαφιοῦσίν σε	1	they will dash you to the ground	Jesus is speaking. To **dash** something **to the ground** means to pick it up and throw it forcefully aganist the ground in order to destroy it. But the enemies of Jerusalem are not going to do this literally to the city. So Jesus means that they will destroy it completely. Alternate translation: “they will completely destroy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	19	44	p7qg	figs-apostrophe	ἐδαφιοῦσίν σε	1	they will dash you to the ground	As the first note to [19:42](../19/42.md) explains, Jesus is addressing the city of Jerusalem. If it would be unusual in your language for someone to speak to a city that could not hear or understand him, you could explain the meaning of what Jesus is saying. Alternate translation: “the enemies of Jerusalem will completely destroy that city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
 LUK	19	44	m340	figs-idiom	καὶ τὰ τέκνα σου ἐν σοί	1	and your children within you	To **dash** people **to the ground** means to kill them. Alternate translation: “and they will kill your children within you” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom)
 LUK	19	44	m341	figs-metaphor	τὰ τέκνα σου ἐν σοί	1	your children within you	Jesus speaks of the people who live in Jerusalem as if the city were their mother and they were her **children**. Here as well you could explain the meaning of what Jesus is saying, if someone in your language would not speak directly to a city. Alternate translation: “the people who live there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	19	44	m342	figs-you	σε…σου…σοί…σοί…ἔγνως…σου	1	you … your … you … you … you did not know … your	The words **you** and **your** are singular because Jesus is speaking to the city. But if you decided to say “you people” in [19:42](../19/42.md), you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+LUK	19	44	m342	figs-you	σε&σου&σοί&σοί&ἔγνως&σου	1	you … your … you … you … you did not know … your	The words **you** and **your** are singular because Jesus is speaking to the city. But if you decided to say “you people” in [19:42](../19/42.md), you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 LUK	19	44	f51h	figs-hyperbole	οὐκ ἀφήσουσιν λίθον ἐπὶ λίθον ἐν σοί	1	they will not leave stone upon stone in you	This is a figurative overstatement to emphasize how completely the enemies will destroy the city. Alternate translation: “they will destroy the walls and buildings you have built of stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 LUK	19	44	xv9n	figs-idiom	οὐκ ἔγνως τὸν καιρὸν τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς σου	1	you did not know the time of your visitation	Here, **visitation** is idiomatic, with the same meaning as the word “visit” in [1:68](../01/68.md), [1:78](../01/78.md), and [7:16](../07/16.md). Alternate translation: “you did not recognize that God had sent me to help you, his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	19	45	xq47	grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to indicate that this event came after the event he has just described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
@@ -3380,20 +3380,20 @@ LUK	19	47	m345	figs-nominaladj	οἱ πρῶτοι τοῦ λαοῦ	1	the first
 LUK	19	47	m346	figs-metaphor	οἱ πρῶτοι τοῦ λαοῦ	1	the first of the people	The term **first** represents being significant or important. Alternate translation: “the leaders of the people” or “many prominent people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	19	48	m347	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce a contrast between what the Jewish leaders were trying to do and what they were able to do. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 LUK	19	48	m348		οὐχ εὕρισκον τὸ τί ποιήσωσιν	1	they were not finding that which they might do	Alternate translation: “they were not able to find a way to kill Jesus”
-LUK	19	48	m349	figs-hyperbole	ὁ λαὸς…ἅπας	1	all the people	Luke is using the term **all** as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “so many of the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+LUK	19	48	m349	figs-hyperbole	ὁ λαὸς&ἅπας	1	all the people	Luke is using the term **all** as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “so many of the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 LUK	19	48	pnf9	figs-metaphor	ἐξεκρέμετο αὐτοῦ ἀκούων	1	were hanging on him listening	Luke speaks of the people **hanging** on Jesus to emphasize how closely they were listening to what he said. Alternate translation: “were paying close attention to him to hear what he was saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	20	intro	h6in			0		# Luke 20 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus answers a question about his authority (20:1–8)<br>2. Jesus tells a parable about a man who rented a vineyard to farmers (20:9–19)<br>3. Jesus answers a question about paying taxes to Caesar (20:20–26)<br>4. Jesus answers a question about marriage and the resurrection (20:27–40)<br>5. Jesus asks a challenging question about the Messiah (20:41–44)<br>6. Jesus warns about the scribes (20:45–47)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. ULT does this with the poetry in [20:17](../20/17.md) and [20:42–43](../20/42.md), which is quoted from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Questions that seem to have no good answer<br><br>In [20:4](../20/04.md), Jesus asks the Pharisees a question that seems to have no good answer. His goal is to show them that they should have recognized John the Baptist as someone who came with God’s authority. So he asks them who gave John the authority to baptize. They could not answer, because any answer they gave would show that they should have respected John [20:5–6](../20/05.md).<br><br>In [20:22](../20/22.md), the Pharisees ask Jesus a question that seems to have no good answer. They thought that they would get Jesus in trouble either with the Roman government or the Jewish people when they asked him if people should pay taxes to Caesar. If he said “yes,” then the Jewish people would be angry with him for telling them to pay taxes to a foreign government. If he said “no,” then the religious leaders could tell the Romans that Jesus was teaching the people to break the Roman laws. But Jesus gave them an answer they had not anticipated, and instead everyone respected the wisdom of Jesus even more.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. In this chapter, Jesus quotes a psalm that records David calling his son “lord,” that is, “master.” However, to the Jews, ancestors were greater than their descendants, so a father would not call his son “master.” In this passage, [Luke 20:41–44](../20/41.md), Jesus is trying to lead his hearers to the true understanding that the Messiah will be divine, and that he himself is the Messiah. So David is speaking to his son, that is, his descendant, as the Messiah, and it is appropriate for him to address him as his “Lord.”
 LUK	20	1	h8gv	writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 LUK	20	1	vtg4	figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	in the temple	Only priests were allowed to enter the **temple** building, so Luke means that Jesus was teaching in the temple courtyard. Luke is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 LUK	20	1	m350	writing-participants	ἐπέστησαν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς σὺν τοῖς πρεσβυτέροις	1	the chief priests and the scribes approached with the elders	Luke uses this statement to reintroduce these characters into the story. He mentioned their activity in opposition to Jesus as background information in [19:47–48](../19/47.md), but here he brings them back into the main action of the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	20	2	m351	figs-imperative	εἰπὸν ἡμῖν ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιεῖς, ἢ τίς ἐστιν ὁ δούς σοι τὴν ἐξουσίαν ταύτην	1	Tell us by what authority you are doing these things, or who the one is who gave you this authority	The Jewish leaders are using an imperative to ask a question, so you could translate this as a question. It may be helpful to make it two sentences. Alternate translation: “Tell us, by what authority are you doing these things? Or who is the one who gave you this authority?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
-LUK	20	3	qn89	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς…εἶπεν	1	answering he said	Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus said what follows in response to the question from the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “he responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
+LUK	20	3	qn89	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς&εἶπεν	1	answering he said	Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus said what follows in response to the question from the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “he responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 LUK	20	3	ku6a		ἐρωτήσω ὑμᾶς κἀγὼ λόγον καὶ εἴπατέ μοι	1	I also will ask you a word, and you say to me	Jesus begins his response with a statement, but then he gives a command, **you say to me**. It might be helpful to make the statement one sentence and the command another sentence, leading into the next verse. Alternate translation: “I will also ask you a question. Now you tell me”
 LUK	20	3	m352		λόγον	1	a word	Here Jesus is using the term **word** in a specific sense. Alternate translation: “a question”
 LUK	20	4	uph3		τὸ βάπτισμα Ἰωάννου, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἦν ἢ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων?	1	The baptism of John, was it from heaven or from men?	Jesus knows that John’s authority came from God, so he is not asking the Jewish leaders for information. However, this is not a rhetorical question that could be translated as a statement, for example, “Surely you must admit that God, not people, gave John the authority to baptize.” This is an actual question that Jesus wants the Jewish leaders to try to answer, because he knows that either way they answer, they will have a problem. So his words should be translated as a question. Alternate translation: “Was it God who told John to baptize people, or did people tell him to do it?”
 LUK	20	4	z7cg	figs-euphemism	ἐξ οὐρανοῦ	1	from heaven	In order to honor the commandment not to misuse God’s name, Jewish people often avoided saying the word “God” and used the word **heaven** instead. That seems to be what Jesus is doing here. Alternate translation: “from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 LUK	20	4	m353	figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώπων	1	men	Here Jesus is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-LUK	20	5	mn6x		οἱ…συνελογίσαντο πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς	1	they reasoned among themselves	Alternate translation: “they discussed with each other what they should say”
+LUK	20	5	mn6x		οἱ&συνελογίσαντο πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς	1	they reasoned among themselves	Alternate translation: “they discussed with each other what they should say”
 LUK	20	5	m354	figs-hypo	ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ, διὰ τί οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ	1	If we should say, ‘From heaven,’ he will say, ‘For what reason did you not believe him?’	The Jewish leaders are describing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose we say, ‘From heaven.’ Then he will ask, ‘Then why did you not believe him’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 LUK	20	5	z599	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ, διὰ τί οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ?	1	If we should say, ‘From heaven,’ he will say, ‘For what reason did you not believe him?’	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “If we say that John’s authority came from God, Jesus will ask us why we did not believe him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	20	5	m4l7	figs-euphemism	ἐξ οὐρανοῦ	1	from heaven	See how you translated this expression in [20:4](../20/04.md). Alternate translation: “From God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
@@ -3403,7 +3403,7 @@ LUK	20	6	m356	figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώπων	1	men	See how you translate
 LUK	20	6	m357	figs-hyperbole	ὁ λαὸς ἅπας	1	the whole people	For emphasis, the Jewish leaders speak as if every single person in the Jewish nation believed that John was God’s prophet and would stone them if they said otherwise. Alternate translation: “many of the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 LUK	20	6	m358	figs-idiom	ὁ λαὸς ἅπας	1	the … people	This was a customary way of speaking of the Jewish nation. Alternate translation: “all the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	20	6	nns5	figs-explicit	καταλιθάσει ἡμᾶς	1	stone us	The implication is that the people would do this as a punishment for blasphemy, for saying that one of God’s prophets had only human authority. Alternate translation: “will kill us by throwing stones at us, as punishment for blasphemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	20	6	m359	figs-activepassive	πεπεισμένος…ἐστιν	1	it is persuaded	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. If you translated **the … people** as “the Jewish people,” this would be plural. Alternate translation: “they firmly believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	20	6	m359	figs-activepassive	πεπεισμένος&ἐστιν	1	it is persuaded	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. If you translated **the … people** as “the Jewish people,” this would be plural. Alternate translation: “they firmly believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	20	7	ia28	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentences described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	20	7	w2bc	figs-quotations	ἀπεκρίθησαν, μὴ εἰδέναι πόθεν	1	they answered that they did not know from where	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “they replied, ‘We do not know where it came from’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
 LUK	20	7	eeg7	figs-ellipsis	πόθεν	1	from where	Luke leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from [20:4](../20/04.md). Alternate translation: “where John’s authority to baptize came from” or “who gave John the authority to baptize people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -3413,18 +3413,18 @@ LUK	20	9	m360	writing-participants	ἄνθρωπος ἐφύτευσεν ἀμπ
 LUK	20	9	s8tt	translate-unknown	ἐξέδετο αὐτὸν γεωργοῖς	1	rented it to farmers	As the rest of the story shows, the man **rented** the vineyard not for regular cash payments, but under an arrangement that entitled him to a share of the crop in exchange for the use of the land. If an arrangement like that would not be familiar to your readers, you could translate this in a way that explains it. Alternate translation: “allowed some grape farmers to use it in exchange for a share of the crop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	20	9	y37s		γεωργοῖς	1	farmers	While **farmers** is a general term for anyone who farms the ground, in this context it refers to people who tend grape vines and grow grapes. Alternate translation: “vine growers” or “grape farmers”
 LUK	20	10	wm51	figs-explicit	καιρῷ	1	at the time	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state more explicitly what time this was. Alternate translation: “at the time at which they had agreed to give him a share of the crop” or “at harvest time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	20	10	m361		γεωργοὺς…γεωργοὶ	1	farmers … farmers	See how you translated **farmers** in [20:9](../20/09.md). Alternate translation: “vine growers” or “grape farmers”
+LUK	20	10	m361		γεωργοὺς&γεωργοὶ	1	farmers … farmers	See how you translated **farmers** in [20:9](../20/09.md). Alternate translation: “vine growers” or “grape farmers”
 LUK	20	10	kr7j	figs-metaphor	ἀπὸ τοῦ καρποῦ τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος	1	of the fruit of the vineyard	The word **fruit** could be: (1) intended literally. Alternate translation: “some of the grapes they had grown” (2) figurative. Alternate translation: “some of what they had produced from the grapes they had grown” or “some of the money they had earned by selling their produce” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	20	10	m362	figs-explicit	οἱ…γεωργοὶ ἐξαπέστειλαν αὐτὸν, δείραντες κενόν	1	the farmers sent him away, having beaten him, empty	It may be helpful to state explicitly that the farmers did this after the servant arrived, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	20	10	isk1	figs-metaphor	ἐξαπέστειλαν αὐτὸν…κενόν	1	sent him away empty	Jesus speaks of this servant as if he were a container with nothing in it. Alternate translation: “sent him away without giving him anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+LUK	20	10	m362	figs-explicit	οἱ&γεωργοὶ ἐξαπέστειλαν αὐτὸν, δείραντες κενόν	1	the farmers sent him away, having beaten him, empty	It may be helpful to state explicitly that the farmers did this after the servant arrived, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	20	10	isk1	figs-metaphor	ἐξαπέστειλαν αὐτὸν&κενόν	1	sent him away empty	Jesus speaks of this servant as if he were a container with nothing in it. Alternate translation: “sent him away without giving him anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	20	11	r72a		ἀτιμάσαντες	1	treated him shamefully	Alternate translation: “humiliated him”
 LUK	20	11	vxh2	figs-metaphor	ἐξαπέστειλαν κενόν	1	sent him away empty	See how you translated this phrase in [20:10](../20/10.md). Alternate translation: “sent him away without giving him anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	20	12	m363	figs-nominaladj	τρίτον	1	a third	Jesus is using the adjective **third** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify the person. Alternate translation: “a third servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	20	12	lr3h	translate-ordinal	τρίτον	1	a third	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “servant number three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
-LUK	20	12	ub4g		οἱ…καὶ τοῦτον τραυματίσαντες	1	they also wounded that one	Alternate translation: “they injured that servant as well”
+LUK	20	12	ub4g		οἱ&καὶ τοῦτον τραυματίσαντες	1	they also wounded that one	Alternate translation: “they injured that servant as well”
 LUK	20	12	h32a	figs-metaphor	ἐξέβαλον	1	threw him out	Jesus is likely speaking when he says that the farmers **threw** this servant out of the vineyard. It is unlikely that they actually picked him up and heaved him through the air. Alternate translation: “chased him off the property” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	20	13	m364		ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος	1	the lord of the vineyard	Alternate translation: “the owner of the vineyard” or “the man who had planted the vineyard”
-LUK	20	13	kt8i	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν…τί ποιήσω? πέμψω τὸν υἱόν μου τὸν ἀγαπητόν; ἴσως τοῦτον ἐντραπήσονται	1	said, ‘What should I do? I will send my beloved son. Perhaps they will respect him.’	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “asked himself what he should do. He decided to send his beloved son, hoping that the farmers would respect him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
+LUK	20	13	kt8i	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν&τί ποιήσω? πέμψω τὸν υἱόν μου τὸν ἀγαπητόν; ἴσως τοῦτον ἐντραπήσονται	1	said, ‘What should I do? I will send my beloved son. Perhaps they will respect him.’	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “asked himself what he should do. He decided to send his beloved son, hoping that the farmers would respect him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	20	13	m365		ἴσως τοῦτον ἐντραπήσονται	1	Perhaps they will respect him	In this context, the term that ULT translates as **perhaps** indicates something that is not certain but should be expected. If your language has a word or phrase that indicates the same thing, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “They ought to respect him”
 LUK	20	14	ib2b	figs-explicit	ἰδόντες δὲ αὐτὸν, οἱ γεωργοὶ	1	But when the farmers saw him	It may be helpful to state explicitly that this happened after the owner sent his son and he arrived. Alternate translation: “So the owner sent his son. But when he arrived and the farmers saw him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	20	14	m366		οἱ γεωργοὶ	1	the farmers	See how you translated **farmers** in [20:9](../20/09.md). Alternate translation: “the vine growers” or “the grape farmers”
@@ -3447,7 +3447,7 @@ LUK	20	17	bh2r	figs-idiom	κεφαλὴν γωνίας	1	the head of the corner
 LUK	20	18	d7n2	figs-metaphor	πᾶς ὁ πεσὼν ἐπ’ ἐκεῖνον τὸν λίθον, συνθλασθήσεται	1	Everyone who falls on that stone will be broken to pieces	Jesus is applying the metaphor from the psalm to himself. He is speaking of people who reject him as Messiah as if they would fall over a stone and be injured. Jesus’ words are a direct allusion to the figurative language of Scripture, and he does not explain the metaphor to the people who are listening. So it would not be appropriate to change them into a plain explanation of the metaphor, even if your language does not customarily use such figures of speech. If you want to explain the meaning of the metaphor, we recommend that you do that in a footnote rather than in the Bible text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	20	18	n3n5	figs-activepassive	συνθλασθήσεται	1	will be broken to pieces	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “will break up into pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	20	18	fdu6	figs-metaphor	ἐφ’ ὃν δ’ ἂν πέσῃ, λικμήσει αὐτόν	1	and on whomever it may fall, it will crush him	Jesus is making a further application of the metaphor from the psalm to himself. He is speaking of the Messiah judging those who reject him as if he were a large stone that would crush them. Once again it would not be appropriate to change Jesus’ words, which allude directly to the figurative language of Scripture, into a plain explanation of the metaphor. However, you could explain the meaning of the metaphor in a footnote. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	20	19	vbf7	figs-metonymy	ἐζήτησαν…ἐπιβαλεῖν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας	1	sought to lay hands on him	The expression **to lay hands on** means to arrest a person by association with the way that arresting officers might physically take hold of the person with their **hands**. Alternate translation: “looked for a way to arrest Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+LUK	20	19	vbf7	figs-metonymy	ἐζήτησαν&ἐπιβαλεῖν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας	1	sought to lay hands on him	The expression **to lay hands on** means to arrest a person by association with the way that arresting officers might physically take hold of the person with their **hands**. Alternate translation: “looked for a way to arrest Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	20	19	u4tz	figs-idiom	ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ	1	in that hour	Here Luke uses the term **hour** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “right at that time” or “immediately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	20	19	m372	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν λαόν	1	and they feared the people	Luke uses the word **and** to introduce a contrast between what the Jewish leaders wanted to do and this reason why they were not able to do. Alternate translation: “but they were afraid of what the people might do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 LUK	20	19	u4ta	figs-explicit	ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν λαόν	1	they feared the people	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly that the religious leaders did not arrest Jesus, even though they wanted to, and why they did not. Alternate translation: “but they knew that the people respected Jesus and they were afraid of what the people might do if they did arrest him, so they did not arrest him right then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -3500,21 +3500,21 @@ LUK	20	31	d5tq	figs-explicit	ὁ τρίτος ἔλαβεν αὐτήν	1	the th
 LUK	20	31	m394	figs-nominaladj	ὁ τρίτος	1	the third	Jesus is using the adjective **third** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify the person. Alternate translation: “the third brother” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	20	31	ky9p	translate-ordinal	ὁ τρίτος	1	the third	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number three” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 LUK	20	31	f1fj	figs-explicit	ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ οἱ ἑπτὰ, οὐ κατέλιπον τέκνα, καὶ ἀπέθανον	1	and likewise the seven also left no children, and died	The Sadducees are speaking in a compact way in order to keep the story short. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply the information they leave out from the context. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “In the same way, the rest of the seven brothers married this widow, but they all died before they had any children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	20	33	avu1		ἐν τῇ…ἀναστάσει	1	in the resurrection	The Sadducees did not actually believe that there would be a resurrection. Your language may have a way of showing this. Alternate translation: “in the supposed resurrection” or “when people supposedly rise from the dead”
+LUK	20	33	avu1		ἐν τῇ&ἀναστάσει	1	in the resurrection	The Sadducees did not actually believe that there would be a resurrection. Your language may have a way of showing this. Alternate translation: “in the supposed resurrection” or “when people supposedly rise from the dead”
 LUK	20	33	m395	figs-hypo	οὖν	1	Therefore	This introduces the question that the Sadducees had planned all along to ask Jesus about the hypothetical situation they were describing. If you said “Suppose” in the previous three verses, you could begin this sentence with “Then.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
-LUK	20	33	m396		οἱ…ἑπτὰ ἔσχον αὐτὴν γυναῖκα	1	the seven had her as wife	Alternate translation: “each of the seven were married to her”
+LUK	20	33	m396		οἱ&ἑπτὰ ἔσχον αὐτὴν γυναῖκα	1	the seven had her as wife	Alternate translation: “each of the seven were married to her”
 LUK	20	34	nlu3	figs-idiom	οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου γαμοῦσιν καὶ γαμίσκονται	1	The sons of this age marry and are given in marriage	In this culture, the idiom was to say that men married their wives and that women were given in marriage to their husbands by their parents. If your culture does not use different expressions like that, you could use a single term here. Alternate translation: “The people of this present world get married” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	20	34	m397	figs-activepassive	οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου γαμοῦσιν καὶ γαμίσκονται	1	The sons of this age marry and are given in marriage	If your language does not use passive verbal forms, but your culture does use different expressions for men and women when they marry, you can use two different active verbal forms here, and you can state who does the action in the second case. Alternate translation: “In this present world, men marry wives and parents give their daughters in marriage to husbands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	20	34	n91c	figs-idiom	οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου	1	the sons of this age	The term **sons of** is an idiom that means the people in view share the qualities of something. In this case, Jesus is describing people who share the quality of living in the present world. Alternate translation: “The people of this present world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	20	34	m398	figs-gendernotations	οἱ υἱοὶ	1	the sons	Jesus is using the word **sons** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “The people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 LUK	20	34	m399	figs-metonymy	τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου	1	this age	As in [16:8](../16/08.md), here the term **age** means specifically the long period of time defined by the duration of the world; by association, it means the world itself. Alternate translation: “this present world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-LUK	20	35	m8m9	figs-activepassive	οἱ…καταξιωθέντες…οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται	1	those who are considered worthy … neither marry nor are given in marriage	As in [20:34](../20/34.md), if your language does not use passive verbal forms, but your culture does use different expressions for men and women when they marry, you can use two different active verbal forms here, and you can specify the agent in the second case. Alternate translation: “among the people whom God considers worthy … the men will not marry wives and parents will not give their daughters in marriage to husbands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	20	35	m400	figs-activepassive	οἱ…καταξιωθέντες	1	those who are considered worthy	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who does the action. Alternate translation: “the people whom God considers worthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	20	35	m8m9	figs-activepassive	οἱ&καταξιωθέντες&οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται	1	those who are considered worthy … neither marry nor are given in marriage	As in [20:34](../20/34.md), if your language does not use passive verbal forms, but your culture does use different expressions for men and women when they marry, you can use two different active verbal forms here, and you can specify the agent in the second case. Alternate translation: “among the people whom God considers worthy … the men will not marry wives and parents will not give their daughters in marriage to husbands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	20	35	m400	figs-activepassive	οἱ&καταξιωθέντες	1	those who are considered worthy	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who does the action. Alternate translation: “the people whom God considers worthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	20	35	m401	figs-metonymy	τοῦ αἰῶνος ἐκείνου, τυχεῖν καὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως τῆς ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	to obtain that age and resurrection that is from the dead	Jesus is using the word **age** in the same figurative sense as in [18:30](../18/30.md), to mean the new world that God will introduce after the end of this present world. See how you translated the expression there. Alternate translation: “to live in his new world when he brings back to life the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	20	35	ct9h	figs-abstractnouns	καὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως τῆς ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	to obtain … the resurrection that is from the dead	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **resurrection** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “when he brings back to life the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	20	35	m3gm	figs-nominaladj	νεκρῶν	1	the dead	Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	20	35	rh62	figs-idiom	οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται	1	neither marry nor are given in marriage	If your culture does not use different expressions for men and women when they marry, you may have you translated this with a single term in [20:34](../20/34.md). If so, you could do the same thing here. Alternate translation: “will not get married” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	20	36	lk28	figs-explicit	οὐδὲ…ἀποθανεῖν ἔτι δύνανται	1	neither are they able to die anymore	The implication is that these people will not need to get married and have children anymore in order to carry on the human race, because they will not die. Alternate translation: “they will not need to have children anymore, since they will not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	20	36	lk28	figs-explicit	οὐδὲ&ἀποθανεῖν ἔτι δύνανται	1	neither are they able to die anymore	The implication is that these people will not need to get married and have children anymore in order to carry on the human race, because they will not die. Alternate translation: “they will not need to have children anymore, since they will not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	20	36	m402	figs-explicit	ἰσάγγελοι γάρ εἰσιν	1	for they are like the angels	Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that angels do not die. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they will be like the angels, who do not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	20	36	m403	figs-gendernotations	υἱοί εἰσιν Θεοῦ	1	they are sons of God	Here Jesus is using the term **sons** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “they are God’s own children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 LUK	20	36	btb3	figs-idiom	τῆς ἀναστάσεως υἱοὶ ὄντες	1	being sons of the resurrection	Jesus is using the term **sons** in this second case to mean people who share the qualities of something. In this case, Jesus is describing people who share the quality of God bringing them back to life after they have died. Alternate translation: “since God has brought them back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -3526,17 +3526,17 @@ LUK	20	37	m406	figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τῆς βάτου	1	at the bush	Jesus is
 LUK	20	37	nx7f	figs-verbs	λέγει	1	he calls	In many languages, it is conventional to use the present tense to describe what a writer does within a composition. However, if that would not be natural in your language, you could use the past tense here. Alternate translation: “he called” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
 LUK	20	37	pqm8	figs-explicit	τὸν Θεὸν Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ Θεὸν Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ Θεὸν Ἰακώβ	1	the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob	The implication is that God would not have identified himself as the God of these men if they were not alive. This must mean that God brought them back to life after they died. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	20	38	tdq7	grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	And	Jesus uses the word **And** to introduce a teaching about God that will help the Sadducees understand how God’s description of himself at the burning bush proves that God raises people from the dead. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
-LUK	20	38	u1y5	figs-parallelism	Θεὸς…οὐκ ἔστιν νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων	1	not … of the dead, but of the living	The two phrases **not … of the dead** and **of the living** mean the same thing. Jesus is using repetition for emphasis. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can express this idea with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “he is the God of living people only” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+LUK	20	38	u1y5	figs-parallelism	Θεὸς&οὐκ ἔστιν νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων	1	not … of the dead, but of the living	The two phrases **not … of the dead** and **of the living** mean the same thing. Jesus is using repetition for emphasis. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can express this idea with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “he is the God of living people only” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 LUK	20	38	m408	figs-nominaladj	νεκρῶν	1	the dead	Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	20	38	dxi9	figs-nominaladj	ζώντων	1	the living	Jesus is using the adjective **living** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “people who are alive” or “people whom he has brought back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	20	38	i6am	figs-explicit	πάντες γὰρ αὐτῷ ζῶσιν	1	for all are alive to him	Interpreters understand this statement in various ways. One likely possibility is that Jesus is saying implicitly that after people die, while they are **dead** as far as other people are concerned, they are **alive** as far as God is concerned. That is because their spirits live on after death, and God is still able to relate to their spirits. Alternate translation: “because even after people die, God is still able to relate to them as living spirits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	20	39	n5nq	writing-participants	ἀποκριθέντες δέ τινες τῶν γραμματέων εἶπαν	1	Then answering some of the scribes said	Luke uses this statement to reintroduce these characters into the story. Alternate translation: “There were some scribes listening to what Jesus was saying, and they responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
-LUK	20	39	m409	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθέντες…τινες τῶν γραμματέων εἶπαν	1	answering … said	Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that these scribes responded to the teaching that Jesus gave in answer to the question that the Sadducees asked. Alternate translation: “some of the scribes responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
+LUK	20	39	m409	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθέντες&τινες τῶν γραμματέων εἶπαν	1	answering … said	Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that these scribes responded to the teaching that Jesus gave in answer to the question that the Sadducees asked. Alternate translation: “some of the scribes responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 LUK	20	39	m410		Διδάσκαλε	1	Teacher	**Teacher** is a respectful title. You could translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
-LUK	20	40	m411	figs-doublenegatives	οὐκέτι…ἐτόλμων ἐπερωτᾶν αὐτὸν οὐδέν	1	they no longer dared to ask him anything	Here Luke uses a double negative in Greek for emphasis, saying **no longer** and “nothing.” The second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning, “they still dared to ask him something.” If for emphasis your language uses double negatives that do not cancel one another, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
-LUK	20	40	vjx9	figs-explicit	οὐκέτι…ἐτόλμων ἐπερωτᾶν αὐτὸν οὐδέν	1	they no longer dared to ask him anything	The implication in context is that Jesus’ enemies were afraid that if they continued to ask him difficult questions, his wise answers would continue to show how much more he understood than they did. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they were afraid to ask him any more difficult questions, because they realized he would give more wise answers that would show how much more he understood than they did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	20	40	i6sv	writing-pronouns	οὐκέτι…ἐτόλμων	1	they no longer dared	It is unclear whether **they** refers to the scribes, the Sadducees, or everyone who had been trying to trap Jesus with difficult questions. It may be best to translate this with a general statement. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ enemies no longer dared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-LUK	20	41	t981	writing-pronouns	εἶπεν…πρὸς αὐτούς	1	he said to them	As in [20:40](../20/40.md), it is unclear to whom the pronoun **them** refers. It may be best to translate it with a general statement here as well. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to those who were listening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+LUK	20	40	m411	figs-doublenegatives	οὐκέτι&ἐτόλμων ἐπερωτᾶν αὐτὸν οὐδέν	1	they no longer dared to ask him anything	Here Luke uses a double negative in Greek for emphasis, saying **no longer** and “nothing.” The second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning, “they still dared to ask him something.” If for emphasis your language uses double negatives that do not cancel one another, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
+LUK	20	40	vjx9	figs-explicit	οὐκέτι&ἐτόλμων ἐπερωτᾶν αὐτὸν οὐδέν	1	they no longer dared to ask him anything	The implication in context is that Jesus’ enemies were afraid that if they continued to ask him difficult questions, his wise answers would continue to show how much more he understood than they did. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they were afraid to ask him any more difficult questions, because they realized he would give more wise answers that would show how much more he understood than they did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	20	40	i6sv	writing-pronouns	οὐκέτι&ἐτόλμων	1	they no longer dared	It is unclear whether **they** refers to the scribes, the Sadducees, or everyone who had been trying to trap Jesus with difficult questions. It may be best to translate this with a general statement. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ enemies no longer dared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+LUK	20	41	t981	writing-pronouns	εἶπεν&πρὸς αὐτούς	1	he said to them	As in [20:40](../20/40.md), it is unclear to whom the pronoun **them** refers. It may be best to translate it with a general statement here as well. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to those who were listening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	20	41	mda6	figs-rquestion	πῶς λέγουσιν τὸν Χριστὸν εἶναι Δαυεὶδ Υἱόν?	1	How do they say that the Christ is the son of David?	This does not seem to be a rhetorical question that Jesus is using as a teaching tool. Rather, it seems to be a question that Jesus wanted his listeners to try to answer. They had asked him some difficult questions, and they had admitted that he answered them well. Now, in return, he is asking them a difficult question. None of them will be able to answer it, and this will demonstrate his wisdom even further. His question actually will teach something to those who are able to recognize its implications. But it would be appropriate to leave it in question form and not translate it as a statement. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	20	41	sq2g	writing-pronouns	λέγουσιν	1	they say	Here Jesus is using the pronoun **they** in an indefinite sense. He does not have specific individuals in mind. Alternate translation: “do people say that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	20	41	b7rb	figs-metaphor	Δαυεὶδ Υἱόν	1	the son of David	Here Jesus is using the term **son** to mean “descendant.” Alternate translation: “a descendant of King David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -3560,7 +3560,7 @@ LUK	20	45	m420	figs-hyperbole	παντὸς τοῦ λαοῦ	1	all the people	L
 LUK	20	46	m421	figs-metonymy	προσέχετε ἀπὸ τῶν γραμματέων	1	Beware of the scribes	Jesus says **Beware** to warn about the influence of these people. He is not saying that the scribes themselves are physically dangerous, but that it would be dangerous spiritually to follow their example. Alternate translation: “Be careful not to follow the example of the scribes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	20	46	ang2	translate-symaction	θελόντων περιπατεῖν ἐν στολαῖς	1	who desire to walk in long robes	In this culture, **long robes** were a symbol of wealth and status. To walk around in public in a long robe was to assert wealth and status. Alternate translation: “who like to walk around looking important in their long robes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 LUK	20	46	m422	figs-explicit	φιλούντων ἀσπασμοὺς	1	love greetings	The implication is that these would be respectful greetings, in which the scribes would be addressed by important titles. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “loving to be greeted respectfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	20	46	m423	figs-metaphor	πρωτοκαθεδρίας…πρωτοκλισίας	1	the first seats … the first places	As in [14:7](../14/07.md), **first** here means “best.” Alternate translation: “the best seats … the best places” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+LUK	20	46	m423	figs-metaphor	πρωτοκαθεδρίας&πρωτοκλισίας	1	the first seats … the first places	As in [14:7](../14/07.md), **first** here means “best.” Alternate translation: “the best seats … the best places” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	20	47	m424	figs-metonymy	οἳ κατεσθίουσιν τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν	1	They devour the houses of widows	Jesus speaks of the **houses** of widows to mean their wealth and possessions, which they would have in their houses. Alternate translation: “They defraud widows of everything they own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	20	47	c7yv	figs-metaphor	οἳ κατεσθίουσιν τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν	1	They devour the houses of widows	Jesus says that the scribes **devour** or eat up the possessions of widows to mean that they continually ask the widows for money until the widows have none left. Alternate translation: “They defraud widows of everything they own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	20	47	g67x		προφάσει μακρὰ προσεύχονται	1	for a pretext they pray at length	Here, **pretext** refers to something that someone would do in order to appear a certain way. Alternate translation: “in order to seem godly, they offer long prayers”
@@ -3569,7 +3569,7 @@ LUK	20	47	zpx5	figs-explicit	οὗτοι λήμψονται περισσότερ
 LUK	21	intro	ny7d			0		# Luke 21 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus teaches about a widow who gave her little money to God (21:1–4)<br>2. Jesus tells his disciples what will happen before he returns (21:5–38)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “the times of the nations”<br><br>The Jews spoke of the time between when the Babylonians forced their ancestors to go to Babylon and the time when the Messiah would come as “the times of the nations.” In this expression, the term “nations” means people groups who are not Jews, that is, the Gentiles. So this expression meant the time when the Gentiles ruled over the Jews.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. There is a paradox in this chapter. Jesus tells his disciples in [21:16](../21/16.md), “they will put to death some of you,” but then, in [21:18](../21/18.md), he tells them, “not even a hair of your head will perish.” As a note to [21:18](../21/18.md) explains, Jesus means this second statement in a spiritual sense.
 LUK	21	1	k2zb	writing-background	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next in the story. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 LUK	21	1	m425	writing-newevent	εἶδεν τοὺς βάλλοντας εἰς τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον τὰ δῶρα αὐτῶν πλουσίους	1	he saw the rich who were putting their gifts into the treasury	This background information that Luke provides introduces a new event in the story. Alternate translation: “he noticed that there were some rich people who were placing gifts of money in the offering boxes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
-LUK	21	1	m428	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς…πλουσίους	1	the rich	Jesus is using the adjective **rich** as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “rich people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+LUK	21	1	m428	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς&πλουσίους	1	the rich	Jesus is using the adjective **rich** as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “rich people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	21	1	nf4c	figs-explicit	τὰ δῶρα	1	gifts	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what the **gifts** were. Alternate translation: “gifts of money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	21	1	unv2	figs-metonymy	τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον	1	the treasury	Luke is describing the boxes in the temple courtyard where people put money that they were giving to God by association with the name of the place where this money would be kept until it was needed, the **treasury**. Alternate translation: “the offering boxes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	21	2	xrk2	writing-participants	εἶδεν δέ τινα χήραν πενιχρὰν	1	And he saw a certain poor widow	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “There was also a poor widow there, and Jesus saw her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
@@ -3590,7 +3590,7 @@ LUK	21	6	ajx2		οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται λίθος ἐπὶ λίθῳ	1	sto
 LUK	21	6	dps1	figs-hyperbole	οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται λίθος ἐπὶ λίθῳ	1	stone upon stone will not be left	See how you translated the similar expression “they will not leave stone upon stone” in [19:44](../19/44.md). Here as well this is a figurative overstatement to emphasize how completely the enemies of the Jews will destroy the temple. Alternate translation: “your enemies will completely destroy this building of stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 LUK	21	6	m431		ὃς οὐ καταλυθήσεται	1	which will not be torn down	If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this statement in positive form and make it a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Every stone will be torn down”
 LUK	21	6	m432	figs-activepassive	ὃς οὐ καταλυθήσεται	1	which will not be torn down	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this as a separate sentence with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. (In the alternate translation that is suggested here, “they” would mean “your enemies,” and “it” would mean “this building of stone,” as in the alternate translation in the last note to the previous phrase in this verse.) Alternate translation: “They will tear it all down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	21	7	rix4	writing-pronouns	ἐπηρώτησαν…αὐτὸν	1	they asked him	The pronoun **they** refers to Jesus’ disciples, and the word **him** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “the disciples asked Jesus” or “Jesus’ disciples asked him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+LUK	21	7	rix4	writing-pronouns	ἐπηρώτησαν&αὐτὸν	1	they asked him	The pronoun **they** refers to Jesus’ disciples, and the word **him** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “the disciples asked Jesus” or “Jesus’ disciples asked him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	21	7	m433		Διδάσκαλε	1	Teacher	**Teacher** is a respectful title. You could translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
 LUK	21	7	a11j	figs-explicit	πότε οὖν ταῦτα ἔσται, καὶ τί τὸ σημεῖον ὅταν μέλλῃ ταῦτα γίνεσθαι	1	when therefore will these things be, and what will be the sign when these things are about to happen	The phrase **these things** refers implicitly to what Jesus has just said about enemies destroying the temple. Alternate translation: “then when will the temple be destroyed, and how will we know that our enemies are about to destroy it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	21	8	bbri	figs-quotesinquotes	βλέπετε μὴ πλανηθῆτε; πολλοὶ γὰρ ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου λέγοντες, ἐγώ εἰμι, καί, ὁ καιρὸς ἤγγικεν	1	Be careful that you are not deceived. For many will come in my name, saying, ‘I am he,’ and, ‘The time has come near.’	If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Be careful that you are not deceived. For many will come in my name, saying that they are the Messiah. They will also say that the time has come near.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
@@ -3623,8 +3623,8 @@ LUK	21	12	m441	figs-metonymy	ἀπαγομένους ἐπὶ	1	bringing you bef
 LUK	21	12	cwq9	figs-metonymy	ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀνόματός μου	1	for the sake of my name	Here, **name** represents Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because you are my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	21	13	d98x		ἀποβήσεται ὑμῖν εἰς μαρτύριον	1	It will turn out for you for a testimony	Alternate translation: “This will give you an opportunity to speak about how you believe in me”
 LUK	21	14	q1s1	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	οὖν	1	But	**But** is usually translated “therefore” because it typically introduces a result or conclusion from something that has just been said. However, in some cases, including this one, the term instead indicates a contrast with what has just been said. Knowing they would be put on trial, Jesus’ disciples would naturally want to think about how to defend themselves, but Jesus is telling them, by contrast, not to do that. Alternate translation: “Nevertheless,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
-LUK	21	14	he8s	figs-metaphor	θέτε…ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	put in your hearts	Jesus speaks of his disciples’ **hearts** as if they were containers in which the disciples could put the resolution he describes. Alternate translation: “make up your minds” or “decide firmly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	21	14	m442	figs-metaphor	θέτε…ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	put in your hearts	Jesus is using the disciples’ **hearts** to represent their minds. Alternate translation: “make up your minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+LUK	21	14	he8s	figs-metaphor	θέτε&ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	put in your hearts	Jesus speaks of his disciples’ **hearts** as if they were containers in which the disciples could put the resolution he describes. Alternate translation: “make up your minds” or “decide firmly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+LUK	21	14	m442	figs-metaphor	θέτε&ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	put in your hearts	Jesus is using the disciples’ **hearts** to represent their minds. Alternate translation: “make up your minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	21	14	usf9	figs-explicit	μὴ προμελετᾶν ἀπολογηθῆναι	1	not to prepare to be defended	The implication is that Jesus’ disciples would be thinking about how to defend themselves against their enemies’ accusations. Alternate translation: “not to try to figure out ahead of time what you should say in order to defend yourself against the accusations of your enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	21	14	m443	figs-activepassive	ἀπολογηθῆναι	1	to be defended	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “to defend yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	21	15	m788	translate-versebridge	γὰρ	1	For	Jesus is giving the reason why his disciples should do what he told them in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could put this reason before the result by creating a verse bridge. You could combine [21:14](../21/14.md) and [21:15](../21/15.md), putting all of [21:15](../21/15.md) first, followed by all of [21:14](../21/14.md). You could begin [21:15](../21/15.md) with “Since” and have no introductory word for [21:14](../21/14.md), or you could have no introductory word for [21:15](../21/15.md) and begin [21:14](../21/14.md) with “So.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
@@ -3632,7 +3632,7 @@ LUK	21	15	z6ua	figs-metonymy	στόμα καὶ σοφίαν	1	a mouth and wisdo
 LUK	21	15	gm5t	figs-hendiadys	στόμα καὶ σοφίαν	1	a mouth and wisdom	The phrase **a mouth and wisdom** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and.** The word **wisdom** describes what kind of speech Jesus will give the disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “wise things to say” or “wise responses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 LUK	21	15	d3zh	figs-doublenegatives	ᾗ οὐ δυνήσονται ἀντιστῆναι ἢ ἀντειπεῖν, πάντες οἱ ἀντικείμενοι ὑμῖν	1	that all the ones opposing you will not be able to resist or contradict	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning of the negative word **not** combined with the negative verbs **resist** and **contradict** as a single positive statement. (See note just below explaining that these two verbs likely form a doublet.) Alternate translation: “that all of your adversaries will have to agree are true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 LUK	21	15	m444	figs-doublet	ἀντιστῆναι ἢ ἀντειπεῖν	1	to resist or contradict	The terms **resist** and **contradict** mean basically the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these terms into a single, equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to deny” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-LUK	21	16	xc2s	figs-activepassive	παραδοθήσεσθε…καὶ ὑπὸ γονέων, καὶ ἀδελφῶν, καὶ συγγενῶν, καὶ φίλων	1	you will be delivered even by parents, and brothers, and relatives, and friends	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “even your parents, brothers, relatives, and friends will turn you over to the authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	21	16	xc2s	figs-activepassive	παραδοθήσεσθε&καὶ ὑπὸ γονέων, καὶ ἀδελφῶν, καὶ συγγενῶν, καὶ φίλων	1	you will be delivered even by parents, and brothers, and relatives, and friends	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “even your parents, brothers, relatives, and friends will turn you over to the authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	21	16	m445	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφῶν	1	brothers	Here, the term **brothers** has a generic sense that includes both brothers and sisters. Alternate translation: “siblings” or “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 LUK	21	16	ue17	writing-pronouns	θανατώσουσιν ἐξ ὑμῶν	1	they will put to death some of you	The pronoun **they** could mean: (1) “the authorities will kill some of you.” (2) “those who turn you in will kill some of you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	21	17	m446	figs-activepassive	ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων	1	you will be hated by all	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “everyone will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -3654,14 +3654,14 @@ LUK	21	21	m455		οἱ ἐν ταῖς χώραις, μὴ εἰσερχέσθω
 LUK	21	22	vs2g	figs-idiom	ἡμέραι ἐκδικήσεως αὗταί εἰσιν	1	these are days of vengeance	Jesus is using the term **days** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “this will be the time when God punishes this city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	21	22	m456	figs-abstractnouns	ἡμέραι ἐκδικήσεως αὗταί εἰσιν	1	these are days of vengeance	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **vengeance** with a verb such as “punish.” Alternate translation: “this will be the time when God punishes this city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	21	22	eba2	figs-activepassive	τοῦ πλησθῆναι πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα	1	to fulfill all the things that have been written	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “when all the things that the prophets wrote in the Scriptures will happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	21	22	m457	figs-hyperbole	τοῦ…πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα	1	all the things that have been written	Here, **all** has a limited meaning. It does not mean everything that the prophets wrote about every subject. Rather, it means specifically **all** that the prophets wrote about this particular event. Alternate translation: “all that the prophets wrote in the Scriptures about how Jerusalem would be destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+LUK	21	22	m457	figs-hyperbole	τοῦ&πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα	1	all the things that have been written	Here, **all** has a limited meaning. It does not mean everything that the prophets wrote about every subject. Rather, it means specifically **all** that the prophets wrote about this particular event. Alternate translation: “all that the prophets wrote in the Scriptures about how Jerusalem would be destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 LUK	21	23	m458	figs-idiom	ταῖς ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσαις	1	the ones having in the womb	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “to women who are pregnant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	21	23	e1pj		ταῖς θηλαζούσαις	1	the ones nursing	This does not mean babies who are nursing. Alternate translation: “to the mothers who are nursing their babies”
 LUK	21	23	m459	figs-idiom	ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις	1	in those days	Jesus is using the term **days** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	21	23	m460	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For	Jesus uses the word **For** to introduce the reason why it will be very difficult for pregnant women and nursing mothers at this time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could put the sentence that this word introduces first in the verse, since it gives the reason for the results that the other sentence in the verse describes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-LUK	21	23	m461	figs-parallelism	ἔσται…ἀνάγκη μεγάλη ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, καὶ ὀργὴ τῷ λαῷ τούτῳ	1	there will be great distress upon the land and wrath to this people	If the word **land** means the people who live in the land (see note below), then these two phrases mean basically the same thing. Jesus may be using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “God will angrily punish the people who live in this land by making them suffer greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-LUK	21	23	mzp3	figs-metonymy	ἔσται…ἀνάγκη μεγάλη ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς	1	there will be great distress upon the land	The term **land** could be: (1) a figurative reference to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “the people who live in this land will suffer greatly” (2) literal. Alternate translation: “there will be physical disasters in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-LUK	21	23	m462	figs-abstractnouns	ἔσται…ἀνάγκη μεγάλη ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς	1	there will be great distress upon the land	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **distress** with a verb such as “suffer.” Alternate translation: “the people who live in this land will suffer greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+LUK	21	23	m461	figs-parallelism	ἔσται&ἀνάγκη μεγάλη ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, καὶ ὀργὴ τῷ λαῷ τούτῳ	1	there will be great distress upon the land and wrath to this people	If the word **land** means the people who live in the land (see note below), then these two phrases mean basically the same thing. Jesus may be using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “God will angrily punish the people who live in this land by making them suffer greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+LUK	21	23	mzp3	figs-metonymy	ἔσται&ἀνάγκη μεγάλη ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς	1	there will be great distress upon the land	The term **land** could be: (1) a figurative reference to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “the people who live in this land will suffer greatly” (2) literal. Alternate translation: “there will be physical disasters in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+LUK	21	23	m462	figs-abstractnouns	ἔσται&ἀνάγκη μεγάλη ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς	1	there will be great distress upon the land	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **distress** with a verb such as “suffer.” Alternate translation: “the people who live in this land will suffer greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	21	23	iw4r	figs-metonymy	καὶ ὀργὴ τῷ λαῷ τούτῳ	1	and wrath to this people	Jesus is using the word **wrath** to mean what God will do in his **wrath**. Alternate translation: “and God will angrily punish this people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	21	24	lmj8	figs-metonymy	πεσοῦνται	1	they will fall	Here, **fall** means to die by association with the way that people who die **fall** to the ground. Alternate translation: “they will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	21	24	m463	figs-metaphor	στόματι μαχαίρης	1	by the mouth of the sword	Here, the term **mouth** may be a figurative way of saying “edge” or “end,” by analogy to the way that the mouth of an animal is typically at one end of the animal. Alternate translation: “by the edge of the sword” or “when soldiers kill them with their swords” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -3682,8 +3682,8 @@ LUK	21	26	m471	figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώπων	1	men	Here Jesus is using
 LUK	21	26	m472	figs-hendiadys	ἀπὸ φόβου καὶ προσδοκίας	1	from fear and expectation	This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The term **fear** describes what the **expectation** of people will be like. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “from fearful expectation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 LUK	21	26	az37		τῶν ἐπερχομένων τῇ οἰκουμένῃ	1	the things that are coming upon the inhabited world	Alternate translation: “of the things that are happening in the world” or “of the things that are happening to the world”
 LUK	21	26	m473	grammar-connect-logic-result	αἱ γὰρ δυνάμεις τῶν οὐρανῶν σαλευθήσονται	1	for the powers of the heavens will be shaken	If it would be helpful in your language, you could put this statement first in the verse, since it gives the reason for the results that the rest of the verse describes. You could begin this statement with “Since,” or you could have no introductory word for it and introduce the rest of the verse with “and so.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-LUK	21	26	wn9g	figs-idiom	αἱ…δυνάμεις τῶν οὐρανῶν σαλευθήσονται	1	the powers of the heavens will be shaken	The phrase **the powers of the heavens** is most likely an idiomatic reference back to the sun, moon, and stars, which Jesus mentioned at the beginning of the previous verse. Alternate translation: “the sun, moon, and stars will be shaken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	21	26	m474	figs-activepassive	αἱ…δυνάμεις τῶν οὐρανῶν σαλευθήσονται	1	the powers of the heavens will be shaken	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will shake the sun, moon, and stars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	21	26	wn9g	figs-idiom	αἱ&δυνάμεις τῶν οὐρανῶν σαλευθήσονται	1	the powers of the heavens will be shaken	The phrase **the powers of the heavens** is most likely an idiomatic reference back to the sun, moon, and stars, which Jesus mentioned at the beginning of the previous verse. Alternate translation: “the sun, moon, and stars will be shaken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+LUK	21	26	m474	figs-activepassive	αἱ&δυνάμεις τῶν οὐρανῶν σαλευθήσονται	1	the powers of the heavens will be shaken	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will shake the sun, moon, and stars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	21	27	m475	writing-pronouns	ὄψονται	1	they will see	The pronoun **they** refers to the people of the nations, about whom Jesus has been speaking since [21:25](../21/25.md). Alternate translation: “the people of the nations will see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	21	27	k9pr	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 LUK	21	27	m476	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “me, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -3702,7 +3702,7 @@ LUK	21	31	y81z		ταῦτα	1	these things	Alternate translation: “the signs I
 LUK	21	31	t1ca	figs-abstractnouns	ἐγγύς ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the kingdom of God is near	See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “God will soon begin to rule as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	21	32	gsh9		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
 LUK	21	32	h921	figs-metonymy	ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη	1	this generation	Jesus uses the term **generation** to refer to the people who were born in a certain generation. This could mean: (1) “the people who are alive when these signs first start happening.” (2) “the people who are alive now.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-LUK	21	32	m3il		οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ…ἕως ἂν	1	will certainly not pass away until	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “will still be alive when”
+LUK	21	32	m3il		οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ&ἕως ἂν	1	will certainly not pass away until	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “will still be alive when”
 LUK	21	32	lrs1	figs-euphemism	οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ	1	will certainly not pass away	Jesus is referring to death as passing away. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different polite way of referring to this, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “will certainly not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 LUK	21	32	m481		πάντα γένηται	1	all	Alternate translation: “all of these things happen”
 LUK	21	33	t53u	figs-merism	ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ παρελεύσονται	1	The heaven and the earth will pass away	Jesus is using **heaven** and **earth** together to describe all of creation. Here, the term **heaven** refers to the sky, not to the abode of God, which will not cease to exist. Alternate translation: “Everything that God originally created will someday cease to exist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
@@ -3717,11 +3717,11 @@ LUK	21	34	x8jh	figs-personification	ἐπιστῇ ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς αἰφν
 LUK	21	34	r486	figs-explicit	καὶ ἐπιστῇ ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς αἰφνίδιος ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκείνη	1	and that sudden day will come upon you	The implication is that this is why Jesus is telling his disciples to pay attention to themselves. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “for if you are not careful, that day you are not expecting will come upon you” or “for if you are not careful, that day will come upon you suddenly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	21	34	q6ph	figs-explicit	καὶ ἐπιστῇ ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς αἰφνίδιος ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκείνη	1	and that sudden day will come upon you	This implicitly means the day when Jesus will return. Alternate translation: “and the day when I return, which you will not be expecting, will come upon you” or “and the day when I return will come upon you suddenly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	21	35	m483	figs-simile	ὡς παγίς	1	like a trap	Jesus says that just as a **trap** closes on an animal when the animal is not expecting it, so he will return when people are not expecting it. Alternate translation: “as when a trap closes suddenly on an animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-LUK	21	35	qh1b		ἐπεισελεύσεται…ἐπὶ πάντας τοὺς καθημένους	1	it will come upon all	Alternate translation: “it will affect all the people sitting”
+LUK	21	35	qh1b		ἐπεισελεύσεται&ἐπὶ πάντας τοὺς καθημένους	1	it will come upon all	Alternate translation: “it will affect all the people sitting”
 LUK	21	35	m484	figs-metaphor	τοὺς καθημένους	1	who are sitting	Jesus speaks of **sitting** to mean “living.” Alternate translation: “who are living” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	21	35	ry3f	figs-metaphor	ἐπὶ πρόσωπον πάσης τῆς γῆς	1	on the face of the whole earth	Jesus speaks of the surface of the **earth** as if it were the outward part or **face** of a person. Alternate translation: “on the surface of the whole earth” or “all over the entire earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	21	36	auh8	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	But	Jesus uses the word **But** to introduce a contrast with what he has just said. Alternate translation: “Instead,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
-LUK	21	36	m4l4	figs-hyperbole	ἀγρυπνεῖτε…ἐν παντὶ καιρῷ	1	stay awake in every time	The expression **in every time** means “all the time” or “always.” Jesus is using it, as a generalization. Alternate translation: “always continue to watch” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+LUK	21	36	m4l4	figs-hyperbole	ἀγρυπνεῖτε&ἐν παντὶ καιρῷ	1	stay awake in every time	The expression **in every time** means “all the time” or “always.” Jesus is using it, as a generalization. Alternate translation: “always continue to watch” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 LUK	21	36	m485	figs-metaphor	ἀγρυπνεῖτε	1	stay awake	Jesus is using this expression in a figurative sense. Alternate translation: “stay alert” or “watch” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	21	36	m486	figs-explicit	ἀγρυπνεῖτε	1	stay awake	The implication is that Jesus is telling his disciples to do this so that they will not be surprised when he returns. Alternate translation: “watch for the signs of my coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	21	36	m487	figs-metaphor	καὶ σταθῆναι ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	and to stand before the Son of Man	Here, **before** means “in front of” or “in the presence of” another person. Alternate translation: “and to stand in the presence of the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -3745,7 +3745,7 @@ LUK	22	2	m496	writing-background	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to int
 LUK	22	2	n9v6	figs-explicit	τὸ πῶς ἀνέλωσιν αὐτόν	1	how they might kill him	These leaders did not have the authority to kill Jesus themselves. Rather, they were hoping to get others to kill him. Alternate translation: “how they might cause Jesus to be put to death” or “how they could have Jesus killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	22	2	aij5	figs-explicit	ἐφοβοῦντο γὰρ τὸν λαόν	1	for they were fearing the people	These leaders were not trying to have Jesus killed because they were afraid of **the people**. Rather, they were **seeking how** to have him killed, by implication quietly, because they were afraid that the people would make a great disturbance if they did this publicly. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “quietly, because they were afraid that the people would riot if they did it publicly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	22	2	m497	figs-explicit	τὸν λαόν	1	the people	This means specifically the great crowds of people who had been coming to hear Jesus teach, as Luke describes in [21:38](../21/38.md). Alternate translation: “the many people who were coming to hear him teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	22	3	r65v		εἰσῆλθεν…εἰς	1	entered into	This was probably very similar to demon possession. Alternate translation: “took control of”
+LUK	22	3	r65v		εἰσῆλθεν&εἰς	1	entered into	This was probably very similar to demon possession. Alternate translation: “took control of”
 LUK	22	3	m500	figs-activepassive	τὸν καλούμενον Ἰσκαριώτην	1	the one called Iscariot	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whom people called Iscariot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	22	3	m501	figs-nominaladj	ὄντα ἐκ τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τῶν δώδεκα	1	who was from the number of the Twelve	See how you translated this phrase in [8:1](../08/01.md). You may have decided to translate the nominal adjective **Twelve** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “who was one of the 12 disciples whom Jesus had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	22	3	m502	translate-names	τῶν δώδεκα	1	the Twelve	You may have decided instead in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate this as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you can do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -3760,11 +3760,11 @@ LUK	22	7	rqi1	figs-metonymy	ἔδει θύεσθαι τὸ Πάσχα	1	it was n
 LUK	22	8	abcs	writing-pronouns	ἀπέστειλεν	1	he sent	The pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	22	8	m504	figs-youdual	πορευθέντες, ἑτοιμάσατε	1	Going, prepare	Since Jesus is speaking to two men, **you** as implied in the participle and imperative verb would be in the dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
 LUK	22	8	nkz4	figs-explicit	πορευθέντες	1	Going	The implication is that Jesus is sending Peter and John into the city of Jerusalem to do this. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Your language might translate this as an imperative. Alternate translation: “Go into the city of Jerusalem and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	22	8	e4ev	figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν…ἵνα φάγωμεν	1	us … that we may eat	Peter and John would be part of the group that would eat the meal, so the terms **us** and **we** would be inclusive, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+LUK	22	8	e4ev	figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν&ἵνα φάγωμεν	1	us … that we may eat	Peter and John would be part of the group that would eat the meal, so the terms **us** and **we** would be inclusive, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 LUK	22	8	m505	figs-metonymy	τὸ Πάσχα	1	the Passover	Jesus is using the name of this part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer to the meal that people shared on that occasion. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	22	9	j52e	figs-exclusive	θέλεις ἑτοιμάσωμεν	1	do you wish that we should prepare it	Jesus was not part of the group that would prepare the meal, so the word **we** does not include Jesus and it would be exclusive, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 LUK	22	9	s8yw	figs-verbs	ἑτοιμάσωμεν	1	that we should prepare it	Peter and John are speaking as a group of two, so this verb would be in the dual form if your language uses that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
-LUK	22	10	um6z	figs-youdual	αὐτοῖς…ὑμῶν…ὑμῖν…ἀκολουθήσατε	1	them … you … you … follow	Since Jesus is speaking to two men, the pronouns **them** and **you** and the implied **you** in the imperative verb would all be in the dual form, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, they would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
+LUK	22	10	um6z	figs-youdual	αὐτοῖς&ὑμῶν&ὑμῖν&ἀκολουθήσατε	1	them … you … you … follow	Since Jesus is speaking to two men, the pronouns **them** and **you** and the implied **you** in the imperative verb would all be in the dual form, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, they would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
 LUK	22	10	c13w	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	Jesus uses the word **Behold** to tell Peter and John to pay close attention to what he is saying and to do exactly what he tells them. It may be helpful to explain the meaning of the word more fully and to do so as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Now pay close attention to these instructions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	22	10	i45e		συναντήσει ὑμῖν ἄνθρωπος, κεράμιον ὕδατος βαστάζων	1	a man carrying a pitcher of water will meet you.	Alternate translation: “you will see a man carrying a pitcher of water”
 LUK	22	10	a677	translate-unknown	κεράμιον ὕδατος	1	a pitcher of water	This means not a small serving **pitcher**, but a large earthen jug, which the man would likely be carrying on his shoulder. If your language has its own term for a large container that people use to transport water, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -3783,14 +3783,14 @@ LUK	22	15	hue3	figs-explicitinfo	ἐπιθυμίᾳ ἐπεθύμησα	1	With d
 LUK	22	15	m509	figs-metonymy	τοῦτο τὸ Πάσχα	1	this Passover	Jesus is using the name of this part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer to the meal that people shared on that occasion. Alternate translation: “this Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	22	15	s1sj	figs-metonymy	πρὸ τοῦ με παθεῖν	1	before I suffer	Jesus is referring to his death by association with the way that he will **suffer** much pain and shame as he is dying. Alternate translation: “before I experience a painful death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	22	16	m510	translate-versebridge	γὰρ	1	For	Jesus is giving the reason why he has been so eager to share this Passover meal with his disciples, as he said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could put this reason before the result by creating a verse bridge. You could combine [22:15](../22/15.md) and [22:16](../22/16.md), putting all of [22:16](../22/16.md) first, followed by all of [22:15](../22/15.md). This would require saying “this Passover meal” in [22:16](../22/16.md) and **it** in [22:15](../22/15.md). You could have no introductory word for [22:16](../22/16.md) and begin [22:15](../22/15.md) with “And so.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
-LUK	22	16	gbj7		λέγω…ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	Jesus says this to emphasize the importance of what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
+LUK	22	16	gbj7		λέγω&ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	Jesus says this to emphasize the importance of what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
 LUK	22	16	m511	figs-explicit	οὐ μὴ φάγω αὐτὸ	1	I will certainly not eat it	Since Jesus is just about to eat a Passover meal, he means implicitly that he will not eat such a meal again until the later time he describes. Alternate translation: “I will certainly not eat it again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	22	16	k28r	figs-activepassive	ἕως ὅτου πληρωθῇ ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	until when it is fulfilled in the kingdom of God	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter. This could mean: (1) “until people celebrate this feast in the kingdom of God.” (2) “until God gives this feast its full meaning when he establishes his kingdom.” (3) “until I die as the true Passover sacrifice and establish the kingdom of God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	22	17	l5e6	figs-metonymy	δεξάμενος ποτήριον	1	he took a cup	Luke is using the term **cup** to mean what it contained, which was wine. Alternate translation: “Jesus picked up a cup of wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	22	17	d7pc		εὐχαριστήσας	1	having given thanks	Your language may require you to state the object of the verb. Alternate translation: “when he had given thanks to God”
 LUK	22	17	xvm7	figs-metonymy	διαμερίσατε εἰς ἑαυτούς	1	divide it among yourselves	Jesus meant that the apostles were to divide up the contents of the cup, not the cup itself. Alternate translation: “share the wine that is in this cup among yourselves” or “each of you drink some wine from this cup” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	22	18	m512	translate-versebridge	γὰρ	1	For	Jesus is giving the reason why he wants his disciples to share the wine, as he told them to do in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could put this reason before the result by combining this verse and the previous one into a verse bridge. See the suggestions in the note about the similar situation in [22:16](../22/16.md) for how you might do this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
-LUK	22	18	m78n		λέγω…ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	Jesus is using this phrase to emphasize the importance of what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
+LUK	22	18	m78n		λέγω&ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	Jesus is using this phrase to emphasize the importance of what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
 LUK	22	18	h5tl	figs-metonymy	ἀπὸ τοῦ γενήματος τῆς ἀμπέλου	1	of the fruit of the vine	Jesus is referring to the juice that people squeeze from grapes that grow on grapevines as if it were the **fruit** or grapes themselves. Wine is made from fermented grape juice. Alternate translation: “wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	22	18	crv5	figs-personification	ἕως οὗ ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ ἔλθῃ	1	until the kingdom of God comes	Jesus is speaking of the **kingdom of God** as if it could actively come on its own. Alternate translation: “until God establishes his kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 LUK	22	18	m513	figs-abstractnouns	ἕως οὗ ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ ἔλθῃ	1	until the kingdom of God comes	See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “until God begins to rule as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -3803,15 +3803,15 @@ LUK	22	19	d8r1	figs-metaphor	τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ σῶμά μου	1	Th
 LUK	22	19	lc9m	figs-activepassive	τὸ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν διδόμενον	1	which is given for you	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “which I am giving for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	22	19	cxy5	figs-explicit	τοῦτο ποιεῖτε εἰς τὴν ἐμὴν ἀνάμνησιν	1	Do this in my remembrance	Jesus seems to be telling his disciples implicitly that he wants them to re-enact this part of the meal regularly in the future in order to remember him. Alternate translation: “When you meet together, break and share bread like this in order to remember me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	22	20	m517	figs-ellipsis	καὶ τὸ ποτήριον	1	And the cup	Luke is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “And he took the cup” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-LUK	22	20	z3cx	figs-metonymy	τὸ ποτήριον…τοῦτο τὸ ποτήριον	1	the cup … This cup	In each case, the term **cup** means what the **cup** contained, which was wine. Alternate translation: “the cup of wine … The wine in this cup” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+LUK	22	20	z3cx	figs-metonymy	τὸ ποτήριον&τοῦτο τὸ ποτήριον	1	the cup … This cup	In each case, the term **cup** means what the **cup** contained, which was wine. Alternate translation: “the cup of wine … The wine in this cup” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	22	20	gc8h	figs-explicit	ἡ καινὴ διαθήκη ἐν τῷ αἵματί μου	1	the new covenant in my blood	In the Hebrew culture, covenants were customarily ratified through animal sacrifices that involved shedding the blood of the animals. Here, Jesus is likely alluding to that practice in light of his impending sacrificial death. Alternate translation: “the new covenant that will be ratified when I shed my blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	22	20	v4d3	figs-activepassive	τὸ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν ἐκχυννόμενον	1	which is poured out for you	Jesus is referring to the way his blood is going to be **poured out** when he dies. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “which I will pour out for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	22	21	swj1	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	behold	Jesus is using the term **behold** to get his disciples to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	22	21	g6ks	figs-synecdoche	ἡ χεὶρ τοῦ παραδιδόντος με μετ’ ἐμοῦ ἐπὶ τῆς τραπέζης	1	the hand of the one betraying me is with me on the table	Jesus is using one part of this person, his **hand**, to represent the entire person. There is significance to the part that Jesus chooses. With the same hand with which Judas has just received the bread and wine, he will receive the money for betraying Jesus. Alternate translation: “the man who is going to betray me is sharing this meal with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 LUK	22	21	m518	figs-metonymy	μετ’ ἐμοῦ ἐπὶ τῆς τραπέζης	1	is with me on the table	Jesus is using the shared location of the **table** to mean sharing the meal that is being served on the **table**. Alternate translation: “sharing this meal with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	22	22	wtj2	translate-versebridge	ὅτι	1	For	Jesus is giving the reason why one of his disciples is going to betray him, as he said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could put this reason before the result by combining this verse and the previous one into a verse bridge. See the suggestions in the note about the similar situation in [22:16](../22/16.md) for how you might do this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
-LUK	22	22	mk3q	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς μὲν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…πορεύεται	1	the Son of Man indeed goes	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, indeed go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-LUK	22	22	m519	figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς μὲν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…πορεύεται	1	the Son of Man indeed goes	See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah, indeed go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	22	22	mk3q	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς μὲν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου&πορεύεται	1	the Son of Man indeed goes	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, indeed go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+LUK	22	22	m519	figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς μὲν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου&πορεύεται	1	the Son of Man indeed goes	See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah, indeed go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	22	22	m520	figs-euphemism	πορεύεται	1	goes	Jesus is speaking about his impending death in a discreet way. Alternate translation: “is going to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 LUK	22	22	p2qa	figs-activepassive	κατὰ τὸ ὡρισμένον	1	according to what has been determined	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “as God has determined” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	22	22	wy2s	figs-activepassive	δι’ οὗ παραδίδοται	1	through whom he is betrayed	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “who betrays him” or, if you decided to use the first person, “who betrays me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -3825,11 +3825,11 @@ LUK	22	25	m523	figs-activepassive	καλοῦνται	1	are called	If it would b
 LUK	22	25	m524	translate-names	εὐεργέται	1	Benefactors	This is a title that several rulers of this time had given themselves. Your language may have an equivalent title. If not, you could express the meaning with an equivalent expression, as UST does. Alternate translation: “the Good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	22	26	ne9r		ὑμεῖς δὲ οὐχ οὕτως	1	But you be not thus	Alternate translation: “But you should not act like that”
 LUK	22	26	m525		ὁ μείζων ἐν ὑμῖν, γενέσθω ὡς ὁ νεώτερος	1	let the greater among you become like the younger	As the last note to [22:24](../22/24.md) discusses, your language might naturally use the superlative form of these adjectives rather than the comparative form. Alternate translation: “let the greatest one among you become like the youngest one”
-LUK	22	26	m526	figs-nominaladj	ὁ μείζων…ὁ νεώτερος	1	the greater … the younger	Jesus is using the adjectives **greater** and **younger** as nouns to describe types of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “the greatest one … the youngest one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+LUK	22	26	m526	figs-nominaladj	ὁ μείζων&ὁ νεώτερος	1	the greater … the younger	Jesus is using the adjectives **greater** and **younger** as nouns to describe types of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “the greatest one … the youngest one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	22	26	cdq7	figs-metonymy	ὁ νεώτερος	1	the younger	This culture respected older people and followed them as leaders. Jesus is referring to a person who was less important and influential by association with the fact that this would be the case if they were younger. Alternate translation: “the least important one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	22	26	y4n1		ὁ διακονῶν	1	the one who serves	Alternate translation: “a servant”
 LUK	22	27	mw2l	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For	Jesus uses the word **For** to introduce a reason why his disciples should do what he told them in the previous verse. The reason is that he is already setting a personal example of this himself. Alternate translation: “After all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-LUK	22	27	jt7r	figs-rquestion	τίς…μείζων, ὁ ἀνακείμενος ἢ ὁ διακονῶν?	1	who is greater, the one who reclines to eat, or the one who serves?	Jesus is using the question form to teach his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I want you to think about who is greater, the person who is dining, or the who is serving the food.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+LUK	22	27	jt7r	figs-rquestion	τίς&μείζων, ὁ ἀνακείμενος ἢ ὁ διακονῶν?	1	who is greater, the one who reclines to eat, or the one who serves?	Jesus is using the question form to teach his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I want you to think about who is greater, the person who is dining, or the who is serving the food.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	22	27	n3dl	translate-unknown	ὁ ἀνακείμενος	1	the one who reclines to eat	See how you translated this phrase in [5:29](../05/29.md). It was the custom in this culture for dinner guests to eat while lying comfortably around the table on banqueting couches. Alternate translation: “the person who is dining” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	22	27	lu3a	figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ ὁ ἀνακείμενος?	1	Is it not the one who reclines to eat?	Jesus is using a further question to teach his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “You must agree that it is the person who is dining.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	22	27	qbn6	figs-explicit	ἐγὼ δὲ ἐν μέσῳ ὑμῶν εἰμι ὡς ὁ διακονῶν	1	But I am in the midst of you as one who serves	Jesus is likely referring to the example that he has set at this meal. This would include serving the bread to the disciples, which Luke describes in [22:19](../22/19.md). [John 13:4–5](../jhn/13/04.md) also records that before this meal, Jesus washed the disciples feet, which a household servant would ordinarily have done. Alternate translation: “But I have been acting like a servant here at this meal with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -3841,7 +3841,7 @@ LUK	22	29	ii65	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατήρ	1	Father	**Father** is a
 LUK	22	30	m528	figs-metonymy	ἵνα ἔσθητε καὶ πίνητε ἐπὶ τῆς τραπέζης μου	1	so that you may eat and drink at my table	Jesus may simply be referring to the way he and his disciples will renew their table fellowship in the kingdom of God, as he described in [22:16](../22/16.md). But he may also be referring to his disciples becoming important officials in his kingdom, since such officials would have their meals at the king’s **table**. Alternate translation: “so that you may be important officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	22	30	m529	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ μου	1	in my kingdom	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule” and a concrete noun such as “king.” Alternate translation: “when I rule as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	22	30	us1j	translate-symaction	καθῆσθε ἐπὶ θρόνων	1	sit on thrones	Rulers have **thrones** that symbolize their authority. These special seats are signs of status and power. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that in some way in your translation. Alternate translation: “sit on royal thrones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
-LUK	22	30	m530	figs-metonymy	τὰς δώδεκα φυλὰς…τοῦ Ἰσραήλ	1	the 12 tribes of Israel	Here Jesus uses the term **tribes** to refer to the people who belong to those **tribes**. Alternate translation: “the people of the 12 tribes of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+LUK	22	30	m530	figs-metonymy	τὰς δώδεκα φυλὰς&τοῦ Ἰσραήλ	1	the 12 tribes of Israel	Here Jesus uses the term **tribes** to refer to the people who belong to those **tribes**. Alternate translation: “the people of the 12 tribes of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	22	31	t8qd		Σίμων, Σίμων	1	Simon, Simon	Jesus says the name of this disciple twice to show him that what he is about to say to him is very important. Your language may have a way of addressing someone to show this same thing. Alternate translation: “Now Simon”
 LUK	22	31	m532	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	behold	Jesus uses the term **behold** to get Simon to focus his attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	22	31	m534		ἐξῃτήσατο	1	has asked	Your language may require you to state the object of the verb. Alternate translation: “has asked God for permission”
@@ -3849,7 +3849,7 @@ LUK	22	31	m535	translate-unknown	ὑμᾶς τοῦ σινιάσαι ὡς τὸ
 LUK	22	31	qyy7	figs-simile	ἐξῃτήσατο ὑμᾶς τοῦ σινιάσαι ὡς τὸν σῖτον	1	has asked to sift you as wheat	Jesus is using this comparison to say that Satan wants to put the disciples through difficult experiences in order to show that many of them are not unconditionally loyal to Jesus. You could use this same comparison in your translation, or you could explain its meaning. Alternate translation: “to shake you as if he were separating grain from its husks in a sieve” or “to test you to show that many of you will not stay loyal to me when threatened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 LUK	22	31	m536	figs-explicit	ἐξῃτήσατο ὑμᾶς τοῦ σινιάσαι ὡς τὸν σῖτον	1	has asked to sift you as wheat	The implication is that God has given Satan permission to do this, and that is why Jesus is giving this warning. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to test you to show that many of you are not unconditionally loyal to me, and God has given him permission to do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	22	31	dmw8	figs-you	ὑμᾶς	1	you	Here, **you** is plural. Jesus is referring to all of the apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-LUK	22	32	m537		ἐγὼ…ἐδεήθην	1	I have asked	Your language may require you to state the object of the verb. In this context the verb has a strong sense. Alternate translation: “I have prayed to God” or “I have pleaded with God”
+LUK	22	32	m537		ἐγὼ&ἐδεήθην	1	I have asked	Your language may require you to state the object of the verb. In this context the verb has a strong sense. Alternate translation: “I have prayed to God” or “I have pleaded with God”
 LUK	22	32	pd1t	figs-you	ἐγὼ δὲ ἐδεήθην περὶ σοῦ	1	you … your … you … you … your	Jesus is addressing Simon specifically, and so the terms **you** and **your** are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 LUK	22	32	zp8w	figs-doublenegatives	ἵνα μὴ ἐκλίπῃ ἡ πίστις σου	1	that your faith may not fail	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning of the negative word **not** combined with the negative verb **fail** as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “that you will continue to have faith” or “that you will continue to trust me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 LUK	22	32	qxk7	figs-metaphor	ποτε ἐπιστρέψας	1	when you have turned back	This expression refers to resuming a previous course of action. Alternate translation: “when you are once more openly loyal to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -3868,11 +3868,11 @@ LUK	22	35	m544	figs-metonymy	ἄτερ βαλλαντίου, καὶ πήρας,
 LUK	22	35	m545	figs-doublenegatives	μή τινος ὑστερήσατε?	1	you did not lack anything, did you?	The first word of this question in Greek is a negative word that can be used to turn a statement into a question that expects a negative answer. ULT shows this by adding, **did you?** Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Alternate translation: “did you lack anything?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 LUK	22	35	cv68	figs-rquestion	μή τινος ὑστερήσατε?	1	you did not lack anything, did you?	Even though Jesus already knows the answer to this question and he is using it as a teaching tool, in this case he does want the disciples to reply. If you translated his words as a statement, for example, “I know that you did not lack anything,” then the disciples might seem to be interrupting him by speaking uninvited. Since Jesus did want them to speak, it would probably be most appropriate to present his words in the form of a question. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	22	35	tb51	figs-ellipsis	οὐθενός	1	Nothing	Luke may be summarizing the disciples’ response briefly, or the disciples themselves may have responded this briefly. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could expand on what this means. Alternate translation: “We did not lack anything” or “We had everything we needed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-LUK	22	36	h7j7	figs-genericnoun	ὁ ἔχων βαλλάντιον…ὁ μὴ ἔχων…μάχαιραν	1	the one who has a money bag … the one who does not have a sword	Jesus was not referring to a specific one of the disciples who had a money bag or did not have a sword. Alternate translation: “anyone who has a money bag … anyone who does not have a sword” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
-LUK	22	36	m546	figs-explicit	ὁ ἔχων βαλλάντιον…ὁ μὴ ἔχων…μάχαιραν	1	the one who has a money bag … the one who does not have a sword	Jesus is giving these instructions specifically to his disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that in your translation. Alternate translation: “any one of you who has a money bag … any one of you who does not have a sword” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	22	36	h7j7	figs-genericnoun	ὁ ἔχων βαλλάντιον&ὁ μὴ ἔχων&μάχαιραν	1	the one who has a money bag … the one who does not have a sword	Jesus was not referring to a specific one of the disciples who had a money bag or did not have a sword. Alternate translation: “anyone who has a money bag … anyone who does not have a sword” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
+LUK	22	36	m546	figs-explicit	ὁ ἔχων βαλλάντιον&ὁ μὴ ἔχων&μάχαιραν	1	the one who has a money bag … the one who does not have a sword	Jesus is giving these instructions specifically to his disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that in your translation. Alternate translation: “any one of you who has a money bag … any one of you who does not have a sword” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	22	36	q717	translate-unknown	τὸ ἱμάτιον	1	cloak	See how you translated **cloak** in [19:35](../19/35.md). Alternate translation: “coat” or “outer garment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	22	37	n73l	translate-versebridge	γὰρ	1	For	Jesus is giving the reason why the disciples should now be concerned about providing for and protecting themselves, as he said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could put this reason before the result by combining this verse and the previous one into a verse bridge. See the suggestions in the note about the similar situation in [22:16](../22/16.md) for how you might do this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
-LUK	22	37	m547		λέγω…ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell the disciples. Alternate translation: “indeed”
+LUK	22	37	m547		λέγω&ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell the disciples. Alternate translation: “indeed”
 LUK	22	37	g4l7	figs-activepassive	τοῦτο τὸ γεγραμμένον	1	this that is written	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “what a prophet wrote in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	22	37	m548	figs-explicit	τοῦτο τὸ γεγραμμένον	1	this that is written	Jesus may be assuming that his disciples know the source and subject of this passage. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could identify it more specifically. Alternate translation: “what Isaiah wrote about the Messiah in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	22	37	u9jx	figs-activepassive	δεῖ τελεσθῆναι	1	must be accomplished in me	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. The meaning of **accomplished** is the same as for the word “fulfilled” in [1:1](../01/01.md), [1:20](../01/20.md), and many other places in the book, even though the Greek verb is different. Alternate translation: “must happen to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -3889,12 +3889,12 @@ LUK	22	40	m552	figs-explicit	προσεύχεσθε μὴ εἰσελθεῖν
 LUK	22	41	sp1s	figs-idiom	ὡσεὶ λίθου βολήν	1	about the throw of a stone	This is an idiom that means “about as far as someone can throw a stone.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could represent this with a general expression or with an estimated measurement. Alternate translation: “a short distance” or “about 30 meters” or “about 100 feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	22	41	m553	translate-symaction	θεὶς τὰ γόνατα	1	having put down his knees	As Jesus indicates in his parable in [18:11](../18/11.md), the customary posture of prayer in this culture was standing. By kneeling down, Jesus indicated that he was praying urgently about a serious matter. Alternate translation: “after kneeling down to show the urgency of his request” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 LUK	22	42	y51l	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-LUK	22	42	m554	figs-youformal	εἰ βούλει…τὸ σὸν	1	if you are willing … yours	Use your best judgment about whether the formal or informal forms of **you** and **yours** would be more natural in your language here. Jesus is speaking as an adult son would to a father with whom he had a close relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal]])
+LUK	22	42	m554	figs-youformal	εἰ βούλει&τὸ σὸν	1	if you are willing … yours	Use your best judgment about whether the formal or informal forms of **you** and **yours** would be more natural in your language here. Jesus is speaking as an adult son would to a father with whom he had a close relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal]])
 LUK	22	42	ic7y	figs-metaphor	παρένεγκε τοῦτο τὸ ποτήριον ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ	1	remove this cup from me	Jesus is referring to the sufferings he will soon experience as if they were a cup of bitter-tasting liquid that he would have to drink. Alternate translation: “please spare me from these sufferings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	22	42	m555	figs-imperative	παρένεγκε τοῦτο τὸ ποτήριον ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ	1	remove this cup from me	This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please spare me from these sufferings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 LUK	22	42	zw2y	figs-imperative	πλὴν μὴ τὸ θέλημά μου, ἀλλὰ τὸ σὸν γινέσθω	1	But let not my will, but yours, happen	This is another imperative that should be translated as a request rather than as a command. Alternate translation: “However, please do what is according to your will, rather than what is according to my will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 LUK	22	43	m556	translate-textvariants	Ὤφθη δὲ αὐτῷ ἄγγελος ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ ἐνισχύων αὐτόν	1	And an angel from heaven appeared to him, strengthening him	See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include this verse in your translation. The note below discusses a translation issue in this verse, for those who decide to include it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-LUK	22	43	m557	figs-idiom	Ὤφθη…αὐτῷ	1	appeared to him	**Appeared** does not mean that the angel simply seemed to be there, or that Jesus saw the angel in a vision. Rather, this expression indicates that the angel was actually present with Jesus. Alternate translation: “came there to be with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+LUK	22	43	m557	figs-idiom	Ὤφθη&αὐτῷ	1	appeared to him	**Appeared** does not mean that the angel simply seemed to be there, or that Jesus saw the angel in a vision. Rather, this expression indicates that the angel was actually present with Jesus. Alternate translation: “came there to be with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	22	44	m558	translate-textvariants	Καὶ γενόμενος ἐν ἀγωνίᾳ ἐκτενέστερον προσηύχετο. καὶ Ἐγένετο ὁ ἱδρὼς αὐτοῦ ὡσεὶ θρόμβοι αἵματος καταβαίνοντες ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν	1	And being in agony, he was praying more earnestly, and his sweat became like drops of blood falling on the ground	See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include this verse in your translation. The two notes below discusses translation issues in this verse, for those who decide to include it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 LUK	22	44	m559		ἐκτενέστερον προσηύχετο	1	he was praying more earnestly	This could mean: (1) Luke is using the comparative form of the adjective **earnest**, which has an adverbial sense here, with a superlative meaning. Alternate translation: “he was praying most earnestly” or “he was praying very fervently” (2) the word has an actual comparative sense. Alternate translation: “he began to pray even more earnestly than he had been praying before”
 LUK	22	44	m560	figs-simile	Ἐγένετο ὁ ἱδρὼς αὐτοῦ ὡσεὶ θρόμβοι αἵματος καταβαίνοντες ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν	1	his sweat became like drops of blood falling on the ground	This could mean one of two things. The first is more likely. (1) It could describe the appearance of the drops. This would mean that Jesus had been under such stress that the small blood vessels that fed his sweat glands ruptured, and his sweat became mixed with blood. (This is a rare but well-document medical condition known as hematohidrosis.) Alternate translation: “his sweat became mixed with blood and it fell to the ground in drops” (2) It could describe the way in which the drops of sweat fell to the ground. Alternate translation: “he began to sweat so intensely that the sweat formed drops and fell to the ground as blood drops do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
@@ -3920,8 +3920,8 @@ LUK	22	49	m570	figs-idiom	εἰ πατάξομεν ἐν μαχαίρῃ	1	if we
 LUK	22	49	m571	figs-synecdoche	εἰ πατάξομεν ἐν μαχαίρῃ	1	if we will strike with the sword	The disciples may be asking specifically not about what weapon to use, but generally whether they should fight back to prevent Jesus from being arrested. In that case they would be using one kind of weapon, a **sword**, to mean fighting in general. The disciples said in [22:38](../22/38.md) that they had two swords, but they could also have resisted by further means. Alternate translation: “should we fight to defend you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 LUK	22	49	gv81	figs-explicit	εἰ πατάξομεν ἐν μαχαίρῃ	1	if we will strike with the sword	Alternatively, the disciples may implicitly be asking whether this was the kind of occasion for which Jesus told them in [22:38](../22/38.md) that they should have swords. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “you told us we should have swords; should we use them now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	22	50	b4ij	writing-participants	εἷς τις ἐξ αὐτῶν	1	a certain one of them	Luke uses this phrase to bring one of the characters into the story into the center of the action, but he does not identify the person by name. John indicates in his Gospel that it was Peter, but since Luke does not name him here, it would not be appropriate to use his name in your translation. Alternate translation: “one of the disciples who was there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
-LUK	22	50	f2fm	figs-explicit	ἐπάταξεν…τὸν δοῦλον τοῦ ἀρχιερέως	1	struck the servant of the high priest	The implication is that this disciple did this with a sword. Alternate translation: “struck the servant of the high priest with a sword” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	22	51	m572	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς…ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν	1	answering Jesus said	Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus responded to what the disciple had just done. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
+LUK	22	50	f2fm	figs-explicit	ἐπάταξεν&τὸν δοῦλον τοῦ ἀρχιερέως	1	struck the servant of the high priest	The implication is that this disciple did this with a sword. Alternate translation: “struck the servant of the high priest with a sword” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	22	51	m572	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς&ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν	1	answering Jesus said	Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus responded to what the disciple had just done. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 LUK	22	51	rcp5	figs-idiom	ἐᾶτε ἕως τούτου	1	Allow up to this	This is an idiom. It is in the form of a positive statement, but it actually has a strong negative meaning. Alternate translation: “No more of this” or “Do not do anything more like that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	22	51	c6pz	figs-explicit	ἁψάμενος τοῦ ὠτίου, ἰάσατο αὐτόν	1	touching his ear, he healed him	It may be necessary to explain what it means that Jesus touched the servant’s **ear**, since it had been cut off. Alternate translation: “Jesus put the servant’s ear back in place and healed it” or “Jesus touched the servant at the place where his ear had been cut off and restored it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	22	52	m573	figs-explicit	στρατηγοὺς τοῦ ἱεροῦ	1	captains of the temple	See how you translated this phrase in [22:4](../22/04.md). Alternate translation: “captains of the temple guard” or “temple military officers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -3937,8 +3937,8 @@ LUK	22	53	m577	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἡ ἐξουσία τοῦ σκότους
 LUK	22	54	mtp8	figs-explicit	ἤγαγον	1	they led him away	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state more explicitly what this means. Alternate translation: “they led Jesus away from the place where they had arrested him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	22	54	m578	writing-background	ὁ δὲ Πέτρος ἠκολούθει μακρόθεν	1	And Peter was following from a distance	Luke provides this background information to help readers understand what happens next in the story. Alternate translation: “Now Peter followed the group there, staying some distance away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 LUK	22	54	m579	figs-explicit	ὁ δὲ Πέτρος ἠκολούθει μακρόθεν	1	And Peter was following from a distance	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly why Peter followed **from a distance**. Alternate translation: “Now Peter followed the group there, staying some distance away so that he would not be recognized and arrested himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	22	55	b3x7	writing-pronouns	περιαψάντων…πῦρ	1	they having kindled a fire	Here the pronoun **they** does not mean the same thing as in the previous verse. Luke is not saying that the leaders and soldiers who had arrested Jesus built this fire. Rather, Luke is using the word **they** in an indefinite sense. Alternate translation: “some people had started a fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-LUK	22	55	m580	writing-participants	περιαψάντων…πῦρ	1	they having kindled a fire	Luke is using this phrase to introduce some new characters into the story. Alternate translation: “some of the people who were there at the high priest’s house had started a fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
+LUK	22	55	b3x7	writing-pronouns	περιαψάντων&πῦρ	1	they having kindled a fire	Here the pronoun **they** does not mean the same thing as in the previous verse. Luke is not saying that the leaders and soldiers who had arrested Jesus built this fire. Rather, Luke is using the word **they** in an indefinite sense. Alternate translation: “some people had started a fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+LUK	22	55	m580	writing-participants	περιαψάντων&πῦρ	1	they having kindled a fire	Luke is using this phrase to introduce some new characters into the story. Alternate translation: “some of the people who were there at the high priest’s house had started a fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	22	55	m581	figs-explicit	πῦρ	1	a fire	Implicitly, the purpose of the **fire** was to keep the people warm during the cool night. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “a fire to keep warm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	22	55	qx64	figs-explicit	ἐν μέσῳ τῆς αὐλῆς	1	in the middle of the courtyard	Luke assumes that his readers will know that in this culture, the courtyard of a house had walls around it, but no roof. You may wish to clarify this for your readers. This was an outdoor fire. Alternate translation: “in the middle of the open courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	22	55	m8ew		μέσος αὐτῶν	1	in the midst of them	Alternate translation: “there together with them”
@@ -3961,7 +3961,7 @@ LUK	22	60	ck93		ἄνθρωπε	1	Man	See how you translated **Man** in [22:58](
 LUK	22	60	al3s	figs-idiom	οὐκ οἶδα ὃ λέγεις	1	I do not know what you are saying	This is an idiom that means that Peter completely disagrees with the man. Alternate translation: “what you are saying is not true at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	22	60	p6c5	writing-pronouns	ἔτι λαλοῦντος αὐτοῦ	1	while he was still speaking	The pronoun **he** refers to Peter, not to the other man. Alternate translation: “while Peter was speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	22	60	lt62	translate-unknown	ἐφώνησεν ἀλέκτωρ	1	a rooster crowed	See how you translated the similar phrase in [22:34](../22/34.md). You may have decided to use a general expression there. Alternate translation: “the birds began to sing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-LUK	22	61	gdp5		ὁ Κύριος…τοῦ Κυρίου	1	the Lord … the Lord	Luke is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus … of the Lord Jesus”
+LUK	22	61	gdp5		ὁ Κύριος&τοῦ Κυρίου	1	the Lord … the Lord	Luke is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus … of the Lord Jesus”
 LUK	22	61	dpk1	figs-metonymy	τοῦ ῥήματος τοῦ Κυρίου	1	the word of the Lord	Luke is using the term **word** to describe what Jesus had said using words. Alternate translation: “the statement Jesus had made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	22	61	kkq8	translate-unknown	ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι	1	a rooster crows	See how you translated this phrase in [22:60](../22/60.md) and the similar phrase in [22:34](../22/34.md). You may have decided to use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the birds begin to sing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	22	61	ui26	figs-explicit	σήμερον	1	today	See how you translated **today** in [22:34](../22/34.md). The Jewish day started at sundown and continued to the next evening. Jesus had spoken the previous evening about what would happen shortly before dawn or at dawn, so this was still the same day. Alternate translation: “in the morning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -3982,11 +3982,11 @@ LUK	22	67	br8y		λέγοντες	1	saying	It may be helpful to begin a new sente
 LUK	22	67	h12k		εἰ σὺ εἶ ὁ Χριστός, εἰπὸν ἡμῖν	1	If you are the Christ, tell us	This sounds like a conditional statement, but it is actually an imperative. Alternate translation: “Tell us whether you are the Messiah”
 LUK	22	67	g8iy	figs-hypo	ἐὰν ὑμῖν εἴπω, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσητε	1	If I told you, you would certainly not believe	Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to avoid answering the question directly, since that might give the elders a reason to say that he was guilty of blasphemy for claiming to be the Messiah. Alternate translation: “Suppose I said that I was the Messiah. Then you would certainly not believe me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 LUK	22	68	l7nz	figs-hypo	ἐὰν δὲ ἐρωτήσω, οὐ μὴ ἀποκριθῆτε	1	and if I questioned you, you would certainly not answer	Jesus is using a further hypothetical situation to avoid answering the question directly, in order not to give the elders a reason to say that he was guilty of blasphemy. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “And suppose I asked you whether you thought I was the Messiah. Then you would certainly not tell me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
-LUK	22	68	m591	figs-explicit	ἐὰν…ἐρωτήσω	1	if I questioned you	The implicit meaning is that Jesus would **question** them about whether they thought he was the Messiah. Alternate translation: “suppose I asked you whether you thought I was the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	22	68	m591	figs-explicit	ἐὰν&ἐρωτήσω	1	if I questioned you	The implicit meaning is that Jesus would **question** them about whether they thought he was the Messiah. Alternate translation: “suppose I asked you whether you thought I was the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	22	69	z3ea		ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν	1	from now on	Alternate translation: “after this”
 LUK	22	69	p8kt	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Here Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 LUK	22	69	m592	figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	22	69	m593	figs-activepassive	ἔσται…καθήμενος	1	will be seated	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “will sit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	22	69	m593	figs-activepassive	ἔσται&καθήμενος	1	will be seated	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “will sit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	22	69	nka9	translate-symaction	ἐκ δεξιῶν τῆς δυνάμεως τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	at the right hand of the power of God	To sit at the **right hand … of God** means to receive great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “in a place of honor next to the all-powerful God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 LUK	22	69	h4n3	figs-hendiadys	τῆς δυνάμεως τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the power of God	This expression is like a hendiadys, in which two nouns are used together and one of them describes the other. Alternate translation: “the powerful God” or “the all-powerful God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 LUK	22	70	udh2	figs-explicit	σὺ οὖν εἶ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Therefore are you the Son of God	The council asked this question because they wanted Jesus to confirm explicitly their understanding that he was saying he was the Son of God. Alternate translation: “So when you said that, did you mean that you are the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -3994,43 +3994,43 @@ LUK	22	70	l4j7	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1
 LUK	22	70	jtr9	figs-idiom	ὑμεῖς λέγετε ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι	1	You are saying that I am	This is an idiom. Jesus is using it to acknowledge that what the elders are asking about is true. Alternate translation: “Yes, it is just as you say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	22	71	u3m3	figs-rquestion	τί ἔτι ἔχομεν μαρτυρίας χρείαν?	1	What further need do we have of a witness?	The elders are using the question form for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate their words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “We have no further need for testimony!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	22	71	m594	figs-explicit	τί ἔτι ἔχομεν μαρτυρίας χρείαν?	1	What further need do we have of a witness?	The implications are that no further testimony is needed to prove a charge of blasphemy. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “We have no further need for testimony to prove a charge of blasphemy!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	22	71	m595	figs-exclusive	ἔχομεν…αὐτοὶ…ἠκούσαμεν	1	do we have … we ourselves have heard	The elders are speaking to one another about themselves, so **we** and **ourselves** would be exclusive, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+LUK	22	71	m595	figs-exclusive	ἔχομεν&αὐτοὶ&ἠκούσαμεν	1	do we have … we ourselves have heard	The elders are speaking to one another about themselves, so **we** and **ourselves** would be exclusive, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 LUK	22	71	m596	grammar-connect-logic-result	αὐτοὶ γὰρ ἠκούσαμεν ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ	1	For we ourselves have heard from his own mouth	If it would be helpful in your language, you put this phrase before the previous phrase, as UST does, since this phrase gives the reason for the conclusion that the previous phrase states. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	22	71	lpm4	figs-metonymy	ἠκούσαμεν ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ	1	we … have heard from his own mouth	The elders are using the expression **his own mouth** to refer to what Jesus has just said using his mouth. Alternate translation: “we … have heard what he just said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-LUK	22	71	m597	figs-explicit	αὐτοὶ…ἠκούσαμεν ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ	1	we … have heard from his own mouth	The implications are that what Jesus has just said proves a charge of blasphemy by itself, because Jesus has claimed to be equal with God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “we ourselves have heard him say that he is equal with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	22	71	m597	figs-explicit	αὐτοὶ&ἠκούσαμεν ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ	1	we … have heard from his own mouth	The implications are that what Jesus has just said proves a charge of blasphemy by itself, because Jesus has claimed to be equal with God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “we ourselves have heard him say that he is equal with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	23	intro	p6wq			0		# Luke 23 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus stands trial before Pilate and Herod (23:1–25)<br>2. The Roman soldiers crucify Jesus (23:26–49)<br>3. Joseph of Arimathea buries Jesus and women prepare spices (23:50–56)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The curtain of the temple was split in two”<br><br>The curtain in the temple was an important symbol that showed that people needed to have someone speak to God for them. They could not speak to God directly because all people are sinful and God hates sin. God split the curtain to show that Jesus’ people can now speak to God directly because Jesus has paid for their sins.<br><br>### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried (Luke 23:53) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Truly I say to you, today you will be with me in paradise”<br><br>There are two translation issues related to the statement, “Truly I say to you, today you will be with me in paradise” in [23:42](../23/42.md).<br><br>(1) When Jesus said this to the criminal who was crucified with him, it is possible that he was using the term **paradise** to mean “heaven,” describing it by association with the way that it is a place of comfort and consolation. Some groups of believers would understand it that way. However, other groups of believers would say that people who express their faith in Jesus, as this criminal did, still need to wait until the final resurrection before they go to heaven, and so **paradise** refers to a place where such people go when they die and await the final resurrection. Be sensitive to this difference in your translation. You may decide it is best simply to use the term **paradise** and leave the meaning open to either understanding. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])<br><br>(2) Some groups that may be active in your area, such as the Jehovah’s Witnesses, do not honor Jesus as the Son of God, and so they do not believe that he would have been able to promise the criminal entrance into paradise with himself that day, when they both would die. And so they translate or punctuate this so that the word **today** describes when Jesus is making the statement, rather than when the criminal will be in paradise. However, if that were actually the case, the Greek wording and word order would be different. The expression that introduces the statement would be, “Truly, today, I say to you,” or, “Truly I say to you today that.” The actual expression, “Truly I say to you,” occurs ten times in the book of Luke, and it always stands by itself as an introduction to a statement that follows. So **today** belongs with the statement, not with the introduction to the statement. Your language may have a way of making this clear, for example, by saying, “Truly I say to you, you will be with me in paradise today.”<br><br>## Important textual issues in this chapter<br><br>### “And he was obligated to release one to them at every feast” [23:17](../23/17.md)<br><br>This verse is not in the earliest and most accurate manuscripts of the Bible. Most scholars consider it to be a later addition for explanation. Many current versions of the Bible do not include it. Some versions put it into square brackets. We recommend that you do not translate this verse. However, if there are older versions of the Bible in your region that include this verse, you may include it.<br><br>### “Jesus said, ‘Father, forgive them, for they do not know what they are doing.’” [23:34](../23/34.md)<br><br>This sentence is not in the earliest and most accurate manuscripts of the Bible, and so it is likely not an original part of the Gospel of Luke. However, many scholars consider it an authentic saying of Jesus that was copied into the book at an early stage. ULT and UST include this sentence in this verse, but some other versions do not.<br><br>If you decide to include either [23:17](../23/17.md) or the additional sentence [23:34](../23/34.md) in your translation, you should enclose the material in square brackets to indicate that it is probably not original to Luke’s Gospel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 LUK	23	1	pi3d	grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to indicate that this event came after the events he has just described. Alternate translation (as in UST): “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 LUK	23	1	sgf1	figs-hyperbole	ἅπαν τὸ πλῆθος αὐτῶν	1	the whole multitude of them	The word **whole** is a generalization. Luke says in [23:51](../23/51.md) that at least one member of the Sanhedrin did not agree that Jesus was guilty of blasphemy and should be punished. Alternate translation: “the many members of the ruling council who wanted to condemn Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 LUK	23	1	mvn9	figs-metonymy	ἀναστὰν	1	rose up	This means literally that they “stood up” or “stood to their feet,” but by extension it means that they adjourned the meeting and left the meeting place. Alternate translation: “ended the meeting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	23	1	k4aa	figs-explicit	ἐπὶ τὸν Πειλᾶτον	1	to Pilate	The implication is that the Jewish leaders brought Jesus to Pilate because they wanted Pilate to judge him. Alternate translation: “to Pilate so that Pilate would judge him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	23	2	m599	figs-explicit	κατηγορεῖν αὐτοῦ	1	to accuse him	The chief priests and scribes accused Jesus of doing wrong things because they wanted Pilate to kill Jesus. But they were accusing him falsely, because Jesus had never done what they accused him of doing. For example, in [20:25](../20/25.md), Jesus had specifically said that the Jews could pay taxes to the Roman government. To make sure that your readers are not confused, you could state explicitly that these accusations were false. Alternate translation: “to accuse him falsely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	23	2	mtc8	figs-exclusive	εὕρομεν…τὸ ἔθνος ἡμῶν	1	we found … our nation	The terms **We** and **our** refer only the members of the Jewish ruling council who are speaking, not to Pilate or any of the other people nearby. So in your translation, use the exclusive forms of these words, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+LUK	23	2	mtc8	figs-exclusive	εὕρομεν&τὸ ἔθνος ἡμῶν	1	we found … our nation	The terms **We** and **our** refer only the members of the Jewish ruling council who are speaking, not to Pilate or any of the other people nearby. So in your translation, use the exclusive forms of these words, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 LUK	23	2	im4v	figs-metaphor	διαστρέφοντα τὸ ἔθνος ἡμῶν	1	misleading our nation	The Jewish leaders speak of Jesus as if he were a guide who was leading someone in the wrong direction. Alternate translation: “encouraging our people to do things that are wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	23	2	xsa4		κωλύοντα φόρους…διδόναι	1	forbidding to give tribute	Alternate translation: “telling them not to pay taxes”
+LUK	23	2	xsa4		κωλύοντα φόρους&διδόναι	1	forbidding to give tribute	Alternate translation: “telling them not to pay taxes”
 LUK	23	2	l68k	figs-metonymy	Καίσαρι	1	to Caesar	See how you translated **Caesar** in [20:22](../20/22.md). The Jewish leaders are referring to the Roman government by Caesar’s name, since he was its ruler. Alternate translation: “to the Roman government” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-LUK	23	3	m600	figs-hendiadys	ὁ…ἀποκριθεὶς αὐτῷ ἔφη	3	answering him he said	Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus responded to what Pilate asked him. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
+LUK	23	3	m600	figs-hendiadys	ὁ&ἀποκριθεὶς αὐτῷ ἔφη	3	answering him he said	Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus responded to what Pilate asked him. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 LUK	23	3	ve4s	figs-idiom	σὺ λέγεις	1	You say so	Like the similar expression in [22:70](../22/70.md), this is an idiom. Jesus is using it to acknowledge that what Pilate has said is true. Alternate translation: “Yes, it is as you say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	23	4	fx7d	writing-participants	καὶ τοὺς ὄχλους	1	and the crowds	Luke uses this phrase subtly within the narrative to introduce these new characters into the story. Alternate translation: “and to the crowds that had gathered there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	23	4	s8fi	figs-explicit	οὐδὲν εὑρίσκω αἴτιον ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ τούτῳ	1	I find no cause in this man	Pilate means implicitly **no cause** to convict Jesus of a crime and punish him. Alternate translation: “I do not find this man to be guilty of anything” or “I find no grounds for conviction in this man’s case” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	23	5	m601	writing-pronouns	οἱ…ἐπίσχυον	1	they were insisting	The pronoun **they** refers to the Jewish leaders who had brought Jesus to Pilate for trial. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders kept insisting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+LUK	23	5	m601	writing-pronouns	οἱ&ἐπίσχυον	1	they were insisting	The pronoun **they** refers to the Jewish leaders who had brought Jesus to Pilate for trial. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders kept insisting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	23	5	yy6w	figs-metaphor	ἀνασείει τὸν λαὸν	1	He stirs up the people	The Jewish leaders speak as if Jesus were stirring a pot and putting in motion things that had been lying quietly on the bottom. They mean that he is encouraging rebellion. Alternate translation: “He encourages the people to rebel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	23	5	cr78		καὶ ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας ἕως ὧδε	1	beginning from Galilee as far as here	It might be helpful to make this a new sentence. Alternate translation: “He began causing trouble in Galilee, and he has done so all the way to here”
-LUK	23	6	vvp6	figs-explicit	Πειλᾶτος…ἀκούσας	1	when Pilate heard this	As the rest of the verse shows, this refers implicitly to Pilate hearing that Jesus had begun teaching in Galilee. Alternate translation: “when Pilate heard that Jesus had begun to teach in Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	23	6	vvp6	figs-explicit	Πειλᾶτος&ἀκούσας	1	when Pilate heard this	As the rest of the verse shows, this refers implicitly to Pilate hearing that Jesus had begun teaching in Galilee. Alternate translation: “when Pilate heard that Jesus had begun to teach in Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	23	6	px94	figs-quotations	ἐπηρώτησεν εἰ ὁ ἄνθρωπος Γαλιλαῖός ἐστιν	1	he asked whether the man was a Galilean	If it would be helpful in your language, you could represent this as a direct quotation, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
 LUK	23	6	dr1s	figs-explicit	ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1	the man	The term **the man** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	23	7	cbn1	figs-explicit	ἐπιγνοὺς ὅτι	1	when he learned that	The implication is that the Jewish leaders answered Pilate’s question and confirmed that Jesus came from Galilee. Alternate translation: “when the Jewish leaders confirmed to Pilate that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	23	7	mn6i	figs-explicit	ἐκ τῆς ἐξουσίας Ἡρῴδου ἐστὶν	1	he was under the authority of Herod	The implication is that Jesus was under Herod’s authority because Herod was the ruler of Galilee. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus was under the authority of Herod, since Herod ruled over Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	23	7	ay2i	figs-explicit	ἀνέπεμψεν αὐτὸν πρὸς Ἡρῴδην	1	he sent him to Herod	The implication seems to be that Pilate used these grounds to get someone else to decide Jesus’ case. He did not want to decide it himself, because he would either have to release someone the Jewish leaders wanted condemned or else condemn someone he knew was innocent. Alternate translation: “he referred Jesus’ case to Herod so that he would not have to decide it himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	23	7	ys2n	figs-idiom	ἐν ταύταις ταῖς ἡμέραις	1	in those days	Luke is using the term **days** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	23	8	z3zz	writing-pronouns	θέλων ἰδεῖν αὐτὸν…διὰ τὸ ἀκούειν περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	he had been desiring to see him … because he had heard about him	In these phrases, **he** refers to Herod and **him** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “wanting to see Jesus … because he had heard about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+LUK	23	8	z3zz	writing-pronouns	θέλων ἰδεῖν αὐτὸν&διὰ τὸ ἀκούειν περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	he had been desiring to see him … because he had heard about him	In these phrases, **he** refers to Herod and **him** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “wanting to see Jesus … because he had heard about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	23	8	b424	figs-activepassive	ἤλπιζέν τι σημεῖον ἰδεῖν ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ γινόμενον	1	he was hoping to see some sign happen by him	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Herod wanted to see Jesus perform a miracle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	23	9	hbp3	figs-metonymy	ἐπηρώτα…αὐτὸν ἐν λόγοις ἱκανοῖς	1	he questioned him in many words	Luke is using the term **words** to refer to what Herod said as he questioned Jesus. Alternate translation: “Herod asked Jesus many questions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+LUK	23	9	hbp3	figs-metonymy	ἐπηρώτα&αὐτὸν ἐν λόγοις ἱκανοῖς	1	he questioned him in many words	Luke is using the term **words** to refer to what Herod said as he questioned Jesus. Alternate translation: “Herod asked Jesus many questions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	23	9	c8li		οὐδὲν ἀπεκρίνατο αὐτῷ	1	he answered him nothing	If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the verb negative and the object positive here. Alternate translation: “Jesus did not say anything in reply”
 LUK	23	10	lpu6		ἵστήκεισαν	1	stood by	Alternate translation: “were standing there”
 LUK	23	10	hn8g		εὐτόνως κατηγοροῦντες αὐτοῦ	1	vehemently accusing him	Alternate translation: “insisting strongly that Jesus was guilty of doing wrong”
-LUK	23	11	m602		ἐξουθενήσας…αὐτὸν	1	despised him	This does not mean that Herod hated Jesus, but that he treated him as if he were worthless. Alternate translation: “humiliated him”
+LUK	23	11	m602		ἐξουθενήσας&αὐτὸν	1	despised him	This does not mean that Herod hated Jesus, but that he treated him as if he were worthless. Alternate translation: “humiliated him”
 LUK	23	11	qt1c	figs-explicit	περιβαλὼν ἐσθῆτα λαμπρὰν	1	Putting elegant clothing around him	Herod and his soldiers did this to mock Jesus and to make fun of him, so be sure that your readers do not get the impression that they did this to honor or care for Jesus. Alternate translation: “Dressing him mockingly in beautiful clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	23	12	b6f1	figs-explicit	ἐγένοντο…φίλοι ὅ τε Ἡρῴδης καὶ ὁ Πειλᾶτος ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ μετ’ ἀλλήλων	1	both Herod and Pilate became friends with each other on that day	Luke does not say specifically why these two men **became friends**. This could mean: (1) Pilate had shown Herod courtesy by respecting his jurisdiction over Jesus. Alternate translation: “Herod and Pilate became friends with each other that very day because Pilate had respectfully sent Jesus to Herod to judge him” (2) they realized that they agreed in their opinion about Jesus. They both felt that he was not guilty of doing wrong, but they also felt they could mistreat him as a way of asserting their power and authority over someone the people considered a leader. Alternate translation: “Herod and Pilate became friends with each other that very day because they had both responded to Jesus in the same way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	23	12	b6f1	figs-explicit	ἐγένοντο&φίλοι ὅ τε Ἡρῴδης καὶ ὁ Πειλᾶτος ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ μετ’ ἀλλήλων	1	both Herod and Pilate became friends with each other on that day	Luke does not say specifically why these two men **became friends**. This could mean: (1) Pilate had shown Herod courtesy by respecting his jurisdiction over Jesus. Alternate translation: “Herod and Pilate became friends with each other that very day because Pilate had respectfully sent Jesus to Herod to judge him” (2) they realized that they agreed in their opinion about Jesus. They both felt that he was not guilty of doing wrong, but they also felt they could mistreat him as a way of asserting their power and authority over someone the people considered a leader. Alternate translation: “Herod and Pilate became friends with each other that very day because they had both responded to Jesus in the same way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	23	12	x7r8	grammar-connect-logic-result	προϋπῆρχον γὰρ ἐν ἔχθρᾳ ὄντες πρὸς αὑτούς	1	for they were previously being in hostility between themselves	If it would be helpful in your language, you could put this clause first in the verse, as UST does, since it gives the reason for the results that the rest of the verse describes. These two men had to become **friends** because they had not been **friends** previously. Alternate translation, as the beginning of the verse, replacing “Then”: “Before this Herod and Pilate had been enemies, but now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	23	13	d7gn	writing-participants	τὸν λαὸν	1	the people	This is a further reference reintroducing these participants, whom Luke first introduced subtly in 23:4. It is not likely that Pilate asked a crowd to gather. Instead, the crowd was probably still there waiting to see what would happen to Jesus. Alternate translation: “the crowd of people that was still there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	23	14	dh77	figs-explicit	εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, προσηνέγκατέ μοι τὸν ἄνθρωπον τοῦτον	1	said to them, “You brought this man to me”	By **this man**, Pilate means Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “said to them about Jesus, ‘You brought this man to me’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -4045,48 +4045,48 @@ LUK	23	15	bn7l	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἀνέπεμψεν γὰρ αὐτ
 LUK	23	15	i2ba	figs-exclusive	πρὸς ἡμᾶς	1	to us	Pilate means that Herod sent Jesus back not just to him and his soldiers, but also to the Jewish leaders who were the accusers in this trial. Since Pilate is speaking specifically to those leaders (he says in the previous verse, “You brought this man to me”), the word **us** includes the addressees. So it would be inclusive, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 LUK	23	15	gs4m	figs-activepassive	οὐδὲν ἄξιον θανάτου ἐστὶν πεπραγμένον αὐτῷ	1	nothing worthy of death has been done by him	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “he has not done anything to deserve being put to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	23	16	p5wa	figs-explicit	παιδεύσας οὖν αὐτὸν, ἀπολύσω	1	Therefore, having punished him, I will release him	Your readers may find this hard to understand. Since Pilate had found Jesus not guilty, he should have released him without punishing him. The implications are that Pilate punished Jesus anyway, even though he knew he was innocent, to try to satisfy the Jewish leaders. However, since Luke does not provide this explanation in his book, you probably should not add it to your translation. But you could make explicit that Pilate is saying he is not going to execute Jesus. Alternate translation: “So I will not execute him, but whip him, and then let him go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	23	16	m606	figs-synecdoche	παιδεύσας…αὐτὸν	1	having punished him	Pilate will not administer this punishment personally. Rather, he will have his soldiers do it. Alternate translation: “after having my soldiers whip him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+LUK	23	16	m606	figs-synecdoche	παιδεύσας&αὐτὸν	1	having punished him	Pilate will not administer this punishment personally. Rather, he will have his soldiers do it. Alternate translation: “after having my soldiers whip him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 LUK	23	17	m607	translate-textvariants	Ἀνάγκην δὲ εἶχεν ἀπολύειν αὐτοῖς κατὰ ἑορτὴν ἕνα	1	And he had obligation to release one to them at every feast	See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include this verse in your translation. The notes below discuss translation issues in the verse, for those who decide to include it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 LUK	23	17	m608	grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	And	This verse uses the word **But** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what is happening. In the previous verse, Pilate was saying that Jesus would be the prisoner he was obligated to release. But in the next verse, the crowd shouts for him to release a different man instead. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
-LUK	23	17	m609	writing-pronouns	Ἀνάγκην…εἶχεν	1	he had obligation	The pronoun **he** refers to Pilate. Alternate translation: “Pilate was obligated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+LUK	23	17	m609	writing-pronouns	Ἀνάγκην&εἶχεν	1	he had obligation	The pronoun **he** refers to Pilate. Alternate translation: “Pilate was obligated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	23	17	m610	figs-nominaladj	ἕνα	1	one	This verse is using the adjective **one** as a noun. In context, the term clearly means **one** prisoner. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could supply the noun for clarity, as ULT does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	23	17	m611	figs-synecdoche	κατὰ ἑορτὴν	1	at every feast	This verse uses the general term **feast** to mean one feast in particular, Passover. Alternate translation: “during each Passover celebration” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-LUK	23	18	v7pf	writing-pronouns	ἀνέκραγον…πανπληθεὶ	1	they cried out all together	The pronoun **they** refers to the people in the crowd. Alternate translation: “the people in the crowd shouted together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+LUK	23	18	v7pf	writing-pronouns	ἀνέκραγον&πανπληθεὶ	1	they cried out all together	The pronoun **they** refers to the people in the crowd. Alternate translation: “the people in the crowd shouted together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	23	18	ib9q	figs-imperative	αἶρε τοῦτον	1	Take away this one	This is an imperative, but since the crowd cannot command Pilate to do this, you could translate it as an expression of what they want. Alternate translation: “We want you to execute this man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 LUK	23	18	m612	figs-imperative	ἀπόλυσον δὲ ἡμῖν τὸν Βαραββᾶν	1	but release to us Barabbas	This is another imperative, and since the crowd cannot command Pilate to do this either, you could also translate it as an expression of what they want. Alternate translation: “and we want you to set Barabbas free instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
-LUK	23	18	i6pj	figs-exclusive	ἀπόλυσον…ἡμῖν	1	release to us	When the people in the crowd say **us**, they are referring to themselves only, not to Pilate and his soldiers as well. So if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive **us,** you would use the exclusive form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+LUK	23	18	i6pj	figs-exclusive	ἀπόλυσον&ἡμῖν	1	release to us	When the people in the crowd say **us**, they are referring to themselves only, not to Pilate and his soldiers as well. So if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive **us,** you would use the exclusive form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 LUK	23	19	vd6b	writing-background	ὅστις ἦν διὰ στάσιν τινὰ γενομένην ἐν τῇ πόλει καὶ φόνον, βληθεὶς ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ	1	He had been put in prison for a certain rebellion that happened in the city, and for murder	Luke provides this background information to explain to his readers who Barabbas was. Alternate translation: “Now Barabbas was a man whom the Romans had put in prison because he had led a rebellion in Jerusalem and he had killed people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-LUK	23	19	qdv7	figs-activepassive	ὅστις ἦν…βληθεὶς ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ	1	He had been put in prison	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “The Romans had put him in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	23	19	qdv7	figs-activepassive	ὅστις ἦν&βληθεὶς ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ	1	He had been put in prison	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “The Romans had put him in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	23	19	zl1f	figs-explicit	διὰ στάσιν τινὰ γενομένην ἐν τῇ πόλει	1	for a certain rebellion that happened in the city	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly that Barabbas led this rebellion against the Roman government. Alternate translation: “because he had led a rebellion in Jerusalem against the Roman government” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	23	20	vbp4	writing-pronouns	πάλιν…προσεφώνησεν αὐτοῖς	1	again addressed them	The pronoun **them** refers to the religious leaders who had accused Jesus and the crowd that was shouting for him to be executed. Alternate translation: “spoke again to the religious leaders and to the people in the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+LUK	23	20	vbp4	writing-pronouns	πάλιν&προσεφώνησεν αὐτοῖς	1	again addressed them	The pronoun **them** refers to the religious leaders who had accused Jesus and the crowd that was shouting for him to be executed. Alternate translation: “spoke again to the religious leaders and to the people in the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	23	20	t1i2	grammar-connect-logic-result	θέλων ἀπολῦσαι τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	desiring to release Jesus	If it would be helpful in your language, you could put this phrase before the previous one, as UST does, since it gives the reason why Pilate spoke to the leaders and the crowd again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	23	21	m614	translate-unknown	σταύρου, σταύρου αὐτόν	1	Crucify, crucify him	As a note to [14:27](../14/27.md) explains, the Romans executed some criminals by nailing them to a wooden beam with crossbar and setting the beam upright so that the criminals would slowly suffocate. That was what it meant to **crucify** someone. Alternate translation: “Nail him to a cross! Execute him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	23	21	m615	figs-imperative	σταύρου, σταύρου αὐτόν	1	Crucify, crucify him	This is an imperative, but since the crowd cannot command Pilate to do this, you could translate it as an expression of what they want. Alternate translation: “We want you to nail him to a cross to execute him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
-LUK	23	22	iz5v	translate-ordinal	ὁ…τρίτον εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς	1	he spoke to them a third time	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “Pilate spoke to the crowd again, for time number three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+LUK	23	22	iz5v	translate-ordinal	ὁ&τρίτον εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς	1	he spoke to them a third time	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “Pilate spoke to the crowd again, for time number three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 LUK	23	22	ck75	figs-rquestion	τί γὰρ κακὸν ἐποίησεν οὗτος?	1	For what evil has this one done?	Pilate does not expect the crowd to tell him what Jesus has done wrong. Rather, he is using the question form to emphasize to the crowd that Jesus is innocent. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “There is no reason to execute this man, because he has not done anything wrong!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	23	22	de5a		οὐδὲν αἴτιον θανάτου εὗρον ἐν αὐτῷ	1	No cause for death have I found in him	Alternate translation: “I have not found any grounds to convict him of a crime for which he should be executed”
 LUK	23	22	mij1	figs-explicit	παιδεύσας οὖν αὐτὸν, ἀπολύσω	1	Therefore, having punished him, I will release him	See the note to this same sentence in [23:16](../23/16.md). Pilate should have released Jesus without punishment, because he was innocent. It seems that Pilate decided to punish Jesus anyway to try to satisfy the Jewish leaders. However, since Luke does not provide this explanation in his book, you probably should not add it to your translation. But you could make explicit that Pilate is saying he is not going to execute Jesus. Alternate translation: “So I will not execute him, but whip him, and then let him go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	23	22	m616	figs-synecdoche	παιδεύσας…αὐτὸν, ἀπολύσω	1	having punished him, I will release him	Pilate is not going to administer this punishment personally. Rather, he will have his soldiers do it. Alternate translation: “I will have my soldiers whip him, and then I will release him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+LUK	23	22	m616	figs-synecdoche	παιδεύσας&αὐτὸν, ἀπολύσω	1	having punished him, I will release him	Pilate is not going to administer this punishment personally. Rather, he will have his soldiers do it. Alternate translation: “I will have my soldiers whip him, and then I will release him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 LUK	23	23	sni4	figs-metonymy	φωναῖς μεγάλαις	1	with loud voices	Luke is describing the shouts of the crowd by reference to the **voices** that the people used to make them. Alternate translation: “with loud shouts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	23	23	pst8	figs-activepassive	αὐτὸν σταυρωθῆναι	1	for him to be crucified	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “that Pilate have his soldiers crucify Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	23	23	pgz9	figs-personification	κατίσχυον αἱ φωναὶ αὐτῶν	1	their voices prevailed	Luke speaks of the **voices** as if they were a living thing that actively overcame Pilate’s reluctance. Alternate translation: “the crowd kept shouting until they convinced Pilate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 LUK	23	24	m617	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Because the people in the crowd overcame his reluctance with their shouts, Pilate agreed to do what they wanted. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	23	24	tfw2		γενέσθαι τὸ αἴτημα αὐτῶν	1	for their demand to happen	Alternate translation: “to do what the crowd was demanding”
-LUK	23	25	nwd3	figs-explicit	τὸν…βεβλημένον εἰς φυλακὴν	1	the one who had been put in prison	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly that this means Barabbas. Alternate translation: “Barabbas, whom the Romans had put in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	23	25	nwd3	figs-explicit	τὸν&βεβλημένον εἰς φυλακὴν	1	the one who had been put in prison	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly that this means Barabbas. Alternate translation: “Barabbas, whom the Romans had put in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	23	25	t66f	figs-activepassive	βεβλημένον εἰς φυλακὴν	1	who had been put in prison	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “whom the Romans had put in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	23	25	z8v8	figs-personification	τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν παρέδωκεν τῷ θελήματι αὐτῶν	1	he handed over Jesus to their will	Luke speaks of the **will** of the people as if it were a living thing into whose custody Pilate delivered Jesus. Alternate translation: “but he ordered his soldiers to do to Jesus what the crowd had demanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 LUK	23	26	s9kc		ὡς ἀπήγαγον αὐτόν	1	as they led him away	Alternate translation: “while the soldiers were leading Jesus away from where Pilate had judged him”
-LUK	23	26	ysu3	figs-explicit	ἐπιλαβόμενοι Σίμωνά…ἐπέθηκαν	1	seizing Simon … they put	Luke assumes that his readers will know that Roman soldiers had the authority to compel people to carry their loads. Be sure that your translation does not suggest that the soldiers arrested Simon or that he had done anything wrong. Alternate translation: “making use of their authority, they conscripted Simon … and put” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	23	26	ysu3	figs-explicit	ἐπιλαβόμενοι Σίμωνά&ἐπέθηκαν	1	seizing Simon … they put	Luke assumes that his readers will know that Roman soldiers had the authority to compel people to carry their loads. Be sure that your translation does not suggest that the soldiers arrested Simon or that he had done anything wrong. Alternate translation: “making use of their authority, they conscripted Simon … and put” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	23	26	m618	writing-background	Σίμωνά, τινα Κυρηναῖον ἐρχόμενον ἀπ’ ἀγροῦ	1	Simon, a certain Cyrenean coming from the country	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could treat this information about this man, where he was from, and what he was doing as background information and put it first in the verse, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 LUK	23	26	m619	writing-participants	Σίμωνά, τινα Κυρηναῖον	1	Simon, a certain Cyrenean	Luke uses this phrase to introduce this new character into the story. Alternate translation: “a man named Simon, who was from the city of Cyrene” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	23	26	m620	translate-names	Κυρηναῖον	1	Cyrenean	The term **Cyrenean** is a name that refers to a person who is from the city of Cyrene. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	23	26	i5ua		ἐρχόμενον ἀπ’ ἀγροῦ	1	coming from the country	Alternate translation: “who was coming into Jerusalem from the countryside”
 LUK	23	26	fub3		ἐπέθηκαν αὐτῷ τὸν σταυρὸν	1	they put the cross on him	Alternate translation: “the soldiers put the cross on his shoulders”
 LUK	23	26	y3p6		ὄπισθεν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	to carry behind Jesus	Alternate translation: “and made him walk along behind Jesus carrying it”
-LUK	23	27	ad9f		ἠκολούθει…αὐτῷ πολὺ πλῆθος τοῦ λαοῦ, καὶ γυναικῶν	1	a great crowd of the people was following him, and of women	The women were part of the large crowd. They were not in a separate crowd of their own. Alternate translation: “a great crowd of people, which included women, was following him”
+LUK	23	27	ad9f		ἠκολούθει&αὐτῷ πολὺ πλῆθος τοῦ λαοῦ, καὶ γυναικῶν	1	a great crowd of the people was following him, and of women	The women were part of the large crowd. They were not in a separate crowd of their own. Alternate translation: “a great crowd of people, which included women, was following him”
 LUK	23	27	s7gx	writing-background	καὶ γυναικῶν αἳ ἐκόπτοντο καὶ ἐθρήνουν αὐτόν	1	and of women who were mourning and wailing for him	Luke provides this background information to help readers understand what happens next, when Jesus speaks to these women. It might be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Now the crowd included women who were mourning and wailing for Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 LUK	23	27	m621	translate-symaction	ἐκόπτοντο	1	mourning	See the note to **mourning** at [8:52](../08/52.md), and see how you translated this word there. It could mean that the women were pounding on their chests as a sign of grief, as was customary in this culture, or it could mean more generally that they were expressing their sorrow over what was happening to Jesus. Alternate translation: “pounding on their chests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
-LUK	23	27	bp3x		ἠκολούθει…αὐτῷ	1	was following him	Here, the word **following** is not figurative. It does not mean that these people were Jesus’ disciples. Alternate translation: “were walking along behind him”
+LUK	23	27	bp3x		ἠκολούθει&αὐτῷ	1	was following him	Here, the word **following** is not figurative. It does not mean that these people were Jesus’ disciples. Alternate translation: “were walking along behind him”
 LUK	23	28	nl38	figs-metaphor	θυγατέρες Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	Daughters of Jerusalem	As in [13:34](../13/34.md), Jesus is describing people who live in Jerusalem as if they were the children of the city and it was their mother. Alternate translation: “You women who live in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	23	28	wi15	figs-explicit	ἐφ’ ἑαυτὰς κλαίετε, καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ τέκνα ὑμῶν	1	weep for yourselves and for your children	Jesus does not say specifically why the women should weep for themselves and for their children, but the implication from what he says in [23:31](../23/31.md) is that they should weep because even worse things are going to happen to them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “weep for yourselves and for your children, because even worse things are going to happen to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	23	29	s9uj	translate-versebridge	ὅτι	1	For	Jesus is giving the reason why the women of Jerusalem should weep for themselves and their children, as he told them to do in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could put this reason before the result by combining this verse and the previous one into a verse bridge. See the suggestions in the note about the similar situation in [22:16](../22/16.md) for how you might do this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
@@ -4100,9 +4100,9 @@ LUK	23	30	te1i	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	τότε	1	Then	Here, **Then**
 LUK	23	30	u1x1	writing-pronouns	ἄρξονται λέγειν	1	they will begin to say	Here Jesus is likely using the pronoun **they** in an indefinite sense, as in the previous verse. He probably does not have specific individuals in mind. However, the general reference may be to the people of Jerusalem, as UST suggests. Alternate translation: “people will begin to say” or “the people of Jerusalem will begin to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	23	30	m624	figs-apostrophe	λέγειν τοῖς ὄρεσιν, πέσετε ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς; καὶ τοῖς βουνοῖς, καλύψατε ἡμᾶς	1	to say to the mountains, ‘Fall on us,’ and to the hills, ‘Cover us’	Jesus is saying that at this time people will address something they know cannot hear them in order to express in a strong way what they are feeling. Alternate translation: “to say that they wished the mountains would fall on them and the hills would cover them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
 LUK	23	30	m625	figs-quotesinquotes	λέγειν τοῖς ὄρεσιν, πέσετε ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς; καὶ τοῖς βουνοῖς, καλύψατε ἡμᾶς	1	to say to the mountains, ‘Fall on us,’ and to the hills, ‘Cover us’	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “to tell the mountains to fall on them and the hills to cover them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-LUK	23	30	m626	figs-imperative	πέσετε ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς…καλύψατε ἡμᾶς	1	Fall on us … Cover us	This is an imperative, but since the people cannot order the mountains and hills to do this, they would be using the imperative to express their wishes. Alternate translation: “We wish you would fall on us … We wish you would cover us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
-LUK	23	30	m627	figs-explicit	πέσετε ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς…καλύψατε ἡμᾶς	1	Fall on us … Cover us	The people do not want the mountains and hills to fall on them to harm them, but rather to protect them. Alternate translation: “We wish you would fall on us to protect us … We wish you would cover us to protect us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	23	30	m628	figs-exclusive	πέσετε ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς…καλύψατε ἡμᾶς	1	Fall on us … Cover us	When the people say **us**, they are referring to themselves only, not to the mountains and hills as well. So here, use the exclusive form of **us** if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+LUK	23	30	m626	figs-imperative	πέσετε ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς&καλύψατε ἡμᾶς	1	Fall on us … Cover us	This is an imperative, but since the people cannot order the mountains and hills to do this, they would be using the imperative to express their wishes. Alternate translation: “We wish you would fall on us … We wish you would cover us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
+LUK	23	30	m627	figs-explicit	πέσετε ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς&καλύψατε ἡμᾶς	1	Fall on us … Cover us	The people do not want the mountains and hills to fall on them to harm them, but rather to protect them. Alternate translation: “We wish you would fall on us to protect us … We wish you would cover us to protect us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	23	30	m628	figs-exclusive	πέσετε ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς&καλύψατε ἡμᾶς	1	Fall on us … Cover us	When the people say **us**, they are referring to themselves only, not to the mountains and hills as well. So here, use the exclusive form of **us** if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 LUK	23	31	nkk3	figs-metaphor	ὅτι εἰ ἐν τῷ ὑγρῷ ξύλῳ, ταῦτα ποιοῦσιν; ἐν τῷ ξηρῷ, τί γένηται?	1	For if they do these things in the moist tree, what will happen in the dry?	This is a figure of speech based on the idea that dry wood catches fire much more easily than moist wood. The fire, in turn, represents terrible things that people will experience. Jesus is saying that under the present relatively stable conditions, it was difficult for his enemies to arrest him and sentence him to death. In the future, conditions will become so desperate and chaotic that people will be able to do much worse things much more easily. He is probably referring to what conditions will be like during the siege and destruction of Jerusalem, which he described in [21:20–24](../21/20.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the meaning of this metaphor in your translation, and you could represent the metaphor itself as a simile, as UST does. Alternate translation: “If people are able to do this when conditions are good, what will they do when conditions become very bad?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	23	31	y238	figs-rquestion	ὅτι εἰ ἐν τῷ ὑγρῷ ξύλῳ, ταῦτα ποιοῦσιν; ἐν τῷ ξηρῷ, τί γένηται?	1	For if they do these things in the moist tree, what will happen in the dry?	Jesus does not expect the women to tell him what people will do in the future. Rather, he is using the question form for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Since people are doing this when conditions are good, they will certainly do much worse when conditions become very bad!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	23	31	m629	writing-pronouns	ταῦτα ποιοῦσιν	1	they do these things	Here Jesus is using the pronoun **they** in an indefinite sense. Alternate translation: “people are doing these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -4112,8 +4112,8 @@ LUK	23	31	m632	translate-unknown	ξύλῳ	1	tree	A **tree** is a large plant wi
 LUK	23	31	zt5s	figs-idiom	ἐν τῷ ξηρῷ	1	in the dry	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “when the wood is dry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	23	31	m633	figs-nominaladj	ἐν τῷ ξηρῷ	1	in the dry	Jesus is using the adjective **dry** as a noun. In context, the term means **dry** wood. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could supply the noun for clarity. Alternate translation: “with dry wood” or “when the wood is dry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	23	32	m634	writing-background	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-LUK	23	32	w8yj	figs-activepassive	ἤγοντο…καὶ ἕτεροι κακοῦργοι δύο σὺν αὐτῷ	1	others, two criminals, were also being led away with him	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who was doing the action. Alternate translation: “with him the soldiers were also leading away two other men, who were criminals,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	23	32	m635	figs-verbs	ἤγοντο…καὶ ἕτεροι κακοῦργοι δύο	1	others, two criminals, were also being led away	If your language does use passive verb forms, and if it also uses a dual form, this verb should be in the dual form if it is passive, since the two criminals would be the subject. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
+LUK	23	32	w8yj	figs-activepassive	ἤγοντο&καὶ ἕτεροι κακοῦργοι δύο σὺν αὐτῷ	1	others, two criminals, were also being led away with him	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who was doing the action. Alternate translation: “with him the soldiers were also leading away two other men, who were criminals,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	23	32	m635	figs-verbs	ἤγοντο&καὶ ἕτεροι κακοῦργοι δύο	1	others, two criminals, were also being led away	If your language does use passive verb forms, and if it also uses a dual form, this verb should be in the dual form if it is passive, since the two criminals would be the subject. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
 LUK	23	32	m636	writing-participants	ἤγοντο δὲ καὶ ἕτεροι κακοῦργοι δύο	1	And others, two criminals, were also being led away	Luke uses this phrase to introduce these new characters into the story. Alternate translation: “And there were two other men, who were criminals, who were also being led away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	23	32	m2nh	figs-distinguish	ἕτεροι κακοῦργοι δύο	1	others, two criminals	This does not mean “two other criminals,” which would imply that Jesus was also a criminal. Jesus was innocent, even though the Romans were treating him as if he were a criminal. Be sure that this distinction is clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “two other men, who actually were criminals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
 LUK	23	32	m637	figs-activepassive	ἀναιρεθῆναι	1	to be put to death	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “so that they could execute them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -4153,10 +4153,10 @@ LUK	23	40	m653	figs-nominaladj	ὁ ἕτερος	1	the other	Luke is using the a
 LUK	23	40	nk1r	figs-rquestion	οὐδὲ φοβῇ σὺ τὸν Θεόν, ὅτι ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ κρίματι εἶ?	1	Do you not even fear God, since you are under the same judgment?	The second criminal does not expect the first criminal to tell him whether he fears God. Rather, the second criminal is using the question form to rebuke the first criminal. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You ought to fear God, since you are dying on a cross just as he is!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	23	40	m654	figs-explicit	οὐδὲ φοβῇ σὺ τὸν Θεόν, ὅτι ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ κρίματι εἶ?	1	Do you not even fear God, since you are under the same judgment?	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could bring out the implications of this statement more explicitly. Alternate translation: “You ought to fear God and show more respect for this godly man, since you are dying on a cross just as he is, and you will soon have to face God and answer for your actions!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	23	40	m655	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ κρίματι εἶ	1	you are under the same judgment	The second criminal is using the word **judgment** to mean the punishment to which the first criminal was sentenced when the Romans pronounced **judgment** on him. Alternate translation: “you are being executed on a cross just as he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-LUK	23	41	qyp6	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς…ἐπράξαμεν…ἀπολαμβάνομεν	1	we … we are receiving … we did	The second criminal, speaking to the first criminal, is using the term **we** to mean himself and the first criminal. So **we** would be inclusive in all these cases, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-LUK	23	41	m656	figs-verbs	ἡμεῖς…ἐπράξαμεν…ἀπολαμβάνομεν	1	we … we are receiving … we did	Since the term **we** refers to two people here, it would be in the dual form if your language uses that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
-LUK	23	41	i4gm	figs-ellipsis	ἡμεῖς…δικαίως	1	we justly	The second criminal is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “we are receiving this punishment justly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-LUK	23	41	m657	figs-nominaladj	ἄξια…ὧν ἐπράξαμεν	1	worthy of what we did	The second criminal is using the adjective **worthy** as a noun. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “a just punishment for what we did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+LUK	23	41	qyp6	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς&ἐπράξαμεν&ἀπολαμβάνομεν	1	we … we are receiving … we did	The second criminal, speaking to the first criminal, is using the term **we** to mean himself and the first criminal. So **we** would be inclusive in all these cases, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+LUK	23	41	m656	figs-verbs	ἡμεῖς&ἐπράξαμεν&ἀπολαμβάνομεν	1	we … we are receiving … we did	Since the term **we** refers to two people here, it would be in the dual form if your language uses that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
+LUK	23	41	i4gm	figs-ellipsis	ἡμεῖς&δικαίως	1	we justly	The second criminal is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “we are receiving this punishment justly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+LUK	23	41	m657	figs-nominaladj	ἄξια&ὧν ἐπράξαμεν	1	worthy of what we did	The second criminal is using the adjective **worthy** as a noun. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “a just punishment for what we did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	23	41	nu35	figs-nominaladj	οὗτος	1	this one	The second criminal is using the adjective **this** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person, Jesus. ULT supplies the noun **one** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “this man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	23	42	mht9	writing-pronouns	καὶ ἔλεγεν	1	And he said	The pronoun **he** refers to the second criminal, who continues speaking, now to Jesus. Alternate translation: “The second criminal then said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	23	42	j9d9	figs-idiom	μνήσθητί μου	1	remember me	As in [1:72](../01/72.md), the word **remember** here describes Jesus thinking about this second criminal and considering what action he can take on his behalf. It does not suggest that Jesus would forget about him. Alternate translation: “do what you could to help me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -4187,7 +4187,7 @@ LUK	23	47	p6lh	figs-explicit	ὁ ἑκατοντάρχης	1	the centurion	The i
 LUK	23	47	m667	figs-explicit	τὸ γενόμενον	1	the thing having happened	This expression is singular and so it refers to the immediately preceding event, the death of Jesus. (The expression is plural in the next verse, where it refers to all of the events of the crucifixiion.) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “how Jesus had entrusted his spirit to God when he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	23	47	m668		ἐδόξαζεν τὸν Θεὸν λέγων	1	glorified God, saying	This means that the centurion **glorified God** by what he said. Alternate translation: “brought honor to God by saying”
 LUK	23	47	c2ti		ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος δίκαιος ἦν	1	this man was righteous	Alternate translation: “this man had not done anything wrong”
-LUK	23	48	gt8y	figs-explicit	συνπαραγενόμενοι…ἐπὶ τὴν θεωρίαν ταύτην	1	that had come together for this spectacle	The term **spectacle** describes something that people would look at. It refers here to the crucifixion of Jesus and the two criminals. Alternate translation: “who had gathered to watch the crucifixions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	23	48	gt8y	figs-explicit	συνπαραγενόμενοι&ἐπὶ τὴν θεωρίαν ταύτην	1	that had come together for this spectacle	The term **spectacle** describes something that people would look at. It refers here to the crucifixion of Jesus and the two criminals. Alternate translation: “who had gathered to watch the crucifixions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	23	48	whs7	figs-explicit	ὑπέστρεφον	1	returned	The implication is that the people in the crowds **returned** to their homes. Alternate translation: “returned to their homes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	23	48	ft9q	translate-symaction	τύπτοντες τὰ στήθη	1	beating their breasts	As in [18:13](../18/13.md), this was a physical expression of great sorrow. Alternate translation: “hitting their chests to express their great sorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 LUK	23	49	m669	figs-nominaladj	πάντες οἱ γνωστοὶ αὐτῷ	1	all the ones acquainted with him	Luke is using the adjective **acquainted** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. ULT adds the term **ones** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “all the people who knew Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
@@ -4225,11 +4225,11 @@ LUK	23	56	m681	translate-unknown	ἀρώματα καὶ μύρα	1	spices and o
 LUK	23	56	uzk9		ἡσύχασαν	1	they rested	Alternate translation: “the women did not do any work”
 LUK	23	56	tk6s		κατὰ τὴν ἐντολήν	1	according to the commandment	Alternate translation: “as Moses had commanded in the law”
 LUK	24	intro	r5qx			0		# Luke 24 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. The women go to Jesus’ tomb and find it empty (24:1–12)<br>2. Two disciples meet Jesus on a journey to Emmaus (24:13–35)<br>3. Jesus, risen from the dead, appears to his disciples (24:36–53)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The loyalty of the women<br><br>Many of Luke’s original readers would have thought that women were less important than men. But Luke carefully demonstrates that some women who loved Jesus very much showed him greater loyalty than the twelve disciples did. While the disciples ran away and hid, the women lovingly cared for Jesus’ body, and as a result, they were the first to learn that he had risen from the dead.<br><br>### Resurrection<br><br>Luke wants his readers to understand that Jesus came alive again in a physical body ([Luke 24:38–43](../24/38.md)).<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “the third day”<br><br>This expression occurs three times in this chapter, in [24:7](../24/07.md), [24:21](../24/21.md), and [24:46](../24/46.md). See the explanation of this expression in the note to Luke [18:33](../18/33.md). In the idiom of this culture, today was the “first day,” tomorrow was the “second day,” and the day after tomorrow was the “third day.” By that way of reckoning time, since Jesus died on a Friday, when he rose from the dead on a Sunday, that was the “third day.”<br><br>### Two men in bright shining robes<br><br>Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all write about angels in white clothing speaking with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Matthew and John call them angels, while Mark and Luke call them men, but that is only because the angels appeared in human form. Luke and John write about both angels, while Matthew and Mark write about only one of them. It would be best to translate each of these passages as it appears in ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1–2](../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../jhn/20/12.md))
-LUK	24	1	m682	figs-explicit	τῇ…μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων	1	on the first of the week	This implicitly means the **first** day of the week. Alternate translation: “on the first day of the week” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	24	1	r62f	translate-ordinal	τῇ…μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων	1	on the first of the week	Here Luke is actually using a cardinal number, “one,” to mean **first**. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can also use a cardinal number here in your translation. Alternate translation: “on day one of the week” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+LUK	24	1	m682	figs-explicit	τῇ&μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων	1	on the first of the week	This implicitly means the **first** day of the week. Alternate translation: “on the first day of the week” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	24	1	r62f	translate-ordinal	τῇ&μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων	1	on the first of the week	Here Luke is actually using a cardinal number, “one,” to mean **first**. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can also use a cardinal number here in your translation. Alternate translation: “on day one of the week” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 LUK	24	1	m683	figs-idiom	ὄρθρου βαθέως	1	deeply at dawn	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “at the first light of dawn” or “as dawn was just beginning to break” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	24	1	qg7a	writing-pronouns	ἐπὶ τὸ μνῆμα ἦλθαν	1	they came to the tomb	The pronoun **they** refers to the women whom Luke describes in [23:55–56](../23/55.md). Alternate translation: “these women returned to the tomb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-LUK	24	2	jq9p		εὗρον…τὸν λίθον ἀποκεκυλισμένον	1	they found the stone rolled away	Alternate translation: “they saw that the stone had been rolled away”
+LUK	24	2	jq9p		εὗρον&τὸν λίθον ἀποκεκυλισμένον	1	they found the stone rolled away	Alternate translation: “they saw that the stone had been rolled away”
 LUK	24	2	l6uk	figs-activepassive	τὸν λίθον ἀποκεκυλισμένον	1	the stone rolled away	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “that someone had rolled away the stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	24	2	t4mf	figs-explicit	τὸν λίθον	1	the stone	Luke assumes that his readers will know that this was a large, cut, round stone that was big enough to completely block the entrance to the tomb. It had been put in place to seal off the entrance, and it would have required several people to move it. Alternate translation: “the large stone that had been put in place at the entrance to the tomb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	24	3	m684		εἰσελθοῦσαι	1	having entered	Alternate translation: “once they entered the tomb”
@@ -4237,7 +4237,7 @@ LUK	24	3	elq2	figs-explicit	οὐχ εὗρον τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Κυρί
 LUK	24	4	bmt4	writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a significant development in this episode. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 LUK	24	4	m685	grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	2	and	Luke uses the word **and** to indicate that this event, the appearance of the two men, came after the events he has just described, the women discovering that the tomb was empty and wondering about that. Alternate translation: “then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 LUK	24	4	m686	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	behold	Luke uses the term **behold** to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	24	5	c11i	writing-pronouns	ἐμφόβων…γενομένων αὐτῶν…εἶπαν πρὸς αὐτάς	1	as they became terrified … they said to them	The first instance of **they** refers to the women, while the second instance refers to the men. Alternate translation: “as the women became terrified … the men said to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+LUK	24	5	c11i	writing-pronouns	ἐμφόβων&γενομένων αὐτῶν&εἶπαν πρὸς αὐτάς	1	as they became terrified … they said to them	The first instance of **they** refers to the women, while the second instance refers to the men. Alternate translation: “as the women became terrified … the men said to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	24	5	n5xf	translate-symaction	κλινουσῶν τὰ πρόσωπα εἰς τὴν γῆν	1	bowed their faces toward the ground	Looking down at **the ground** was a gesture of respect towards these men. Alternate translation: “respectfully lowered their gaze” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 LUK	24	5	abcw	figs-verbs	εἶπαν πρὸς αὐτάς	1	they said to them	If your language uses dual forms for verbs, use that form here, since two men are speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
 LUK	24	5	fs3y	figs-rquestion	τί ζητεῖτε τὸν ζῶντα μετὰ τῶν νεκρῶν?	1	Why are you seeking the living among the dead?	The men do not expect the women to tell them why they are looking for a living person in a tomb. Rather, the men are using the question form to make an announcement. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate their words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not be looking for Jesus here, because he is no longer dead, he is alive again!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -4247,8 +4247,8 @@ LUK	24	6	awf1	figs-activepassive	ἠγέρθη	1	has been raised	If it would be
 LUK	24	6	s8k5		μνήσθητε ὡς ἐλάλησεν ὑμῖν	1	Remember how he spoke to you	Alternate translation: “Remember that he said to you”
 LUK	24	6	m689	figs-you	ὑμῖν	1	you	The word **you** is plural. It refers to the women, and possibly also to Jesus’ disciples. If your language has a form of **you** that includes both the addressees and a larger group besides, it would be appropriate to use it here. Alternate translation: “all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 LUK	24	6	m690		ὑμῖν, ἔτι ὢν ἐν τῇ Γαλιλαίᾳ	1	to you, still being in Galilee	Alternate translation: “to you when he was still in Galilee”
-LUK	24	7	sj3u	figs-quotations	λέγων…ὅτι	1	saying that	These words introduce an indirect quotation. You could also translate what follows as a direct quotation, as UST does. However, that would be a quotation within a quotation, and you may wish to avoid that by leaving what follows as an indirect quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
-LUK	24	7	pl6b	figs-activepassive	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…παραδοθῆναι	1	for the Son of Man to be delivered	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “for someone to betray the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	24	7	sj3u	figs-quotations	λέγων&ὅτι	1	saying that	These words introduce an indirect quotation. You could also translate what follows as a direct quotation, as UST does. However, that would be a quotation within a quotation, and you may wish to avoid that by leaving what follows as an indirect quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
+LUK	24	7	pl6b	figs-activepassive	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου&παραδοθῆναι	1	for the Son of Man to be delivered	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “for someone to betray the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	24	7	m691	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	When Jesus said this, he was referring to himself in the third person. If you decide to represent this as a direct quotation, and If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 LUK	24	7	m692	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	See how you translated this title in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “him, the Messiah” or, if you are translating as a direct quotation in the first person, “me, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	24	7	e4ca	figs-metaphor	εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων ἁμαρτωλῶν	1	into the hands of sinful men	As in [9:44](../09/44.md), **hands** here represent power and control. Alternate translation: “and give sinful men power over him” or, if you are translating as a direct quotation in the first person, “and give sinful men power over me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -4288,7 +4288,7 @@ LUK	24	15	m710		ἐγγίσας, συνεπορεύετο αὐτοῖς	1	appro
 LUK	24	16	q6nk	figs-synecdoche	οἱ δὲ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτῶν ἐκρατοῦντο τοῦ μὴ ἐπιγνῶναι αὐτόν	1	But their eyes were being held so as not to recognize him	Luke uses one part of the men, their **eyes**, to speak of the capacity of the men themselves to recognize Jesus. Alternate translation: “But God prevented them from recognizing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 LUK	24	16	m711	figs-metaphor	οἱ δὲ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτῶν ἐκρατοῦντο τοῦ μὴ ἐπιγνῶναι αὐτόν	1	But their eyes were being held so as not to recognize him	Luke uses the term **held**, as if someone were physically holding back the eyes, to mean “restrained.” Alternate translation: “But God prevented them from recognizing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	24	16	m712	figs-activepassive	οἱ δὲ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτῶν ἐκρατοῦντο τοῦ μὴ ἐπιγνῶναι αὐτόν	1	But their eyes were being held so as not to recognize him	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who was doing the action. Alternate translation: “But God prevented them from recognizing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	24	17	xak8	figs-youdual	αὐτούς…ἀντιβάλλετε…περιπατοῦντες…ἐστάθησαν	1	them … you are exchanging … you are walking … they stood still	Since Jesus is speaking to two men, all of these expressions would be in the dual form, if your language uses that form. (Your language might even put the adjective **gloomy**, which is plural in Greek, in the dual, since it describes the two men.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
+LUK	24	17	xak8	figs-youdual	αὐτούς&ἀντιβάλλετε&περιπατοῦντες&ἐστάθησαν	1	them … you are exchanging … you are walking … they stood still	Since Jesus is speaking to two men, all of these expressions would be in the dual form, if your language uses that form. (Your language might even put the adjective **gloomy**, which is plural in Greek, in the dual, since it describes the two men.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
 LUK	24	17	m713	figs-metonymy	οἱ λόγοι οὗτοι οὓς ἀντιβάλλετε πρὸς ἀλλήλους	1	these words that you are exchanging with each other	Jesus is using the term **words** to describe what the men had been saying using words. Alternate translation: “these things that you have been saying to one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	24	17	m714		ἐστάθησαν, σκυθρωποί	1	they stood still, gloomy	Alternate translation: “they stopped walking and looked sad”
 LUK	24	18	m715	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ εἷς ὀνόματι Κλεοπᾶς εἶπεν	1	Then, answering, one named Cleopas said	Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that Cleopas responded to what Jesus asked him. Alternate translation: “Then one named Cleopas responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
@@ -4297,23 +4297,23 @@ LUK	24	18	qx7m	figs-rquestion	σὺ μόνος παροικεῖς Ἰερουσ
 LUK	24	18	m717	writing-pronouns	ἐν αὐτῇ	1	in her	Conventionally, Greek referred to cities with feminine pronouns. Your language may use a different gender. You could also use a noun. Alternate translation: “in it” or “in that city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	24	18	m718	figs-idiom	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις	1	in these days	Cleopas is using the term **days** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at this time” or “recently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	24	19	aj5c	figs-explicit	ποῖα	1	What kind	This implicitly means, “**What kind** of things?” But by asking about the quality of the events, rather than just the fact of the events (“What things?”), Jesus is acknowledging that they must have been very special. Alternate translation: “What kind of things?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	24	19	m719	figs-verbs	οἱ…εἶπαν	1	they said	Since two men are speaking, this would be in the dual form, if your language uses that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
+LUK	24	19	m719	figs-verbs	οἱ&εἶπαν	1	they said	Since two men are speaking, this would be in the dual form, if your language uses that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
 LUK	24	19	m720	translate-names	Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Ναζαρηνοῦ	1	Jesus the Nazarene	The term **Nazarene** is a name that refers to a person who is from the city of Nazareth. See how you translated his name in [18:37](../18/37.md). Alternate translation: “Jesus of Nazareth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	24	19	m721	figs-idiom	ἀνὴρ, προφήτης	1	a man, a prophet	This is an idiomatic way of speaking about a person in an honorable way. Alternate translation: “a distinguished prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	24	19	m722	figs-metonymy	δυνατὸς ἐν ἔργῳ καὶ λόγῳ	1	powerful in work and word	The two men are using the term **work** to describe the things that Jesus did, and the term **word** to describe the things that Jesus said. Alternate translation: “who did great miracles and taught profound things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	24	19	x25r	figs-metaphor	ἐναντίον τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ παντὸς τοῦ λαοῦ	1	in front of God and all the people	This expression means “while God and all the people were watching.” In the case of **God**, it means that God gave Jesus the power to do miracles and to teach profound things. In the case of **the people**, it means that the miracles and teachings of Jesus amazed the people when they saw and heard them. Alternate translation: “as God empowered him, to the amazement of all the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	24	19	m723	figs-hyperbole	παντὸς τοῦ λαοῦ	1	all the people	This is a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “great crowds of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 LUK	24	20	m724	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1	our	This is a reference to the Jewish leaders, and the two men likely recognize Jesus as a fellow Jew, so the word **our** would be inclusive here, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-LUK	24	20	e5zt	figs-metonymy	παρέδωκαν αὐτὸν…εἰς κρίμα θανάτου	1	delivered him to a judgment of death	The men are using the **judgment of death**, that is, the death sentence that the Romans passed on Jesus, to represent the Romans themselves. Alternate translation: “turned him over to the Romans, who sentenced him to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+LUK	24	20	e5zt	figs-metonymy	παρέδωκαν αὐτὸν&εἰς κρίμα θανάτου	1	delivered him to a judgment of death	The men are using the **judgment of death**, that is, the death sentence that the Romans passed on Jesus, to represent the Romans themselves. Alternate translation: “turned him over to the Romans, who sentenced him to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	24	20	m725	figs-synecdoche	καὶ ἐσταύρωσαν αὐτόν	1	and crucified him	The men speak as if their **chief priests** and **rulers** crucified Jesus themselves. They are speaking, describing all of the people who were responsible for the crucifixion of Jesus, including the crowds, Pilate, and the Roman soldiers by reference to the Jewish leaders, who set the process in motion by stirring up the crowds and persuading Pilate. Alternate translation: “so that he was crucified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-LUK	24	21	ei9t	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς…ἠλπίζομεν	1	we were hoping	The men are speaking of themselves and likely their fellow disciples as well, but not of Jesus, so **we** would be exclusive here, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+LUK	24	21	ei9t	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς&ἠλπίζομεν	1	we were hoping	The men are speaking of themselves and likely their fellow disciples as well, but not of Jesus, so **we** would be exclusive here, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 LUK	24	21	ljb1	figs-metaphor	ὁ μέλλων λυτροῦσθαι τὸν Ἰσραήλ	1	the one who was going to redeem Israel	See how you translated the similar expression in [2:38](../02/38.md). The word **redeem** means literally to “buy back,” for example, to buy someone’s freedom from slavery, but the men are using it in a figurative sense here. Alternate translation: “the person who was going to bring God’s blessings and favor back to the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	24	21	m726	figs-personification	τὸν Ἰσραήλ	1	Israel	The men are speaking of all the Israelites as if they were a single person, their ancestor, **Israel**. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 LUK	24	21	d52i	figs-idiom	ἀλλά γε καὶ σὺν πᾶσιν τούτοις	1	But indeed also with all these things	The men are speaking in an idiomatic way for emphasis. Alternate translation: “And besides all this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	24	21	sg3g	figs-explicit	τρίτην ταύτην ἡμέραν ἄγει, ἀφ’ οὗ ταῦτα ἐγένετο	1	he is spending this third day since these things happened	By saying **he is spending this third day**, the men are referring to Jesus as if he were alive. However, they are actually saying how long he has been dead. They are going to tell how the women reported that his grave was empty, and they find it unbelievable that anyone who had been dead that long would have gotten up out of the grave. See how you translated the expression **the third day** in 9:22, and express this in the way that your culture reckons time. Alternate translation: “the Romans put him to death on the day before yesterday” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	24	21	xqc3	translate-ordinal	τρίτην ταύτην ἡμέραν ἄγει, ἀφ’ οὗ ταῦτα ἐγένετο	1	he is spending this third day since these things happened	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “this is day three since these things happened to him” or, depending on how your culture reckons time, “this is day two since these things happened to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 LUK	24	22	a3j9		γυναῖκές τινες ἐξ ἡμῶν	1	some women among us	Alternate translation: “some women in our group”
-LUK	24	22	m727	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν…ἡμᾶς	1	us … us	The men are speaking of themselves and their fellow disciples, but not of Jesus, so **us** would be exclusive in both instances here, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+LUK	24	22	m727	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν&ἡμᾶς	1	us … us	The men are speaking of themselves and their fellow disciples, but not of Jesus, so **us** would be exclusive in both instances here, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 LUK	24	22	du1v		γενόμεναι ὀρθριναὶ ἐπὶ τὸ μνημεῖον	1	having been at the tomb early	The men are using this expression to refer to the **women**, not to themselves. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here and continue it into the next verse. Alternate translation: “They went to his tomb early this morning”
 LUK	24	23	m728		καὶ μὴ εὑροῦσαι τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ, ἦλθαν	1	and not finding his body, they came	If you began a new sentence at the end of the previous verse, you could continue it here. Alternate translation: “but they did not find his body, so they came to us”
 LUK	24	24	m729		τινες τῶν σὺν ἡμῖν	1	some of those with us	Alternate translation: “some of the men in our group”
@@ -4328,12 +4328,12 @@ LUK	24	25	m735	figs-hyperbole	πᾶσιν οἷς ἐλάλησαν οἱ προ
 LUK	24	26	n85k	figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ ταῦτα ἔδει παθεῖν τὸν Χριστὸν καὶ εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ?	1	Was it not necessary for the Christ to suffer these things, and to enter into his glory?	Jesus is using the question form to remind the disciples about what the prophets said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “The Messiah had to suffer these things in order to enter into his glory!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	24	26	m736	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ	1	and to enter into his glory	This is not a second thing that it was necessary for the Messiah to do. Rather, this is the result for which it was necessary for the Messiah to do the first thing. Alternate translation: “in order to enter into his glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	24	26	f8es	figs-abstractnouns	εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ	1	to enter into his glory	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **glory** with an adjective such as “glorious.” Alternate translation: “to receive a glorious position” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-LUK	24	27	g4t7	figs-metonymy	Μωϋσέως…τῶν προφητῶν	1	Moses … the prophets	Luke is using the name **Moses** to refer to the part of Scripture that Moses wrote, and the term **the prophets** to refer to the part of Scripture that they wrote. Alternate translation: “the writings of Moses … the writings of the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+LUK	24	27	g4t7	figs-metonymy	Μωϋσέως&τῶν προφητῶν	1	Moses … the prophets	Luke is using the name **Moses** to refer to the part of Scripture that Moses wrote, and the term **the prophets** to refer to the part of Scripture that they wrote. Alternate translation: “the writings of Moses … the writings of the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	24	27	m737		καὶ ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν προφητῶν	1	and from all the prophets	The term **beginning** applies just to the writings of Moses. Jesus began with that part of Scripture, and he then continued teaching from the writings of the prophets. Alternate translation: “and then from all the writings of the prophets” or “and continuing with all the writings of the prophets”
 LUK	24	28	m738	figs-verbs	ἤγγισαν εἰς τὴν κώμην οὗ ἐπορεύοντο	1	they drew near to the village where they were going	The first **they** refers to Jesus and the two disciples, while the second **they** refers only to the two disciples, so **they were going** would be in the dual form, if your language uses that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
 LUK	24	28	cdj2	figs-explicit	αὐτὸς προσεποιήσατο πορρώτερον πορεύεσθαι	1	he acted as if he would travel farther	This means that the two disciples understood from Jesus’ actions that he was continuing on to another destination. Perhaps he kept walking on the road when they turned off to enter Emmaus. There is no indication that Jesus deceived them with words. Alternate translation: “Jesus seemed to be heading farther down the road” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	24	29	m739	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce a contrast between what it appeared Jesus was going to do and what the two disciples wanted him to do. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
-LUK	24	29	m740	figs-verbs	παρεβιάσαντο…ἡμῶν…αὐτοῖς	1	they urged … us … them	This verb, as well as these two pronouns, would be in the dual form, if your language marks that form, since they apply to the two disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
+LUK	24	29	m740	figs-verbs	παρεβιάσαντο&ἡμῶν&αὐτοῖς	1	they urged … us … them	This verb, as well as these two pronouns, would be in the dual form, if your language marks that form, since they apply to the two disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
 LUK	24	29	pn4d	figs-ellipsis	παρεβιάσαντο αὐτὸν	1	they urged him	Luke is telling this story in a concise way, and he does not say what the two disciples urged Jesus to do. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply that information from the context. Alternate translation: “they urged him to stay overnight in the house with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 LUK	24	29	m741	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1	us	The men are speaking of themselves but not of Jesus, so **us** would be exclusive here, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 LUK	24	29	s6ps	figs-parallelism	πρὸς ἑσπέραν ἐστὶν, καὶ κέκλικεν ἤδη ἡ ἡμέρα	1	it is toward evening and the day has already declined	These two phrases mean the same thing. The two disciples are likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine the phrases in your translation. Alternate translation: “it is already getting dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
@@ -4347,15 +4347,15 @@ LUK	24	30	m745	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1	them	The pronoun **them** would
 LUK	24	31	h4yr	figs-metonymy	αὐτῶν δὲ διηνοίχθησαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ	1	their eyes were opened	Here, **eyes** represents understanding of what one is seeing. Alternate translation: “God enabled them to understand what they had been seeing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	24	31	m746	figs-activepassive	αὐτῶν δὲ διηνοίχθησαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ	1	their eyes were opened	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God enabled them to understand what they had been seeing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	24	31	yev2	figs-idiom	αὐτὸς ἄφαντος ἐγένετο ἀπ’ αὐτῶν	1	he became invisible from them	Here Luke uses an unusual expression, saying that Jesus **became invisible**. It does not mean that Jesus remained in the room but could not be seen. Rather, it means that he left suddenly and so the two disciples did not see him any more. Alternate translation: “suddenly they did not see him any more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	24	32	m747	figs-verbs	εἶπαν…ἡμῶν…ἡμῖν…ἡμῖν	1	they said … our … us … us	This verb, as well as these three pronouns, would be in the dual form, if your language marks that form, since they all apply to the two disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
+LUK	24	32	m747	figs-verbs	εἶπαν&ἡμῶν&ἡμῖν&ἡμῖν	1	they said … our … us … us	This verb, as well as these three pronouns, would be in the dual form, if your language marks that form, since they all apply to the two disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
 LUK	24	32	inw4	figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν καιομένη ἦν ὡς ἐλάλει ἡμῖν ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ, ὡς διήνοιγεν ἡμῖν τὰς Γραφάς?	1	Was not our heart burning, as he spoke to us on the way, as he opened to us the Scriptures?	The two men are not asking each other for information about what happened. Rather, they are using the question form for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate their words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “As he was talking to us as we traveled along and explaining the Scriptures, it was so exciting, it was as if we were on fire inside!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	24	32	m748	figs-metaphor	οὐχὶ ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν καιομένη ἦν	1	Was not our heart burning	The men are using the metaphor of a **heart burning** to describe their excitement at hearing Jesus explain the Scriptures. You could indicate this meaning in your translation and represent the metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “It was so exciting, it was as if we were on fire inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	24	32	m749	figs-explicit	οὐχὶ ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν καιομένη ἦν	1	Was not our heart burning	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate why the men found it so exciting when Jesus explained the Scriptures to them, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	24	32	m750	figs-possession	οὐχὶ ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν καιομένη ἦν	1	Was not our heart burning	If it would be unusual in your language for two people to speak as if they had one **heart**, if you decide to use this metaphor in your translation, you could make it plural, or dual if your language uses that form. Alternate translation: “Were not our hearts burning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 LUK	24	32	m751	figs-metaphor	ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν	1	our heart	The men are using the term **heart** to mean the inner part of a person. Alternate translation: “inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	24	32	m752	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν…ἡμῖν…ἡμῖν	1	our … us … us	The men are speaking to each other about themselves, so these pronouns would be inclusive, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+LUK	24	32	m752	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν&ἡμῖν&ἡμῖν	1	our … us … us	The men are speaking to each other about themselves, so these pronouns would be inclusive, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 LUK	24	32	xy6p	figs-metaphor	ὡς διήνοιγεν ἡμῖν τὰς Γραφάς	1	as he opened to us the Scriptures	Jesus did not open a book or a scroll. The term **opened** means “explained.” Alternate translation: “while he explained the Scriptures to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	24	33	qi47	figs-verbs	ἀναστάντες…ὑπέστρεψαν…εὗρον	1	rising up … they returned … they found	These verbs would be in the dual form, if your language uses that form, since they describe actions of the two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
+LUK	24	33	qi47	figs-verbs	ἀναστάντες&ὑπέστρεψαν&εὗρον	1	rising up … they returned … they found	These verbs would be in the dual form, if your language uses that form, since they describe actions of the two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
 LUK	24	33	ar2c	figs-idiom	ἀναστάντες	1	rising up	As in [24:12](../24/12.md), this expression is an idiom that means to take initiative. It does not necessarily mean that the men had been sitting or lying down and then stood up. Alternate translation: “starting out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	24	33	m753	figs-idiom	αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ	1	that same hour	Luke is using the term **hour** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at once” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	24	33	m754	figs-activepassive	εὗρον ἠθροισμένους τοὺς ἕνδεκα καὶ τοὺς σὺν αὐτοῖς	1	they found the Eleven having been gathered, and those with them	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they found that the 11 apostles had gathered together with some other disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -4366,7 +4366,7 @@ LUK	24	34	m756	figs-activepassive	ἠγέρθη ὁ Κύριος	1	the Lord has
 LUK	24	34	m757	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	and	The apostles and disciples use the word **and** to introduce the reason why they know that Jesus has been raised from the dead. It is because Simon Peter has seen him. Alternate translation: “for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	24	34	m758	figs-activepassive	ὤφθη Σίμωνι	1	he has been seen by Simon	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “Simon has seen him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	24	34	m759	translate-names	Σίμωνι	1	Simon	This means the same man whom Luke often calls Peter in this book. So that your readers will know that this is the same man, you could use both of his names here. Alternate translation: “Simon Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-LUK	24	35	m760	writing-pronouns	αὐτοὶ…αὐτοῖς	1	they … them	These pronouns refer to the two men who returned from Emmaus. They would be in the dual form, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+LUK	24	35	m760	writing-pronouns	αὐτοὶ&αὐτοῖς	1	they … them	These pronouns refer to the two men who returned from Emmaus. They would be in the dual form, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	24	35	fb1r	figs-ellipsis	τὰ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ	1	the things on the way	Luke is telling this story in a concise way. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express more fully what this means. Alternate translation: “what had happened on their journey” or “how Jesus had joined them as they traveled and what they had talked about with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 LUK	24	35	mnn2	figs-activepassive	ὡς ἐγνώσθη αὐτοῖς	1	how he was made known to them	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “how they recognized Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	24	35	y3f8	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου	1	in the breaking of the bread	Luke is using **the breaking of the bread** to represent something associated with it. Alternate translation: “at the time when he broke the bread” or “by the way that he broke the bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -4374,9 +4374,9 @@ LUK	24	36	m761	writing-pronouns	αὐτῶν	1	they	The pronoun **they** refers
 LUK	24	36	rt8d	figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς ἔστη	1	he himself stood	Luke uses the word **himself** to emphasize the surprise of Jesus actually appearing to this group. Alternate translation: “none other than Jesus himself stood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 LUK	24	36	q7yl		ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν	1	in the midst of them	Alternate translation: “among them” or “in their group”
 LUK	24	36	pnl1	figs-idiom	εἰρήνη ὑμῖν	1	Peace to you	As the note to the similar phrase in [10:5](../10/05.md) explains, this was an idiomatic expression, based on the Hebrew word and concept of “shalom,” that was both a greeting and a blessing. Alternate translation: “I greet all of you and I wish for God to bless you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	24	37	i2tu	grammar-connect-logic-result	πτοηθέντες…καὶ ἔμφοβοι γενόμενοι, ἐδόκουν πνεῦμα θεωρεῖν	1	being frightened and becoming terrified, they thought they were seeing a spirit	If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “they thought they were seeing a spirit, and so they were frightened and became terrified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-LUK	24	37	m762	figs-activepassive	πτοηθέντες…καὶ ἔμφοβοι γενόμενοι, ἐδόκουν	1	being frightened and becoming terrified, they thought	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning of the passive verbal form **being frightened** with an active form. Alternate translation: “they were afraid and became terrified, because they thought” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	24	37	kf17	figs-doublet	πτοηθέντες…καὶ ἔμφοβοι γενόμενοι	1	being frightened and becoming terrified	These expressions mean similar things. Luke may be using repetition for emphasis. Alternate translation: “becoming very frightened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+LUK	24	37	i2tu	grammar-connect-logic-result	πτοηθέντες&καὶ ἔμφοβοι γενόμενοι, ἐδόκουν πνεῦμα θεωρεῖν	1	being frightened and becoming terrified, they thought they were seeing a spirit	If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “they thought they were seeing a spirit, and so they were frightened and became terrified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+LUK	24	37	m762	figs-activepassive	πτοηθέντες&καὶ ἔμφοβοι γενόμενοι, ἐδόκουν	1	being frightened and becoming terrified, they thought	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning of the passive verbal form **being frightened** with an active form. Alternate translation: “they were afraid and became terrified, because they thought” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	24	37	kf17	figs-doublet	πτοηθέντες&καὶ ἔμφοβοι γενόμενοι	1	being frightened and becoming terrified	These expressions mean similar things. Luke may be using repetition for emphasis. Alternate translation: “becoming very frightened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 LUK	24	37	z4q5	figs-explicit	ἐδόκουν πνεῦμα θεωρεῖν	1	they thought they were seeing a spirit	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly why they thought this. Alternate translation: “they thought that they were seeing a ghost, because they did not yet understand truly that Jesus was alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	24	37	q9rf		πνεῦμα	1	a spirit	In this context, the term **spirit** refers to the spirit of a dead person. Alternate translation: “a ghost”
 LUK	24	38	jj1h	figs-rquestion	τί τεταραγμένοι ἐστέ, καὶ διὰ τί διαλογισμοὶ ἀναβαίνουσιν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμῶν?	1	Why are you troubled, and why are doubts arising in your heart?	Jesus is using the question form to challenge and reassure his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “You do not need to be upset, and you do not need to have doubts in your minds!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -4391,8 +4391,8 @@ LUK	24	39	a12n	grammar-connect-logic-result	ψηλαφήσατέ με καὶ
 LUK	24	39	m770	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἴδετε	1	and see	Here, **see** does not literally mean to look at something. Rather, it means to determine something. Alternate translation: “to determine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	24	39	tf2v	figs-merism	σάρκα καὶ ὀστέα	1	flesh and bones	Jesus is describing the human body by referring to two of its major components. Alternate translation: “a physical body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
 LUK	24	40	qm9p	figs-metonymy	τὰς χεῖρας καὶ τοὺς πόδας	1	his hands and his feet	As in [24:39](../24/39.md), this means the nail marks from crucifixion in Jesus’ **hands** and **feet**. Alternate translation: “the nail marks in his hands and feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-LUK	24	41	m771	figs-doublet	ἔτι δὲ ἀπιστούντων αὐτῶν…καὶ θαυμαζόντων	1	And as they were still disbelieving and wonderingg	These two terms mean similar things. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine them into a single phrase. Alternate translation: “And as they were still finding it very hard to believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-LUK	24	41	m772	figs-explicit	ἔτι δὲ ἀπιστούντων αὐτῶν…καὶ θαυμαζόντων	1	And as they were still disbelieving and wondering	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what the disciples were **disbelieving and wondering** about. Alternate translation: “And as they were still finding it very hard to believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	24	41	m771	figs-doublet	ἔτι δὲ ἀπιστούντων αὐτῶν&καὶ θαυμαζόντων	1	And as they were still disbelieving and wonderingg	These two terms mean similar things. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine them into a single phrase. Alternate translation: “And as they were still finding it very hard to believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+LUK	24	41	m772	figs-explicit	ἔτι δὲ ἀπιστούντων αὐτῶν&καὶ θαυμαζόντων	1	And as they were still disbelieving and wondering	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what the disciples were **disbelieving and wondering** about. Alternate translation: “And as they were still finding it very hard to believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	24	41	hr4f	figs-abstractnouns	ἀπὸ τῆς χαρᾶς	1	from the joy	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **joy** with an adjective such as “happy.” Alternate translation: “because they were so happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	24	41	m773		τι βρώσιμον	1	anything eatable	Alternate translation: “anything to eat”
 LUK	24	43	tyh4	figs-explicit	ἐνώπιον αὐτῶν ἔφαγεν	1	he ate it before them	Jesus did this to prove that he had a physical body, because a spirit or ghost would not be able to eat food. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly that this was the reason. Alternate translation: “he had them watch him eat it, to prove that he had a physical body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -4400,7 +4400,7 @@ LUK	24	43	j8qf	figs-metaphor	ἐνώπιον αὐτῶν ἔφαγεν	1	he ate
 LUK	24	44	m774	figs-metonymy	οὗτοι οἱ λόγοι μου, οὓς ἐλάλησα πρὸς ὑμᾶς	1	These are my words that I spoke to you	Jesus is using the term **words** to refer to what he said using words. Alternate translation: “It is just as I told you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	24	44	tfk8		ἔτι ὢν σὺν ὑμῖν	1	when I was still with you	Alternate translation: “when I was with you before”
 LUK	24	44	q7x8	figs-merism	πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα ἐν τῷ νόμῳ Μωϋσέως, καὶ τοῖς προφήταις, καὶ ψαλμοῖς, περὶ ἐμοῦ	1	all the things written about me in the law of Moses, and in the prophets, and in the Psalms	Jesus is referring to all of the Hebrew Scriptures by naming their main components. Alternate translation: “everything that the Scriptures say about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
-LUK	24	44	g76a	figs-activepassive	πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα…περὶ ἐμοῦ	1	all the things having been written about me	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “everything that Scripture says about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	24	44	g76a	figs-activepassive	πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα&περὶ ἐμοῦ	1	all the things having been written about me	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “everything that Scripture says about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	24	44	m776	translate-names	ἐν τῷ νόμῳ Μωϋσέως, καὶ τοῖς προφήταις	1	in the law of Moses, and in the prophets	Jesus is describing the first and second parts of the Hebrew Scriptures by reference to the people who wrote them. You could also use the proper names for these parts. Alternate translation: “in the Law and the Prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	24	44	m777	figs-synecdoche	καὶ ψαλμοῖς	1	in the Psalms	Jesus is using the name of the largest book in the third part of the Hebrew Scriptures, **Psalms**, to represent that entire part, which was known as “the Writings.” Alternate translation: “and the Writings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 LUK	24	44	m778	figs-activepassive	δεῖ πληρωθῆναι	1	must be fulfilled	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. If you do that, it would be appropriate to put this phrase before **all the things**. Alternate translation: “God would make happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -4422,7 +4422,7 @@ LUK	24	49	m2lm	figs-explicit	τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Πατρός
 LUK	24	49	ynm2	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. Alternate translation: “God my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 LUK	24	49	m784	figs-imperative	ὑμεῖς δὲ καθίσατε	1	But you stay	This is an emphatic imperative. Alternate translation: “But be sure that you stay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 LUK	24	49	m785	figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ πόλει	1	in the city	This implicitly means Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “here in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	24	49	c4iv	figs-metaphor	ἕως οὗ ἐνδύσησθε…δύναμιν	1	until you put on power	Jesus speaks of this **power** as if it were clothing that the disciples would **put on**. Alternate translation: “until you receive power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+LUK	24	49	c4iv	figs-metaphor	ἕως οὗ ἐνδύσησθε&δύναμιν	1	until you put on power	Jesus speaks of this **power** as if it were clothing that the disciples would **put on**. Alternate translation: “until you receive power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	24	49	l46b	figs-metonymy	ἐξ ὕψους	1	from heaven	Jesus uses the term **heaven** to refer to God by association, since heaven is the abode of God. Alternate translation: “from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	24	50	cm9a	translate-symaction	ἐπάρας τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῦ	1	lifting up his hands	This was something that Jewish priests did when they blessed people. Alternate translation: “lifting up his hands in spiritual authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 LUK	24	51	dzr3	writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a significant development in this episode. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])